3rd Edition

Builder’s Book, Inc.
BOO KSTO RE / PUBLISHER
Contractor’s Book Center 8001 Canoga Avenue / Canoga Park, CA 91304 1-800-273-7375 / www.buildersbook.com ISBN-13: 978-1-889892-75-7 / ISBN-10: 1889892757
© 2009 Builder’s Book, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this book may be reproduced or utilized in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying, recording, or by any information storage and retrieval systems, without advance written permission of the publisher.

Editor-in-Chief: Oussa Awad

NOTICE TO THE REadER
This book is designed to provide information about the California Accessibility Codes and Regulations. The publisher has made every effort to provide complete and accurate information, but does not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of any information published herein, nor shall the publisher have any liability or responsibility to any person or entity for any errors, omissions, or damages arising out of the use of this information. This book is provided with the understanding that the publisher is not attempting to render legal, business or any other advice or professional service. If such services are required, the assistance of an appropriate professional should be sought. For future updates, errata, amendments and other changes, please contact Builder’s Book, Inc., 1-800-273-7375. The information in this book is subject to change without notice.

© 2009 Builder’s Book, Inc. All rights reserved.

SECTION

HOW TO USE THIS REFERENCE MaNUaL
This reference manual has been designed to help the reader confirm compliance with the latest, most current accessibility requirements found in California’s Building Code (Title 24), the Americans with Disabiilties Act Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities (ADAAG) and related materials. You can use the Table of Contents or the Index to find an area of interest. Or, since your purchase of the book brings you the entire reference on CD-ROM in PDF format, you can use the disc to search on words, phrases, code references, etc. The CD-ROM also brings you the relevant portions of the state codes that are referenced in the printed manual. Once you have found an area of interest, you will typically find three different presentation of the information: “Key Concepts” give you a quick overview, and point out the “big ideas” that will help you understand the code and how it is applied. “Accessibility Highlights” present the requirements in a easy-to-understand summary format. FInally, the illustrated “Checklists” provide the code requirements, in detail, with exceptions, code citations, etc.

USING THIS REFERENCE MaNUaL
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

iii

HOW TO USE THIS REFERENCE MaNUaL
Section Number and subject Identifies type of page (Key Concepts) Brief overview of the subject area Accessibility Highlights often add helpful tables, charts, and how-to’s Page footers provide quick-scan of the page’s coverage. When combined with the page heading’s subject, you quickly find what you’re looking for. Hundreds of exclusive illustrations in the Checklist bring code requirements alive. Checklists provides code requirements in a well-organized and logical manner... and provide citations for further research.

28

SECTION

eGress And AreAs for evACuATion AssisTAnCe

In new construction, accessible rooms and spaces in accessible buildings must be served by an accessible means of egress. Areas for evacuation assistance (AEAs) are provided where an accessible means of egress cannot be provided. „ AEAs are not required in existing buildings, nor in buildings that have supervised automatic fire sprinkler systems. „ While stairways may be used as a component of an AEA, because they cannot be used independently by wheelchair users, they can never be used as part of an accessible route. „ Alarms/emergency warning sytems must include both audible and visual alarms that comply with NFPA 72 and Calif. Buildng Code Chapter 9, Section 907.9.1 and 907.9.2.

Evacuation assistance areas are portions of stairway landings

Exit stairs Smokeproof stairway enclosures (section 1005.3.3)

48”

DOWN DOWN

188

EGRESS ANd AREAS FOR EvACUATION ASSISTANCE
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

53

SECTION

accessiBle sinks
GENEral rEQuIrEMENTS Clear Floor Space
… A clear floor space at least 30” by 48”must be provided in front of a sink to allow forward approach. Fig. 1
(ca T24 1115B.4.7.1) (aDa 4.24.5)

14
REQUIREMENTS

SECTION

Group r: loDGinG AnD DorMiToriEs
being altered until the number of such rooms provided equals the number required to be accessible in Table 14-1. In addition, at least 1 guest room or suite that complies with the requirements described below under “Visual Alarms, Notification Devices, and Telephones for Hearing Impaired” must be provided for each 25 guest rooms, or fraction thereof, of rooms being altered until the number of such rooms equals the number required to be accessible in Table 14-2.

Group R occupancies must be accessible or adaptable as provided in this section. Public-use and common-use areas serving adaptable guest and/or dwelling units must be accessible.
EXCEPTION When the enforcing agency determines that compliance with any regulation under this section would create an unreasonable hardship, an exception shall be granted when equivalent facilitation is provided.

…
FIGurE 1

The clear floor space must be on an accessible route and shall extend a max. of 19” underneath the sink. Fig. 3
(ca T24 1115B.4.7.1) (aDa 4.24.3)

48”

depth and height
… Each accessible sink shall be a max. of 6½” deep. Fig. 5 and 6
(ca T24 1115B.4.7.1) (aDa 4.24.4)

…

Sinks shall be mounted with the counter or rim no higher than 34” above the finish floor. Fig. 2, 3 and 5.
(ca T24 1115B.4.7.1) (aDa 4.24.2)

Hotels, motels, inns, dormitories, resorts, homeless shelters, halfway houses and similar places of transient lodging must provide accessibility in accordance with the provisions of the accessibility requirements of the California Building Code, except as otherwise provided in this Section.

Table 14-2 Additional Accessibility Required for Hearing-Impaired Persons in Guest Rooms Total Number of Rooms 1 to 25 26 to 50 51 to 75 76 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500 501 to 1,000 1,001 and over Number of Rooms Equipped for Hearing Impaired 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 2% of total 20 plus 1 for each 100 over 1,000

Guest Rooms and Suites
Facilities offering guest rooms and suites, and similar places of transient lodging must provide a minimum of one accessible guest room or dormitory room together with their sanitary facilities in conformance with Table 14-1 below.

knee Clearance
…
FIGurE 2

Knee clearance that is at least 27” high, 30” wide and 19” deep. Fig. 6 and 7
(ca T24 1115B.4.7.1) (aDa 4.24.2)

…

It must be provided underneath sinks. Fig. 6 and 7
(ca T24 1115B.4.7.1) (aDa 4.24.2)

Table 14-1 Accessibility Required in Guest Rooms or Suites Total Number of Rooms 1 to 25 26 to 50 51 to 75 76 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 Fully Accessible Rooms 0 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 2% of total 20 plus 1 for each 100 over 1,000 Plus Additional Accessible Rooms with Roll-In Showers 1 1 1 1 2 2 3 4 4 4 plus 1 for each additional 100 over 400

Available Range of Accommodations
„ Accessible guest rooms or suites must be dispersed among the various classes of sleeping accommodations to provide a range of options applicable to room sizes, costs, amenities provided, and the number of beds provided. „ Requirements for “equivalent facilitation” may be satisfied if the operator of a facility elects to limit construction of accessible rooms to those intended for multiple occupancy, provided that such rooms are made available at the cost of a single occupancy room to an individual with disabilities who requests a single-occupancy room.

FIGurE 3 FIGurE 5

301 to 400 401 to 500 501 to 1,000 1,001 and over

Access to Beds
„ Accessible sleeping rooms must have a 36” clear width maneuvering space along both sides of a bed. „ When there are two beds, a 36” space between the beds is satisfactory.

All accessible sleeping rooms or suites must comply with Visual Alarms, Notification Devices and Telephones for Persons with Hearing Impairments, below, and must be in conformance with Table 14-1.
EXCEPTION When guest rooms are being altered in an existing facility, or portion thereof, subject to the requirements of this section, at least 1 guest room or suite that complies with the accessibility requirements of this code as modified by this chapter must be provided for each 25 guest rooms, or fraction thereof, of rooms

Lift Device Clearances
„ There must be a clear space under the bed for the use of a personal lift device. z This clear space must be on a long side of the bed which is adjacent to an accessible aisle. z The clear space must extend horizontally to points not more than 12” from each end of the bed, vertically not

FIGurE 4

FIGurE 6

342

ClEar FlOOr SpaCE / hEIGhT / ClEaraNCE / dEpTh
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

98

GUEST ROOMS AND SUITES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

iv

USING THIS REFERENCE MaNUaL
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

SECTION

TaBLE OF CONTENTS
Using this Reference Manual ............................. iii alphabetical Index of Sections ......................... xv General Terminology & definitions...................xvii 1. accessibility In New Buildings .....................1
Key Concepts ................................................... 1 accessibility Highlights ..................................... 2 Checklist .......................................................... 3 General Requirements ..............................................3 Design ....................................................................3 Maintenance Of Accessible Features .........................3 Temporary Structures ..............................................3 Temporary Restrictions ............................................4 Commercial Facilities Located In Private Residences............................................4 Written Approval ....................................................25 Approval Obtained .........................................25 Approval Denied ............................................25 Unauthorized Deviations .........................................25 Notifications .........................................................25 Access Compliance Products .................................25 Product Approvals .........................................25 Processing Independent Entity Evaluation Approvals (IEEA) ......................................25 IEEA Application Procedure.............................26 Accounting Of IEEA ........................................26 Contacts For Questions ..................................26 Division Of The State Architect, Access Compliance, Acceptance Of Product .........26 Product Submittal ..........................................26 Division Of The State Architect Access Compliance ..26 Products Evaluated By Recognized State And City Agencies ..........................26 Products Evaluated By A Recognized Evaluation Agency ...................................26 Development Of DSA Acceptance Criteria ........26 Marking ........................................................26

2. Building accessibility .....................................5
Key Concepts ................................................... 5 accessibility Highlights ..................................... 6 Checklist .......................................................... 7 General Requirements ..............................................7 Distance To Elevators ..............................................7

6. Historic Preservation ...................................27
Key Concepts ................................................. 27 accessibility Highlights ................................... 28 Checklist ........................................................ 31 General Requirements ............................................31 Alternative Accessibility Provisions ..........................31 Purpose ................................................................31 Intent ....................................................................31 Scope...................................................................31 General Application ................................................31 Basic Provisions ....................................................31 Regular Code ........................................................31 Alternative Provisions .............................................31 Alternative Minimum Standards ...............................31 Entry ....................................................................31 Doors ...................................................................32 Power Assisted-Doors ............................................32 Toilet Rooms .........................................................32 Exterior And Interior Ramps And Lifts ......................32 Equivalent Facilitation .............................................32 ADA Standards ......................................................33 Applicability ...........................................................33 Definition...............................................................33 Procedures ...........................................................33 ADA Application .....................................................33 Historic Preservations ............................................34 Minimum Requirements ..........................................34

3. access To Employee areas ............................8
Key Concepts ................................................... 8 accessibility Highlights ..................................... 9 Checklist ........................................................ 10 Work Stations ........................................................10 Floors And Levels ..................................................11

4. accessibility For Existing Buildings and Facilities (alterations & Repairs) ...............12
Key Concepts ................................................. 12 accessibility Highlights ................................... 13 Checklist ........................................................ 14 General Requirements ............................................14 General Accessibility For Entrances, Exits And Paths Of Travel .........................................17

5. access To Public Buildings ...........................18
Key Concepts ................................................. 18 accessibility Highlights ................................... 19 Application For IEEA Form ..............................22 Checklist ........................................................ 23 Compliance Procedures / Projects Requiring DSA Certification ....................................................23 General .................................................................23 Application Process ...............................................23 Filing Fees.............................................................23 Cancelling An Application – Filing Fee Returns ..........24 Project Cost – Defined ...........................................24 Actual Project Cost – Defined .................................24 Revision Of Plans And Specifications .......................24 Billing For Further Fees ..........................................24 Refunds ................................................................25 Review Of Plans And Specifications .........................25

7a. Group a Occupancies: assistive Listening Systems ....................................35
Key Concepts ................................................. 35 accessibility Highlights ................................... 36 Checklist ........................................................ 37 Assistive-Listening Systems In Assembly Areas ..............................................37

TaBLE OF CONTENTS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

v

TaBLE OF CONTENTS
7B. Group a Occupancies: auditoriums, assembly Halls, Theaters, and Related Facilities ...............................38
Key Concepts ................................................. 38 accessibility Highlights ................................... 39 Checklist ........................................................ 41 General Requirements ............................................41 Accessibility To Key Facilities ..................................41 Variety Of Locations ...............................................41 Wheelchair Spaces ................................................41 Placement Of Wheelchair Locations.........................42 Size Of Wheelchair Location ...................................42 Table: Size Of Wheelchair And Seating Locations .......................................................43 Seating For Semi-Ambulant Individuals .....................43 Life Safety Requirements........................................43 Access To Performing Areas...................................44 Stages, Enclosed And Unenclosed Platforms And Orchestra Pits.................................................44 Ticket Booths ........................................................44 Miscellaneous........................................................44

8. Group B Occupancies: Offices and Public Services ........................................57
Key Concepts ................................................. 57 accessibility Highlights ................................... 58 Checklist ........................................................ 60 General Requirements ............................................60 Assembly Areas In Group B Occupancies .................60 Office Buildings, Personal & Public Service Facilities .............................................60 Business And Professional Offices...........................61 Personal And Public Service Facilities ......................62 Public Utility Facilities .............................................62 Police Dept, Law Enforcement, Fire Department Facilities And Courtrooms ................................63 Miscellaneous General Standards ............................64 Storage Areas .......................................................64

9a. Group E Occupancies: Educational Facilities ..................................................65
Key Concepts ................................................. 65 accessibility Highlights ................................... 66 Checklist ........................................................ 67 Laboratory Rooms .................................................67 Teaching Facility Cubicles, Study Carrels, Etc. .........67 Reading And Study Areas .......................................68 Checkout Counter ..................................................68 Book Shelving .......................................................68 Card Catalog .........................................................68 Open Book Stacks .................................................68

7C. Group a Occupancies: Stadiums, Gymnasiums and Sports-Related Facilities ..................................................45
Key Concepts ................................................. 45 accessibility Highlights ................................... 46 Checklist ........................................................ 47 General Requirements ............................................47 Participation Areas.................................................47 Sanitary And Locker Facilities .................................48

7d. Group a Occupancies: Restaurants and Similar dining Establishments, Banquet Facilities, Bars and Taverns, and Related Facilities ..................................................49
Key Concepts ................................................. 49 accessibility Highlights ................................... 50 Checklist ........................................................ 51 General Requirements ............................................51 Raised Or Sunken Areas .........................................51 Restrooms ............................................................51 Seating .................................................................52 Table: Basic Dimensions For Counters .............52 Food Service Aisles ...............................................53 Food Preparation Areas ..........................................53 Tableware And Condiment Areas .............................53 Vending Machines & Other Equipment .....................53

9B. Group F Occupancies: Factories & Industrial Facilities ..................................................69
Key Concepts ................................................. 69 accessibility Highlights ................................... 70 Checklist ........................................................ 71 General Requirements ............................................71 Factories ..............................................................72 Warehouses ..........................................................73

10. Group H Occupancies: Hazardous Occupancies ............................................74
Key Concepts ................................................. 74 accessibility Highlights Checklist ........................................................ 75 General Requirements ............................................76 Accessible Sanitation Facilities ...............................76 Accessible Routes .................................................76 Accessible Floors And Levels..................................76 Employee Work Areas ............................................76

7E. Group a Occupancies: Religious Facilities ..................................................54
Key Concepts ................................................. 54 accessibility Highlights ................................... 55 Checklist ........................................................ 56 Sanctuary .............................................................56 Assembly Areas .....................................................56 Classrooms And Offices .........................................56 Sanitary Facilities...................................................56

11. Group I Occupancies: Patient Care Facilities ..................................................77
Key Concepts ................................................. 77 accessibility Highlights ................................... 78 Checklist ........................................................ 80 General Requirements ............................................80 Entrance & Parking ................................................80

vi

TaBLE OF CONTENTS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

SECTION

TaBLE OF CONTENTS
Diagnostic, Treatment, Waiting Areas, Offices, Suites, And Sanitary Facilities ..............81 Patient Bedrooms And Toilet Rooms ........................81 Patient Bedroom Areas ..........................................83 Alterations To Patient Bedrooms .............................83 Water Closets......................................................104 Lavatory And Mirrors............................................104 Mirrors................................................................105 Controls And Dispensers ......................................105 Buildings And Complexes Containing Publicly Funded Dwelling Units........................106 Accessible Assigned Parking ................................106 Accessible Visitor Parking ....................................106 Public- And Common-Use Rooms Or Areas .............106 Participation Areas...............................................107 Swimming Pools ..................................................107 Door Signal Devices.............................................108 Doors & Openings ...............................................108 Spaces ...............................................................108 Accessible Route .................................................108

12. Group M Occupancies: Retail Facilities .......84
Key Concepts ................................................. 84 accessibility Highlights ................................... 85 Checklist ........................................................ 87 General Requirements ............................................87 Work Areas ...........................................................87 Check Stands ........................................................87 Table 11B-2: Accessible Checkstands .............87 Examples Of Checkout ...........................................88 Point-Of-Sale Machines ...........................................88 Turnstiles ..............................................................88 Theft-Prevention Barriers ........................................89 Circulation .............................................................90 Storage Areas .......................................................90 Fitting And Dressing Rooms ....................................91

15. adaptable dwelling Units..........................109
Key Concepts ............................................... 109 accessibility Highlights ................................. 110 Checklist ...................................................... 113 Kitchens In Dwelling Units .....................................113 Kitchen Sinks ......................................................113 Countertops ........................................................114 Lower Shelving ....................................................114 Laundry Rooms ...................................................115 Electrical Outlets .................................................115 Bathroom ............................................................115 Bathroom Entrance Doorway ................................115 Bathroom Maneuvering Space ..............................115 Water Closets......................................................116 Grab Bar Reinforcement .......................................116 Toilet (Water Closet) .....................................116 Back Wall Installations ..................................116 Side Wall Installation ....................................117 Shower Stalls ......................................................117 Bathtubs .............................................................117 Lavatories And Mirrors .........................................119

13. Outdoor Occupancies ................................93
Key Concepts ................................................. 93 accessibility Highlights ................................... 94 Checklist ........................................................ 95 Campsites ............................................................95 Beaches, Picnic Areas............................................95 Sanitary Facilities...................................................95 Parking Lots ..........................................................95 Trails, Paths ..........................................................96 Nature Trails..........................................................96 Highway Rest Areas ...............................................96 Permanent Facilities ...............................................96

14. Group R Occupancies: Lodging and dormitories .......................................97
Key Concepts ................................................. 97 accessibility Highlights ................................... 98 Checklist ...................................................... 101 General Requirements ..........................................101 Guest Rooms And Suites ......................................101 Available Range Of Accommodations.....................102 Access To Beds...........................................102 Lift Device Clearances .........................................102 Dormitory Rooms ................................................102 Buildings And Complexes Containing Publicly Funded Dwelling Units ...................................102 Public- And Common-Use Rooms Or Areas .............103 Recreational Facilities ..........................................103 Kitchens, Kitchenettes Or Wet Bar Facilities ...........103 Toilet Facilities .....................................................103 Visual Alarms, Notification Devices And Telephones For Persons With Hearing Impairment ...................................................103 Bathing And Shower Facilities ...............................104 Bathroom Doors ..................................................104 Bathroom Floor Space .........................................104 Tubs And Showers ...............................................104

16. accessible Routes: Bldgs. W/O Elevator ...120
Key Concepts ............................................... 120 accessibility Highlights ................................. 121 Checklist ...................................................... 123 General Requirements ..........................................123 Single Building With Common (Lobby) Entrance ...........................................123 All Other Sites, Including Single Building With Multiple Entrances .....................................................123 Provisions To Test Nos. 1 And 2. ..........................124 Test No. 1 — Individual Building Test .....................124 Test No. 2 — Site Analysis Test ............................125 Test No. 3 — Unusual Characteristics Test ............125 Additional Requirements (CA T24 1150A.2) ...........125

TaBLE OF CONTENTS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

vii

TaBLE OF CONTENTS
17. accessible Exterior Route Of Travel..........126
Key Concepts ............................................... 126 accessibility Highlights ................................. 127 Checklist ...................................................... 128 General Requirements ..........................................128 Design And Construction ......................................128 Signs ..................................................................129 Accessible Route Of Travel ...................................129

21. Guardrails ...............................................148
Key Concepts ............................................... 148 accessibility Highlights ................................. 149 Checklist ...................................................... 150 Where Required ...................................................150 Height.................................................................150 Openings ............................................................150 Assembly Guards.................................................151 Cross Aisles ................................................151 Sightline - Constrained Guard Heights ............151 Guards At The End Of Aisles .........................151

18. Parking ...................................................130
Key Concepts ............................................... 130 accessibility Highlights ................................. 131 Checklist ...................................................... 133 Parking Stall Signage Requirements ......................133 Medical Care Outpatient Facilities..........................133 Table 11B-6: Spaces Required ......................134 Single Parking Stalls ............................................134 Double Parking Stalls ...........................................135 Double Diagonal Parking Space Design .................136 Van Parking Space Design ....................................136 Parking Structures ...............................................136

22. Curb Ramps ............................................152
Key Concepts ............................................... 152 accessibility Highlights ................................. 153 General Requirements .................................. 155 Width ..................................................................155 Slope..................................................................155 Level Landing ......................................................155 Finish ..................................................................155 Border ................................................................156 Obstructions .......................................................156 Detectable Warnings ............................................156 Diagonal Curb Ramps ..........................................156

19. Passenger drop-Off and Loading Zones ...137
Key Concepts ............................................... 137 accessibility Highlights ................................. 138 Checklist ...................................................... 139 Location .............................................................139 Passenger Loading Zones ....................................139 Valet Parking .......................................................139 Accessibility Signs ...............................................140 Color Of Symbol ..........................................140 Finish And Contrast ......................................140 Proportions .................................................140 Character Size ............................................140 Vertical Clearance................................................140

23. Pedestrian Grade Separations..................158
Key Concepts ............................................... 158 accessibility Highlights ................................. 159 Checklist ...................................................... 160 General Requirements ..........................................160

24. Walks and Sidewalks ...............................161
Key Concepts ............................................... 161 accessibility Highlights ................................. 162 Checklist ...................................................... 163 Gratings ..............................................................163 Changes In Level .................................................164 Level Areas And Door Clearances .........................165

20. Ramps ....................................................141
Key Concepts ............................................... 141 accessibility Highlights ................................. 142 Checklist ...................................................... 144 General Requirements ..........................................144 Width ..................................................................144 Slope..................................................................145 Landings – Location .............................................145 Size Of Top And Bottom Landings .........................145 Landing Width .....................................................145 Change Of Direction .............................................145 Other Intermediate Landings .................................145 Encroachment Of Doors .......................................146 Strike Edge .........................................................146 Hazards ..............................................................146 Handrails ............................................................146 Wheel Guides ......................................................147 Guards................................................................147 Outdoor Ramps ...................................................147

25. Hazards ..................................................166
Key Concepts ............................................... 166 accessibility Highlights ................................. 167 Checklist ...................................................... 169 Warning Curbs .....................................................169 Overhanging Obstructions ....................................169 Protruding Objects ...............................................169 Head Room ........................................................169 Free-Standing Signs .............................................170 Detectable Warnings At Transit Boarding Platforms ......................................170 Detectable Directional Texture At Transit Boarding Platforms .........................171 Detectable Directional Texture At Hazardous Vehicular Areas.............................171 Detectable Warnings At Reflecting Pools................171

viii

TaBLE OF CONTENTS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

SECTION

TaBLE OF CONTENTS
26. Stairways ................................................172
Key Concepts ............................................... 172 accessibility Highlights ................................. 173 Checklist ...................................................... 175 General Requirements ..........................................175 Stairway Width ....................................................175 Required Handrails ...............................................175 Handrail Configuration ..........................................176 Handgrips ...........................................................177 Stair Treads, Risers And Nosing ............................178 Striping For The Visually Impaired .........................179 Stair Level Identification Sign ................................180 Clear Space At Doors / Landings / Clearance ....................................201 Force To Open Door.............................................201 Door Closer ........................................................203 Surface...............................................................203

30. door Hardware ........................................204
accessibility Highlights ................................. 204 Checklist ...................................................... 205 General Requirements ..........................................205

31. Thresholds at doorways...........................206
accessibility Highlights ................................. 206 Checklist ...................................................... 207 General Requirements ..........................................207 Doormats............................................................207 Carpets ..............................................................207

27. Entrances & Exits ....................................183
Key Concepts ............................................... 183 accessibility Highlights ................................. 184 Checklist ...................................................... 185 General Requirements ..........................................185 Entrances & Signs ...............................................186 Temporary Restrictions ........................................186 Recessed Doormats ............................................186 Gates .................................................................186 Service Entrances ...............................................186 Automatic Doors..................................................187

32. Clear Floor Or Ground Space For Wheelchairs ...........................................208
Key Concepts ............................................... 208 accessibility Highlights ................................. 209 Checklist ...................................................... 210 General Requirements ..........................................210 Wheelchair Passage Width....................................210 Size And Approach ..............................................210 Relationship Of Maneuvering Clearances To Wheelchair Spaces ...................................210 Forward Approach .......................................210 Side Approach .............................................211

28. Egress and areas For Evacuation .............188
Key Concepts ............................................... 188 accessibility Highlights ................................. 189 Checklist ...................................................... 191 General Requirements ..........................................191 Location And Construction....................................191 Adjacent Stairway Width .......................................192 Two-Way Communication ......................................192 Identification........................................................193 Area For Evacuation Assistance, High-Rise Alternative ......................................193 Alarms / Emergency Warning Systems ..................193

33. Floors, Levels and Ground Surfaces .........213
Key Concepts ............................................... 213 accessibility Highlights ................................. 214 Checklist ...................................................... 215 General Requirements ..........................................215 Ground And Floor Surfaces ...................................215 Changes In Level .................................................216 Carpets ..............................................................216 Grating ...............................................................216

29. doors & doorways ...................................194
Key Concepts ............................................... 194 accessibility Highlights ................................. 195 Checklist ...................................................... 197 Entrances ...........................................................198 Doors .................................................................198 Type Of Lock And Latch ...............................198 Width And Height .........................................198 Hinged Doors ......................................................198 Pairs Of Doors.....................................................198 Automatic And Power Assisted Doors....................198 Revolving Door ....................................................199 Turnstiles, Rails And Pedestrian Controls ...............199 Recessed Doors ..................................................200 Consecutive Doors / Doors In A Series..................200 Doors Located In A Recess Or Alcove ...................200 Gates .................................................................200 Service Entrances ...............................................200 Recessed Doormats ............................................200 Temporary Restrictions ........................................200

34. Interior Travel Routes - aisles, alcoves & Corridors ...............................217
accessibility Highlights ................................. 217 Checklist ...................................................... 218 Interior Requirements Aisles .................................218 Width ..................................................................218 Circulation Around Obstacles ................................219 Alcoves- Forward Approach (Relationship Of Maneuvering Clearances To Wheelchair Spaces) ..................................220 Alcoves- Side Approach (Relationship Of Maneuvering Clearances To Wheelchair Spaces) .......................................222

TaBLE OF CONTENTS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

ix

TaBLE OF CONTENTS
35. Corridors, Hallways & Exterior Exit Balconies ........................................223
Key Concepts ............................................... 223 accessibility Highlights ................................. 224 Checklist ...................................................... 225 Corridor And Hallway Widths .................................225 Corridors And Hallways Over 200 Feet ..................225 Circulation Around Obstacles ................................226 Employee Work Areas ..........................................245 Groups I-1 And R-1 ...............................................245 Spacing In Rooms................................................245 Spacing In Corridors ............................................246 ADA Requirements For Spacing In Rooms And Corridors ....................................246 Manual Alarm ......................................................246 Auxiliary Alarms ...................................................246

36. Water Fountains, drinking ........................228
Key Concepts ............................................... 228 accessibility Highlights ................................. 229 Checklist ...................................................... 230 Where Only One Drinking Fountain Area Is Provided ............................................230 Where More Than One Drinking Fountain Is Provided ......................................230 Clearances..........................................................231 Cantilevered Drinking Fountains ............................231 Knee Clearance ...........................................231 Toe Clearance .............................................231 Clear Floor Space ........................................232 Alcoves...............................................................232 Bubbler ...............................................................233 The Spout ...........................................................233

40. Elevators, Control Panels, Visual & audible Signals ......................................247
Key Concepts ............................................... 247 accessibility Highlights ................................. 248 Checklist ...................................................... 251 General Requirements ..........................................251 Entrance Signs ....................................................251 Door Operation....................................................251 Door Size............................................................252 Car Interior..........................................................252 Car Call ..............................................................253 Door Protective And Opening Device .....................253 Hall Call ..............................................................253 Operations And Leveling .......................................253 Handrails ............................................................254 Elevator Car Control Panel....................................254 Minimum Illumination ............................................255 Car Position Indicator And Signal ..........................255 Hall Call Buttons ..................................................255 Hall Lantern.........................................................256 Doorjamb Marking ...............................................257 Plan Review And Approval.....................................257

37. Space allowances....................................234
accessibility Highlights ................................. 234 Checklist ...................................................... 235 General Requirements ..........................................235 Wheelchair Passage Width....................................235 Circulation Around Obstacles ................................235 Size And Approach ..............................................235 Wheelchair Turning Space ....................................236 Clear Floor Or Ground Space For Wheelchairs: Size And Approach ....................236 Relationship Of Maneuvering Clearance To Wheelchair Spaces ...................................237 Forward Reach ............................................238 Without Obstruction ..................................238 With Obstruction.......................................238 Side Reach..................................................238 Without Obstruction ..................................238 Over Obstruction ......................................238

41. Special access (Wheelchair) Lifts .............258
Key Concepts ............................................... 258 accessibility Highlights ................................. 259 Checklist ...................................................... 262 General Requirements ..........................................262 Landing Size .......................................................262 Relationship To The Path Of Travel ........................262 When Provided As A Means Of Egress ...................263 Pits ...................................................................264 Car Enclosure......................................................264 Car Doors And Gates ...........................................264 Light In Car .........................................................265 Buffers And Buffer Supports .................................265 Emergency Stop Switch .......................................265 Emergency Devices .............................................265 Capacity .............................................................265 Speed.................................................................266 Rise ...................................................................266 Capacity Plate .....................................................266 Inclined Platform (Wheelchair) Lifts ........................267 Controls And Operating Mechanisms .....................267

38. Reach Ranges .........................................239
Checklist ...................................................... 239 Forward Reach ....................................................239 Side Reach..........................................................239

39. alarms ....................................................240
Key Concepts ............................................... 240 accessibility Highlights ................................. 241 Checklist ...................................................... 243 Alarms/Emergency Warning Systems/Accessibility ...................................243 Audible Alarms ....................................................243 Visual Alarms ......................................................244

x

TaBLE OF CONTENTS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

SECTION

TaBLE OF CONTENTS
42. Public Telephones....................................268
Key Concepts ............................................... 268 accessibility Highlights ................................. 269 Checklist ...................................................... 271 General Requirements ..........................................271 Accessible Route .................................................272 Equipment For The Hearing Impaired .....................273 Enclosures ..........................................................273 Head Room .........................................................274 Text Telephones ...................................................275

46. Lavatories/Lavatory Fixtures & accessories ........................................292
Key Concepts ............................................... 292 accessibility Highlights ................................. 293 Checklist ...................................................... 294 General Requirements) .........................................294 Towel, Sanitary Napkins, Waste Receptacles, Dispensers And Controls ...............................294 Mirrors................................................................295 Medicine Cabinets ...............................................295 Toilet Tissue Dispensers .......................................296 Faucet Controls ...................................................295

43. Sanitary Facilities ....................................276
Key Concepts ............................................... 276 accessibility Highlights ................................. 277 Checklist ...................................................... 279 Separate And Unisex Toilet Facilities......................279 Clear Doorway Openings ......................................279 Identification Symbols For Sanitary Facilities - Door Signage ................................280 General .......................................................280 Men’s Sanitary Facility ..................................280 Woman’s Sanitary Facilities ...........................281 Unisex Sanitary Facilities ..............................282 Signs And Identification, Mounting Location And Height: Permanent Wall Sign .....................................282 Raised Characters And Pictorial Symbol For Signs ..........................................282 Character Type ....................................................282 Character Size & Placement .................................282 Pictorial Symbol Signs (Pictograms) ......................282 Braille .................................................................282 Plan Review And Inspection ..................................282

47. Toilet Facilities ........................................296
Key Concepts ............................................... 296 accessibility Highlights ................................. 297 Checklist ...................................................... 298 Grab Bar Dimensions ...........................................298 Grab Bars – Mounting Location .............................298 Side Wall .....................................................298 Rear Wall ....................................................298 Grab Bar Dynamics ..............................................298 Structural Strength ......................................299 Grab Bar – Surface ..............................................299 Turning Space Requirements ................................299 Sanitary Accessories ...........................................300 Towel, Sanitary Napkins, Waste Receptacles, Dispensers And Controls .......................300 Mirrors................................................................300 Medicine Cabinets ...............................................301 Toilet Tissue Dispensers .......................................301

48. Single accommodation Toilet ...................302
Key Concepts ............................................... 302 accessibility Highlights ................................. 303 Checklist ...................................................... 305 General Requirements ..........................................305 Water Closets......................................................305 Toilet Seats .........................................................305 Flush Valves ........................................................306 Grab Bars ...........................................................307 Grab Bar Diameter Or Width .................................307 Structural Strength ..............................................307 Towel Sanitary, Napkins, Waste Receptacle............308 Toilet Tissue Dispensers .......................................308 Interior Surfaces ..................................................308

44. Urinal Facilities........................................283
Key Concepts ............................................... 283 accessibility Highlights ................................. 284 Checklist ...................................................... 285 Clear Floor Space ................................................285 Basic Configuration And Location ..........................285 Alcove Urinals .....................................................286 Accessible Route .................................................286 Flush Controls .....................................................287 Walls And Floor Surfaces ......................................287

45. Lavatory..................................................288
Key Concepts ............................................... 288 accessibility Highlights ................................. 289 Checklist ...................................................... 290 General Requirements ..........................................290 Clear Floor Space ................................................290 Mounting Location ...............................................290 Toe Clearance .....................................................290 Knee Clearance ...................................................291 Hotwater And Drainpipes ......................................291 Faucet Controls ...................................................291

TaBLE OF CONTENTS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

xi

TaBLE OF CONTENTS
49. Multiple accommodation Toilet.................309
Key Concepts ............................................... 309 accessibility Highlights ................................. 310 Checklist ...................................................... 312 Wheelchair Clearance...........................................312 Clear Floor ..........................................................313 Clear Floor Space With Inward-Swinging Doors .......313 Accessible Fixtures ..............................................313 Compartments And Compartment Doors ...............313 Automatic-Closing Device .............................313 Door Opening Hardware .......................................314 Accessible Water-Closet Compartments ................314 Front-Side, Hinge-Side And Latch-Side Approach .............................................314 Front-Side Approach Swing-In Compartment Door ...............................315 Front-Side Approach Swing-Out Compartment Door ...............................315 Latch-Side Approach Swing-In Compartment Door ...............................315 Latch-Side Approach Swing-Out Compartment Door ...............................315 Hinge-Side Approach Swing-In Compartment Door ...............................315 Hinge-Side Approach Swing-Out Compartment Door ...............................316 Water Closet .......................................................316 Grab Bars – Mounting Location .............................317 Side Wall .....................................................317 Rear Wall ....................................................317 Grab Bar Dimensions ...................................317 Grab Bars – Structural Strength ............................318 Towel, Sanitary Napkins, Waste Receptacles ..........318 Toilet Tissue Dispensers .......................................318 Interior Surfaces ..................................................318 Ambulatory Accessible Stall ..................................319 General .......................................................319 Grab Bars – Mounting Location .....................319 Side Wall .....................................................319 Rear Wall ....................................................319 Grab Bar Dimensions ...................................319

51. Side (Lateral) Transfer Toilets ..................329
Key Concepts ............................................... 329 accessibility Highlights ................................. 330 Checklist ...................................................... 332 General Requirements ..........................................332 Grab Bars ...........................................................333 Grab Bar Diameter Or Width .................................333 Structural Strength ..............................................333 Compartment Doors ............................................334 Toilet Tissue Dispensers .......................................334 Interior Surfaces ..................................................334

52. Grab Bars ...............................................336
Key Concepts ............................................... 336 accessibility Highlights ................................. 337 Checklist ...................................................... 338 Projection ...........................................................338 Diameter .............................................................338 Structural Strength ..............................................338 Surface...............................................................339

53. Sinks.......................................................340
Key Concepts ............................................... 340 accessibility Highlights ................................. 341 Checklist ...................................................... 342 Clear Floor Space ................................................342 Depth And Height.................................................342 Knee Clearance ...................................................342 Exposed Pipes And Surfaces ................................343 Faucet Controls And Operating Mechanisms ..........343

54. Kitchens ..................................................344
Key Concepts ............................................... 344 accessibility Highlights ................................. 345 Checklist ...................................................... 346 Clear Floor Space / Centerline / Clear Width..........346 Clear Floor Space ................................................346 Centerline ...................................................346 Clear Width .................................................346 Kitchen Sink Faucet Controls ................................346 Countertops ........................................................347 Repositionable Countertops ..................................347 Lower Shelving ....................................................348 Removable Base Cabinets ....................................348

50. Front Transfer Toilets ...............................322
Key Concepts ............................................... 322 accessibility Highlights ................................. 323 Checklist ...................................................... 325 General Requirements ..........................................325 Grab Bars ...........................................................325 Grab Bar Diameter Or Width .................................326 Structural Strength ..............................................326 Compartment Doors ............................................327 Toilet Tissue Dispensers .......................................327 Interior Surfaces ..................................................327

55. Bathtubs .................................................349
Key Concepts ............................................... 349 accessibility Highlights ................................. 350 Checklist ...................................................... 352 Bathing Facilities .................................................352 Clear Floor Space ................................................352 Seat In Tub ..................................................352 Seat At Head Of Tub ....................................352 Seat ...................................................................353 Grab Bar And Shower Seat Structural Strength ......353 Grab Bars / Basic Dimensions ..............................353 Grab Bar Location With Seat In Tub .......................354 Grab Bars Location With Seat At Head Of Tub ........354

xii

TaBLE OF CONTENTS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

SECTION

TaBLE OF CONTENTS
Wall Reinforcement For Grab Bars .........................354 Controls ..............................................................355 Shower Spray Unit ...............................................355 Bathtub Enclosures ..............................................355 Door And Panels ..................................................355 Glazing For Shower And Bathtub Enclosures ..........355 Plastics...............................................................355

58. Controls & Operating Mechanisms, Vending Machines ..................................373
Key Concepts ............................................... 373 accessibility Highlights ................................. 374 Checklist ...................................................... 375 General Requirements ..........................................375 Alcove — Clear Floor Space .................................376 Forward Reach ....................................................377 Side Reach..........................................................377

56. Showers ..................................................357
Key Concepts ............................................... 357 accessibility Highlights ................................. 358 Checklist ...................................................... 359 General Requirements ..........................................360 Option 1: Roll-In Shower 60” Min. Width × 30” Min. Depth ....................360 Clear Floor Space ........................................360 Water Controls-Location ...............................360 Hand-Held Sprayer Unit-Location ...................360 Shower Seat-Mounting Location ....................360 Option 2: Alternate Roll-In Shower 60” Min. Width × 36” Min. Depth ....................361 Clear Floor Space ........................................361 Water Controls-Location ...............................361 Hand-Held Sprayer Unit-Location ...................361 Shower Seat-Mounting Location ....................361 Option 3: Alternate Roll-In Shower 60” Min. Width × 36” Min. Depth ....................361 Clear Floor Space ........................................361 Water Controls-Location ...............................361 Hand-Held Sprayer Unit-Location ...................362 Shower Seat-Mounting Location ....................362 Requirements That Apply To All 3 Shower Options .....................................362 Floor Slope .................................................362 Thresholds ..................................................362 Water Controls ............................................362 Hand-Held Sprayer Unit ................................363 Sprayer Unit Alternative ................................363 Shower Seat ...............................................363 Shower Seat Dimensions..............................363 Grab Bars ..................................................364 Grab Bars Dimensions .................................364 Grab Bars Structural Strength ......................364 Soap Dish ..........................................................365 Enclosures ..........................................................365 Doors And Panels ................................................365 Glazing And Plastics.............................................365

59. automated Teller Machines (aTMs) and Point-Of-Sale Machines....................378
Key Concepts ............................................... 378 accessibility Highlights ................................. 379 Checklist ...................................................... 381 General Requirements ..........................................381 Controls Or Operating Mechanisms .......................381 One ATM .............................................................382 Two ATMs ...........................................................384 Three Or More ATMs ............................................384 ATM Display ........................................................385 ATM Equipment For Persons With Vision Impairments .......................................385

60. Fixed Or Built-In Seating, Tables and Counters .........................................386
Key Concepts ............................................... 386 accessibility Highlights ................................. 387 Checklist ...................................................... 388 Seating Space Allowance, Clear Floor Space & Reach Ranges .................................388 If High Forward Reach Is Over An Obstruction ..................................................389 Side Reach..........................................................390 If Side Reach Is Over An Obstruction .....................390 Height Of Work Surfaces ......................................390 Sales And Service Counters, Teller Windows And Information Counters.................390

57. Storage ...................................................368
Key Concepts ............................................... 368 accessibility Highlights ................................. 369 Checklist ...................................................... 370 General Requirements ..........................................370 Forward Reach ...................................................371 Side Reach..........................................................372 Hardware ............................................................372

TaBLE OF CONTENTS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

xiii

TaBLE OF CONTENTS
61. Signs and Identification ...........................391
Key Concepts ............................................... 391 accessibility Highlights ................................. 392 Checklist ...................................................... 394 General Requirements ..........................................394 Symbols Of Accessibility ......................................394 The Color Of Symbol ............................................394 Signs ..................................................................395 Identification Signs.......................................395 Directional And Informational Signs ...............395 Accessibility Signs .......................................395 Entrance Signs ............................................395 Accessibility Information Posted............................395 Traffic Control Devices .........................................396 Symbols .............................................................396 International TTY Symbol ..............................396 Volume Control Telephones Symbol ...............396 Assistive Listening Systems..........................396 Signs For Text Telephones ............................396 Cleaner Air Symbol ......................................396 Finish And Contrast ..............................................396 Proportions .........................................................396 Character Height .................................................397 Braille .................................................................397 Mounting Location And Height ..............................397 Raised Characters And Pictorial Symbol Signs .......398 Character Placement ...................................398 Plan Review Inspection .........................................398 Plan Review And Approval.....................................398

64. Electrical Receptacles, Switches & Controls ...............................412
accessibility Highlights ................................. 412 Checklist ...................................................... 413 Electrical Receptacles ..........................................413 Switches .............................................................413

65. Transportation Facilities...........................415
accessibility Highlights ................................. 415 Checklist ...................................................... 419 Bus Stop Pads And Shelters .................................419 Bus Stop Pads ....................................................420 Bus Stop Siting Alterations ...................................420 Fixed Facilities And Stations — New Construction .........................................421 Path Of Travel......................................................421 Entrances And Exits .............................................421 Signage ..............................................................421 Accessible Fare Collection Systems ......................422 Hazards / Platforms.............................................422 Detectable Warnings At Transit Boarding Platforms .......................................422 Warning Texture And Color Features ..............422 Color Contrast .............................................422 Detectable Directional Texture At Boarding Platforms .......................................423 Horizontal Gaps ...................................................423 Lighting ..............................................................424 Telephones..........................................................424 Boarding Platforms ..............................................424 Public Address Systems .......................................424 Clocks ................................................................424 Elevators/Escalators............................................424 Existing Facilities — Key Stations .........................425 Existing Facilities — Alterations ............................425 Airports — New Construction ...............................426 Path Of Travel..............................................426 Telephones..........................................................426 Baggage Check-In/ Retrieval.................................426 Public Address ....................................................427 Clocks ................................................................427 Security Systems ................................................427

62. Cleaner air Symbol..................................402
Key Concepts ............................................... 402 accessibility Highlights ................................. 403 Checklist ...................................................... 404 General Requirements ..........................................404 Removal Of Symbol .............................................404 Color And Size Of Symbol ....................................404 Conditions Of Use ................................................404

63. Means Of Egress Identification Sign .........405
Key Concepts ............................................... 405 accessibility Highlights ................................. 406 Checklist ...................................................... 407 General Requirements ..........................................408 Tactile Exit Signs .................................................408 Graphics .............................................................408 Exit Sign Illumination ............................................408 Stairway Signs In Buildings With Two Or More Stories .....................................410 Signage Detail Characteristics ..............................410 Placement Location .............................................411 Raised Characters And Pictorial Symbol Signs .......411 Floor-Level Exit Signs ...........................................411 Path Marking .......................................................411 Delayed Egress Locks .........................................411 Required Accessibility ..........................................411

66. Card Readers at Gasoline Fuel dispensing Facilities .......................428
Key Concepts ............................................... 428 accessibility Highlights ................................. 429 Checklist ...................................................... 430 General Requirements ..........................................430 Definitions ...........................................................430 Application ..........................................................430 Number Of Accessible Card-Reading Devices Required ..........................................431 Required Features................................................431 Protection Of Dispensers Mounted At Grade .........................................431

xiv

TaBLE OF CONTENTS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

SECTION

aLPHaBETICaLOF CONTENTS TaBLE INdEX OF SECTIONS
SECTION SUBjECT / TITLE
Access To Employee Areas Access To Public Buildings Accessibility For Existing Buildings And Facilities (Alterations & Repairs) Accessibility In New Buildings Accessible Exterior Route Of Travel Accessible Routes: Bldgs. W/O Elevator Adaptable Dwelling Units Alarms Assistive Listening Systems Auditoriums, Assembly Halls, Theaters, And Related Facilities Automated Teller Machines (ATMs) And Point-Of-Sale Machines Bathtubs Building Accessibility Card Readers At Gasoline Fuel Dispensing Facilities Cleaner Air Symbol Clear Floor Or Ground Space For Wheelchairs Controls & Operating Mechanisms, Vending Machines Corridors, Hallways & Exterior Exit Balconies Curb Ramps Door Hardware Doors & Doorways Educational Facilities Egress And Areas For Evacuation Electrical Receptacles, Switches & Controls Elevators, Control Panels, Visual & Audible Signals Entrances & Exits Factories & Industrial Facilities Fixed Or Built-In Seating, Tables And Counters Floors, Levels And Ground Surfaces Front Transfer Toilets Grab Bars Guardrails Hazardous Occupancies Hazards 3 5 4 1 17 16 15 39 7A 7B 59 55 2 66 62 32 58 35 22 30 29 9A 28 64 40 27 9B 60 33 50 52 21 10 25

SECTION NO.
8

PaGE NO.
18 12 1 126 120 109 240 35 38 378 349 5 428 402 208 373 223 152 204 194 65 188 412 247 183 69 386 213 322 336 148 74 166

SECTION SUBjECT / TITLE
Historic Preservation Interior Travel Routes - Aisles, Alcoves & Corridors Kitchens Lavatories/Lavatory Fixtures & Accessories Lavatory Lodging And Dormitories Means Of Egress Identification Sign Multiple Accommodation Toilet Offices And Public Services Outdoor Occupancies Parking Passenger Drop-Off And Loading Zones Patient Care Facilities Pedestrian Grade Separations Public Telephones Ramps Reach Ranges Religious Facilities Restaurants And Similar Dining Establishments, Banquet Facilities, Bars And Taverns, And Related Facilities Retail Facilities Sanitary Facilities Showers Side (Lateral) Transfer Toilets Signs And Identification Single Accommodation Toilet Sinks Space Allowances Special Access (Wheelchair) Lifts Stadiums, Gymnasiums And SportsRelated Facilities Stairways Storage Thresholds At Doorways Toilet Facilities Transportation Facilities Urinal Facilities Walks And Sidewalks Water Fountains, Drinking 6

SECTION NO.
34 54 46 45 14 63 49 8 13 18 19 11 23 42 20 38 7E 7D

PaGE NO.
27 217 344 292 288 97 405 309 57 93 130 137 77 158 268 141 239 54 49

12 43 56 51 61 48 53 37 41 7C 26 57 31 47 65 44 24 36

84 276 357 329 391 302 340 234 258 45 172 368 206 296 415 283 161 228

aLPHaBETICaL INdEX OF SECTIONS TaBLE OF CONTENTS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

xv

TaBLE OF CONTENTS

This book is designed to provide information about the California Accessibility Codes and Regulations. The publisher has made every effort to provide complete and accurate information, but does not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of any information published herein, nor shall the publisher have any liability or responsibility to any person or entity for any errors, omissions, or damages arising out of the use of this information. This book is provided with the understanding that the publisher is not attempting to render legal, business or any other advice or professional service. If such services are required, the assistance of an appropriate professional should be sought. For future updates, errata, amendments and other changes, please contact Builder’s Book, Inc., 1-800-273-7375. The information in this book is subject to change without notice.

© 2009 Builder’s Book, Inc. All rights reserved.

xvi

TaBLE OF CONTENTS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

SECTION

GENERaL TERMINOLOGy & dEFINITIONS
GENEral TErmINOlOGy
… … … … …

comply with: Meet one or more specifications of these guidelines. if, if ... then: Denotes a specification that applies only when the conditions described are present. may: Denotes an option or alternative. s h a l l : D e n o t e s a m a n d a t o r y sp e ci f i c a t i o n o r requirement. should: This term denotes an advisory specification or recommendation.

the design, construction, or alteration of building and facilities.
…

aISLE: A circulation path between objects such as seats, tables, merchandise, equipment, displays, shelves, desks, etc. aISLE, EMPLOyEE aREaS: A space that serves as a passageway, which is created by architectural components such as walls, fixed cabinetry or fixtures and not moveable components such as furniture. aLLEy: Any public way or thoroughfare less than 16 feet but not less than 10 feet in width which has been dedicated or deeded to the public for public use. aLTER OR aLTERaTION: Any change, addition or modification in construction or occupancy or structural repair or change in primary function to an existing structure other than repair or addition. aLTERNaTE CaRd REadER: Shall be defined as functionally equal card reader and control directly attached to or an integral part of the fuel dispenser in addition to the primary card reader, which is an integral part of the dispenser. aNSI: American National Standards Institute, 1430 Broadway, New York, NY 10018. aPaRTMENT HOUSE: Any building or portion thereof which contains 3 or more dwelling units and, for the purpose of this code, includes residential condominiums. aPPROVEd: Approved means meeting the approval of the enforcing agency, except as otherwise provided by law, when used in connection with any system, material, type of construction, fixture or appliance as the result of investigations and tests conducted by the agency, or by reason of accepted principles or tests by national authorities, technical, health or scientific organizations or agencies. aPPROVEd TESTING aGENCy: Is any agency, which is determined by the enforcing agency, except as otherwise provided by statute, to have adequate personnel and expertise to carry out the testing of systems, materials, type of construction fixtures or appliances. aREa FOR EVaCUaTION aSSISTaNCE: Is an accessible space which is protected from fire and smoke and which facilitates a delay in egress. aREa OF REFUGEE: An area where persons unable to use stairways can remain temporarily to await instructions or assistance during emergency evacuation. aREa OF RESCUE aSSISTaNCE: An area, which has direct access to an exit, where people who are unable to use stairways may remain temporarily in safety to await further instructions or assistance during emergency evacuation. (see Area for Evacuation Assistance) aSSEMBLy aREa: A room or space accommodating a group of individuals for recreational, educational, political, social, civic or amusement purposes, or the consumption of food and drink.

…

…

a
…

…

aCCESS aISLE: An accessible pedestrian space between elements, such as parking spaces, seating, and desks, that provides clearances appropriate for use of the elements. aCCESSIBILITy: Is the combination of various elements in a building or area, which allows access, circulation and the full use of the building and facilities by persons with disabilities. aCCESSIBLE: Is approachable and usable by persons with disabilities in compliance with this code. aCCESSIBLE ELEMENT: An element specified by the regulations adopted by the office of the State Architect/ Access Compliance. aCCESSIBLE LOCaTION: Is a location which can be reached by an employee standing on the floor, platform, runway or other permanent working area. aCCESSIBLE MEaNS OF EGRESS: A continuous and unobstructed way of egress travel from nay accessible point in a building or facility to a public way. aCCESSIBLE ROUTE OF TRaVEL: Is a continuous unobstructed path connecting all accessible elements and spaces in an accessible building or facility that can be negotiated by a person with a severe disability using a wheelchair and that is also safe for and usable by persons with other disabilities, and that is also consistent with the definition of “path of travel”. aCCESSIBLE SPaCE: Is a space that complies with the regulations adopted by the Division of the State Architect/ Access Compliance. adaPTaBILITy: Refers to the capability of spaces or facilities to be readily modified and made accessible. adaPTaBLE dWELLING UNIT: An accessible dwelling unit within a covered multifamily building as designed with elements and spaces allowing the dwelling unit to be adapted or adjusted to accommodate the user. addITION: An extension or increase in the floor area or height of a building structure. adMINISTRaTIVE aUTHORITy: A governmental agency that adopts or enforces regulations and guidelines for

…

…

… …

… …

…

…

…

…

…

…

…

…

… …

…

… …

…

GENERaL TERMINOLOGy & dEFINITIONS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

xvii

GENERaL TERMINOLOGy & dEFINITIONS
…

aSSEMBLy BUILdING: A building or portion of a building used for the gathering of 50 or more persons for such purposes as deliberation, education, instruction, worship, entertainment, amusement, drinking or dining or awaiting transportation. Any building or structure or portion thereof used or intended to be used for the showing of motion pictures when an admission fee is charged and when such building or structure is open to the public and has a capacity of 10 or more persons.

B
…

BaLCONy: That portion of the seating space of an assembly room, the lowest part of which is raised 4 feet (1219 mm) or more above the level of the main floor and shall include the area providing access to the seating area or serving only as a foyer. BaSEMENT: Any floor level below the first story in a building, except that a floor level in a building having only one floor level shall be classified as a basement unless such floor level qualifies as a first story as defined herein. BaTHROOM:A room which includes a water closet (toilet), lavatory (sink), and/or a bathtub and/or a shower. It does not include single-fixture facilities or those with only a water closet and lavatory. It does include a compartmented bathroom. A compartmented bathroom is one in which the bathroom fixtures are distributed among interconnected rooms. A compartmented bathroom is considered a single unit and is subject to the requirements for bathrooms for disabled persons. BUILdING: Any structure as to which state agencies have regulatory power, used or intended for supporting or sheltering any use or occupancy, housing or enclosure of persons, animals, chattels, equipment or property of any kind, and also includes structures wherein things may be grown, made, produced, kept, handled, stored or disposed of, and all appendages, accessories, apparatus, appliances and equipment installed as a part thereof. “Building” shall not include machinery, equipment or appliances installed for manufacture or process purposes only, nor shall it include any construction installations which are not a part of a building, any tunnel, mine shaft, highway or bridge, or include any house trailer or vehicle which conforms to the Vehicle Code. BUILdING ENTRaNCE ON aNaCCESSIBLE ROUTE: This is an accessible entrance to a building that is connected by an accessible route to public transportation stops, to parking or passenger loading zones, or to public streets or sidewalks, if available. BUILdING, EXISTING: A building erected prior to the adoption of this code, or one for which a legal building permit has been issued. BUILdING OFFICIaL: The officer or other designated authority charged with the administration and enforcement of this code, or the building official’s duly authorized representative in accordance with state law, Health and Safety Code 13146, in occupancies regulated by the State fire Marshal.

…

…

aSSISTIVE dEVICE: An aid, tool or instrument used by a person with disabilities to assist in activities of daily living. Examples of assistive devices include tongs, knob-turners and oven-rack pusher/pullers. aTM INSTaLLaTION: A single ATM structurally affixed to a building or other structure. aTM SITE: The immediate area which is within or made or to be made part of an existing building or a building to be constructed, and to which one or more ATM’s is or shall be affixed. aTRIUM: An opening through two or more floor levels other than enclosed stairways, elevators, hoistways, escalators, plumbing, electrical, air-conditioning or other equipment, which is closed at the top and not defined as a mall. Floor levels, as used in this definition, do not include balconies within assembly occupancies or mezzanines that comply with Section 507. aTTIC STORy: Any story immediately below the roof and wholly or partly within the roof framing, designed, arranged or built for business or storage use. aUTOMaTEd TELLER MaCHINE: (ATM) means any electronic information processing device, including a point-of-sale machine, used by a financial institution or other business entity and its customers for the primary purpose of executing financial transactions between itself and its customers. For the purpose of this section, automated teller machine includes point-of-sale machines used in grocery stores, ticket sale facilities, and other business entities, but does not include cardreading-devices located on fuel pump islands at gasoline service stations and motor vehicle fuel facilities. aUTOMaTIC: As applied to fire-protection devices, is a device or system providing an emergency function without the necessity of human intervention and activated as a result of a predetermined temperature rise, rate of rise of temperature or increase in the level of combustion products. aUTOMaTIC dOOR: Is a door equipped with a power operated mechanism and controls that open and close the door automatically upon receipt of a momentary actuating signal. The switch that begins the automatic cycle may be a photoelectric device, floor mat or manual switch.

…

… …

…

…

…

…

…

…

…

…

…

C
… …

C.C.R.: California Code of Regulations. CHILd-CaRE CENTER: Any facility of any capacity other than a large or small family day-care home as defined in these regulations in which less than 24-hour-

xviii

GENERaL TERMINOLOGy & dEFINITIONS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

SECTION

GENERaL TERMINOLOGy & dEFINITIONS
per-day nonmedical supervision is provided for children in a group setting.
… …

CHILd OR CHILdREN: A person or persons under the age of 18 years. CIRCULaTION PaTH: An exterior or interior way of passage from one place to another for pedestrians, including but not limited to walks, hallways, courtyards, stairways, and stair landings. CLEaR: Unobstructed. CLEaR FLOOR SPaCE: The minimum unobstructed floor or ground space required to accommodate a single stationary wheelchair and occupant. CLOSEd CIRCUIT TELEPHONE: A telephone with dedicated line(s) such as a house phone, courtesy phone or phone that must be used to gain entrance to a facility. COMMERCE: Travel, traffic, transportation, commerce, trade, or communication: 1. within the state; 2. among the several states; 3. between any foreign country or any territory or possession and any state; or 4. between points in the same state but through another state or foreign country.
… … … …

six beds, which provides inpatient care, including the following basic services: medical supervision, 24-hour skilled nursing and supportive care, pharmacy, dietary, social recreational, and at least provides services for persons who are diagnosed with a terminal illness or who are catastrophically and severely disabled. CONGREGaTE RESIdENCE: Any building or portion thereof which contains facilities for living, sleeping and sanitation, as required by this code, and may include facilities for eating and cooking, for occupancy by other than a family. A congregate residence may be a shelter, convent, monastery, dormitory, and fraternity or sorority house but does not include jails, hospitals, nursing homes, hotels or lodging houses. COVEREd MULTIFaMILy dWELLINGS: All dwelling units in buildings consisting of three or more dwelling units or four or more condominium units. Covered Multifamily Dwellings include dwelling units listed in Section 101.17.9. Dwelling units within a single structure separated by firewalls do not constitute separate buildings. CROSS SLOPE: Is the slope that is perpendicular to the direction of travel. CURB CUT: Is an interruption of a curb at a pedestrian way, which separates surfaces that are substantially at the same elevation. CURB RaMP: Is a sloping pedestrian way, intended for pedestrian traffic, which provides access between a walk or sidewalk to a surface located above or below an adjacent curb face.

… …

…

…

…

COMMERCIaL FaCILITIES: Facilities intended for nonresidential use and whose operations will affect commerce, including factories, warehouses, office buildings, and other buildings in which employment may occur. Commercial facilities shall not include railroad locomotives, railroad freight cars, railroad cabooses, railroad cars covered under Title III of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, or facilities that are covered or expressly exempted from coverage under the Fair Housing Act of 1988 (42 USC 3601-3631 et seq.) COMMON USE: Refers to those interior and exterior rooms , spaces or elements that are made available for the use of a restricted group of people (for example, occupants of a homeless shelter, the occupants of an office building or the guests of such occupants). COMMON USE aREaS (Public): Public areas where the uses of the space is not limited exclusively to owners, residents or individual employees. COMMON USE aREaS (Private): Private use areas within multifamily residential facilities where the uses of these areas are limited exclusively to owners, residents and their guests. The areas may be defined as rooms or spaces or elements inside or outside of a building. COMMUNITy KITCHEN: A separate room or building in employee housing used or intended to be used by the occupants of the employee housing for cooking or preparing their own meals. CONGREGaTE LIVING HEaLTH FaCILITy: as termed, is a residential home with a capacity of no more than

…

D
…

day CaRE: For the purposes of these regulations, mean the care of persons during any period of a 24-hour day where permanent sleeping accommodations are not provided. NOTE: “Day care” shall not be construed to preclude the use of cots or mats for napping purposes, provided all employees, attendants and staff personnel are awake and on duty in the area where napping occurs. day-CaRE HOME, LaRGE FaMILy: A provider’s own home licensed to provide day care for periods less than 24 hours per day for nine to 14 persons, including children under the age of 10 years who reside at the home. day-CaRE HOME, SMaLL FaMILy: A home which provides family day care to eight or fewer children, including children under the age of 10 years who reside at the home, in the provider’s own home, for periods of less than 24 hours per day. Small family day-care homes are exempted from state fire- and life-safety regulations other than those state and local standards applicable to Group R, Division 3 Occupancies. (See Health and Safety Code, Section 13143 (b).)

…

…

…

…

…

…

…

…

GENERaL TERMINOLOGy & dEFINITIONS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

xix

GENERaL TERMINOLOGy & dEFINITIONS
…

dETECTaBLE WaRNING: Is a standardized surface or feature built into or applied to walking surfaces or other elements to warn visually impaired persons of hazards in the path of travel. Only DSA/AC detectable warning products and directional surfaces shall be installed as proved in the California Code of Regulations (CCR). Title 24, Part 1, Articles 2, 3 and 4. Refer to CCR Title 24, Part 12, Chapter 12-11A and B, for building and facility access specifications for product approval for detectable warning products and directional surfaces. NOTE: Detectable warning products and directional surfaces installed after January 1, 2001, shall be evaluated by an independent entity, selected by the Department of General Services, Division of the State Architect-Access Compliance, for all occupancies, including transportation and other outdoor environments, except that when products and surfaces are for use in residential housing evaluation shall be in consultation with the Department of Housing and Community Development. See Government Code Section 4460. dIRECTIONaL SIGN: A publicly displayed notice which indicates a recommended direction or route of travel by use of words or symbols. dISaBILITy: (1) A physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more of the major life activities or; (2) A record of such impairment or; (3) Being regarded as having such an impairment. dORMITORy: A room occupied by more than two persons. dWELLING UNIT: Is a single unit of residence for a family of one or more persons. Examples of dwelling units covered by this chapter include condominiums, apartment units within an apartment building, and other types of dwellings in which sleeping accommodations are provided but toileting or cooking facilities are shared by occupants of more than one room or portion of the dwelling. Examples of the latter include dormitory rooms and sleeping accommodations in shelters intended for occupancy as residences for homeless persons.

…

ELEMENT: An architectural or mechanical component of a building, facility, space, or site, e.g., telephone, curb ramp, door, drinking fountain, seating, or water closet. ELEVaTOR: A hoisting and lowering mechanism which moves a car or platform in fixed guides in a substantially vertical direction and which is designed to carry passengers or freight, or both, between two or more fixed landings. A hoisting mechanism, such as a portable hoist or a tiering machine, used to elevate or lower material between two or more fixed landings and used or fixed in a permanent location will be classed as an elevator. ELEVaTOR, PaSSENGER: Is an elevator used primarily to carry passengers. ENFORCING aGENCy: The designated department or agency as specified by statute or regulation. ENTRaNCE: Any entrance to a facility which has a substantial flow of pedestrian traffic to any specific major function of the facility. EQUIVaLENT FaCILITaTION: Is an alternate means of complying with the literal requirements of these standards and specifications that provides access in terms of the purpose of these standards and specifications. NOTES: 1. See Section 101.2, Purpose. 2. To determine equivalent facilitation, consider the means that provide for the maximum independence of persons with disabilities while presenting the least risk of harm, injury or other hazard to such persons or others.

…

… … …

…

…

…

… …

… …

EXISTING BUILdINGS: See “building, existing.” EXIT: The exit is that portion of the means of egress system between the exit access and the exit discharge or the public way. Components that may be selectively included in the exit include exterior exit doors, exit enclosures, exit passageways and horizontal exits, in addition to those common means of egress components described in Section 1003.3. EXIT aCCESS: The exit access is that portion of a means of egress system that leads from any occupied portion of a building or structure to an exit. EXIT dISCHaRGE: The exit discharge is that portion of the means of egress system between the exit and a public way.

E
…

EFFICIENCy dWELLING UNIT: a dwelling unit containing only one habitable room and includes an efficiency unit as defined by Health and Safety Code Section 17958.1. EGRESS, MEaNS OF: A continuous and unobstructed way of exit travel from any point in a building or facility to a public way. A means of egress comprises vertical and horizontal travel and may include intervening room spaces, doorways, hallways, corridors, passageways, balconies, ramps, stairs, enclosures, lobbies, horizontal exits, courts and yards. An accessible means of egress is one that complies with these guidelines and does not include the stairs, steps, or escalators. Area of rescue assistance or evacuation elevators may be included as part of accessible means of egress.

…

…

…

F
…

FaCILITy (or FaCILITIES): Is a building structure, room, site, complex or any portion thereof, that is built, altered, improved or developed to serve a particular purpose. FREE-STaNdING PEdESTaL: Is a card reading device which controls one or more remote fuel dispensers

…

xx

GENERaL TERMINOLOGy & dEFINITIONS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

SECTION

GENERaL TERMINOLOGy & dEFINITIONS
that have no card readers as an integral part of the fuel dispenser.
…

the physical or mental health of an individual and who makes such services available to the public.
… …

FULL-TIME CaRE: Shall mean the establishment and routine care of persons on an hourly, daily, weekly, monthly, yearly or permanent basis, whether for 24 hours per day or less, and where sleeping accommodations are provided.

HISTORICaL BUILdING: See “qualified historical building.” HORIZONTaL EXIT: Is a wall that completely divides a floor of a building into two or more separate exitaccess areas to afford safety from fire and smoke in the exit-access area of incident origin. HOTEL or MOTEL: Any building containing 6 or more guest rooms intended or designed to be used, or which are used, rented or hired out to be occupied, or which are occupied for sleeping purposes by guests.

G
…

GaRaGE: Is a building or portion thereof in which a motor vehicle containing flammable or combustible liquids or gas in its tank [for SFM] or an electric vehicle with a rechargeable storage battery, fuel cell, photovoltaic array or other source of electric current is stored, repaired, charged (electric vehicles only) or kept. GRaB BaR: Is a bar for the purpose of being grasped by the hand for support. GRadE (adjaCENT GROUNd ELEVaTION): This is the lowest point of elevation of the finished surface of the ground, paving or sidewalk within the area between the building and property line or, when the property line is more than 5 feet (1524 mm) from the building, between the building and a line 5 feet (1524 mm) from the building. GROUNd FLOOR: Any occupiable floor less than one story above or below grade with direct access to grade. A building or facility always has a least one ground floor and may have more than one ground floor as where a split level entrance has been provided or where a building is built into a hillside. GUaRdRaIL: A system of building components located near the open sides of elevated walking surfaces for the purpose of minimizing the possibility of an accidental fall from the walking surface to the lower level. Guardrail is also a vertical barrier erected along the open edges of a floor opening, wall opening, ramp, platform, runway or other elevated area to prevent persons from falling off the open edge.

…

I
…

… …

INdEPENdENT ENTITy: A Non-profit product safety testing and certification organization, dedicated to testing for public safety. An independent entity would operate for the testing certification and quality assessment of products, systems and services. NOTE: Detectable warning products and directional surfaces installed after January 1, 2001, shall be evaluated by an independent entity, selected by the Department of General Services, Division of the State Architect-Access Compliance for all occupancies, including transportation and other outdoor environments, except that when products and surfaces are for use in residential housing evaluation shall be in consultation with the Department of Housing and Community Development. See Gov’t Code Section 4460. INFaNT: Any child who because of age only, is unable to walk and requires the aid of another person to evacuate the building. In no case shall the term “infant” mean a child beyond two years of age. INTERNaTIONaL SyMBOL OF aCCESSIBILITy: Is that symbol adopted by Rehabilitation International’s 11th World Congress for the purpose of indicating that buildings and facilities are accessible to persons with disabilities. See Chapter 11B, Figure 11B-6.

…

…

…

…

…

H
… …

J HaNdRaIL: A railing provided for grasping with the hand for support. See also “guardrail.” H C d 1: D e p t . o f H o u s i n g a n d C o m m u n i t y Development application - Hotels, motels, lodging houses, apartment houses, dwellings, employee housing and factory-built housing. authority Cited - Health and Safety Code Sections 17921, 50558 and 50559. Reference - Health and Safety Code Sections 17000 through 17060, 17910 through 17990, 50558 and 50559
…

jURISdICTION: As used in this code, is any political subdivision which adapts this code for administrative regulations within its sphere of authority.

K
…

KICK PLaTE: Is an abrasion-resistant plate affixed to the bottom portion of a door to prevent a trap condition and protect its surface.

l
…

…

HEaLTH CaRE PROVIdER: A person or entity regulated by a state to provide professional services related to

LEVEL aREa: Is a specified surface that does not have a slope in any direction exceeding 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) in 1 foot (305 mm) from the horizontal (2.083 percent gradient).

GENERaL TERMINOLOGy & dEFINITIONS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

xxi

GENERaL TERMINOLOGy & dEFINITIONS
… …

LIFT, SPECIaL aCCESS: See, “special access lifts.” LIVING aCCOMMOdaTIONS: Any funded building or portion thereof having three or more apartments as defined in this code or any publicly funded building or portion thereof LOdGING HOUSE: Is any building or portion thereof containing not more than five guest rooms where rent is paid in money, good, labor or otherwise. LOBBy: An area not defined as a waiting room at the entrance of a building through which persons must pass.

O
… …

OCCUPaNCy: This is the purpose for which a building, or part thereof, is used or intended to be used. OCCUPIaBLE: A room or enclosed space designed for human occupancy in which individuals congregate for amusement, educational or similar purposes, or in which occupants are engaged at labor, and which is equipped with means of egress, light, and ventilation. OPEN RISER: Is the air space between tread projecting beyond the face of the riser immediately below. OPERaBLE PaRT: A part of a piece of equipment or appliance used to insert or withdraw objects, or to activate, deactivate or adjust the equipment or appliance (for example, coin slot, push button, handle).

…

…

… …

m
…

MaRKEd CROSSING: Is a crosswalk or other identified path intended for pedestrian use in crossing a vehicular way. MEaNS OF EGRESS: A continuous and unobstructed path of vertical and horizontal egress travel from any occupied portion of a building or structure to a public way. Such means of egress system consists of three separate and distinct parts: the exit access, the exit, and the exit discharge. MEZZaNINE OR MEZZaNINE FLOOR: That portion of a story which is an intermediate floor level placed within the story and having occupiable space above and below its floor. MOTEL: Means the same as hotel as defined in this code. MULTIFaMILy dWELLING: Any building containing more than two dwelling units. MULTIPLE aCCOMMOdaTION TOILET FaCILITy: A room that has more than one sanitary fixture is intended for the use of more than one person at a time, and which usually is provided with privacy compartments or screens shielding some fixtures from view. A bathroom serving a hotel guest room and a privacy toilet in small offices, stores and similar locations are not included in this category. MULTISTORy dWELLING UNIT: This is a dwelling unit with finished living space located on one floor and the floor or floors immediately above or below. For the purposes of these regulations, an enclosed private garage serving the unit above (carriage units) may also be considered multistory.

P
… … …

…

PaSSaGE dOOR: A door through which persons may traverse other than an exit door. PaSSENGER ELEVaTOR: An elevator used primarily to carry persons. See definition of “elevator.” PaTH OF TRaVEL: A passage that may consist of walks and sidewalks, curb ramps and pedestrian ramps, lobbies and corridors, elevators, other improved areas, or a necessary combination thereof, that provides free and unobstructed access to and egress from a particular area or location for pedestrians and/or wheelchair users. PEdESTRIaN: Is an individual who moves in walking areas with or without the use of walking-assistive devices such as crutches, leg braces, wheelchairs, etc. PEdESTRIaN GRadE SEPaRaTION: A structure erected over or under an obstacle such as a freeway, roadway, street, railroad, stream, etc., and intended primarily for pedestrian use. PEdESTRIaN RaMP: Is a sloping path of travel intended for pedestrian traffic and as differentiated from a curb ramp. PEdESTRIaN WaLKWay: A walkway used exclusively as a pedestrian traffic way. PEdESTRIaN Way: Is a route by which a pedestrian may pass. PERMaNENT: Facilities which are intended to be used for periods of longer than those designated in this code under the definition of “temporary.” PERMIT: An official document or certificate issued by the building official authorizing performance of a specified activity. PERSON WITH dISaBILITy: An individual who has a physical impairment, including impaired sensory, manual or speaking abilities, that results in a functional limitation in gaining access to and using a building or facility.

…

… … …

…

…

…

…

… … …

N
… …

NEWLy CONSTRUCTEd: A building that has never before been used or occupied for any purpose. NOSE, NOSING: Is that portion of a tread projecting beyond the face of the riser immediately below.

…

…

xxii

GENERaL TERMINOLOGy & dEFINITIONS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

SECTION

GENERaL TERMINOLOGy & dEFINITIONS
…

PERSONS WITH PHySICaL dISaBILITIES: This means, with respect to a person, a physical or mental impairment which substantially limits one or more major life activities, a record of such an impairment, or being regarded as having such an impairment. This term does not include current, illegal use of or addiction to a controlled substance. For purposes of these guidelines, an individual shall not be considered to have a physical disability solely because that individual is a transvestite. As used in this definition, “physical or mental impairment” includes: Impairments which affect ambulation due to cerebral palsy, poliomyelitis, spinal cord injury, amputation, arthritis, cardiac and pulmonary conditions and other conditions or diseases which reduce mobility, including aging. Any physiological disorder or condition, cosmetic disfigurement, or anatomical loss affecting one or more of the following body systems: neurological; musculoskeletal; special sense organs; respiratory, including speech organs; cardiovascular; reproductive; digestive; genito-urinary; hemic and lymphatic; skin; and endocrine; or Any mental or psychological disorder, such as mental retardation, organic brain syndrome, emotional or mental illness, and specific learning disabilities. The term “physical or mental impairment” includes, but is not limited to, such diseases and conditions as orthopedic, visual, speech and hearing impairments; cerebral palsy; autism; epilepsy; muscular dystrophy; multiple sclerosis; cancer; heart disease; diabetes; human immunodeficiency, virus infection; mental retardation; emotional illness; drug addiction (other than addiction caused by current, illegal use of a controlled substance) and alcoholism. These guidelines are designed to make units accessible or adaptable for people with physical disabilities. “Major life activities” means functions such as caring for one’s self, performing manual tasks, walking, seeing, hearing, speaking, breathing, learning and working. “Has a record of such an impairment” means the person has a history of, or has been misclassified as having, a mental or physical impairment that substantially limits one or more major life activities. “Is regarded as having an impairment” means: The person has a physical or mental impairment that does not substantially limit one or more major life activities but that is treated by another person as constituting such a limitation; The person has a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more major life activities only as a result of the attitudes of others toward such impairment; or The person has none of the impairments listed in this definition but is treated by another person as having such impairment.

…

PLaTFORM, UNENCLOSEd: A horizontal, generally level and raised surface for speakers, performances, displays, etc., as distinguished from platforms which are enclosed. PLaTFORM (WHEELCHaIR) LIFT: Is a hoisting and lowering mechanism equipped with a car or platform, or support which serves two landings of a building or structure and is designed to carry a passenger or passengers and (or) luggage or other material a vertical distance as may be allowed. POWdER ROOM: A room containing only a water closet (toilet) and lavatory (sink). POWER aSSISTEd dOOR:A door used for human passage with a mechanism that helps to open the door, or relieves the opening resistance of a door, upon which the activation of a switch or a continued force applied to the door itself. PRIMaRy ENTRy: This is the principle entrance through which most people enter the building, as designated by the building official. PRIMaRy ENTRy LEVEL: Is the floor or level of the building on which the primary entry is located. PRIVaTE ENTITy: Means a person or entity other than a public entity. PRIVaTE FaCILITy: A place of public accommodation or a commercial facility subject to Title III of the ADA and 28 CFR part 36 or a transportation facility subject to Title III of the ADA and 49 CFR 37.45. PROFESSIONaL OFFICE OF a HEaLTH CaRE PROVIdER: Is a location where a person or entity, regulated by the State to provide professional services related to the physical or mental health of an individual, make such services available to the public. The facility housing the professional office of a health care provided only includes floor levels housing at least one health care provided, or any floor level designed or intended for use by at least one health care provider. PUBLIC aCCOMMOdaTION: Includes, but is not limited to, any building or facility or other specific public use facilities not listed in Items 1 through 12 if they fall into one or more of the following categories: 1. Places. of public lodging. 2. Establishments serving food or drink open to public use. 3. Places of exhibition or entertainment open to public use. 4. Places of public gathering. 5. Sales or rental establishments open to public use. 6. Service establishments open to public use. 7. Stations used for public transportation. 8. Places of public display or collection. 9. Places of public recreation.

…

… …

…

… … …

…

…

GENERaL TERMINOLOGy & dEFINITIONS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

xxiii

GENERaL TERMINOLOGy & dEFINITIONS
10. Places of public education. 11. Social service center establishments open to public use. 12. Places of exercise or recreation open to public use Examples of public accommodation for purposes of this code shall include, but not be limited to, the following private entities: 1. An inn, hotel, motel or other place of lodging, except for a lodging house located within a building that contains not more than five rooms for rent or hire. 2. A restaurant, bar or other establishment serving food or drink. 3. A motion picture house, theater, concert, hall, stadium or other place of exhibition or entertainment. 4. An auditorium, convention center, lecture hall, or other place of public gathering 5. A bakery, grocery store, clothing store, hardware store, shopping center, or other sales or retail establishment. 6. A laundromat, dry cleaner, bank, barber shop, beauty shop, travel service, shoe repair service, funeral parlor, gas station, office of an accountant or lawyer, pharmacy, insurance office, professional office of a health care provider, hospital or other service establishment. 7. A terminal, depot, or other station used for specified public transportation.
… … …

part 35 or to the Title II of the ADA and 49 CFR 37.41 or 37.43. PUBLICLy FUNdEd: For the purpose of housing, all buildings, structures, sidewalks, curbs and related facilities constructed in the state and used or intended to be used as a public use area, as defined in Section 1102A.16-P, shall comply with the accessibility standards of Chapter 11B of this code when state, county or municipal funds, or funds of any political subdivision of the state are used. PUBLIC USE: Describes interior or exterior rooms or spaces that are made available to the general public. Public use may be provided at a building or facility that is privately or publicly owned. PUBLIC-USE aREaS: Interior or exterior rooms or spaces of a building that are made available to the general public and does not include Common Use Areas (Private) defined above. Public Use Areas may be provided at a building that is privately or publicly owned. PUBLIC Way: A street, alley or other parcel of land open to the outside air leading to a street, that has been deeded, dedicated or otherwise permanently appropriated to the public or public use and which has a clear width and height of not less than 10feet.

…

Q
…

8. A museum, library, gallery, or other place of public display or collection. 9. A park, zoo, amusement park, or other place of recreation. 10. A nursery, elementary, secondary, undergraduate, or postgraduate private school, or other place of education. 11. A day-care center, senior citizen center, homeless shelter, food bank, adoption agency, or other social service center establishment. 12. A gymnasium, health spa, bowling alley, golf course, or other place of exercise. 13. A church. 14. An office building. 15. A public curb or sidewalk.
…

QUaLIFIEd HISTORICaL BUILdING OR PROPERTy: Any building, site, structure, object, district or collection of structures, and their associated sites, deemed of importance to the history, architecture or culture of an area by an appropriate local, state or federal governmental jurisdiction. This shall include designated buildings or properties on, or determined eligible for, official national, state or local historical registers or official inventories, such as the National Register of Historic Places, California Register of Historical Resources, State Historical Landmarks, State Points of Historical Interest, and officially adopted city or county registers, inventories, or surveys of historical or architecturally significant sites, places or landmarks. QUaLIFIEd INTERPRETER: Means an interpreter who is able to interpret effectively, accurately and impartially both receptively and expressively, using any necessary specialized vocabulary.

…

r
…

PUBLIC ENTITy: Means (1) Any State or local government; (2)Any Department, agency, special purpose district, or other instrumentality of a State of States or local government; (3) The National Railroad Passenger Corporation, and any commuter authority. PUBLIC FaCILITy: A facility or portion of a facility constructed by, on behalf of, or for the use of public entity subject to the Title II of the ADA and 28 CFR

RaIL TRaNSIT BOaRdING PLaTFORM: A horizontal generally level surface, whether raised above, recessed below, or level with a transit rail, from which persons embark/disembark a fixed rail vehicle. RaMP: A walking surface which has a running slope greater than 1:20. REadILy aCHIEVaBLE: Means easily accomplishable and able to be carried out without much difficulty or

… …

…

xxiv

GENERaL TERMINOLOGy & dEFINITIONS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

SECTION

GENERaL TERMINOLOGy & dEFINITIONS
expense. In determining whether an action is readily achievable factors to be considered include: 1. The nature and cost of the action needed under this part; 2. The overall financial resources of the site or sites involved in the action; the number of persons employed at a the site; the effect on expenses and resources; legitimate safety requirements that are necessary for the safe operation, include crime prevention measures; or the impact otherwise of the action upon the operation of the site 3. The geographic separateness, and the administrative or fiscal relationship of the site or sites in question to any parent corporation or entity; 4. If applicable, the overall financial resources of any parent corporation or entity; the overall size of the parent corporation or entity with respect to the number of its employees; the number , type and location of its facilities; and 5. If applicable, the type of operation or operations of nay parent corporation or entity, including the composition, structure, and functions of the workforce of the parent corporation or entity.
… …

RESIdENTIaL FaCILITy (RF): Any family home, group care facility, or similar facility determined by the director of Social Services, for 24-hour nonmedical care of persons in need of personal services, supervision, or assistance essential for sustaining the activities of daily living or for the protection of the individual. Such facilities include small family homes and social rehabilitation facilities. RESTRaINT: The physical retention of a person within a room, cell or cell block by any means, or within the exterior walls of a building by means of locked doors inoperable by the person restrained. Restraint shall also mean the physical binding, strapping or similar restriction of any person in a chair, walker, bed or other contrivance for the purpose of deliberately restricting the free movement of ambulatory persons. “Restraint” shall not be construed to include nonambulatory persons nor shall it include the use of bandage material, strip sheeting or other fabrics or materials (soft ties) used to restrain persons in hospital-type beds or wheelchairs to prevent injury, provided an approved method of quick release is maintained. Facilities employing the use of soft ties, however, shall be classified as a building used to house nonambulatory persons.

…

REaSONaBLE PORTION: Shall mean that segment of a building, facility, area, space or condition which would normally be necessary if the activity therein is to be accessible by persons with disabilities. RESIdENTIaL FaCILITy (RF): Any family home, group care facility, or similar facility determined by the director of Social Services, for 24-hour nonmedical care of persons in need of personal services, supervision, or assistance essential for sustaining the activities of daily living or for the protection of the individual. Such facilities include small family homes and social rehabilitation facilities. RECOMMENd: This term does not require mandatory acceptance, but identifies a suggested action that shall be considered for the purpose of providing a greater degree of accessibility to persons with disabilities. REMOdELING: See “alter” or alteration.” REPaIR: Is the reconstruction or renewal of any part of an existing building for the purpose of its maintenance. RESIdENTIaL CaRE FaCILITy FOR THE ELdERLy (RCFE): A facility with a housing arrangement chosen voluntarily by persons 60 years of age or over, or their authorized representative, where varying levels and intensities of care and supervision, protective supervision or personal care are provided, based on their varying needs, as determined in order to be admitted and to remain in the facility. Persons under 60 years of age with compatible needs, as determined by the Department of Social Services in regulations, may be allowed to be admitted or retained in a residential-care facility for the elderly.

… … …

RISE: Is the vertical distance from the top of the tread to the top of the next higher tread. RISER: Is the upright portion of a step in a stair. RUNNING SLOPE: Is the slope that is parallel to the direction of travel.

…

S
…

SaNITaRy FaCILITy: Any single water closet, urinal, lavatory, bathtub or shower, or a combination thereof, together with the room or space in which they are housed. SERVICE CORRIdOR: A fully enclosed passage used for transporting hazardous production materials and for purposes other than required exiting. SERVICE ENTRaNCE: An entrance intended primarily for delivery of goods and services. SHaFT: An interior space, enclosed by walls or construction, extending through one or more stories or basements that connects openings in successive floors, or floors and roof, to accommodate elevators, dumbwaiters, mechanical equipment or similar devices or to transmit light or ventilation air. S H a L L : “ S h a l l ” a s u s e d i n t h is c o d e m e a n s mandatory. SHOPPING CENTER: Is one or more sales establishments or stores. SHOULd: This term denotes an advisory specification or recommendation. Also see recommend. SIdEWaLK: Is a surfaced pedestrian way contiguous to a street used by the public. See definition for “walk”.

…

…

… …

… … …

… … … …

GENERaL TERMINOLOGy & dEFINITIONS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

xxv

GENERaL TERMINOLOGy & dEFINITIONS
… …

SIGNaGE: Displayed verbal, symbolic, tactile, and/or pictorial information. SINGLE-aCCOMMOdaTION SaNITaRy FaCILITy: A room that has not more than one of each type of sanitary fixture, is intended for use by only one person at a time, has no partition around the toilet, and has a door that can be locked on the inside by the room occupant. SITE: A parcel of land bounded by a property line or a designated portion of a public right-of-way. SITE dEVELOPMENT: “On-site” and “off-site” work, including, but not limited to, walks, sidewalks, ramps, curbs, curb ramps, parking facilities, stairs, planting areas, pools, promenades, exterior gathering or assembly areas and raised or depressed paved areas. SLEEPING aCCOMMOdaTIONS: Are rooms in which people may sleep; for example, dormitory and hotel or motel guest rooms or suites. SLOPE: This is, for the purpose of covered multifamily buildings, the relative steepness of the land between two points and is calculated as follows: The horizontal distance and elevation change between the two points (e.g., an entrance and a passenger loading zone) are determined from a topographical map. The difference in elevation is divided by the distance and the resulting fraction is multiplied by 100 to obtain the percentage. For example, if a principle entrance is 10 feet (3048 mm) from a passenger loading zone, and the principle entrance is raised 1 foot (305 mm) higher than the passenger loading zone, then the slope is 1/10 x 100 = 10 percent. SPaCE: A definable area, example: room, toilet room, hall, assembly area, entrance, storage room, alcove, courtyard, or lobby. SPECIaL aCCESS LIFT: Is a hoisting and lowering mechanism equipped with a car or platform, or support that serves two landings of a building or structure and is designed to carry a passenger or passengers and (or) luggage or other material a vertical distance as may be allowed. SPECIFIEd PUBLIC TRaNSPORTaTION: Is transportation by bus, rail or any other conveyance (other than by aircraft) that provides the general public with general or special service (including charter service) on a regular and continuing basis. SPIRaL STaIRWay: Is a stairway having a closed circular form in its plan view with uniform section shaped treads attached to and radiating about a minimum diameter supporting column. STaGE: A space within a building utilized for the entertainment or presentations, which includes overhead hanging curtains, drops, scenery or state effects other than lighting and sound.

…

STaIR RaILING: Is a vertical barrier constructed along the open side or sides of stairways and as intermediate stair rails where required on wide stairways. STaIRWay: Two or more risers shall constitute a stairway. STaTE-OWNEd/LEaSEd BUILdING: A building or portion of a building that is owned, leased or rented by the state. State-leased buildings shall include all required exits to a public way serving such leased area or space. Portions of state-leased buildings that are not leased or rented by the state shall not be included within the scope of this section unless such portions present an exposure hazard to the state-leased area or space. STORy: That portion of a building included between the upper surface of any floor and the upper surface of the floor next above, except that the topmost story shall be that portion of a building included between the upper surface of the topmost floor and the ceiling or roof above. If the finished floor level directly above a usable or unused under-floor space is more than 6 feet above grade, as defined herein, for more than 50 percent of the total perimeter or is more than 12 feet above grade, as defined herein, at any point, such usable or unused under-floor space shall be considered as a story. STORy FIRST: Is the lowest story in a building which qualifies as a story and which provides the basic services or functions for which the building is used. A floor level in a building having only one floor level shall be classified a first story, if the floor level is not more than 4feet below grade, as defined herein, for more than 50 percent of the total perimeter, or more than 8 feet below grade at any point. STREET: Any thoroughfare or public way not less than 16 feet (4877 mm) in width that has been dedicated or deeded to the public for public use. STRUCTURaL FRaME: The structural frame shall be considered to be the columns and the girders, beams, trusses and spandrels having direct connections to the columns and all other members which are essential to the stability of the building as a whole. STURCTURaLLy IMPRaCTICaBLE: Means that it is acceptable to deviate from accessibility requirements only where unique characteristics of terrain prevent the incorporation of accessibility feature and where providing accessibility would destroy the physical integrity of a facility. A situation in which a building must be built on stilts because of its location in marchlands or over water is an example of one the few situations in which the exception for structural impracticability would apply. This exception to accessibility should not be applied to situations in which facility is locates in “hilly” terrain or on a plot of land upon which there are steep grades. In such circumstances, accessibility can be achieve without destroying the physical integrity

… …

… …

…

…

…

…

…

…

…

…

…

…

…

…

xxvi

GENERaL TERMINOLOGy & dEFINITIONS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

SECTION

GENERaL TERMINOLOGy & dEFINITIONS
of a structure, and is required in the construction of new facilities.
…

is not limited to, resorts, group homes, hotels, motels and dormitories.
…

STRUCTURaL OBSERVaTION: The visual observation of the structural system, for general conformance to the approved plans and specifications, at significant construction stages and at completion of the structural system. Structural observation does not include or waive the responsibility for the inspections required by Section 108, 1701 or other sections of this code. STRUCTURE: Is that which is built or constructed, an edifice or building of any kind or any piece of work artificially built up or composed of parts joined together in some definite manner. STRUCTURE FRaME: Is considered to be the columns and the girders, beam, trusses and spandrels having direct connections to the columns and all other members which are essential to the stability of the building as a whole.

TRaNSIT BOaRdING PLaTFORM: Is a horizontal, generally level surface, whether raised above, recessed below or level with a transit rail, from which persons embark/disembark a fixed rail vehicle. TREad: Is the horizontal member of a step in a stair. TREad dEPTH: Is the horizontal distance from the front to back of tread, including nosing when used. TREad RUN: Is the horizontal distance from the leading edge of a tread to the leading edge of an adjacent tread.

… … …

…

…

U
…

T
… … …

U.B.C.: The most recently adopted edition of the Uniform Building Code as published by the International Conference of Building Officials. References to other model code sections which are found in any adopted sections of the model code or Title 24, C.C.R., must be compared to the appropriate matrix adoption table to determine if the enforcing agency has adopted the model code section of a modified Title 24, C.C.R. section.

TaCTILE: Describes an object that can be perceived using the sense of touch. Tdd: (Telecommunication Devices for the Deaf) see text telephone. TECHNICaLLy INFEaSIBLE: Means, with respect to an alteration of a building or a facility, that it has little likelihood of being accomplished because existing structural conditions would require removing or altering a load-bearing member which is an essential part of the structural frame; or because other existing physical or site constraints prohibit modification or addition of elements, spaces, or features which are in full and strict compliance with the minimum requirements for new construction and which are necessary to provide accessibility. TTy: (TELE TYPEWRITER): See text telephone. TEMPORaRy: Shall mean buildings and facilities intended for use at one location for not more than one year and seats intended for use at one location for not more than 90 days. TEXT TELEPHONE: Machinery or equipment that employs interactive graphic (i.e. typed) communications through the transmission of coded signals across the standard telephone network. Text telephones can include, for example, devices known as telecommunication display devices (TTYs) or computers. TOEBOaRd: Is a vertical barrier erected along the open edges of floor openings or floor holes, platforms and runways. TOWNHOUSE: See “multistory dwelling unit”. TRaNSIENT LOdGING: This is a building, facility or portion thereof (excluding inpatient medical care facilities) that contains one or more dwelling units or sleeping accommodations. Transient lodging may include, but V
… …

UNREaSONaBLE HaRdSHIP: Exists when the enforcing agency finds that compliance with the building standard would make the specific work of the project affected by the building standards infeasible, based on an overall evaluation of the following factors: 1. The cost of providing access. 2. The cost of all construction contemplated. 3. The impact of proposed improvements on financial feasibility of the project. 4. The nature of the accessibility which would be gained or lost. 5. The nature of the use of the facility under construction and its availability to persons with disabilities. The details of any finding of unreasonable hardship shall be recorded and entered in the files of the agency.

… …

…

…

VEHICULaR OR PEdESTRIaN aRRIVaL POINTS: Public or resident parking areas, public transportation stops, passenger loading zones and public streets or sidewalks. VEHICULaR Way: A route intended for vehicular traffic, such as a street, driveway, or parking lot.

…

… …

GENERaL TERMINOLOGy & dEFINITIONS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

xxvii

General TerminoloGy & DefiniTions
W
… …

WalK: This is a surfaced pedestrian way not located contiguous to a street used by the public. (See definition for “sidewalk.”) WHeelCHair: A chair mounted on wheels to be propelled by its occupant manually or with the aid of electric power, of a size and configuration conforming to the recognized standard models of the trade. WHeelCHair oCCUPanT or WHeelCHair User: Is an individual who, due to a physical impairment or disability, uses a wheelchair for mobility. WorKinG leVel or WorKinG area: A platform, walkway, runway, floor or similar area fixed with reference to the hazard. This does not include ladders or portable or temporary means used for access, repair or maintenance, provided such means are removed immediately upon completion of the work.

…

…

WorK sTaTion: An area defined by equipment and/ or work surfaces intended for use by employees only, and generally for one or a small number of employees at a time. Examples include ticket booths; the employee side of grocery store checkstands; the bartender area behind a bar; the employee side of snack bars, sales counters and public counters; guardhouses; toll booths; kiosk vending stands; lifeguard stations; maintenance equipment closets; counter and equipment areas in restaurant kitchens; file rooms; storage areas; etc.

NOTE Most definitions in this book were obtained or derived from: • • 2007 California Building Code, Part 2, Volume 1 Americans With Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities (ADAAG) September 1998

…

Phrases and words that are not defined in this list retain their regular meanings as they are described in Webster’s “Dictionary of the English language”.

xxviii

General TerminoloGy & DefiniTions
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

Accessibility in new buildings – scope

SECTION

1

New buildings and portions thereof in all occupancy classifications (unless otherwise noted) must be accessible to persons with disabilities. „ This means that accessibility requirements typically apply to the design and construction of any new public and commercial buildings and publicly funded housing. „ These requirements generally do not apply to single family residences (unless their construction or operation is publicly funded). However, if a commercial enterprise is operated out of a private residence, those portions of the residence used in the enterprise (even if shared with residential uses) are subject to accessibility requirements when it comes to new construction and alterations. In addition, accessibility requirements apply to the entry (accessible path of travel) and any other portions of the residence available for the use of employees or visitors (e.g., sanitary facilities) in the residence. „ See Sections 14 and 15 to determine the applicability of accessibility requirements to multifamily dwelling units (apartments, condominiums, etc.). „ See Sections 7 through 14 for requirements applicable to specific occupancy types. „ See all other Sections of this book for the requirements applicable to specific building and facility features (doors, entrances, means of egress, toilet facilities, etc.)

ACCESSIBILITY IN NEW BUILDINGS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

1

SECTION

1

Accessibility in new buildings – scope
Temporary Structures
„ Accessibility requirements apply to temporary buildings/ facilities, as well. „ “Temporary buildings/facilities” are not of permanent construction but are extensively used or are essential for public use for a period of time. Examples of temporary buildings or facilities include, but are not limited to: z Reviewing stands z Temporary classrooms z Bleacher areas z Exhibit areas z Temporary banking facilities (trailers) z Temporary health screening services z Temporary safe pedestrian passageways around a construction site Structures, sites and equipment directly associated with the actual process of construction such as scaffolding, bridging, materials hoists, or construction trailers are not subject to these accessibility requirements.

GENErAL rEqUIrEmENTS
„ All areas of new buildings and facilities must be made accessible. z This does not mean that there cannot be isolated or temporary interruptions in service or access due to maintenance or repairs. „ Dimensions that are not stated as “maximum” or “minimum” are absolute (exact). „ All dimensions provided in this publication are subject to conventional building industry tolerances for field conditions, except where a requirement is stated as a range with a specific minimum and maximum.

Design
„ The design/construction of accessible elements must be in accordance with CA Title 24 Chapter 1 and sections that are listed in Section 1114B.1.1, Facility Accessibility, Design and Construction.

maintenance of Accessible Features
„ A public accommodation must maintain all required accessibility features and equipment in operable working condition.

Temporary restrictions
„ During periods of partial or restricted use of a building or facility, the entrances used for primary access must be accessible to and usable by persons with disabilities.

Commercial Facilities Located in Private residences
„ When a commercial facility is located in a private residence, the portion of  the residence used exclusively as a residence is not covered by this chapter, but portions used both for the commercial facility and for residential purposes is covered by the new construction and alteration requirements of this code. Any portion used exclusively for commercial enterprise is also subject to these requirements, of course. „ The portion of  the residence required to be accessible includes the homeowner’s front sidewalk, the door or entryway, and hallways; and those portions of  the residence, interior or exterior, available to or used by employees or visitors of  the commercial facility, including sanitary facilities.

2

ACCESSIBILITY IN NEW BUILDINGS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

Accessibility in new buildings – scope
General requirements
… Buildings or portions of buildings shall be accessible to persons with disabilities as required by this chapter. Fig. 1
(cA t24 1101b.1)

SECTION

1

z All areas of newly designed or constructed buildings and facilities shall be made accessible.

Design
… The design and construction of accessible elements shall be in accordance with this chapter and sections that are listed in Section 1114B.1.1, Facility Accessibility, Design and Construction.
(cA t24 1101b.2)

maintenance of Accessible Features
… A public accommodation shall maintain in operable working condition those features of facilities and equipment that are required to be accessible to and usable by persons with disabilities. Fig. 2
(cA t24 1101b.3.1)

FIGUrE 1

z This section does not prohibit isolated or temporary interruptions in service or access due to maintenance or repairs.
(cA t24 1101b.3.2)

FIGUrE 2

ACCESSIBILITY IN NEW BUILDINGS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

3

SECTION

1

Accessibility in new buildings – scope
DimensionS and Tolerances
… … Dimensions that are not stated as maximum or minimum should be considered absolute (exact).
(cA t24 1101b.4)

All dimensions stated in requirements are subject to conventional building industry tolerances except where the requirement states a range with a minimum and maximum.
(cA t24 1101b.5)

Temporary Structures
… These guidelines cover temporary buildings or facilities as well as permanent facilities. z Temporary buildings and facilities are not of permanent construction but are extensively used or are essential for public use for a period of time.
FIGUrE 3
(AdA 4.1.1(4))

(AdA 4.1.1(4))

„ Examples of temporary buildings or facilities covered by these guidelines include, but are not limited to:

(AdA 4.1.1(4))

z Reviewing stands, temporary classrooms, bleacher areas, exhibit areas, temporary banking facilities, temporary health screening services, or temporary safe pedestrian passageways around a construction site. Fig. 3

(AdA 4.1.1(4))

z Structures, sites and equipment directly associated with the actual process of construction such as scaffolding, bridging, materials hoists, or construction trailers are not included.

(AdA 4.1.1(4))

Temporary restrictions
… During periods of partial or restricted use of a building or facility, the entrances used for primary access shall be accessible to and usable by persons with disabilities. Fig. 3
(cA t24 1101b.1.1.1.2)

Commercial Facilities Located in Private residences
… When a commercial facility is located in a private residence, the portion of the residence used exclusively as a residence is not covered by this chapter, except as required by Section 1111B.5, Buildings and complexes containing publicly funded dwellings, but that portion used both for the commercial facility and for residential purposes is covered by the new construction and alteration requirements of this code.
(cA t24 1101b.6)

…

The portion of  the residence covered extends to those elements used to enter the commercial facility, including the homeowner’s front sidewalk, if  any, the door or entryway, and hallways; and those portions of  the residence, interior or exterior, available to or used by employees or visitors of  the commercial facility, including sanitary facilities.
(cA t24 1101b.6)

4

ACCESSIBILITY IN NEW BUILDINGS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

building Accessibility

SECTION

2

Accessibility to buildings or portions of buildings must be provided for all occupancy classifications unless otherwise noted. „ Accessible routes of travel are provided by level walking surfaces, ramps, elevators and special access lifts. „ Doors and other building features along an accessible route are subject to accessibility requirements, as well. Occupancy types/requirements may modify general accessibility requirements, but never to the exclusion of them. (See Sections 7 through 14 for specific occupancy requirements.) In multistory buildings, access must be provided by ramp, elevator or lift. „ Stairways–regardless of their design and despite compliance with handrail and other accessibility requirements pertaining to them–by themselves do not satisfy floor-to-floor accessibility requirements. „ Exceptions are made for... z Non-occupiable employee spaces that are accessed by catwalks, ladders, etc. z “Short-fat” and “tall-skinny” buildings: these are privately-funded multistory buildings less than 3 stories high or less than 3,000 sq. ft. per story where reasonable accessibility is provided in public spaces/facilities (on the ground floor). (This exception is not available to healthcare provider offices, shopping malls or retail centers.) While the codes exempt small spaces from accessible route requirements, this does not exempt such spaces in their entirety. z Toilet facilities, drinking fountains, doors and doorways, etc. are still subject to accessibility requirements.

BUILDING ACCESSIBILITY
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

5

SECTION

2

building Accessibility
Available Exceptions 1. This requirement does not apply to floors or portions of floors not customarily occupied. These would include, but not be limited to, non-occupiable or employee spaces accessed only by ladders, catwalks, crawl spaces, very narrow passageways or freight (non-passenger) elevators, and frequented only by service personnel for repair or maintenance purposes: such spaces as elevator pits and elevator penthouses, piping and equipment catwalks and machinery rooms. 2. This requirement does not require a ramp or elevator above the first floor in the following types of privately funded multistory buildings: A. Multi-storied office buildings (other than the professional office of a health care provider) and passenger vehicle service stations less than three stories high or less than 3,000 sq. ft. per story. B. Any other privately funded multi-storied building that is not a shopping center, shopping mall or the professional office of a health care provider, and that is less than three stories high or less than 3,000 sq. ft. per story if a reasonable portion of all facilities and accommodations normally sought and used by the public in such a building are accessible to and usable by persons with disabilities.

GENErAL rEqUIrEmENTS New Construction
Accessible elevators, lifts or ramps must be provided in NEW construction where: „ Elevators are otherwise required, AND „ Square foot area exceeds 10,000 sq. ft. on any floor. The accessible means of vertical access (via ramp, elevator or lift) must be provided within 200 ft. of travel of each stairs and each escalator.

Existing Construction
Accessible elevators, lifts or ramps must be provided in EXISTING construction where: „ Elevators are otherwise required, AND „ Square foot area exceeds 10,000 sq. ft. on any floor, AND „ A NEW stairway or NEW escalator is installed/ constructed. The accessible means of vertical access (via ramp, elevator, or lift) must be provided within 200 ft. of travel of each new stairs or new escalator.

FIGUrE 1

6

BUILDING ACCESSIBILITY
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

building Accessibility
GENErAL rEqUIrEmENTS
… Accessibility to buildings or portions of buildings shall be provided for all occupancy classifications except as modified or enhanced by this chapter.
(cA t24 1103b.1)

SECTION

2

…

Occupancy requirements in this chapter may modify general requirements, but never to the exclusion of them.
(cA t24 1103b.1)

…

When a building or facility contains more than one use, the occupancy specific accessibility provisions for each portion of the building or facility shall apply.
(cA t24 1103b.1)

…

An accessible route of  travel complying with Section 17, Accessible Routes of Travel, shall connect all elements and spaces within a building or facility. Multistory buildings and facilities must provide access to each level, including mezzanines, by ramp or passenger elevator complying with Sections 20 and 40, respectively. If  more than one elevator is provided, each passenger elevator shall comply with Section 40, Elevators.
(cA t24 1103b.1)

FIGUrE 2 2. The following types of privately funded multistory buildings do not require a ramp or elevator above and below the first floor:
(cA t24 1103b.1.2)

…

Multistory buildings must provide access by ramp or elevator.
(cA t24 1103b.1)

2.1

Distance to Elevators
… In new construction of buildings and only where elevators are required, pursuant to this Section, and which exceed 10,000 sq. ft. on any floor, an accessible means of vertical access via ramp, elevator or lift shall be provided within 200 ft. of travel of each stairs and each escalator.
(cA t24 1103b.1)

Multistoried office buildings (other than the professional office of a health care provider) and passenger vehicle service stations less than three stories high or less than 3,000 sq. ft. per story. Fig. 1
(cA t24 1103b.1.2.1) (AdAAg 4.1.3(5) exc. 1(A))

…

In existing buildings that exceed 10,000 sq. ft. on any floor and in which elevators are otherwise required pursuant to this Section, whenever a newly constructed means of vertical access is provided via stairs or an escalator, an accessible means of vertical access via ramp, elevator, or lift shall be provided within 200 ft. of travel of each new stairs or escalator.
(cA t24 1103b.1)

2.2 Any other privately funded multistoried building that is not a shopping center, shopping mall or the professional office of a health care provider, or a terminal, depot or other station used for specified public transportation, or an airport passenger terminal (In such a facility, any area housing passenger services, including boarding and debarking, loading and unloading, baggage claim, dining facilities, and other common areas open to the public must be on an accessible route from an accessible entrance) and that is less than three stories high or less than 3,000 sq. ft. per story if a reasonable portion of all facilities and accommodations normally sought and used by the public in such a building are accessible to and usable by persons with disabilities. Fig. 2
(cA t24 1103b.1.2.2)

Exceptions 1. Stairs used solely for emergency egress.

(cA t24 1103b.2)

1. Floors or portions of floors not customarily occupied, including, but not limited to, nonoccupiable or employee spaces accessed only by ladders, catwalks, crawl spaces, very narrow passageways or freight (nonpassenger) elevators, and frequented only by service personnel for repair or maintenance purposes: such spaces as elevator pits and elevator penthouses, piping and equipment catwalks and machinery rooms.
(cA t24 1103b.1.1) (AdAAg 4.1.1(5)(b)(ii))

The elevator exception set forth in this section does not obviate or limit in any way the obligation to comply with the other accessibility requirements in this code. For example, floors above or below the accessible ground floor must meet the requirements of this section except for elevator service. If toilet or bathing facilities are provided on a level not served by an elevator, then toilet or bathing facilities must be provided on the accessible ground floor.
(cA t24 1103b.1)

If a building or facility is eligible for this exception but a passenger elevator is nonetheless planned, that elevator shall meet the requirements of Section 1116B and shall serve each level in the building. A passenger elevator that provides service from a garage to only one level of a building or facility is not required to serve other levels.
(cA t24 1103b.1)

BUILDING ACCESSIBILITY
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

7

SECTION

3

Access to employee AreAs

In order to make the greatest number of employment opportunities available to disabled persons, most areas used by persons employed in both the public and private sectors must be accessible. General or common employee areas must be made fully accessible. These include work stations, common work areas, conference and meeting rooms, training areas, break rooms, corridors, etc. A work station is a specific place of work for an individual employee only. „ Examples of work stations include individual employee cubicles in offices, bartender’s area behind a bar, shipping stations and counters, „ It must be accessed by an accessible aisle (see Aisle Widths below). „ The work station must be at the same level as the rest of the floor. „ The area inside the work station need not meet access provisions regarding space allowance, reach ranges, counter or table heights or lengths.

8

ACCESS TO EmPLOYEE ArEAS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

Access to employee AreAs
Floor Surfaces

SECTION

3

rEqUIrEmENTS Work Stations
„ Entryways must be 32” in clear width. „ Areas exclusively used by employees as work areas must be designed and constructed so that individuals with disabilities can approach, enter, and exit the areas. z Such areas need not be constructed for accessible maneuvering within the work area and need not be constructed or equipped (e.g., with racks or shelves) to be accessible. Handicapped access is not required to: „ Observation galleries used primarily for security purposes. „ Non-occupiable spaces which are normally accessed by ladders, catwalks, crawl spaces, very narrow passageways, or freight (non-passenger) elevators, and frequented only by service personnel for repair purposes; such spaces include, but are not limited to, elevator pits, elevator penthouses, mechanical rooms, piping or equipment catwalks.

„ Floor surfaces along accessible routes and accessible spaces should be stable, firm and slip-resistant. „ Carpets or carpet tiles should be securely attached; pad or backing should either be firm or not present at all; carpet itself should be level loop, textured loop, level-cut pile or level-cut/uncut pile texture; pile not exceeding ½” in height. See Section 33. „ Exposed edges of carpet should be fastened to floor surfaces, with trim along the entire length of the exposed edge.

Changes in Level / Edge Treatments
„ Changes in level of floor covering or surface z Up to ¼” vertical: no edge treatment required. z Between ¼” and ½”: use a bevel no greater than 1:2. z Greater than ½”: must be accomplished by means of a ramp. See Section 33.

Aisle Widths
„ Minimum aisle widths within work station areas... z Aisles serving one side = 36” z Aisles serving both sides = 44” „ These aisles must connect to one or more of the accessible paths of travel that serve the facility.

Floors and Levels
Floors of a given story must be on the same level or be connected by ramps, elevators or lifts.
Available Exceptions 1. Existing Buildings: Hardship & Equivalent Facilitation 2. Existing Dining & Bar Facilities: Hardship & 75% Facilitation 3. Existing Buildings: Legal or Physical Constraints 4. Existing Buildings: Facility Is Specifically Exempted

ACCESS TO EmPLOYEE ArEAS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

9

SECTION

3

Access to employee AreAs
GENErAL rEqUIrEmENTS
… Employee areas shall conform to all requirements of Division of the State Architect/Access Compliance in the CA Building Code, Plumbing Code and Electrical Code.
(cA t24 1123b.1)

Work Stations
… Areas Used Only by Employees as Work Areas. Areas that are used only as work areas shall be designed and constructed so that individuals with disabilities can approach, enter, and exit the areas. These guidelines do not require that any areas used only as work areas be constructed to permit maneuvering within the work area or be constructed or equipped (i.e. with racks or shelves) to be accessible. Fig. 1
(cA t24 1123b.2) (AdA 4.1.1(3))

… …
FIGUrE 1

Specific work stations shall comply with the following requirements: Entryways shall be 32” in clear width. Fig. 1
(cA t24 1123b.2)

…

Min. width of aisle shall not be less than 36” wide serving only one side. Fig. 2
(cA t24 1133b.6.2)

…

Min. width of aisles serving both sides shall be 44”. Fig. 3
(cA t24 1133b.6.2)

Exception Accessibility is not required to observation galleries used primarily for security purposes.
(cA 1123b.2)

FIGUrE 2

Accessibility is not required to nonoccupiable spaces access only by ladders, catwalks, crawl spaces, very narrow passageways, or freight (nonpassenger) elevators, and frequented only by service personnel for repair purposes; such spaces include, but are not limited to, elevator pits, elevator penthouses, mechanical rooms, piping or equipment catwalks.
(cA t24 1123b.2)

FIGUrE 3

10

ACCESS TO EmPLOYEE ArEAS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

Access to employee AreAs
Floor surfaces along accessible routes and accessible spaces shall be stable, firm and slip-resistant.
(cA t24 1120b.2 & cA t24 1124b.1) (AdA 4.5.1)

SECTION

3

…

…

Carpets or carpet tiles shall be securely attached and have a have a firm cushion, pad or backing or no cushion or pad; level loop, textured loop, level-cut pile or level-cut/ uncut pile texture with pile not exceeding ½” in height. See Section 33, Floors, Levels and Ground Surfaces.
(cA t24 1124b.3) (AdA 4.5.3)

…

Exposed edges of carpet shall be fastened to floor surfaces and have trim along the entire length of the exposed edge.
(cA t24 1124b.3) (AdA 4.5.3)

…

Changes in level up to ¼” vertical and without edge treatment. Changes in level between ¼” and ½” shall be accomplished by means of a ramp. Changes in level greater than ½” shall be accomplished by means of  a curb ramp, ramp, elevator or platform lift that complies with Sections 22 (Curb Ramps), 20 (Ramps), 40 (Elevators), and 41 (Platform/ Wheelchair Lifts), respectively. See Section 33, Floors, Levels and Ground Surfaces.
(cA t24 1124b.2) (AdA 4.5.2)

FIGUrE 4

Floors and Levels
… Floors of a given story shall be on the same level or be connected by pedestrian ramps, passenger elevators or platform (wheelchair) lifts. Fig. 4
(cA t24 1120b.1) (AdA 4.3.8)

Exceptions 1. In existing buildings other than dining, banquet and bar facilities, when the enforcing agency determines that compliance with this section would create an unreasonable hardship, an exception shall be granted when equivalent facilitation is provided. Fig. 5
(cA t24 1120b.1)

FIGUrE 5

2. In existing dining, banquet and bar facilities, where the enforcing agency determines that compliance with this section would create an unreasonable hardship, an exception shall be granted provided a min. of 75% of these facilities shall be a common level throughout or shall be connected by pedestrian ramps, passenger elevators or lifts, provided that the same services and décor are provided in an accessible space usable by the general public and are not restricted to use by people with disabilities. Fig. 6
(cA t24 1120b.1)

3. In existing buildings, this section shall not apply when legal or physical constraints would not allow compliance with this section or equivalent facilitation without creating an unreasonable hardship.
(cA t24 1120b.1)

FIGUrE 6

4. Where specifically exempted in other portions of this code.
(cA t24 1120b.1)

ACCESS TO EmPLOYEE ArEAS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

11

SECTION

4

Accessibility for existing buildings

In general, all renovations, general repairs, alterations and additions to existing public and commercial buildings and publicly funded housing must be made accessible. z NOTE: The requirements related to private sector multiple family dwelling units do not provide for their application to existing buildings. „ Unisex accessible toilet rooms may be provided where existing toilet rooms cannot be made accessible. „ Certain doorways may be provided with only a 30” clear opening width. „ Changing from one occupancy group to another does not necessarily trigger access requirements for the entire building or space; however, any alterations, additions, etc., made as part of that occupancy change are subject to general accessibility requirements, including the requirement to provide an accessible path of travel to those alterations/additions.

12

ACCESSIBILITY FOr ExISTING BUILDINGS (ALTErATION/rEPAIr)
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

Accessibility for existing buildings
rEqUIrEmENTS
„ These requirements apply to renovation, structural repairs, alterations and additions to existing buildings, including those buildings or structures identified as “historic buildings.” „ These requirements set forth minimum standards for removing architectural barriers, and providing and maintaining accessibility to existing buildings and their related facilities.

SECTION

4

restroom Facilities: modified
Where it is technically infeasible in the area of an alteration: „ To make existing restroom facilities code compliant, AND „ To install separate sanitary facilities for each sex ... then the installation of at least one accessible unisex toilet/ bathroom per floor being altered, located in the same area as existing toilet facilities, will be permitted. „ Such a facility must meet the requirements of Section 48, Single Accommodation Toilets.

Applicability of requirements
When alterations, structural repairs or additions are made to existing buildings/facilities, such changes must comply with all provisions applicable to New Buildings, except as modified by this section. In addition to the specific alteration, structural repair, or addition, accessibility requirements must also apply to ensure that the following are accessible: „ The primary entrance to the building or facility „ The primary path of travel to the specific area of alteration, structural repair or addition „ Sanitary facilities „ Drinking fountains „ Signs „ Public telephones serving the area
Available Exceptions Existing Buildings: Project Cost $50K or Less & Hardship. In this case, the owner should provide whatever accessibility is possible without incurring cost more than 20% of the project cost, giving priority to accessible elements/features in the following order of priority: an accessible entrance; an accessible route to the altered area(s); at least one accessible restroom for each sex; accessible telephones; accessible drinking fountains; additional accessible elements such as parking, storage and alarms. Existing Buildings: Limited Alterations, Repairs or Additions Existing Buildings: Repairs or Maintenance Not Affecting Accessibility

Entrances, Exits and Paths of Travel
„ When an automatic door operator is utilized to operate a pair of doors, at least one of the doors must provide a clear, unobstructed opening width of 32” with the door positioned at an angle of 90º from its closed position. „ In existing buildings, doorways may be 30” in clear width: z If occupant load < 10 (except Group I, Division 1 Occupancies), or z If occupant load > 10, but it is determined that compliance with the 32” requirement would create an unreasonable hardship.
Available Exceptions Existing Buildings: Legal or Physical Constraints

ACCESSIBILITY FOr ExISTING BUILDINGS (ALTErATION/rEPAIr)
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

13

SECTION

4

Accessibility for existing buildings
GENErAL rEqUIrEmENTS
… The provisions of this division apply to renovation, structural repair, alteration and additions to existing buildings, including those identified as historic buildings. This division identifies minimum standards for removing architectural barriers, and providing and maintaining accessibility to existing buildings and their related facilities. Figs. 1 & 2
(cA t24 1134b.1)

…

FIGUrE 1

No renovation, structural repair, alteration, or addition shall be undertaken which decreases or has the effect of decreasing accessibility or usability of a building or facility below the requirements for new construction at the time of renovation, structural repair, alteration or addition.
(cA t24 1134b.1)

…

All existing buildings and facilities, when alterations, structural repairs or additions are made to such buildings or facilities, shall comply with all provisions of Division I, New Buildings, except as modified by this division. These requirements shall apply only to the specific alteration, structural repair or addition and shall include those areas listed below:
(cA t24 1134b.2)

…
FIGUrE 2

A primary entrance to the building or facility and the primary path of travel to the specific area of alteration, structural repair or addition, and sanitary facilities, drinking fountains, signs and public telephones serving the area.
(cA t24 1134b.2.1)

FIGUrE 3

Exceptions 1. When the total construction cost of alterations, structural repairs or additions does not exceed a valuation threshold of $50,000, based on January 1981, “ENR US20 Cities” average construction cost index of 3372.02 (Engineering News Record, McGraw-Hill Publishing Company), and the enforcing agency finds that compliance with this code creates an unreasonable hardship, compliance shall be limited to the actual work of the project. The enforcing agency shall annually update the valuation threshold to a current amount based on the increase in the index since the last figure used. (For example, the January 2008 amount is $119,958.65) For purposes of this exception, an unreasonable hardship exists where the cost of providing an accessible entrance, path of travel, sanitary facilities, public phones and drinking fountains, is disproportionate to the cost of the project; that is, where it exceeds 20% of the cost of the project without these features. See Fig. 3. Where the cost of the alterations necessary to make these features fully accessible is disproportionate, access shall be provided to the extent that it can be without incurring disproportionate cost. In choosing which accessible elements to provide, priority should be given to those elements that will provide the greatest access in the following order: 1.1 An accessible entrance, 1.2 An accessible route to the altered area, 1.3 At least one accessible restroom for each sex, 1.4 Accessible telephones, 1.5 Accessible drinking fountains, and

14

ACCESSIBILITY FOr ExISTING BUILDINGS (ALTErATION/rEPAIr)
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

Accessibility for existing buildings
When possible, additional accessible elements such as parking, storage and alarms. Fig. 4 The obligation to provide access may not be evaded by performing a series of small alterations to the area served by a single path of travel if those alterations could have been performed as a single undertaking. If an area has been altered without providing an accessible path of travel to that area, and subsequent alterations of that area or a different area on the same path of travel are undertaken within three years of the original alteration, the total cost of alterations to the areas on that path of travel during the preceding three-year period shall be considered in determining whether the cost of making that path of travel accessible is disproportionate. Only alterations undertaken after January 26, 1992, shall be considered in determining if the cost of providing an accessible path of travel is disproportionate to the overall cost of the alterations. 2. Certain types of privately funded, multistory buildings and facilities were formerly exempt from accessibility requirements above and below the first floor under this code, but as of the effective date of this regulation are no longer exempt due to more restrictive provisions in the federal American with Disabilities Act. In alteration projects involving buildings and facilities previously approved and built without elevators, areas above and below the ground floor are subject to the 20% disproportionality provisions described in Exception 1, above, even if the value of the project exceeds the valuation threshold in Exception 1. The types of buildings and facilities are: 2.1 Office buildings and passenger vehicle service stations of three stories or more and 3,000 or more sq. ft. (279 m²) per floor. 2.2 Offices of physicians and surgeons. 2.3 Shopping centers. Fig. 5 2.4 Other buildings and facilities three stories or more and more than 3,000 sq. ft. (279 m²) per floor if a reasonable portion of services sought and used by the public is available on the accessible level. For the general privately funded multistory building exception applicable to new construction and alterations, see Section 2, Exception 2.1. Fig. 1 The elevator exception set forth in this section does not obviate or limit in any way the obligation to comply with the other accessibility requirements in this code. For example, floors above or below the accessible ground floor must meet the requirements of this section except for elevator service. If toilet or bathing facilities are provided on a level not served by an elevator, then toilet or bathing facilities must be provided on the accessible ground floor. 3. Alterations, structural repairs or additions consisting of one or more of the following shall be limited to the actual work of the project: 3.1 Altering 1 building entrance to meet accessibility requirements. 3.2 Altering 1 existing toilet facility to meet accessibility requirements. 3.3 Altering existing elevators to meet accessibility requirements. 3.4 Altering existing steps to meet accessibility requirements. 1.6

SECTION

4

FIGUrE 4

FIGUrE 5

3.5 Altering existing handrails to meet accessibility requirements. 3.6 Alteration solely for the purpose of removing barriers undertaken pursuant to the requirements of Sections 36.402 and 36.404 through 36.406 of Title III of the Department of Justice regulations promulgated pursuant to the Americans with Disabilities Act, Public Law 101-336, 28 C.F.R. Section 36.402, 28 C.F.R. Section 36.404, 28 C.F.R. Section 36.405 and 28 C.F.R. 36.406) or the accessibility requirements of this code as those requirements or regulations now exist or are hereafter amended, including the following: 3.6.1 Installing ramps 3.6.2 Making curb cuts in sidewalks and entrances 3.6.3 Repositioning shelves 3.6.4 Rearranging tables, chairs, vending machines, display racks, and other furniture. 3.6.5 Repositioning telephones 3.6.6 Adding raised markings on elevator control buttons 3.6.7 Installing flashing alarm lights 3.6.8 Widening doors 3.6.9 Installing offset hinges to widen doorways 3.6.10 Eliminating a turnstile or providing an alternative accessible path 3.6.11 Installing accessible door hardware 3.6.12 Installing grab bars in toilet stalls

ACCESSIBILITY FOr ExISTING BUILDINGS (ALTErATION/rEPAIr)
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

15

SECTION

4

Accessibility for existing buildings
Rearranging toilet partitions to increase maneuvering space 3.6.14 Insulating lavatory pipes under sinks to prevent burns 3.6.15 Installing a raised toilet seat 3.6.16 Installing a full-length bathroom mirror 3.6.17 Repositioning the paper towel dispenser in a bathroom 3.6.18 Creating designated accessible parking spaces 3.6.19 Installing an accessible paper cup dispenser at an existing inaccessible water fountain 3.6.20 Removing high-pile, low density carpeting 3.6.21 Installing vehicle hand controls. Altering existing parking lots by resurfacing and/or restriping. 3.6.13 4. Projects which consist only of heating, ventilation, air conditioning, reroofing, electrical work not involving placement of switches and receptacles, cosmetic work that does not affect items regulated by this code, such as painting, equipment not considered to be a part of the architecture of the building or area, such as computer terminals, office equipment, etc., are not considered alteration projects for the purposes of accessibility for persons with disabilities and shall not be subject to this code, unless they affect the usability of the building or facility. For the purposes of this section, the term “construction cost” does not include building permit fees or discretionary permit fees. Note: The only purpose of this exception is to exclude projects from activating the provisions of this section. The exceptions are not intended to relieve projects from complying with other applicable provisions of this code (e.g., replacement of carpet does not activate the provisions of this section; however, it still must comply with Section 1124B.3), Floors. Levels and Ground Surface Section 33.

3.7

W U

M

FIGUrE 6

16

ACCESSIBILITY FOr ExISTING BUILDINGS (ALTErATION/rEPAIr)
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

Accessibility for existing buildings
Where it is technically infeasible in the area of an alteration to make existing toilet facilities code compliant and to install separate toilet facilities for each sex, then the installation of at least one unisex toilet facility per floor being altered, located in the same area as existing toilet facilities, will be permitted. Such a facility shall meet the requirements of Section 48, Single Accomodation Toilets. Fig. 6
(cA t24 1134b.2.2)

SECTION

4

…

General Accessibility for Entrances, Exits and Paths of Travel
… Automatic doors. When an automatic door operator is utilized to operate a pair of doors, at least one of the doors shall provide a clear, unobstructed opening width of 32” with the door positioned at an angle of 90º from its closed position. Fig. 7
(cA t24 1133b.2.3.2 & 1134b.3.1)

FIGUrE 7

Exceptions 1. In existing buildings the following shall apply: 1.1 Where the occupant load is less than 10, except Group I, Division 1 Occupancies, or where occupant load is greater than 10 and it is determined that compliance with this Section would create an unreasonable hardship, doorways may be 30 inches in clear width, and a projection of  5/8” max. will be permitted for the latch side stop. Fig. 8
(cA t24 1133b.2.3.2)

2. In existing buildings, the provisions of this section shall not apply when legal or physical constraints will not allow compliance with these building standards or equivalent facilitation without creating an unreasonable hardship. See Section 109.1.5. Fig. 8
(cA t24 1133b.2.3.2)

FIGUrE 8

ACCESSIBILITY FOr ExISTING BUILDINGS (ALTErATION/rEPAIr)
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

17

SECTION

5

Access to public buildings

Generally, whenever State funds are used to build or modify a public building or facility, or local governments fund the building or modification of educational facilities, the plans and other documentation must be reviewed and approved by the California Division of the State Architect (DSA), Office of Regulation Services. „ This Section describes the application and approval process and its requirements in detail.

18

ACCESSIBILITY FOr PUBLIC BUILDINGS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

Access to public buildings
PrOjECTS rEqUIrING DSA CErTIFICATION General
Plans and specifications for buildings and facilities must be reviewed by the Division of the State Architect, Office of Regulation Services (DSA) and certified to be in compliance with the “Access to Public Buildings by Physically Handicapped Persons Law” prior to a contract being awarded in the following projects: „ Where state funds are utilized for the construction or alteration of any public building or facility. „ Where the funds of counties, municipalities, or other political subdivisions are utilized for the construction or alteration of: z Elementary school buildings and facilities z Secondary school buildings and facilities z Community college buildings and facilities

SECTION

5

„ An application will be considered received when all of the required documents and fees have been received by the office and an application number assigned. „ Documents submitted for review and used for certification will be retained by the DSA/ORS and cannot be returned.

Filing Fees
„ Filing fees are based on project cost–both estimated and actual. See “Calculating Fees” below. „ Project cost used in the calculation of fees shall be the cost for the total outlay contemplated for all work included in the certified plans and specifications.

“Project” Defined
„ The term “project” includes all buildings and other structures, together with the development of the site z In the event the plans and specifications submitted with the application do not provide for the construction of, addition to, or alteration to a building or structure, then it shall be for the site development proposed in the application.

Application Process
„ The governmental agency controlling the appropriation from which the project is funded must submit the following to the DSA: z Completed application (Form No. ORS-1) z Full, complete, and accurate Plans z Full, complete, and accurate Specifications z Filing fee „ Written approval must be obtained prior to award of a construction contract. „ A separate application (Form No. ORS-1), along with the accompanying plans, specifications and fling fee, must be submitted for each project. „ The application package may be submitted to any of the following offices: DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT S.F. BAY AREA REGIONAL OFFICE 1515 Clay Street, Suite 1201 Oakland, California 94612 DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT SACRAMENTO REGIONAL OFFICE 1102 Q Street, Suite 5200 Sacramento, CA 95814 DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT LOS ANGELES BASIN REGIONAL OFFICE 700 N Alameda Street, Suite 5-500 Los Angeles, California 90012 Attention: Access Compliance Section DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT SAN DIEGO REGIONAL OFFICE Reselent Business Park 16680 West Bernardo Drive San Diego, CA 92127

“Actual Project Cost” Defined
„ “Actual project cost” includes: z All items which are normally considered to be contractors’ operation costs z Fees and reimbursable charges paid to construction managers z Addenda or change order items which increase the contract amount z Items not otherwise subject to the approval of the office and not included in the approved plans and specifications, unless such costs are segregated by separate bid items or by separately priced items of change orders, or by a certified copy of the subcontractor’s bid. Such segregation must not be made by contract price breakdown or estimates.

Calculating Fees
„ The fee schedule in effect at the time of filing will apply throughout the duration of such application. z If the actual project cost exceeds the estimated cost by more than 5 percent, the additional fee will be computed and billed.

ACCESSIBILITY FOr PUBLIC BUILDINGS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

19

SECTION

5

Access to public buildings
z The original plans or specification are substantially abandoned. z The plans and specifications that replace the originals are, in fact, for a new project. z A modified set of plans is for an essentially different concept. „ A new application package and fee is required regardless of the fact that the project may have the same name, be of the same general size, and be situated at the same location as the project for which the original application was made.

„ The filing fee for an application is currently calculated as follows: 0.2% (.002) of the first $500,000 of the estimated project cost plus 0.1% (.001) of the project cost greater than $500,000 up to and including $2,000,000 plus 0.01% (.0001) of the excess of the estimated project cost over $2,000,000 „ The minimum fee for any application is $200.

DSA review Process and Approval
„ The DSA reviews the submitted documents to ensure that the requirements of this section are fully met. „ Upon completion of its review, and if the documents comply with the requirements, DSA will return to the project owner (awarding authority) a written approval. This approval is the “written approval” required under Section 4454 of the Government Code. „ After written approval, no changes or revisions that affect compliance items may be made, unless they are submitted to DSA for approval.

Actual Project Cost – reporting Further Fees & refunds
„ For public school projects the DSA shall determine whether or not further fees are due and shall bill the district for such further fees. „ For projects other than public schools, the applicant or owner must submit to DSA a report verifying the actual project cost within 90 days after the completion of the project. z This actual project cost will be the basis for the further fee computation. z The accuracy and timely submission of this actual project cost report is the responsibility of the owner or his designated agent. z The owner will be billed for further fees upon completion of the project or portion thereof if fee is due. z Claims for refunds of five dollars or less due to errors in cost reporting or fee computation must be made within one year from the date of payment.

Approval Denied
„ If the application package fails to meet the requirements, DSA will return to the awarding authority: z The plans with corrections noted thereon. z Instructions for resubmittal of the plans and specifications. „ The corrected plans remain the property of the DSA and must be returned within six months or the application will be void. „ No valid construction contract may be awarded before written approval is obtained.

Cancelling an Application
„ If the applicant requests the cancellation or withdrawal of the application and return of the plans and specifications and filing fee, this must be granted unless the review has begun. „ No portion of the filing fee can be returned after the review has started.

Unauthorized Deviations
„ In the event that there is an unauthorized deviation from the requirements of these regulations with respect to the standards specified, the same must be rectified by full compliance within ninety (90) days after the discovery of such deviation.

revising Plans or Specifications
„ No changes or revisions may be made following DSA written approval which would affect handicapped compliance items, unless such changes or revisions are submitted to the Access Compliance Section of the DSA for approval. „ No additional fee is charged if: z The entire matter is actually one transaction having to do with the same project. z The revisions do not require substantial review for accessibility. „ A new application (with complete documentation and new fees) is required if:

Notification of Interested Parties
Where the DSA is the enforcement authority and any project is proposed to be approved and such approval action would deny accessibility to handicapped persons, the State Architect must notify affected handicapped persons or organizations and others who have made written requests to be informed as to such proposals under consideration.

20

ACCESSIBILITY FOr PUBLIC BUILDINGS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

Access to public buildings
Access Compliance Products Product Approvals
„ Detectable warning products and directional surfaces installed after January 1, 2001, must be evaluated by an independent entity, selected by the DSA, for all occupancies, including transportation and other outdoor environments, except that when products and surfaces are for use in residential housing, evaluation shall be in consultation with the Department of Housing and Community Development.

SECTION

5

Application Process
„ Independent Entity Evaluation Approvals (IEEA) must be filed and registered in the DSA headquarters office. „ Upon receipt of an IEEA application, the entity requesting such approval must send the application fee and a copy of the application to: DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT HEADQUARTERS OFFICE ACCESS COMPLIANCE PROGRAM (DSA/AC) 1130 K Street, Suite 101 Sacramento, California 95814

„ All products require prior evaluation by a recognized evaluation agency that has a program specifically intended for such purposes. DSA/AC shall review the evaluation report for compliance with related and appropriate national standards and Title 24 requirements. „ No products can be approved for use that do not require evaluation by a recognized evaluation agency. „ No products can be approved by any state and city agencies for use that do not require evaluation by a recognized evaluation agency. „ Products must have, as a minimum, an approved report published by a nationally recognized evaluation agency. z Without an evaluation report, the applicant will be required to obtain such a report or will be denied acceptance on DSA/AC projects. z The report and its evaluation criteria may be reviewed for compliance with national standards. „ DSA/AC acceptance criteria are based on acceptance criteria from recognized evaluation agency(ies).

marking (Labeling)
„ Each approved detectable warning and directional surface product must be provided with: z Label indicating the DSA label number, z Manufacturer’s product number, and z Product approval expiration date.

Approval/Acceptance Process
„ A paper file will be created for each IEEA, which will initially include a copy of the application and the application fee. Headquarters personnel will then file the product, manufacturer and registration information, creating an IEEA number. „ Prior to issuing IEEA acceptance, it is required that all fees be paid. z If fees are due, the applicant must contact the manufacturer for payment and forward the payment to the DSA headquarters office, along with the request for the additional payment. „ Upon acceptance, the acceptance letter will be retained at DSA headquarters, Access Compliance, and a copy of the status approval letter will be returned to the applicant.

Application for Independent Entity Evaluation Approval (IEEA)
„ The application form (providing the following information) must be filed in duplicate:

Contacts for questions
„ IEEA Contact: DSA Headquarters, Attention: Access Compliance, IEEA Program. „ Headquarters Administration Contact: DSA Headquarters, Attention: Access Compliance, IEEA Program. „ Headquarters Accounting Contact: DSA Headquarters, Attention: Accounting.

Acceptance of Detectable Warning and Directional Surface Products
„ Detectable warning products and directional surfaces must be evaluated by an independent entity, selected by the DSA, for all occupancies, including transportation and other outdoor environments, except that when products and surfaces are for use in residential housing, evaluation shall be in consultation with the Department of Housing and Community Development.

ACCESSIBILITY FOr PUBLIC BUILDINGS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

21

SECTION

5

Access to public buildings
APPLICATION FOR IEEA FORM (Filed in Duplicate)

1. Product Name: __________________________________________________________________ 2. Description of Product: ___________________________________________________________ Expiration Date: _________ 3. Intended Product Use: ____________________________________________________________ 4. Company Name: ________________________________________________________________ 5. Company Address:_______________________________________________________________ 6. Contact Person: _________________________________________________________________ Title: _________________________________________________________________________ Contact Person’s Phone Number: _________________________________________________ Contact Person’s Fax Number: ____________________________________________________ 7. Name of Applicant: ______________________________________________________________ 8. Signature of Applicant: ___________________________________________________________ Date: __________________ 9. Application Fee Submitted: _______________ Please make checks payable to: Division of the State Architect Access Compliance New Submittal: $ 1,500.00 Revised Submittal: $ 500.00 Fees shown above are for an initial application. Additional time expended during product review in excess of the initial fee will be billed on an hourly basis. 10. Return application, check and submittal to: Division of the State Architect Access Compliance 1130 K Street, Suite 101 Sacramento, CA 95814

22

ACCESSIBILITY FOr PUBLIC BUILDINGS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

Access to public buildings
COmPLIANCE PrOCEDUrES PrOjECTS rEqUIrING DSA CErTIFICATION
… Plans and specifications for buildings and facilities must be reviewed by the Division of the State Architect, Office of Regulation Services (DSA/ORS) and certified to be in compliance with California law requiring access for persons with disabilities prior to a contract being awarded.
(cA t24 5-101)

SECTION

5

DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT SACRAMENTO REGIONAL OFFICE 1102 Q Street, Suite 5200 Sacramento, CA 95814 DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT LOS ANGELES BASIN REGIONAL OFFICE 700 North Alameda St., Suite 5-500 Los Angeles, California 90012 DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT SAN DIEGO REGIONAL OFFICE 16680 West Bernardo Drive San Diego, CA 92127 … A separate application, along with the plans, specifications, and filing fees must be submitted for each project.
(cA t24 5-103)

„ Where state funds are utilized for the construction or alteration of any public building or facility.
(cA t24 5-101)

„ Where funds of countries, municipalities, or other political subdivisions are utilized for the construction or alteration of: z Elementary school buildings and facilities z Secondary school buildings and facilities z Community College buildings and facilities.
cA t24 5-101)

…

An application will be considered received when all of the required documents and fees have been received by the office and an application number is assigned.
(cA t24 5-103)

GENErAL
… For the purpose of assuring compliance with minimum requirements for accessibility by persons with disabilities, the governmental agency controlling the appropriation from which the project is funded shall submit an application, together with plans and full, complete and accurate specifications and filing fee, to the State Architect. The DSA will process the documents. Written approval shall be obtained prior to award of a construction contract.
(cA t24 5-102)

…

The documents submitted for review and used for certification shall be retained by the DSA and cannot be returned.
(cA t24 5-103)

Filing Fees
… The filing fee for projects under applications received on or after September 1, 1984 shall be two-tenths of one percent (0.2%) of the first $500,000.00 of the estimated project cost plus one-tenth of one percent (0.1%) of the project cost greater than $500,000.00 up to and including $2,000,000.00 plus one-hundredth of one percent (0.01%) of the excess of the estimated project cost over $2,000,000.00.
(cA t24 5-104)

Application Process
… For each project to be reviewed and certified, the following must be submitted to the DSA:
(cA t24 5-103)

z Completed application (Form DSA-1)
(cA t24 5-103)

…

The minimum fee in any case shall be $200.00. Example calculations of the filing fee that must accompany application: estimated project cost = $250,000.00 .002 x $250,000.00 = $ 500.00

z Full, complete, and accurate Project Plans
(cA t24 5-103)

z Full, complete, and accurate Specifications.
(cA t24 5-103)

z Filing fee
(cA t24 5-103)

estimated project cost = $1,500,000.00 .002 x $500,000.00 = .001 x $1,000,000.00 = $1,000.00 $1.000.00 $2,000.00 estimated project cost = $5,000,000.00 .002 x $500,000.00 = .001 x $1,500,000.00 = .0001 x $3,000,000.00 = $1000.00 $1,500.00 $300.00 $2,800.00

…

The application package must be submitted to one of the following regional offices: DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT SAN FRANCISCO BAY AREA REGIONAL OFFICE 1515 Clay Street, Suite 1201 Oakland, California 94612

ACCESSIBILITY FOr PUBLIC BUILDINGS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

23

SECTION

5

Access to public buildings
When the contract for the work includes items not otherwise subject to the approval of the office and not included in the approved plans and specifications: the actual cost shall include this work unless such costs are segregated by: z separate bid items, OR
(cA t24 5-105)

…

The fee schedule in effect at the time of filing shall apply throughout the duration of such application.
(cA t24 5-104)

…

…

If the actual project cost exceeds the estimated cost by more than 5% a further fee for such projects shall become due and shall be equal to the difference between the filing fee paid and the amount computed of the actual cost of the project (using the above schedule)
(cA t24 5-104)

z separately priced items of change orders, OR
(cA t24 5-105)

…

The actual project cost shall be determined as directed in Section 5-105 and billed according to Section 5-107.
(cA t24 5-104)

z by a certified copy of the subcontractor’s bid, OR
(cA t24 5-105)

Cancelling an Application – Filing Fee returns
… Unless the review has begun, if the applicant requests the cancellation or withdrawal of the application and return of the plans and specifications and filing fee, this shall be granted.
(cA t24 5-104)

z Such segregation shall not be made by contract price breakdown or estimates.
(cA t24 5-105)

revision of Plans and Specifications
… no Additional fee is charged if: z The entire matter is actually one transaction having to do with the same project.
(cA t24 5-106)

…

No portion of the filing fee can be returned after the review has started.
(cA t24 5-104)

Project Cost – Defined
… For purposes of determining the fees, both the estimated and actual project cost shall be the cost for the total outlay contemplated for all work included in the certified plans and specifications.
(cA t24 5-105)

z The revisions do not require substantial review for accessibility.
(cA t24 5-106)

…

Additional fee and new Application package wll be required if: z The original plans or specification are substantially abandoned.
(cA t24 5-106)

…

The term “project” includes all buildings and other structures, together with the developments of the site.
(cA t24 5-105)

z The facts and specifications that replace the originals are, in fact, for a new project.
(cA t24 5-106)

…

In the event that plans and specifications submitted with the application do not provide for the construction of, addition to, or alteration to the building structure, then it shall be for the site development proposed in the application.
(cA t24 5-105)

z A modified set of plans is for an essentially different project.
(cA t24 5-106)

Actual Project Cost – Defined
… “Actual project cost” includes: z All items normally considered to be contractors’ operation costs.
(cA t24 5-105)

note: This is regardless of the fact that the project may have the same name, be of the same general size, and be situated at the same location as the project for which the original application was made.
(cA t24 5-106)

Billing for Further Fees
… for public school projects, the DSA shall determine whether or not further fees are due and shall bill the district for such further fees.
(cA t24 5-107)

z Fees and/or reimbursable charges paid to construction managers
(cA t24 5-105)

z Addenda or change order items which increase the contract amount
(cA t24 5-105)

…

for projects other than public schools, the applicant or owner shall submit to the office a report verifying the actual project cost within 90 days after the completion of the project.
(cA t24 5-107)

24

ACCESSIBILITY FOr PUBLIC BUILDINGS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

Access to public buildings
This actual project cost shall be the basis for the further fee computation.
(cA t24 5-107)

SECTION

5

…

Unauthorized Deviations
… In the event that there is an unauthorized deviation from the requirements of these regulations with respect to the standards specified, the same must be rectified by full compliance within 90 days after discovery of such deviation.
(cA t24 5-110)

…

The accuracy and timely submission of this actual project cost report shall be the responsibility of the owner or his designated agent.
(cA t24 5-107)

…

The owner shall be billed for further fees upon completion of the project or portion thereof if fee is due.
(cA t24 5-107)

Notifications
… Where the State Architect is the enforcement authority and any project is proposed to be approved and such approval action would deny accessibility (either required by Sections 4450 and 4458, inclusive, of the Government Code) to persons with disabilities, or by reason of an equivalent facilitation exception granted pursuant to Section 4451 of the Government Code, the State Architect shall notify affected persons with disabilities or organizations and others who have made written requests to be informed as to such proposals under consideration.
(cA t24 5-110)

refunds
… Claims for refunds of $5 or less due to errors in cost reporting or fee computation shall be made within one year from the date of payment.
(cA t24 5-108)

review of Plans and Specifications
… The DSA will review the submitted documents to ensure that the requirements cited in Article 1 are fully met.
(cA t24 5-109)

Written Approval Approval Obtained
… Upon completion of review, DSA will return to the awarding authority a written approval, if the documents comply with the requirements.
(cA t24 5-110)

NOTE: General Requirements and building standards are located in the following sections of this book (Title 24, Part 2.)
(cA t24 5-111)

ACCESS COmPLIANCE PrODUCTS Product Approvals
… Detectable warning products and directional surfaces installed after January 1, 2001 must be evaluated by an independent entity, selected by the Department of General Services, Division of the State Architect, Access Compliance, for all occupancies, including transportation and other outdoor environments, except that when products and surfaces are for use in residential housing, evaluation shall be in consultation with the Department of Housing and Community Development.
(cA t24 5-200)

…

This approval of the application constitutes the “written approval” required by Section 4454 of the Government Code.
(cA t24 5-110)

…

No changes or revisions shall be made following written approval which affect access compliance items unless such changes or revisions are submitted to the DSA for approval.
(cA t24 5-110)

Approval Denied
… If the documents fail to meet the requirements of these regulations, DSA will return to the awarding authority the plans with corrections noted thereon together with instructions for resubmittal of the plans and specifications.
(cA t24 5-110)

Processing Independent Entity Evaluation Approvals (IEEA)
… … Must be registered in the DSA headquarters office.
(cA t24 5-201)

…

The corrected plans are the property of the Division of the State Architect and shall be returned within 6 months or the application will be void.
(cA t24 5-110)

To maintain a central file for all IEEA and to operate within the current DSA program, certain administration and all accounting must be performed at the DSA headquarters office under the direction of the Principal Architect.
(cA t24 5-201)

IEEA Application Procedure
… Upon receipt of an IEEA application, send: the application fee and a copy of the application to the DSA headquarters office, attention: Access Compliance.
(cA t24 5-202)

…

No valid construction contract may be awarded before written approval is obtained.
(cA t24 5-110)

ACCESSIBILITY FOr PUBLIC BUILDINGS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

25

SECTION

5

Access to public buildings
DSA-AC shall review the evaluation report for compliance with related and appropriate national standards and Title 24 requirements.
(cA t24 5-301)

…

A paper file will be created for each IEEA, which will initially include a copy of the application and the application fee.
(cA t24 5-202)

…

…

Headquarters personnel will then file the product, manufacturer and registration information, creating an IEEA number.
(cA t24 5-202)

Product Submittal
… Products mus t meet the requirements of Section 5-301.
(cA t24 5-301.1.)

…

The application fee will be given to the headquarters’ cashier for deposit.
(cA t24 5-202)

IEEA Acceptance Procedure
1. Prior to issuing IEEA acceptance, it is required that all fees be paid. If fees are due, please contact the manufacturer for payment and forward the payment to the DSA headquarters office, along with the request for the additional payment.
(cA t24 5-203)

Division of the State Architect Access Compliance
… Products exempt from evaluation by a recognized agency.
(cA t24 5-301.2)

…

2. The fee, if any, will be given to the headquarters’ cashier for filing and deposit.
(cA t24 5-203)

No products can be approved for use that do not require evaluation by a recognized evaluation agency.
(cA t24 5-301.2)

3. The acceptance letter will be retained at DSA headquarters, Access Compliance. A copy of the status approval letter will be returned to the applicant.
(cA t24 5-203)

Products Evaluated by recognized State and City Agencies
… No products can be approved by any state and city agencies for use that do not require evaluation by a recognized evaluation agency.
(cA t24 5-301.3)

4. Headquarters’ personnel will register, prepare and distribute all necessary copies of the acceptance letter. The original file shall be maintained at headquarters.
(cA t24 5-203)

Products Evaluated by a recognized Evaluation Agency
… … … Products must have, as a minimum, an approved report published by a nationally recognized evaluation agency. Without an evaluation report, the applicant will be required to obtain such a report or will be denied acceptance on DSA-AC projects. The report and its evaluation criteria may be reviewed for compliance with national standards. Development of new DSA-AC acceptance criteria shall be based on acceptance criteria from a recognized evaluation agency.
(cA t24 5-301.5)

Accounting of IEEA
… Income for IEEA will be earned in the month in which they are banked. This money will be applied to DAA for deposit.
(cA t24 5-204)

Contacts for questions
… ieeA contact: DSA Headquarters Attention: Access Compliance, IEEA Program.
(cA t24 5-205)

Development of DSA Acceptance Criteria
…

…

Headquarters Administration contact: DSA Headquarters Attention: Access Compliance, IEEA Program.
(cA t24 5-205)

marking
… Each detectable warning and directional surface products shall be provided with: z Label indicating the DSA label number, z Manufacturer’s product number, and z Product approval expiration date.
(cA t24 5-301.6)

…

Headquarters Accounting contact: DSA Headquarters Attention: Accounting.
(cA t24 5-205)

Division of the State Architect, Access Compliance, Acceptance of Product
… The procedure for the DSA-AC acceptance of manufactured products is detailed in this article. All products require prior evaluation by a recognized evaluation agency that has a program specifically intended for such purposes.
(cA t24 5-301)

26

ACCESSIBILITY FOr PUBLIC BUILDINGS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

Historic preservAtion

SECTION

6

Qualified historical buildings are those that meet the requirements of the California State Historical Building Code, Part 8, Title 24, CCR as printed in Part 2, Chapter 8-6. „ Generally, historic buildings and structures must comply with the code as regards accessibility; however, when compliance would diminish the historic significance or character of the site, accessibility may be reduced to providing only minimum requirements: z At least one accessible exterior route, within 200 feet of the public entrance. z Minimum clear openings of 30” on entrance doors. z At least one accessible unisex toilet room. z Access by ramps with maximum slope of 1:6. z Accessible alternatives must be provided which allow the disabled to enjoy equivalent experiences, services, functions, materials and resources. „ The substitution and allowance of these alternatives must be taken on a case-by-case basis, and documentation justifying deviations from accessibility requirements must be filed and maintained as part of the public record.

SPECIAL STDS. FOr BUILDINGS WITh hISTOrIC SIGNIFICANCE
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

27

SECTION

6

Historic preservAtion
Entry
Alternatives for entries do not allow exceptions for the requirement of level landings in front of doors, except as those that may be provided for “Power-Assisted Doors” (below). Alternatives listed in order of priority are: „ Access to any entrance used by the general public and no further than 200 feet from the primary entrance. „ Access at any entrance not used by the general public but open and unlocked with directional signs at the primary entrance and as close as possible to, but no further than 200 feet from, the primary entrance.

ALTErNATIvE ACCESSIBILITY PrOvISIONS
„ The purpose of these regulations is to provide alternative regulations to facilitate access and use by persons with disabilities to and throughout buildings or structures designated as qualified historical buildings or properties. „ These regulations require enforcing agencies to accept any reasonably equivalent alternatives to the regular code when dealing with qualified historical buildings or properties.

Intent
„ To preserve the integrity of qualified historical buildings and properties while providing access to and use by persons with disabilities.

Doors
Alternatives listed in order of priority are: „ Single-leaf door which provides a minimum of 30 inches of clear opening. „ Single-leaf door which provides a minimum 29½ inches clear opening. „ Double door, one leaf of which provides a minimum 29½ inches clear opening. „ Double doors operable with a power-assist device to provide a minimum 29½ inches clear opening when both doors are in the open position.

Scope / Applying the regular Code
„ These regulations apply to every qualified historical building or property that is required to provide access to persons with disabilities. „ The regular code for access for persons with disabilities must be applied to qualified historical buildings or properties, unless strict compliance with the regular code will threaten or destroy the historical significance or characterdefining features of the building or property.

Alternative Provisions
„ If the historical significance or character-defining features are threatened, alternative provisions for access may be applied pursuant to this chapter provided the following conditions are met: z Such alternative provisions must be applied only on an item-by-item or a case-by-case basis (see “Preferred Alternatives,” below). z The alternative provisions are applied according to the priorities outlined in under “Preferred Alternatives” (below), whereby the alternative providing the greatest accessibility is listed first. z Documentation is provided stating the reasons for the application of the alternative provisions. z Such documentation must be maintained as part of the public record. „ If it is found that the application of the preferred alternatives listed in Preferred Alternatives (below) threaten the historical significance or character defining features, the provisions of “Equivalent Facilitation” and its “Exceptions” (both below) may be applied.

Power Assisted-Doors
„ The use of a power-assisted door or doors may be considered an equivalent alternative to level landings, strike-side clearance and door-opening forces required by the regular code.

Toilet rooms
„ In lieu of separate-gender toilet facilities as required in the regular code, an accessible unisex toilet facility may be designated.

Exterior and Interior ramps and Lifts
Alternatives listed in order are: „ A lift or a ramp of greater than standard slope but no greater than 1:10, for horizontal distances not to exceed 12 feet. z Signs must be posted at upper and lower levels to indicate steepness of the slope. „ Access by ramps of 1:6 slope for horizontal distance not to exceed 13 inches. z Signs must be posted at upper and lower levels to indicate steepness of the slope. Access provided by experiences, services, functions, materials and resources through methods, including, but no limited to, maps, plans, videos, virtually reality, and related equipment, at accessible levels. This alternative must be documented as required in Section 8-605.

Preferred Alternatives
„ The alternatives within each category below are listed in order of priority or preference (with the highest priority or most preferred alternative listed first). „ These alternatives apply only to the specific building standards listed below.

28

SPECIAL STDS. FOr BUILDINGS WITh hISTOrIC SIGNIFICANCE
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

Historic preservAtion
Equivalent Facilitation
Use of other designs and technologies, or deviation from particular technical and scoping requirements, are permitted if the application of either the regular code or the “Preferred Alternatives” listed above would threaten or destroy the historical significance or character-defining features of the building or site or cause unreasonable hardship. Alternatives to equivalent facilitation are permitted only where the following conditions are met: „ Such alternatives must be applied only on an item-by-item or a case-by-case basis. „ The alternative design and/or technologies used will provide substantially equivalent or greater accessibility to, and usability of, the facility. „ The official charged with the enforcement of the standards must document the reasons for the application of the alternative design and/or technologies and their effect on the historical significance or character-defining features. z Documentation must be provided stating the reasons for the application of the alternative provisions. z Such documentation must include the opinions and comments of state or local accessibility officials and the opinions and comments of representative local groups of people with disabilities. z Such documentation must be recorded and entered into the permanent file of the enforcing agency, and must be maintained as part of the public record.
Exceptions

SECTION

6

If the historical significance or character-defining features would be threatened or destroyed by the application of alternative access standards as provided by this chapter, and no Equivalent Facilitation is feasible, an exception from the literal requirements for full and equal access or any alternative provisions may be provided only if the following conditions are met: „ Such exception is considered only on an item-by-item or a case-by-case basis. „ Interpretive exhibits and/or equal services of the exempted significant historical aspects are provided for the public in a location fully accessible to and usable by persons with disabilities (including hearing and sight impairment). „ Services are provided in an accessible location equal to those provided in the excepted location. „ The official charged with enforcement of the standards must document the reasons for the application of the alternative design and/or technologies and their effect on the historical significance or character-defining features. z Documentation must be provided stating the reasons for the application of the alternative provisions. z Such documentation must include the opinions and comments of state or local accessibility officials and the opinions and comments of representative local groups of people with disabilities. „ Such documentation must be recorded and entered into the permanent file of the enforcing agency, and must be maintained as part of the public record.

ADA Standards Applicability
A “qualified historic building or facility” is a building or facility that is: „ Listed in or eligible for listing in the National Register of Historic Places: or „ Designated as historic under an appropriate State or local law.

General rule
Alterations to a qualified historical building or facility must comply with (Accessible Buildings: Alterations), the applicable technical specifications of ADAAG Section 4, and the applicable special application sections, unless it is determined in accordance with the procedures in ADA 4.1.7(2) that... „ Compliance with the requirements for accessible routes (exterior and interior), ramps, entrances, or toilets would threaten or destroy the historic significance of the building or facility ... in which case the alternative requirements in ADA 4.1.7(3) may be used for the feature.

SPECIAL STDS. FOr BUILDINGS WITh hISTOrIC SIGNIFICANCE
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

29

SECTION

6

Historic preservAtion
historic Preservation
„ Minimum Requirements z At least one accessible route complying with Section 17 (Accessible Route of Travel) from a site access point to an accessible entrance must be provided. At least one accessible entrance connecting to the accessible route within the facility and to accessible paths, walkways, parking, public transportation, etc., which is used by the public must be provided. z If toilets are provided, then at least one toilet complying with Section 47 must be provided along an accessible route that complies with Section 17. Toilet facility may be unisex. z Accessible routes from an accessible entrance to all publicly used spaces on at least the level of the accessible entrance must be provided. z Full accessibility must be provided to all levels of a building or facility whenever practical. z Displays and written information, documents, etc., should be located where they can be seen by a seated person. z Exhibits and signage displayed horizontally (e.g., open books) should be no higher than 44” above the floor. „ If the State Hist. Pres. Officer agrees that compliance with accessibility requirements for accessible routes (ext. and int.), ramps, entrances or toilets would threaten or destroy the historical significance of the building or facility, the alternative requirements below may be used. z A ramp with a slope no greater than 1:6 for a run not to exceed 2 ft. may be used as part of an accessible route to an entrance. z If no entrance used by the public can comply with these requirements, then access at any entrance not used by the general public but open (unlocked) with directional signage at the primary entrance may be used. The accessible entrance must have a notification system. Where security is a problem, remote monitoring may be used.

Procedures
Alterations to Qualified Historic Buildings and Facilities Subject to Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act: „ Section 106 Process. Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act (16 U.S.C. 470f) requires that a Federal agency with jurisdiction over a Federal, federally assisted, or federally licensed undertaking consider the effects of the agency’s undertaking on buildings and facilities listed in or eligible for listing in the National Register of Historic Places and give the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation a reasonable opportunity to comment on the undertaking prior to approval of the undertaking. „ ADA Application. Where alterations are undertaken to a qualified historic building or facility that is subject to section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act, the Federal agency with jurisdiction over the undertaking must follow the section 106 process. If the State Historic Preservation Officer or Advisory Council on Historic Preservation agrees that compliance with the requirements for accessible routes (exterior and interior), ramps, entrances, or toilets would threaten or destroy the historic significance of the building or facility, the alternative requirements in 4.1.7(3) may be used for the feature. „ Alterations to Qualified Historic Buildings and Facilities Not Subject to Section 106 of the Nat’l Hist. Pres. Act. Where alterations are undertaken to a qualified historic building or facility that is not subject to section 106 of the Nat’l Hist. Pres. Act, if the entity undertaking the alterations believes that compliance with requirements for accessible routes (ext. and int.) ramps, entrances, or toilets would threaten or destroy the historic significance of the building or facility and that alternative requirements in 4.1.7(3) should be used for the feature, the entity should consult the State Hist. Pres. Officer. „ Consultation With Interested Persons. Interested persons should be invited to participate in the consultation process, including State or local accessibility officials, individuals with disabilities, and organizations representing individuals with disabilities. „ Certified Local Government Historic Preservation Programs. Where the State Hist. Pres. Officer has delegated the consultation responsibility for purposes of this section to a local government historic preservation program that has been certified in accordance with the Nat’l Hist. Pres. Act of 1966 and implementing regulations, the responsibility may be carried out by the appropriate local government body or official.

30

SPECIAL STDS. FOr BUILDINGS WITh hISTOrIC SIGNIFICANCE
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

Historic preservAtion
GENErAL rEqUIrEmENTS
… Qualified historical buildings shall comply with the California State Historical Building Code, Part 8, Title 24, CCR as printed in Part 2, Chapter 8-6. Fig. 1
(cA-t24, 1135b.1)

SECTION

6

ALTErNATIvE ACCESSIBILITY PrOvISIONS Purpose
… The purpose of this chapter is to provide alternative regulations to facilitate access and use by persons with disabilities to and throughout facilities designated as qualified historical buildings or properties.
(cA t24 8-601.1)

FIGUrE 1

…

These regulations require enforcing agencies to accept any reasonably equivalent alternatives to the regular code when dealing with qualified historical buildings or properties.
(cA t24 8-601.1)

applied pursuant to this chapter provided the following conditions are met:
(cA t24 8-602.2)

…

Such alternative provisions shall be applied only on an item-by-item or a case-by-case basis.
(cA t24 8-602.2.1)

Intent
… It is the intent of this chapter to preserve the integrity of qualified historical buildings and properties while providing access to and use by persons with disabilities.
(cA t24 8-601.2)

…

Documentation is provided, including meeting minutes or letters, stating the reasons for the application of the alternative provisions.
(cA t24 8-602.2.2)

…

Such documentation shall be retained in the permanent file of the enforcing agency.
(cA t24 8-602.2.2)

Scope
… These regulations shall apply to every qualified historical building or property that is required to provide access to persons with disabilities.
(cA t24 8-601.3)

Alternative minimum Standards
… The alternative minimum standards for alterations of qualified historical buildings or facilities are contained in the ADA Standards for Accessible Design, as incorporated and set forth in federal regulation 28 C.F.R. Pt. 36. See “ADA Standards” heading in this Section.
(cA t24 8-603.1)

General Application
… The provisions in the CHBC apply to local, state and federal governments (Title II entities); alteration of commercial facilities and places of public accommodation (Title III entities); and barrier removal in commercial facilities and places of public accommodation (Title III entities). Except as noted in this chapter.
(cA t24 8-601.4)

Entry
… These alternatives do not allow exceptions for the requirement of level landings in front of doors, except as provided in “Power Assisted Doors” heading in this Section:
(cA t24 8-603.2)

Basic Provisions regular Code
… The regular code for access for persons with disabilities shall be applied to qualified historical buildings or properties unless strict compliance with the regular code will threaten or destroy the historical significance or character-defining features of the building or property.
(cA t24 8-602.1)

Access to any entrance used by the general public and no further than 200 feet from the primary entrance.
(cA t24 8-603.1.1)

Access at any entrance not used by the general public but open and unlocked with directional signs at the primary entrance and as close as possible to, but no further than 200 feet from, the primary entrance.
(cA t24 8-603.2.2)

Alternative Provisions
… If the historical significance or character-defining features are threatened, alternative provisions for access may be

…

The accessible entrance shall have a notification system. Where security is a problem, remote monitoring may be used.
(cA t24 8-603.2.3)

SPECIAL STDS. FOr BUILDINGS WITh hISTOrIC SIGNIFICANCE
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

31

SECTION

6

Historic preservAtion
EqUIvALENT FACILITATION
…
(cA t24 8-603.3)

Doors
… … Alternatives listed in order of priority are: Single-leaf door which provides a min. of 30” of clear opening.
(cA t24 8.603.3.1)

… …

Single-leaf door which provides a min. 29½” clear opening.
(cA t24 8.603.3.2)

Use of other designs and technologies, or deviation from particular technical and scoping requirements, are permitted if the application of the alternative provisions contained in “Alternative Provisions” heading in this Section would threaten or destroy the historical significance or character-defining features of the building or site.
(cA t24 8-604)

Double door, one leaf of which provides a min. 29½” clear opening.
(cA t24 8.603.3.3)

…

Such alternatives shall be applied only on an item-by-item or a case-by-case basis.
(cA t24 8-604.1)

…

Double doors operable with a power-assist device to provide a min. 29½” clear opening when both doors are in the open position.
(cA t24 8.603.3.4)

…

Access provided by experiences, services, functions, materials and resources through methods including, but not limited to, maps, plans, videos, virtual reality and related equipment, at accessible levels.
(cA t24 8-604.2)

Power Assisted-Doors
… A power-assisted door or doors may be considered an equivalent alternative to level landings, strikeside clearance and door-opening forces required by the regular code.
(cA t24 8-603.4)

…

The alternative design and/or technologies used will provide substantially equivalent or greater accessibility to, and usability of, the facility.
(cA t24 8-604.2)

…

Toilet rooms
… In lieu of separate-gender toilet facilities as required in the regular code, an accessible unisex toilet facility may be designated.
(cA t24 8-603.5)

The official charged with the enforcement of the standards shall document the reasons for the application of the design and/or technologies and their effect on the historical significance or character-defining features.
(cA t24 8-604.3)

…

Exterior and Interior ramps and Lifts
… … Alternatives listed in order are:
(cA t24 8-603.6)

Such documentation shall be in accordance with requirements under “Alternative Provisions” heading in this Section, and shall include the opinions and comments of state or local accessibility officials and the opinions and comments of representative local groups of people with disabilities.
(cA t24 8-604.3)

…

A lift or a ramp of greater than standard slope but no greater than 1:10, for horizontal distances not to exceed 5 feet.
(cA t24 8-603.6.1)

Such documentation shall be recorded and entered into the permanent file of the enforcing agency.
(cA t24 8-604.3)

…

…

Signs shall be posted at upper and lower levels to indicate steepness of the slope.
(cA t24 8-603.6.1)

Copies of the required documentation should be available at the facility upon request.
(cA t24 8-604.3)

…

Access by ramps of 1:6 slope for horizontal distance not to exceed 13”.
(cA t24 8-603.6.2)

Note: For commercial facilities and places of public accommodation (Title III entities).
(cA t24 8-604.3)

…

Signs shall be posted at upper and lower levels to indicate steepness of the slope.
(cA t24 8-603.6.2)

…

Equivalent facilitation for an element of a building or property when applied as a waiver of an ADA accessibility requirement will not be entitled to the Federal Department of Justice certification of this code as rebuttable evidence of compliance for that element.
(cA t24 8-604.3)

32

SPECIAL STDS. FOr BUILDINGS WITh hISTOrIC SIGNIFICANCE
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

Historic preservAtion
ADA STANDArDS Applicability
… General Rule. Alterations to a qualified historic building or facility shall comply with 4.1.6 Accessible Buildings: Alterations, the applicable technical specifications of 4.2 through 4.35 and the applicable special application sections 5 through 10 unless it is determined in accordance with the procedures in the “Procedures” heading in this Section, that compliance with the requirements for accessible routes (exterior and interior), ramps, entrances, or toilets would threaten or destroy the historic significance of the building or facility in which case the alternative requirements in 4.1.7(3) may be used for the feature.
(AdA 4.1.7(1)(A))

SECTION

6

ADA Application
… Where alterations are undertaken to a qualified historic building or facility that is subject to section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act, the Federal agency with jurisdiction over the undertaking shall follow the section 106 process. If the State Historic Preservation Officer or Advisory Council on Historic Preservation agrees that compliance with the requirements for accessible routes (exterior and interior), ramps, entrances, or toilets would threaten or destroy the historic significance of the building or facility, the alternative requirements in “Minimum Requirements” heading in this Section may be used for the feature.
(AdA 4.1.7(2)(A)(ii))

…

…

EXCEPTION: (Reserved). …

Alterations to Qualified Historic Buildings and Facilities Not Subject to Section 106 of the Nat’l Hist. Pres. Act
(AdA 4.1.7(2)(b))

Definition
… A qualified historic building or facility is a building or facility that is:
(AdA 4.1.7(1)(b))

z Listed in or eligible for listing in the National Register of Historic Places: or
(AdA 4.1.7(1)(b)(i))

z Designated as historic under an appropriate State or local law.
(AdA 4.1.7(1)(b)(ii))

Where alterations are undertaken to a qualified historic building or facility that is not subject to section 106 of the Nat’l Hist. Pres. Act, if the entity undertaking the alterations believes that compliance with requirements for accessible routes (ext. and int.) ramps, entrances, or toilets would threaten or destroy the historic significance of the building or facility and that alternative requirements in “Minimum Requirements” heading in this Section should be used for the feature, the entity should consult the State Hist. Pres. Officer.
(AdA 4.1.7(2)(b))

…

PrOCEDUrES
… Alterations to Qualified Historic Buildings and Facilities Subject to Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act:
(AdA 4.1.7(2)(A))

If the State Hist. Pres. Officer agrees that compliance with accessibility requirements for accessible routes (ext. and int.), ramps, entrances or toilets would threaten or destroy the historical significance of the building or facility, the alternative requirements in 4.1.7(3) may be used.
(AdA 4.1.7(2)(b))

…

z Section 106 Process. Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act (16 U.S.C. 470f) requires that a Federal agency with jurisdiction over a Federal, federally assisted, or federally licensed undertaking consider the effects of the agency’s undertaking on buildings and facilities listed in or eligible for listing in the National Register of Historic Places and give the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation a reasonable opportunity to comment on the undertaking prior to approval of the undertaking.
(AdA 4.1.7(2)(A)(i))

Consultation With Interested Persons. Interested persons should be invited to participate in the consultation process, including State or local accessibility officials, individuals with disabilities, and organizations representing individuals with disabilities.
(AdA 4.1.7(2)(c))

…

Certified Local Government Historic Preservation Programs. Where the State Hist. Pres. Officer has delegated the consultation responsibility for purposes of this section to a local government historic preservation program that has been certified in accordance with section 101(c) of the Nat’l Hist. Pres. Act of 1966 (16 U.S.C. 470a (c)) and implementing regulations (36 CFR 61.5), the responsibility may be carried out by the appropriate local government body or official.
(AdA 4.1.7(2)(d))

SPECIAL STDS. FOr BUILDINGS WITh hISTOrIC SIGNIFICANCE
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

33

SECTION

6

Historic preservAtion
At least one accessible entrance complying with Section 27 Entrances & Exits which is used by the public shall be provided.
(AdA 4.1.7(3)(b))

hISTOrIC PrESErvATIONS minimum requirements
… At least one accessible route complying with Section 17 Accessible Route of Travel from a site access point to an accessible entrance shall be provided.
(AdA 4.1.7(3)(A))

…

ExCEPTION A ramp with a slope no greater than 1:6 for a run not to exceed 2 ft. may be used as part of an accessible route to an entrance.
(AdA 4.1.7(3)(A))

ExCEPTION If no entrance used by the public can comply with 4.14, then access at any entrance not used by the general public but open (unlocked) with directional signage at the primary entrance may be used. The accessible entrance shall have a notification system. Where security is a problem, remote monitoring may be used.
(AdA 4.1.7(3)(b))

…

If toilets are provided, then at least one toilet complying with Section 47 Toilet Facilities and Section 48 and/or 49 (depending on whether the toilet facilities are of the single- or multiple-accommodation variety) and Section 2 Building Accessibility shall be provided along an accessible route that complies with Section 17 Accessible Route of Travel. Toilet facility may be unisex.
(AdA 4.1.7(3)(c))

…

Accessible routes from an accessible entrance to all publicly used spaces on at least the level of the accessible entrance shall be provided.
(AdA 4.1.7(3)(d))

…

Access shall be provided to all levels of a building or facility in compliance with this Section whenever practical.
(AdA 4.1.7(3)(d))

…

Displays and written information, documents, etc., should be located where they can be seen by a seated person.
(AdA 4.1.7(3)(e))

…

Exhibits and signage displayed horizontally (e.g., open books) should be no higher than 44” above the floor surface.
(AdA 4.1.7(3)(e))

34

SPECIAL STDS. FOr BUILDINGS WITh hISTOrIC SIGNIFICANCE
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

group A: Assistive listening systems in Assembly AreAs

7a

SECTION

Group A Occupancies include auditoriums, assembly halls, theaters, and related facilities. z Assistive Listening Systems for the hearing impaired are required in such facilities. z Assistive Listening Systems are also typically required in assembly area and conference room portions of other occupancy types where the occupancy load is 50 or more. „ The number of devices available must equal 4% of the total number of seats, but in no event less than 2 systems. „ Several types of listening systems will satisfy this requirement. „ Signs announcing the availability of such systems must be posted in a prominent place, and use the International Symbol of Access for Hearing Loss.

ASSISTIvE LISTENING SYSTEmS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

35

7a

SECTION

group A: Assistive listening systems in Assembly AreAs

rEqUIrEmENTS
All Group A Occupancies must be equipped with assistive listening systems.

Location
If an assistive listening system is limited to specific areas or seats, then such areas or seats must: „ Be located within a 50-foot viewing distance of the performing area. „ Have a complete view of the stage or playing area.

Assistive-Listening Systems in Assembly Areas
„ Assembly areas, conference and meeting rooms must provide assistive-listening systems for persons with hearing impairments as provided in this section.
Exception This section does not apply to systems used exclusively for paging, or background music, or a combination of these two uses.

Signage
Assistive listening systems must be identified, in a prominent place (such as a customer service counter, ticket booth, or assembly area entrance), with signage that uses both: „ The International Symbol of Access for Hearing Loss „ Wording stating “Assistive-listening System Available”

Personal receivers / systems
The minimum number of assistive listening systems required: „ 4 percent of the total number of seats, but in no case less than two. Types of listening systems include, but are not limited to: „ audio-induction loops „ radio frequency systems (AM or FM) „ infrared transmission

Fees and Charges
„ A facility may charge for such assistive listening devices its usual fee for audio-visual equipment (if any). z No surcharge, however, may be made to disable individuals or groups to cover the cost of such equipment.

Permanent vs. Portable Systems
Permanently installed systems are required if: „ An area accommodates at least 50 people or if it has a permanently installed audio-amplification system, AND „ The area has fixed seating Otherwise, portable systems may be used. A single portable assistive listening system may serve more than one room or area.

36

ASSISTIvE LISTENING SYSTEmS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

group A: Assistive listening systems in Assembly AreAs

7a

SECTION

GENErAL rEqUIrEmENTS
… All Group A Occupancies shall be accessible as provided in this chapter. See also the general requirements listed in Section 1114B.1.1, Facility Accessibility, Design and Construction.
(cA t24 1104b.1)

Assistive-Listening Systems in Assembly Areas
… Assembly areas, conference and meeting rooms shall provide assistive-listening systems for persons with hearing impairments as provided in this section.
(cA t24 1104b.2) (AdA 4.1.3(19)(b))

Exception This section does not apply to systems used exclusively for paging, or background music, or a combination of these two uses.

(cA t24 1104b.2)

…

Number of personal receivers required. The min. number required: 4% of the total number of seats, but in no case less than 2. Fig. 1
(cA t24 1104b.2.1)

FIGUrE 1

…

types of systems. Types of listening systems include, but are not limited to, audio-induction loops, radio frequency systems (AM or FM) and infrared transmission.
(cA t24 1104b.2.2) (AdA 4.33.7)

…

location. If system is limited to specific areas or seats, then such areas or seats served by a listening system shall be located within a 50’ viewing distance of the performing area and shall have a complete view of the stage or playing area. Fig. 1
(cA t24 1104b.2.3) (AdA 4.33.6)

…

signage. Assistive listening systems shall be identified, in a prominent place (such as at a customer service counter, a ticket booth, or the entrance to an assembly area) with the international symbol of access for hearing loss and wording stating “Assistive-listening System Available”. The sign must comply with Section 61, Signs and Identification. Figs. 2 & 3
(cA t24 1104b.2.4; 1117b.5.8.4) (AdA 4.30.7(4))

FIGUrE 2

…

fees and charges. A facility may charge for such system its usual fee for audio-visual equipment. No surcharge, however, may be made to an individual or group with a disability to cover the cost of such equipment.

(cA t24 1104b.2.5)

… …

portable systems. A portable system may serve more than one conference or meeting room.

(cA t24 1104b.2.6)

Permanently installed systems are required if (1) An area accommodates at least 50 people or if it has an audioamplification system, AND (2) The area has fixed seating.
(cA t24 1104b.2.6)

FIGUrE 3

…

An adequate number of  electrical outlets or other supplementary wiring necessary to support a portable assistive-listening system shall be provided.
(cA t24 1104b.2.6)

ASSISTIvE LISTENING SYSTEmS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

37

7b

SECTION

group A: Auditoriums, tHeAters, Assembly

Group A Occupancies include auditoriums, assembly halls, theaters, and related facilities. „ Wheelchair seating areas must provide line-of-sight choices that are comparable to those available to the general public. z This means that, with very few exceptions, wheelchair seating areas cannot be clustered in undesirable locations. z In the currently popular stadium-style theater seating arrangement, be careful not to locate seating only in the front rows and/or only in the back rows. In most cases, if you want to use a cluster, the most acceptable location is likely to be within the middle third of seats, and near the middle of the rows. z What is acceptable or not is a somewhat subjective question, and one should either rely on prior experience or consult others with experience or the local government authority for guidance. „ The following outlines the specific requirements concerning seating arrangements for wheelchair users and accessible route considerations.

38

WhEELChAIr SEATING ArEAS AND ACCESSIBLE rOUTES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

group A: Auditoriums, tHeAters, Assembly
rEqUIrEmENTS
In all theaters, assembly halls, auditoriums, etc., where seating is provided, there must be spaces for persons using wheelchairs and semi-ambulant persons to attend as members of the audience.
Exceptions 1. In existing buildings and facilities when the enforcing agency determines that compliance with this code would create an unreasonable hardship, such requirements shall not apply. When this finding is applied, 1% min. of total seating must be accessible and usable by persons with disabilities using wheelchairs and such seating must comply with level requirements and individual space requirements of this code. 2. When an existing theater is subdivided into more than one facility having upper levels not accessible by ramp or elevator, and the enforcing agency determines that full compliance with this code would create an unreasonable hardship, the upper levels need not be made accessible, provided all facilities at grade are accessible and any activities available to the public in all of the facilities are scheduled to ensure that all such functions are available in the accessible facility.

7b

SECTION

Additional Accessibility Considerations
„ Wheelchair seating locations must be connected by an accessible route to performing areas. z This includes stages, orchestra pits, platforms, arena floors, dressing rooms, locker rooms and other spaces used by performers.
Exceptions 1. When the enforcing agency finds that compliance with this code, for an enclosed/unenclosed platform or depressed area not more than 24” above or below an adjacent accessible level, would create an unreasonable hardship, the enclosed and unenclosed platform or depressed area must be made accessible by a portable ramp with a slope not exceeding 1 unit vertical to 12 units horizontal (8.33% slope). Fig. 14 2. In existing buildings and facilities, all stages, enclosed/ unenclosed platforms, and orchestra pits need not be accessible when the enforcing agency determines that compliance would create an unreasonable hardship.

Location
Seating for persons with disabilities (as well as related toilet facilities) must be accessible from the main lobby or from a primary entrance.

„ Both customer and employee sides of ticket booths, and concession/refreshment sales facilities must be accessible. „ Public toilets and other public areas must be made accessible. (See Sanitary Facilities, Section 43.)

Size of Wheelchair Location
„ The following are the minimum dimensions for two (2) spaces: z Forward or rear access: 66” wide by 48” deep. z Side access: 66” wide by 60” deep. „ Removable seats may be installed in wheelchair spaces, and can remain in place so long as spaces are not required to accommodate wheelchair users.

Placement of Wheelchair Locations
„ Wheelchair areas must be an integral part of any fixed seating plan. The placement of these areas should: z Provide persons with disabilities a choice of admission prices and lines of sight comparable to those for members of other seats. z When room capacity exceeds 300, wheelchair spaces must be provided in more than one location. z Adjoin an accessible route which must also serve as a means of egress in case of emergency. „ A minimum of one companion fixed seat must be provided next to each wheelchair area. In determining seating location, life safety must be considered, and all seating must comply with fire and panic safety requirements of the state fire marshal.
Exception Where seat capacity is less than 300, accessible viewing positions may be clustered for bleachers, balconies and other areas having sight lines that require slopes of greater than 5%. Equivalent accessible viewing positions may be located on levels having accessible egress.

Semi-Ambulant Persons
„ A minimum of 1% of total seating, but no less than 2 seats must be provided for semi-ambulant individuals. „ Such seating must provide 24” clear leg space between the front of the seat to nearest obstruction or the back of the seat immediately in front.

Availability / variety
„ Accessible seating or accommodations must be provided in a variety of locations to provide persons with disabilities a choice of admission prices otherwise available to members of the general public. „ Signage must be posted at ticket office stating availability of such seats.

WhEELChAIr SEATING ArEAS AND ACCESSIBLE rOUTES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

39

7b

SECTION

group A: Auditoriums, tHeAters, Assembly
Design Characteristics
The ground/floor at wheelchair spaces must be level and must comply with the following: „ Ground and floor surfaces along accessible routes and in accessible rooms and spaces, including floors, walks, ramps, stairs and curb ramps, must be stable, firm, and slip-resistant. „ Changes in Level z Changes in level up to ¼ inch (6 mm) vertical may remain without edge treatment. z Changes in level between ¼ inch (6 mm) and ½ inch (12.7 mm) must be accomplished by means of a ramp. „ Carpet z If carpet or carpet tile is used on a ground or floor surface, then it must be securely attached; have a firm cushion, pad or backing or no cushion or pad; and have a level loop, textured loop; level-cut pile, or level-cut/ uncut pile texture. z The maximum pile height shall be ½ inch (12.7 mm). z Exposed edges of carpet must be fastened to floor surfaces and have trim along the entire length of the exposed edge. Carpet edge trim must comply with the “Changes in Level” requirements above.

Number of Wheelchair Seating Spaces
„ The number of wheelchair spaces required, based on the facility’s seating capacity, is shown in the table below.
tAble 7b-1 wheelchair seating spaces Seating Capacity 4 to 26 27 to 50 51 to 300 301 to 500 Over 500 No. of Wheelchair Seating Spaces 1 2 4 6 6 plus one additional space for each increment of 100 over 500

„ In addition, one percent (but a minimum of at least one) of all fixed seats must be aisle seats with either removable, folding or no armrests on the aisle side. Each such seat must be identified by a sign or a marker.

40

WhEELChAIr SEATING ArEAS AND ACCESSIBLE rOUTES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

group A: Auditoriums, tHeAters, Assembly
GENErAL rEqUIrEmENTS
… In all assembly places where seating is provided, there shall be spaces for persons using wheelchairs and semiambulant persons, as provided in this section.
(cA t24 1104b.3.1) (AdA 4.1.3(19)(A))

7b

SECTION

Exceptions 1. In existing buildings and facilities when the enforcing agency determines that compliance with this code would create an unreasonable hardship, such requirements shall not apply. When this finding is applied, 1% min. of total seating shall be accessible and usable by persons with disabilities using wheelchairs and such seating shall comply with level requirements and individual space requirements of this code. Fig. 1
(cA t24 1104b.3.1)

FIGUrE 1

2. When an existing theater is subdivided into more than one facility having upper levels not accessible by ramp or elevator, and the enforcing agency determines that full compliance with this code would create an unreasonable hardship, the upper levels need not be made accessible, provided all facilities at grade are accessible and any activities available to the public in all of the facilities are scheduled to ensure that all such functions are available in the accessible facility. Fig. 2
(cA t24 1104b.3.1)

Accessibility to Key Facilities
… Seating for persons with disabilities shall be accessible from the main lobby or from a primary entrance, together with related toilet facilities. Fig. 3
(cA t24 1104b.3.2) (AdA 4.33.3)

FIGUrE 2

variety of Locations
… Accessible seating or accommodations in places of public amusement and resort, including theaters, concert halls and stadiums, shall be provided in a variety of locations to provide persons with disabilities a choice of admission prices otherwise available to members of the general public. Fig. 4
(cA t24 1104b.3.3) (AdA 4.33.3)

FIGUrE 3

…

Signage shall be posted at ticket office stating availability of such seats. Fig. 4
(cA t24 1104b.3.4.1) (AdA 4.1.3(19)(A))

Wheelchair Spaces
… The number of wheelchair spaces is as shown in Table 1, Wheelchair Seating Spaces.
(cA t24 tAble 11b-1) (AdA 4.1.3(19)(A))

…

Also, 1%, but a min. of 1, of all fixed seats shall be aisle seats with either removable, folding or no armrests on the aisle side. Fig. 5
(cA t24 1104b.3.4.1) (AdA 4.1.3(19)(A))

FIGUrE 4

…

Each such seat shall be identified by a sign or a marker with the International Symbol of Accessibility. Fig. 6
(cA t24 1104b.3.4.1) (AdA 4.1.3(19)(A))

WhEELChAIr SEATING ArEAS AND ACCESSIBLE rOUTES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

41

7b

SECTION

group A: Auditoriums, tHeAters, Assembly
… … Signage notifying patrons of the availability of such seats must be posted at the ticket office. Signs and markers must comply with Section 61, Signs and Identification. Fig. 4 When the seating capacity exceeds 500, one additional wheelchair seating space shall be provided for each total seating capacity increase of 100. Table 1
(cA t24 1104b.3.4.2) (AdA 4.1.3(19)(A))

tAble 1: wheelchair seating spaces cA t24 table 11b-1 / AdA 4.1.3(19)(A)
seating capacity no. of wheelchair seating spaces

4 to 25 26 to 50 51 to 300 301 to 500 Over 500

1 2 4 6 6 plus one additional space for each increment of 100 over 500
… …

The ground or floor at spaces shall be level and shall comply with Section 33, Floor, Levels and Ground Surfaces.
(cA t24 1104b.3.4.3) (AdA 4.33.4)

Placement of Wheelchair Locations
Wheelchair areas shall be an integral part of any fixed seating plan, to provide persons with disabilities a choice of admission prices and lines of sight comparable to those for members of other seats. Fig. 7
(cA t24 1104b.3.5) (AdA 4.33.3)

…
FIGUrE 5

Adjoin an accessible route which shall also serve as a means of egress in case of emergency. Fig. 8
(cA t24 1104b.3.5) (AdA 4.33.3)

…

Min. of one companion fixed seat shall be provided next to each wheelchair area. Fig. 8
(cA t24 1104b.3.5) (AdA 4.33.3)

…

When capacity exceeds 300, wheelchair spaces shall be provided in more than 1 location in addition to complying with Section 1104B.3.3, Variety of locations.
(cA t24 1104b.3.5) (AdA 4.33.3)

FIGUrE 6

Exception Where seat capacity is less than 300, accessible viewing positions may be clustered for bleachers, balconies and other areas having sight lines that require slopes of greater than 1:20 (5% slope). Equivalent accessible viewing positions may be located on levels having accessible egress. Fig. 9
(cA t24 1104b.3.5) (AdA 4.33.3)

Where it is determined that dispersing accessible seating throughout an existing assembly area would create an unreasonable hardship, accessible seating areas may be clustered. Each accessible seating area shall have provisions for companion seating and shall be located on an accessible route that also serves as a means of emergency egress.
(cA t24 1104b.3.5)

FIGUrE 7

Size of Wheelchair Location
… Each wheelchair location shall provide minimum clear floor or ground space specified in the following and shall adjoin an egress aisle on at least one side. … The following sizes are min. length for two spaces: „ forward or rear access: 66” wide by 48” deep. Fig. 10
(cA t24 1104b.3.6) (AdA 4.33.2)

„ side access: 66” wide by 60” deep. Fig. 11
(cA t24 1104b.3.6) (AdA 4.33.2)

42

WhEELChAIr SEATING ArEAS AND ACCESSIBLE rOUTES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

group A: Auditoriums, tHeAters, Assembly
… Removable seats may be installed in wheelchair spaces when those spaces not required to accommodate wheelchair users. Fig. 12
size of wheelchair and seating locations floor space required forward or rear Access side Access Aisle

7b

SECTION

(cA t24 1104b.3.7)

lengtH widtH

48” MIN. 66” MIN.

60” MIN. 66” MIN.
FIGUrE 8

Seating for Semi-Ambulant Individuals
… In addition to spaces provided for wheelchair users as noted in Table 1 and requirements set forth in this section, there shall be provided seating for semi-ambulant individuals.
(cA t24 1104b.3.8)

…

A min. of 1% of total seating, but no less than 2 seats is provided for semiambulant individuals. Fig. 12
(cA t24 1104b.3.8)

…

Such seating shall provide 24” clear leg space between the front of the seat to nearest obstruction or the back of the seat immediately in front. Fig. 12
(cA t24 1104b.3.8)

FIGUrE 9

Life Safety requirements
… In determining seating location, life safety shall be considered, and all seating must comply with fire and panic safety requirements of the state fire marshal.
(cA t24 1104b.3.9)

Access to Performing Areas
… An accessible route shall connect wheelchair seating locations with performing areas, including stages, arena floors, dressing rooms, locker rooms and other spaces used by performers. Fig. 13
(cA t24 1104b.3.10) (AdA 4.33.5)

FIGUrE 10

FIGUrE 11

FIGUrE 12

WhEELChAIr SEATING ArEAS AND ACCESSIBLE rOUTES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

43

7b

SECTION

group A: Auditoriums, tHeAters, Assembly
Stages, Enclosed and Unenclosed Platforms and Orchestra Pits
… Stages, enclosed/unenclosed platforms, and orchestra pits shall be made accessible to those with disabilities. Fig. 13
(cA t24 1104b.3.11)

FIGUrE 13

Exceptions 1. When the enforcing agency finds that compliance with this code, for an enclosed/unenclosed platform or depressed area not more than 24” above or below an adjacent accessible level, would create an unreasonable hardship, the enclosed and unenclosed platform or depressed area shall be made accessible by a portable ramp with a slope not exceeding 1 unit vertical to 12 units horizontal (8.33% slope). Fig. 14
(cA t24 1104b.3.11)

2. In existing buildings and facilities, all stages, enclosed/ unenclosed platforms, and orchestra pits need not be accessible when the enforcing agency determines that compliance would create an unreasonable hardship.
(cA t24 1104b.3.11)

Ticket Booths
…
FIGUrE 14

Customer/employee sides of ticket booths, concession/ refreshment sales facilities shall be accessible. Fig. 15
(cA t24 1104b.3.12)

miscellaneous
… Public toilets and other public areas shall be made accessible. See Sanitary Facilities, Section 43, Fig. 16.
(cA t24 1104b.3.13)

FIGUrE 15

FIGUrE 16

44

WhEELChAIr SEATING ArEAS AND ACCESSIBLE rOUTES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

group A: stAdiums, gyms And sports-relAted
Group A Occupancies include stadiums, gymnasiums and sports-related facilities.

7c

SECTION

„ The following outlines the specific requirements for sports-related facilities, including ticket booths, participation areas (fields, courts, courses, pools, etc.), clubrooms and locker rooms.

ACCESSIBLE SPECTATOr, PArTICIPATION AND LOCKEr ArEAS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

45

7c

SECTION

group A: stAdiums, gyms And sports-relAted
„ Be designed to have a live-load capacity of not less than 300 lbs. „ Be positioned so that, if the pool has water of different depths, it will place the operator into water that is at least 3 ft. deep. „ Lower the operator at least 18” below the surface of the water.

rEqUIrEmENTS Seating
„ Spectator seating must comply with the requirements applicable to Auditoriums, Assembly Halls, Theaters and Related Facilities. (See Section 7a.)

Ticket Booth
„ The customer side of a ticket booth must in all cases be accessible. „ The employee side of a ticket booth may be, but is not required to be, accessible.

Sanitary and Locker Facilities
Where spectator, participant sanitary, or locker facilities are provided, they must conform with the requirements discussed in Sections 47 through 52, 55 and 56.
Exceptions 1. Where the enforcing agency determines that compliance with these regulations would create an unreasonable hardship, an exception may be granted when equivalent facilitation is provided through the use of other models or materials. 2. In existing buildings, when the enforcing agency finds that compliance with regulations would create an unreasonable hardship, an exception may be granted when all of the following min. conditions are met: a. Total seating does not exceed 5,000: min. 1% accessible; Total seating exceeds 5,000: 1 additional seat for 2,000 seats over 5,000. b. Sanitary facilities, ticket booths, club rooms, concessions and refreshment facilities are accessible. c. One of each type of participation area is accessible.

Participation Areas
Participation areas must be accessible to persons with disabilities, including the following listed and any similar activity areas: „ Playing fields and running tracks „ Tennis, racquetball and handball courts. „ Gymnasium floor areas and general exercise rooms. „ Basketball, volleyball and badminton courts „ Bowling lanes. „ Athletic team rooms and facilities „ Club rooms „ Swimming pools

Swimming Pools
Specifically with regard to swimming pools: „ Deck areas must be accessible. „ A mechanism to assist persons with disabilities in gaining entry into the pool and in exiting the pool must be provided. Such a mechanism may consist of a swimming pool lift device, which meets all of the following criteria: „ Have a seat that meets all of the following: z The seat must be rigid. z The seat must be not less than 17” and not more than 19” inclusive of any cushioned surface that might be provided, above the pool deck. z The seat must have two armrests. The armrest on the side of the seat by which access is gained must be either removable or fold clear of the seat. z The seat must have a back support that is at least 12” tall. z The seat must have occupant restraint for use by the occupant of the seat, and the restraint must meet the standards for operable controls and must not require tight grasping, pinching or twisting of the wrist. The force required to activate controls must be no greater than 5 lbs. of force. „ Be capable of unassisted operation from both the deck and water levels. „ Be stable and not permit unintended movement when a person is getting into or out of the seat.

46

ACCESSIBLE SPECTATOr, PArTICIPATION AND LOCKEr ArEAS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

group A: stAdiums, gyms And sports-relAted
GENErAL rEqUIrEmENTS
… seating. Spectator seating shall comply with Section CA T24 1104B.3, Auditoriums, Assembly Halls, Theaters and Related Facilities.
(cA t24 1104b.4.1)

7c

SECTION

…

ticket booth. The customer side of a ticket booth shall be, and the employee side may be, accessible. Fig. 1
(cA t24 1104b.4.2)

Participation Areas
… Participation areas shall be accessible to persons with disabilities, including the following listed and similar activity areas:
(cA t24 1104b.4.3)

FIGUrE 1

1. Tennis, racquetball and handball courts.
(cA t24 1104b.4.3.1)

2. Gymnasium floor areas and general exercise rooms.
(cA t24 1104b.4.3.2)

3. Basketball, volleyball and badminton courts, and bowling lanes. Fig. 2
(cA t24 1104b.4.3.3)

FIGUrE 2

4. swimming pool deck areas must be accessible, and a mechanism to assist persons with disabilities in gaining entry into the pool and in exiting the pool shall be provided. Such a mechanism may consist of a swimming pool lift device as long as the device meets all of the following criteria. Fig. 3:
(cA t24 1104b.4.3.4)

a) Have a seat that meets all of the following:
(cA t24 1104b.4.3.4.1)

i. The seat must be rigid. Fig. 3;
(cA t24 1104b.4.3.4.1.1)

ii. The seat must be not less than 17” and not more than 19” inclusive of any cushioned surface that might be provided, above the pool deck. Fig. 3;
(cA t24 1104b.4.3.4.1.2)

iii. The seat must have two armrests. The armrest on the side of the seat by which access is gained shall be either removable or fold clear of the seat. Fig. 3;
(cA t24 1104b.4.3.4.1.3)

iv. The seat must have a back support that is at least 12” tall. Fig. 3;
(cA t24 1104b.4.3.4.1.4)

FIGUrE 3

v. The seat must have occupant restraint for use by the occupant of the seat, and the restraint must meet the standards for operable controls and shall not require tight grasping, pinching or twisting of the wrist. The force required to activate controls shall be no greater than 5 lbs. of force. Fig. 3
(cA t24 1104b.4.3.4.1.5 & 1117b.6.4)

ACCESSIBLE SPECTATOr, PArTICIPATION AND LOCKEr ArEAS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

47

7c

SECTION

group A: stAdiums, gyms And sports-relAted
5. Athletic team rooms and facilities, playing fields and running tracks.
(cA t24 1104b.4.3.5)

…

Clubrooms shall be made accessible to persons with disabilities.
(cA t24 1104b.4.4)

Sanitary and Locker Facilities
… Where spectator and/or participant sanitary and/or locker facilities are provided, they shall conform with the requirements in Sections 43 (Sanitary Facilities), 47 (Toilet Facilities), 55 (Bathing Facilities) and 40 (Elevators) and Section 41 (Platform (Wheelchair) Lifts). Fig. 5
(cA t24 1104b.4.5)

FIGUrE 4

Exceptions 1. Where the enforcing agency determines that compliance with these regulations would create an unreasonable hardship, an exception may be granted when equivalent facilitation is provided through the use of other models or materials.
(cA t24 1104b.4.5.1)

2. In existing buildings, when the enforcing agency finds that compliance with regulations would create an unreasonable hardship, an exception may be granted when all of the following min. conditions are met:
(cA t24 1104b.4.5.2)

2.1 When total seating does not exceed 5,000: min. 1% accessible; When total seating exceeds 5,000: 1 additional seat for 2,000 seats over 5,000, shall be accessible and usable by persons with disabilities.
(cA t24 1104b.4.5.2.1)

2.2 Sanitary facilities, ticket booths, club rooms, concessions and refreshment facilities are accessible.
(cA t24 1104b.4.5.2.2)

2.3 One of each type of participation area is accessible. FIGUrE 5
(cA t24 1104b.4.5.2.3)

b) Be capable of unassisted operation from both the deck and water levels. Fig. 4
(cA t24 1104b.4.3.4.2)

c) Be stable and not permit unintended movement when a person is getting into or out of the seat. Fig. 4
(cA t24 1104b.4.3.4.3)

d) Be designed to have a live-load capacity of not less than 300 lbs. Fig. 4
(cA t24 1104b.4.3.4.4)

e) Be positioned so that, if the pool has water of different depths, it will place the operator into water that is at least 3 ft. deep. Fig. 4
(cA t24 1104b.4.3.4.5)

f) Lower the operator at least 18” below the surface of the water. Fig. 4
(cA t24 1104b.4.3.4.6)

48

ACCESSIBLE SPECTATOr, PArTICIPATION AND LOCKEr ArEAS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

group A: dining, bAnquet And bAr fAcilities

7d

SECTION

Group A Occupancies include restaurants and similar dining establishments, banquet facilities, bars and taverns, and related facilities. „ The following outlines the specific requirements for restaurants, dining halls, banquet and bar facilities. „ Accessibility must be provided “where each type of functional activity occurs,” meaning that in large facilities, virtually every public area should be accessible. „ Requirements cover accessible route, clear floor space at dining/seating areas, aisle width, counter and shelf heights, etc. „ Tray slides and tableware areas in cafeteria-style facilities must also be accessible.

DINING, BANqUET AND BAr FACILITIES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

49

7d
rEqUIrEmENTS

SECTION

group A: dining, bAnquet And bAr fAcilities
Service Aisles
„ Min. clear width of aisle: 36”. (Preferred 42” to allow passage around a person using a wheelchair.) „ Max. height of tray slides 34” above the floor.

„ Dining, banquet, and bar facilities must be accessible to persons with disabilities as provided in this Section. „ In new construction, all dining areas (including raised or sunken dining areas, loggias, and outdoor seating areas) must be accessible.
Exceptions for Existing Buildings 1. In existing buildings, when the enforcing agency determines that compliance with any regulation under this section would create an unreasonable hardship, an exception shall be granted when equivalent facilitation is provided. 2. In existing buildings, these regulations shall not apply when legal or physical constraints would not allow compliance with these regulations or equivalent facilitation without creating an unreasonable hardship.

Counters / Bars / Shelves
Height Above finished floor 28” to 24” 28” to 34” 34” max. 28” to 34” minimum length 60” Not Specified Full Length of Counter 36” Knee clearance (fwd. Approach) 27” high 30” wide 19” deep 27” high 30” wide 19” deep Clearance shown above is optional Clearance shown above is optional

type of counter dining / bar facilities (food/drink areas) dining / bar facilities (other areas) food service (Tray Slides) sales & service counters

Areas of Accessibility Entrances and Exits
Entrances to and exits from dining, banquet, bar and similar facilities must be provided at entrances and exits as described in Section 27 (Entrances).

Functional Activity Areas
Wheelchair access must be provided to all areas where each type of functional activity (dining, banquets, bar, self-service/ buffet, restrooms, etc.) occurs within the facility.

restrooms
Restrooms and powder rooms must conform to requirements in Section 1115B, ADA 4.22 and 4.23, Bathing & Toilet Facilities.

„ If self-service shelves are provided (for napkins, condiments, tableware, etc.) shelves must be configured so that at least 50% of each service item is within reach ranges as shown below. „ 24” maximum forward reach (front edge of counter/shelf to the dispensing/availability of any service item). „ Maximum height: z 46” maximum height if forward reach over obstruction is present. z 54” maximum height if no obstruction is present.

Tableware areas
„ Tableware, dishware, condiments, food and beverage display shelves, and dispensing devices must be located within accessible reach range.

Seating / Tables
The minimum requirements for each dining, banquet and bar area are as follow: „ The ratio of accessible seating is based on the total number of seats provided: 1 wheelchair seating space with a minimum of 1, for every 20 seats. „ At least 5% but not less than 1, of the fixed tables must be accessible and comply with Fixed or Built-in-Seating and Tables (Section 60). „ An accessible route must lead to and throughout this area. „ Clear floor space for each wheelchair seating space must be minimum of 30” x 48”. „ Knee space must be at least 27” high at fixed tables or counters, 19” deep, 30” wide. „ Tables height must be a minimum of 28” and a maximum of 34” from the floor level. „ Minimum clear width of main aisles: 36”. Accessible seating must be integrated with general seating.

Food Preparation Areas
„ Access to food preparation areas must comply with the provisions for entrance doors and doorways in CBC Section 1008, and aisles in CBC Sections 1014.4 and 1014.4.1.

raised Platforms
„ In banquet rooms or spaces where a head table or speaker’s lectern is located on a raised platform, the platform must be accessible according to: z Ramps (Section 20) z Platform Lifts (Section 41) „ Open edges on a raised platform must be protected by placement of tables or by a curb.

vending machines & Other Equipment
„ Spaces for vending machines and other equipment must be located on an accessible route, and must comply with: z Space Allowances (Section 37) z Reach Ranges (Section 38) Also see Vending Machines (Section 58).

50

DINING, BANqUET AND BAr FACILITIES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

Group A: DininG, BAnquET AnD BAr FACiliTiEs
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
… Dining, banquet, and bar facilities shall be made accessible to persons with disabilities as provided in this section. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1104B.5.1) (ADA 5.1)

7d

SECTION

…

All areas where each type of functional activity occurs shall be made accessible. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1104B.5.1)

…

In new construction, all dining areas including raised or sunken dining areas, loggias, and outdoor seating areas, shall be accessible. Fig. 1
(ADA 5.4)

Exceptions 1. In existing buildings, when the enforcing agency determines that compliance with any regulation under this section would create an unreasonable hardship, an exception shall be granted when equivalent facilitation is provided.
(CA T24 1104B.5.1.1)

FIGURE 1

2. In existing buildings, these regulations shall not apply when legal or physical constraints would not allow compliance with these regulations or equivalent facilitation without creating an unreasonable hardship. See Section 109.1.5.
(CA T24 1104B.5.1.2)

…

Entrance. Access to these facilities shall be provided at entrances and exits as required by Section 27 (Entrances). Fig. 2
(CA T24 1104B.5.2)

Raised or Sunken Areas
… All dining areas, including raised or sunken dining areas, loggias, and outdoor seating areas, shall be accessible. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1104B.5.3)

…

A raised platform where a head table or speaker’s lectern is located shall be accessible according to Section 20, Ramps, or Section 41, Platform Lifts.
(CA T24 1104B.5.3) (ADA 5.7)

FIGURE 2

…

Open edges of raised or sunken areas shall be protected as required by Sections 21 (Guardrails) and 25 (Hazards/ Warning Curbs), or by other means as required by the CA T24 code. For existing buildings see Section 33 (Floors, Levels and Ground Surfaces).
(CA T24 1104B.5.3) (ADA 5.7)

Restrooms
… Restrooms and powder rooms shall conform to requirements in Section 43 (Sanitary Facilities/Bathing & Toilet Facilities). Fig. 2
(CA T24 1104B.5.7) (ADA 4.1.2(6))

FIGURE 3

DINING, BANQUET AND BAR FACILITIES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

51

7d

SECTION

Group A: DininG, BAnquET AnD BAr FACiliTiEs
Seating
Min. requirement for each dining, banquet and bar area: … 1 wheelchair seating space with a min. of 1, for every 20 seats with at least 1 min. wheelchair seating space per functional area. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1104B.5.4)

…

At least 5% but not less than 1, of the fixed tables shall be accessible and comply with Fixed or Built-in-Seating and Tables, Section 60. Fig. 2
(ADA 4.1.3(18) & 5.1)

…

An accessible route shall lead to and through this area. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1104B.5.4)

… …

Clear floor space shall be min. of 30” x 48”. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1118B.4) (ADA 4.2.4.1)

FIGURE 4

Knee space shall be at least 27” high, 19” deep, 30” wide at fixed tables or counters. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1122B.3) (ADA 4.32.3)

… … …

Tables height is 28”-34” from the floor level. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1122B.4) (ADA 4.32.4)

Min. clear width of main aisles: 36”. Fig. 5
(CA T24 1104B.5.4) (ADA 5.3)

Accessible seating to be integrated with general seating to allow a reasonable selection of seating area and to avoid having one area specifically highlighted as the area for persons with disabilities. Fig. 5
(CA T24 1104B.5.4)

…

The ratio of accessible seating is based on the total number of seats provided.
(CA T24 1104B.5.4)

FIGURE 5

…

Access to such seating spaces must be provided with main aisles of a min. of 36” clear width.
(CA T24 1104B.5.4)

…
Counters and Bars types of Counters Height “above finish floor”
28” to 34” (CA T24 1104B.5.4; 1122B.4) (ADA 4.32.4; 5.2) 28” to 34” (ADA 4.32) 34” max. (CA T24 1104B.5.5) (ADA 5.5) 36” max. (ADA 7.2(1))

Min. Length

Knee Clearance (forward approach)
27” High, 30”Wide, 19” Deep (CA T24 1104B.5.4; 1122B.3) (ADA 4.32.3) Required Optional Optional (CA T24 1122B.3)

In establishments where separate areas are designated for smoking and nonsmoking patrons, the required number of  accessible fixed tables (or counters) shall be proportionally distributed between the smoking and nonsmoking areas.
(CA T24 1104B.5.4)

…

Dining/Bars (service)

60” (ADA 5.2)

Where food or drink is served at counters exceeding 34” in height for consumption by customers seated or standing at the counter, a portion of  the main counter which is a min. 60” in length shall be provided in compliance with Section 60 (Seating, Tables and Counters, Fixed or Built-In).
(CA T24 1104B.5.4)

Dining/Bars (no service) Food Service (tray slides) Sales/Service

Not Specified Full Length 36” (CA T24 1122B.4)

52

DINING, BANQUET AND BAR FACILITIES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

Group A: DininG, BAnquET AnD BAr FACiliTiEs
Food Service Aisles
… Min. clear width of aisle: 36”. (Preferred 42” to allow passage around a person using a wheelchair.) Fig. 6
(CA T24 1104B.5.5) (ADA 5.5)

7d

SECTION

… …

Max. height of tray slides 34” above the floor. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1104B.5.5) (ADA 5.5)

If self-service shelves are provided, at least 50% of each type within reach ranges as in Fig. 8.
(CA T24 1104B.5.5) (ADA 5.5)

…

Tableware areas. Tableware, dishware, condiments, food and beverage display shelves, and dispensing devices shall be located within accessible reach range. Fig. 8
(CA T24 1104B.5.6) (ADA 5.6)

Food Preparation Areas
… Access to food preparation areas shall comply with the provisions for entrance doors and doorways in Section 29, and aisles in Section 34.
(CA T24 1104B.5.8)

FIGURE 6

Tableware and Condiment Areas
… Self-service tableware, dishware, condiments, food and beverage display shelves and dispensing devices shall comply with Sections 37, Space Allowances, and Section 60, Fixed or Built-in Seating: Tables and Counters. Fig. 7 and 8.

Vending Machines & Other Equipment
… Spaces for vending machines and other equipment shall comply with ADA 4.2, Sections 37 & 38, Space Allowance and Reach Ranges, and shall be located on an accessible route. See Vending Machines, Section 58.
(ADA 5.8)

FIGURE 7

FIGURE 8

DINING, BANQUET AND BAR FACILITIES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

53

7e

SECTION

Group A: rEliGious FACiliTiEs

Group A Occupancies, as we’ve seen, include auditoriums, assembly halls, theaters, and related facilities. Another division with occupancy Group A includes religious facilities. „ Religious facilities are not exempt from accessbility requirements in California. „ The following outlines the specific requirements for churches, synagogues, mosques, temples, and other religious-related facilities. z In general, the requirements applicable to the sanctuary (i.e., the general assembly area) of a religious facility are the same as those for other assembly halls and auditoriums (Sections 7A and 7B). z The requirements applicable to accessible classrooms, offices, and sanitary facilities are the same as those found in the other, appropriate Sections of this book.

54

RELIGIOUS FACILITIES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

Group A: rEliGious FACiliTiEs
REQUIREMENTS
„ Religious facilities must be made accessible to persons with disabilities as provided in this section.
Exception In existing buildings, when the enforcing agency determines that compliance with any regulation under this section would create an unreasonable hardship, an exception shall be granted when equivalent facilitation is provided.

7e

SECTION

Assembly Areas
„ Assembly areas must be made accessible to persons with disabilities, according to the requirements described in Section 7B. „ Enclosed and unenclosed platforms and stages in assembly areas must conform to these requirements.

Classrooms and Offices
Classrooms and offices must have accessible entry according to CA T24 Chapter 10, Means of Egress.

Sanctuary
Sanctuary areas must be made accessible to persons with disabilities as follows: „ Wheelchair seating must conform to the requirements as described in Section 7B with respect to Location, Design Characteristics and Semi-Ambulant Persons. z Exceptions described in 7B are equally available to religious facilities. „ Wheelchair access must be provided to raised platforms, choir rooms, choir lofts, performing areas and other similar areas.
Exception In existing buildings, these regulations shall not apply to choir lofts when the enforcing agency determines that such compliance would create an unreasonable hardship.

Sanitary Facilities
Sanitary facilities must conform to the requirements of Sections 47 (Toilet Facilities) and 55 (Bathtubs).

RELIGIOUS FACILITIES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

55

7e

SECTION

Group A: rEliGious FACiliTiEs
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
… Religious facilities shall be made accessible to persons with disabilities as provided in this section. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1104B.6.1)

…

Exception: In existing buildings, when the enforcing agency determines that compliance with any regulation under this section would create an unreasonable hardship, an exception shall be granted when equivalent facilitation is provided.
(CA T24 1104B.6.1)

Sanctuary
… Sanctuary areas shall be made accessible to persons with disabilities. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1104B.6.2)

…
FIGURE 1

Wheelchair seating spaces shall conform to the requirements in Section 7b, Seating.
(CA T24 1104B.6.2.1)

…

Wheelchair access shall be provided to raised platforms, choir rooms, choir lofts, performing areas and other similar areas. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1104B.6.2.2)

…

Exception: In existing buildings, these regulations shall not apply to choir lofts when the enforcing agency determines that such compliance would create an unreasonable hardship.
(CA T24 1104B.6.2.2)

Assembly Areas
… Assembly areas shall be made accessible to persons with disabilities. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1104B.6.3)

…

Enclosed and unenclosed platforms and stages in assembly areas shall conform to these requirements. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1104B.6.3)

Classrooms and Offices
… Classrooms and offices shall have accessible entry according to CA T24 Chapter 10, Means of Egress.
(CA T24 1104B.6.4)

Sanitary Facilities
… Sanitary facilities shall conform to the requirements of Section 47 (Sanitary Facilities) and Section 55 (Bathing and Toilet Facilities). Fig. 1
(CA T24 1104B.6.5)

56

RELIGIOUS FACILITIES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

SECTION

Group B: oFFiCEs AnD puBliC sErviCEs

8

Group B Occupancies include the following: z General and specialized business professional offices, including medical and dental offices, insurance, real estate, attorneys, credit bureaus, consultants of all types, counseling and accounting. z Personal and public service facilities (i.e., offices), public utility facilities, and certain public facilities (police and law enforcement facilities, fire stations and courtrooms). z When deciding which access provision should apply to a particular feature or portion of an occupancy, consider the use or function. „ The following outlines the specific areas within these occupancies that must be made accessible, and any exceptions.

OFFICES & PUBLIC SERVICE AND UTILITy FACILITIES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

57

SECTION

8

Group B: oFFiCEs AnD puBliC sErviCEs
Business And Professional Offices
The following areas within business and professional offices must be made accessible: „ Client and visitor areas and office areas, together with related toilet rooms. „ Conference/counseling rooms, cubicles and similar areas. „ Conference rooms with occupancy loads of 50 or more are required to provide assistive listening sytems (see Section 7A). „ Offices (employee work areas). NOTE: Employee work areas within Group B occupancies must have min. 36” wide clear access, except as modified in other portions of these regulations. See Section 34 (Interior Travel Routes). Medical and dental offices must also comply with Section 11 (Accessibility for Group I Occupancies).

REQUIREMENTS
Group B Occupancies must be accessible as provided in this Section. See also the general accessibility requirements in Section 2 and those applicable to new buildings/facilities in Section 1.
EXCEPTIONS 1. In existing buildings, when the enforcing agency determines that compliance would create an unreasonable hardship, an exception shall be granted when equivalent facilitation is provided. 2. In existing buildings, the provisions of this section shall not apply when legal or physical constraints will not allow compliance or equivalent facilitation without creating an unreasonable hardship. 3. In buildings and facilities, floors of a given story must be a common level throughout, or must be connected by ramps, elevators or special access lifts.

Assembly Areas within Group B Occupancies
Group B Occupancies or those portions of Group B Occupancies used for assembly purposes, but having an occupant load less than 50, must conform to: z The requirements in this Section. z Section 9 (Factories and Warehouses). z Section 12 (Accessibility for Group M Occupancies).

Personal and Public Service Facilities
„ Within personal and public service facilities, the following areas must be made accessible: z Client and visitor areas. z Offices (employee work areas). z Related toilet rooms. „ Employee work areas must have 36” wide clear access, except as modified in other portions of these regulations. See Section 34 (Interior Travel Routes).

Office Buildings
Office buildings and personal and public service facilities are those used by the public as customers, clients, visitors, or which are potentially places of employment and shall include, but are not limited to the following: „ All types of general and specialized business offices, including those related to medicine, dentistry, insurance, consultants, real estate, attorneys, credit bureaus, counseling, accounting. „ Sales firms (merchandise and equipment outlets), including personal and household furnishings and supplies, foods, sporting goods, office supplies, vehicles and related parts and supplies, building materials and pet shops. „ All personal and public facilities, including banks, savings and loan companies, credit unions, newspaper and printing establishments, photographic studios, laundromats, cleaning and laundry outlets, veterinarian clinics and hospitals, automobile rental agencies, travel bureaus, public utility facilities, police stations and detention facilities, courtrooms and fire stations.

ATMs
„ ATMs used by financial institutions and their customers must be made accessible. See Section 59 (Automatic Teller Machines).

Public Utility Facilities
„ The following areas within public utility facilities must be made accessible: z Office areas. z Meeting rooms and similar areas. z Related toilet rooms.

58

OFFICES & PUBLIC SERVICE AND UTILITy FACILITIES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

SECTION

Group B: oFFiCEs AnD puBliC sErviCEs
Public Tour Areas
„ Public tour areas–to the extent that public tours are conducted through or about a facility, or where the public is permitted to walk in such areas–must provide accessibility in those other portions of the facility and grounds where such tours occur.
EXCEPTIONS 1. Facilities in operational areas that would not have any reasonable availability to or usage by persons who use wheelchairs for mobility are not subject to the wheelchair accessibility requirements for members of the public. However, this should not be interpreted to exempt offices, labs, conference rooms, etc., from wheelchair accessibility for employees. 2. When the enforcing agency determines that compliance with this subsection would create an unreasonable hardship, an exception to such provision shall be granted when equivalent facilitation is provided. However, this should not be interpreted to exempt offices, labs, conference rooms, etc., from wheelchair accessibility for employees.

8

Miscellaneous General Standards Circulation aisles and pedestrian ways
„ Aisles and walkways must be sized according to their functional requirements but in no case may they be less than 36” wide. See Section 34 (Interior Travel Routes).

Storage areas
„ A doorway providing access to a storage area must not be less than 32” wide. „ Storage areas must be accessible in the number and dimensions described in Section 57 (Storage).

„ Visitor overlook facilities, orientation areas and similar public-use areas, and their related sanitary facilities must be made accessible. „ Where there is public parking, spaces must be provided for persons with disabilities as specified under Section 18 (Parking).

Police, Fire and Courtroom Facilities
„ The following areas within police, law enforcement, fire and courtroom facilities must be made accessible: z Office areas, conference rooms, classrooms. z Dispatch rooms and similar areas. z Detention-area visitor rooms. z Related sanitary facilities. z At least one detention cell facility with supporting sanitary facilities. z Courtroom areas, including the judge’s chambers and bench, counsel tables, jury box, witness stand and public seating areas. „ NOTE: Living and sleeping quarters for fire fighters or law enforcement personnel need not be made accessible.

OFFICES & PUBLIC SERVICE AND UTILITy FACILITIES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

59

SECTION

8

Group B: oFFiCEs AnD puBliC sErviCEs
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
… Group B Occupancies shall be accessible as provided in this chapter. See also General Requirements in CA T24 1114B.1.1, Facility Accessibility, Design and Construction.
(CA T24 1105B)

…

This section applies to specified types of facilities and identifies specific accessibility and usability requirements to be provided for each of the listed occupancy uses.
(CA T24 1105B.1)

FIGURE 1

EXCEPTIONS 1. In existing buildings, when the enforcing agency determines that compliance would create an unreasonable hardship, an exception shall be granted when equivalent facilitation is provided.
(CA T24 1105B)

2. In existing buildings, the provisions of this section shall not apply when legal or physical constraints will not allow compliance or equivalent facilitation without creating an unreasonable hardship. See 109.1.5. FIGURE 2
(CA T24 1105B)

3. In buildings and facilities, floors of a given story shall be a common level throughout, or shall be connected by pedestrian ramps, passenger elevators or platform (wheelchair) lifts. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1120B)

Assembly Areas In Group B Occupancies
FIGURE 3

…

Parking sign
ET JAY'S MARK

Group B Occupancies used for assembly purposes shall conform to the requirements in Section 1114B.1.1, Facility Accessibility. For floors and levels in dining, banquet and bar facilities see Section 33 (Floors, Levels and Ground Surfaces).
(CA T24 1105B.2)

Office Buildings, Personal & Public Service Facilities
…
FIGURE 4

Office buildings and personal and public service facilities shall conform to the provisions of this section. Figs. 1-4
(CA T24 1105B.3)

…

Facilities covered in this section are those used by the public as customers, clients, visitors, or which are potentially places of employment and shall include, but are not limited to the following requirements:
(CA T24 1105B.3.1)

z All types of general and specialized business offices, including those related to medicine, dentistry, insurance, consultants, real estate, attorneys, credit bureaus, counseling, accounting. Figs. 1-4
(CA T24 1105B.3.1.1)

60

OFFICES & PUBLIC SERVICE AND UTILITy FACILITIES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

SECTION

Group B: oFFiCEs AnD puBliC sErviCEs
z All types of sales establishments, including outlets for all general and special merchandise and equipment, including personal and household furnishings and supplies, foods, sporting goods, office supplies, vehicles and related parts and supplies, building materials and pet shops. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1105B.3.1.2)

8

z All personal and public facilities, including banks, savings and loan companies, credit unions, newspaper and printing establishments, photographic studios, laundermats, cleaning and laundry outlets, veterinarian clinics and hospitals, automobile rental agencies, travel bureaus, public utility facilities, police stations and detention facilities, courtrooms and fire stations. Figs. 4 & 5
(CA T24 1105B.3.1.3)

FIGURE 5

FIGURE 6

…

In addition to the requirements of this section, all areas used for business transactions with the public shall comply with Sections 12 (Accessibility for Group M Occupancies/Sales) and 60 (Fixed or Built-in Seating, Tables, and Counters).

Business And Professional Offices
… Client and visitor areas and office areas, together with related toilet rooms shall be made accessible. Figs. 6 & 7
(CA T24 1105B.3.2.1)

…

Conference/counseling rooms, cubicles and similar areas shall be made accessible. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1105B.3.2.2)

FIGURE 7

…

Employee work areas shall have min. 36” clear width access, except as modified in other portions of these regulations. See Section 34 (Interior Travel Routes-/Aisles, Alcoves & Corridors), Fig. 6
(CA T24 1105B.3.2.3)

…

Professional, medical and dental offices shall be made accessible and shall also comply with Section 11 (Accessibility for Group I). Fig. 7
(CA T24 1105B.3.2.4)

OFFICES & PUBLIC SERVICE AND UTILITy FACILITIES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

61

SECTION

8

Group B: oFFiCEs AnD puBliC sErviCEs
Personal and Public Service Facilities
… Client and visitor areas, office areas, and related toilet rooms shall be made accessible. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1105B.3.3.1)

…

Employee work areas shall have 36” clear width access, except as modified in other portions of these regulations. See Section 34, Interior Travel Routes- Aisles, Alcoves & Corridors, Aisles. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1105B.3.3.2)

…

ATMs used by a financial institution and its customers for execution of financial transactions shall be made accessible. See Automatic Teller Machines, Section 59, Fig. 8.
(CA T24 1105B.3.3.3)

FIGURE 8

Public Utility Facilities
… Office areas, meeting rooms and similar areas together with related toilet rooms shall be made accessible. Fig. 9
(CA T24 1105B.3.4.1)

…

Public tour areas, to the extent that such public tours are conducted through or about a facility, or where the public is permitted to walk in such areas, shall provide accessibility in those portions of the facility and grounds where this occurs. Fig. 10
(CA T24 1105B.3.4.2)

FIGURE 9

EXCEPTIONS: 1. Facilities in operational areas that would not have any reasonable availability to or usage by persons who use wheelchairs for mobility are not subject to the wheelchair accessibility requirements of these regulations.
(CA T24 1105B.3.4.2)

2. When the enforcing agency determines that compliance with this subsection would create an unreasonable hardship, an exception to such provision shall be granted when equivalent facilitation is provided.
(CA T24 1105B.3.4.2)

FIGURE 10

62

OFFICES & PUBLIC SERVICE AND UTILITy FACILITIES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

SECTION

Group B: oFFiCEs AnD puBliC sErviCEs
… Visitor overlook facilities, orientation areas and similar public-use areas, and any sanitary facilities that serve these facilities shall be made accessible. Fig. 11
(CA T24 1105B.3.4.3)

8

…

Where there is public parking, spaces shall be provided for persons with disabilities as specified under Parking, Section 18, Fig. 12.
(CA T24 1105B.3.4.4)

Police Dept, Law Enforcement, Fire Department Facilities and Courtrooms
… Office areas, conference rooms, classrooms, dispatch rooms and similar areas, along with related sanitary facilities shall be made accessible. Fig. 13
(CA T24 1105B.3.5.1)

FIGURE 11

…

The detention-area visitor room shall be made accessible. Fig. 14
(CA T24 1105B.3.5.2)

…

At least one detention cell facility with supporting sanitary facilities shall be made accessible. Fig. 15
(CA T24 1105B.3.5.3)

FIGURE 12

FIGURE 13

FIGURE 14

FIGURE 15

OFFICES & PUBLIC SERVICE AND UTILITy FACILITIES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

63

SECTION

8

Group B: oFFiCEs AnD puBliC sErviCEs
… Courtroom areas, including the judge’s chambers and bench, counsel tables, jury box, witness stand and public seating areas shall be made accessible. Fig. 16
(CA T24 1105B.3.5.4)

Miscellaneous General Standards
… Circulation aisles and pedestrian ways shall be sized according to functional requirements and in no case shall be less than 36” wide. Section 34.
(CA T24 1105B.3.6.1)

Storage areas
…
FIGURE 16

The doorway providing access to storage areas shall not be less than 32” wide. Storage areas shall be accessible in the number and dimensions under Section 57 (Storage). Fig. 17
(CA T24 1105B.3.6.2)

FIGURE 17

64

OFFICES & PUBLIC SERVICE AND UTILITy FACILITIES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

Group E: EDuCATionAl FACiliTiEs
Group E Occupancies include educational and education-related facilities.

9a

SECTION

„ These include laboratories, teaching cubicles, study carrels, public-use computers, and similar workstations and areas within libraries.

EDUCATION AND LIBRARy FACILITIES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

65

9a
REQUIREMENTS

SECTION

Group E: EDuCATionAl FACiliTiEs
Libraries General Use Areas / Study Areas
At least 5% or a min. of 1 of each element of fixed seating, tables, study carrels, computers and similar workstations must comply with the following: „ Space Allowances (Section 37) „ Reach Ranges (Section 38) „ Fixed or Built-In Seating, Tables and Counters, (Section 60) Library general use areas such as those housing card files, book stacks, periodicals, reading and reference areas, information desks, circulation counters, etc., must be made accessible to persons with disabilities.

„ Group E Occupancies must be accessible as provided here. (See also the general requirements listed elsewhere throughout this book.)
EXCEPTIONS 1. In existing buildings, when the enforcing agency determines that compliance with any regulation under this section would create an unreasonable hardship, an exception shall be granted when equivalent facilitation is provided. 2. In existing buildings, where the enforcing agency determines that, because of physical constraints, compliance with these regulations or equivalent facilitation would create an unreasonable hardship, these regulations shall not apply.

Laboratory Rooms
Laboratory areas must have at least 5% (but a minimum of one) of its work stations which are accessible. „ Space Allowances (Section 37) „ Reach Ranges (Section 38) „ Fixed or Built-In Seating, Tables and Counters, (Section 60)
EXCEPTION Where the enforcing agency determines that it would create an unreasonable hardship to require compliance with these regulations for special-use rooms such as laboratory preparation rooms, supply rooms, small research laboratories, and areas containing specialized equipment not readily usable by persons with particular disabilities, such facilities need not comply with these regulations, except that a clear width of 32” must be maintained into such rooms.

Checkout Counter
At least one checkout counter in each checkout area must be: „ At least 36” long „ Between 34” and 36” high from the finished floor. „ Served by an access aisle on the customer side which is at least 36” wide.

Book Shelving
Height of book shelving: „ Maximum of 54” above finished floor, unless an attendant is available to assist.

Card catalog
„ Card catalog maximum height is 54” z 48” maximum height is preferred. „ Lower reach must be 18” minimum above the finished floor. „ Clear aisle width must be 44” minimum.

Teaching Cubicles, Study Carrels, Etc.
At least 5% (but a minimum of one) of the cubicles or carrels in each group (language, dental, audiovisual, typing, drafting, darkrooms, etc.) must be made accessible to and usable by persons with disabilities. „ Space Allowances (Section 37) „ Reach Ranges (Section 38) „ Fixed or Built-In Seating, Tables and Counters, (Section 60)

Open Book Stacks
„ Open book stacks available for customer use may be of normal height. „ Open book stacks must have main aisles no less than 44” in width. „ Side, range and end aisles must be no less than 36” in width.
EXCEPTIONS 1. In existing buildings, multi-tiered, closed book stacks (those restricted to employee use) are exempt from these accessibility standards.

66

EDUCATION AND LIBRARy FACILITIES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

Group E: EDuCATionAl FACiliTiEs
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
… Group E Occupancies shall be accessible as provided in this chapter. See also the general requirements listed in Section 1114B.1.1. Facility Accessibility.
(CA T24 1106B.1)

9a

SECTION

EXCEPTIONS 1. In existing buildings, when the enforcing agency determines that compliance with any regulation under this section would create an unreasonable hardship, an exception shall be granted when equivalent facilitation is provided.
(CA T24 1106B.1)

2. In existing buildings, where the enforcing agency determines that, because of physical constraints, compliance with these regulations or equivalent facilitation would create an unreasonable hardship, these regulations shall not apply. See Section 109.1.5.

FIGURE 1

(CA T24 1106B.1)

Laboratory Rooms
… Laboratory rooms shall have 5% of all workstations, or a min. of 1 work station, accessible to and usable by persons with disabilities in compliance with Section 37 Space Allowances and Section 38 Reach Ranges, and Section 60 Seating, Tables and Counters, Fixed or Built-in. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1106B.2)

EXCEPTION Where the enforcing agency determines that it would create an unreasonable hardship to require compliance with these regulations for special-use rooms such as laboratory preparation rooms, supply rooms, small research laboratories, and areas containing specialized equipment not readily usable by persons with particular disabilities, such facilities need not comply with these regulations, except that a clear width of 32” shall be maintained into such rooms.
(CA T24 1106B.2)

FIGURE 2
H

Teaching Facility Cubicles, Study Carrels, etc.,
… Shall have 5%, but always at least one cubicle or carrel in each group (language, dental, audiovisual, typing, drafting, darkrooms, etc.) made accessible to and usable by persons with disabilities in compliance with Sections 37 and 38, “Space Allowance and Reach Ranges” and Section 60, “Fixed or Built-in Seating, Tables, and Counters”, Section 60. Figs. 2 & 3
(CA T24 1106B.3)

FIGURE 3

Reading and Study Areas
… At least 5% or a min. of 1 of each element of fixed seating, tables, study carrels, computers or similar workstations shall be on an accessible route complying with Section 1114B.1.2, Facility Accessiblity, Sections 37 and 38 “Space Allowance and Reach Ranges” and Section 60, “Fixed or Built-in Seating, Tables and Counters” and Section 34, “Aisles.” Fig. 4
(CA T24 1106B.4.5) (ADA 8.2)

FIGURE 4

EDUCATION AND LIBRARy FACILITIES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

67

9a

SECTION

Group E: EDuCATionAl FACiliTiEs
… Library general use areas such as those housing card files, book stacks, periodicals, reading and reference areas, information desks, circulation counters, reserve areas, special facilities or collections, etc., shall be made accessible to persons with disabilities. Figs. 4 and 5
(CA T24 1106B.4.1) (ADA 8.1)

Checkout Counter
…
FIGURE 5

At least 1 lane at each check-out area must be on an accessible route complying with Section 17 (Accessible Route of Travel) and must have a portion of the counter which is a min. of 36” in length with a max. height of 34” above the finish floor with a 36” wide aisle on the customer side. Fig. 5
(CA T24 1106B.4.5; ADA 8.3))

…

Any traffic control or book security gates or turnstiles shall comply with the requirements for turnstiles in Section 29 (Doors and Doorways).
(CA T24 1106B.4.5)

Book Shelving
… Max. height of book shelving shall be 54” above finished floor unless an attendant is available to assist. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1106B.4.3) (ADA 8.5)

FIGURE 6

Card catalog
… Card catalog max. height shall be 54” (48” preferred). Lower reach shall be 18” min. above the finished floor. Clear aisles shall be 44” min. wide when they serve both sides and 36” min. width side aisle. Figs. 6 and 7
(CA T24 1106B.4.2, 1106B.4.4) (ADA 8.4)

Open Book Stacks
… Open book stacks available for customer use may be of normal height, and shall be on an accessible route complying with Section 17 (Accessible Routes of Travel). Fig. 8
(CA T24 1106B.4.2) (ADA 8.5)

FIGURE 7

… …

Open book stacks shall have main aisles no less than 44” in width. Fig. 8
(CA T24 1106B.4.2)

Side, range and end aisles shall be no less than 36” in width. Fig. 8

(CA T24 1106B.4.2)

EXCEPTIONS 1. In existing buildings, multitiered, closed book stacks (those restricted to employee use) are exempt from these accessibility standards. Fig. 8

(CA T24 1106B.4.2)

FIGURE 8

68

EDUCATION AND LIBRARy FACILITIES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

Group F: FACTory & inDusTriAl FACiliTiEs

9b

SECTION

Group F Occupancies include factories and manufacturing-related facilities, warehouses, etc. „ Offices, sanitary facilities, etc. associated with Group F occupancies are subject to the accessibility requirements outlined in the other, appropriate sections of this book.

WAREhOUSES & MANUFACTURING-RELATED FACILITIES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

69

9b
Factories

SECTION

Group F: FACTory & inDusTriAl FACiliTiEs
Service Areas
„ The following areas need not be made accessible: z Floors or portions of floors not customarily occupied, including, but not limited to, non-occupiable or employee spaces accessed only by ladders, catwalks, crawl spaces, very narrow passageways or freight (nonpassenger) elevators, and frequented only by service personnel for repair or maintenance purposes. z Such spaces as elevator pits and elevator penthouses, piping and equipment catwalks and machinery rooms. „ The following types of privately funded multistory buildings do not require a ramp or elevator above and below the first floor: z Multi-storied office buildings (other than the professional office of a health care provider) and passenger vehicle service stations less than three stories high or less than 3,000 square feet (279 m²) per story. z Any other privately funded multi-storied building that is not a shopping center, shopping mall or the professional office of a health care provider, and that is less than three stories high or less than 3,000 square feet (279 m²) per story if a reasonable portion of all facilities and accommodations normally sought and used by the public in such a building are accessible to and usable by persons with disabilities.
EXCEPTION In existing buildings, when the enforcing agency determines that compliance with any regulation under this section would create an unreasonable hardship, an exception shall be granted when equivalent facilitation is provided.

„ Major or principal floor areas must be made accessible. „ Office areas must be made accessible. „ Sanitary facilities serving these areas must be made accessible.

Warehouses
The following must be made accessible: „ Miscellaneous warehousing areas which are located on the floor nearest grade and those areas on other floors that are otherwise provided with access by level entry, ramp or elevator. „ Office areas for offices associated with a warehouse. „ Sanitary facilities serving the warehouse and its associated office areas

70

WAREhOUSES & MANUFACTURING-RELATED FACILITIES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

Group F: FACTory & inDusTriAl FACiliTiEs
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
… … Factories and warehouses shall conform to the provisions of this section: Accessibility to buildings or portions of buildings shall be provided for all occupancy classifications except as modified or enhanced by this chapter.

9b

SECTION

(CA T24 1103B.1)

…

Occupancy requirements in this chapter may modify general requirements, but never to the exclusion of them.
(CA T24 1103B.1)

…

In multistory buildings, specific accessibility provisions for each portion of the building or facility shall apply. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1103B.1))

…

An accessible route of travel complying with Section 17 (Accessible Route of Travel) shall connect all elements and spaces within a building or facility. Figs. 1 and 2
(CA T24 1103B.1)

…

Multistory buildings and facilities must provide access to each level, including mezzanines, by ramp or passenger elevator complying with Section 40 (Elevators) or 41 (Platform (Wheelchair) Lifts). Fig. 1
(CA T24 1103B.1)

FIGURE 1

…

If more than one elevator is provided, each passenger elevator shall comply with Section 40.
(CA T24 1103B.1)

…

Floors or portions of floors not customarily occupied, including, but not limited to, nonoccupiable or employee spaces accessed only by ladders, catwalks, crawl spaces, very narrow passageways or freight (nonpassenger) elevators, and frequented only by service personnel for repair or maintenance purposes: such spaces as elevator pits and elevator penthouses, piping and equipment catwalks and machinery rooms. Stair striping shall be required on stairs.
(CA T24 1103B.1 ExCEpTion 1)

FIGURE 2

…

The following types of privately funded multistory buildings do not require a ramp or elevator above and below the first floor:
(CA T24 1103B.1 ExCEpTion 2)

…

Multistoried office buildings (other than the professional office of a health care provider) and passenger vehicle service stations less than three stories high or less than 3,000 square feet (279 m²) per story. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1103B.1 ExCEpTion 2.2.1)

…

Any other privately funded multistoried building that is not a shopping center, shopping mall or the professional office of a health care provider, or a terminal, depot or other station used for specific public transportation, or an airport passenger terminal (In such a facility, any area housing passenger services, including boarding and debarking, and loading and unloading, baggage claim, dining facilities, and other common areas open to the public must be on an accessible route from the acces-

WAREhOUSES & MANUFACTURING-RELATED FACILITIES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

71

9b

SECTION

Group F: FACTory & inDusTriAl FACiliTiEs
sible entrance), and that is less than three stories high or less than 3,000 square feet (279 m²) per story if a reasonable portion of all facilities and accommodations normally sought and used by the public in such a building are accessible to and usable by persons with disabilities.
(CA T24 1103B.1 ExCEpTion 2.2.2)

…

The elevator exception set forth in this section does not obviate or limit in any way the obligation to comply with the other accessibility requirements in this code. For example, floors above or below the accessible ground floor must meet the requirements of this section except for elevator service. If toilet or bathing facilities are provided on a level not served by an elevator, then toilet or bathing facilities must be provided on the accessible ground floor.
(CA T24 1103B.1 ExEpTion 2.2)

…

FIGURE 1

If a building or facility is eligible for this exception but a passenger elevator is nonetheless planned, that elevator shall meet the requirements of Section 40 (Elevators) and shall serve each level in the building. A passenger elevator that provides service from a garage to only one level of a building or facility is not required to serve other levels.
(CA T24 1103B.1 ExEpTion 2.2)

…

In existing buildings, when the enforcing agency determines that compliance with any regulation under this section would create an unreasonable hardship, an exception shall be granted when equivalent facilitation is provided.
(CA T24 1107B ExCEpTion)

Factories
…
FIGURE 2

Major or principal floor areas shall be made accessible. Figs. 1 & 2 Office areas shall be made accessible. Figs. 1 & 2

(CA T24 1107B.1.1)

… …

(CA T24 1107B.1.2)

Sanitary facilities serving these areas shall be made accessible.

(CA T24 1107B.1.3)

72

WAREhOUSES & MANUFACTURING-RELATED FACILITIES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

Group F: FACTory & inDusTriAl FACiliTiEs
Warehouses
… Miscellaneous warehousing areas which are located on the floor nearest grade and those areas on other floors that are otherwise provided with access by level entry, ramp or elevator shall be made accessible. Figs. 1 & 2
(CA T24 1107B.2.1)

9b

SECTION

… …

Office areas shall be made accessible.
(CA T24 1107B.2.2)

Sanitary facilities serving these areas shall be made accessible.
(CA T24 1107B.2.3

Factories and warehouses must conform to the provisions of this section: „ Accessibility to buildings or portions of buildings must be provided for all occupancy classifications except as modified or enhanced by this Section.
(CA T24 1103B.1)

„ Occupancy requirements in this chapter may modify general requirements, but never to the exclusion of them.
(CA T24 1103B.1)

FIGURE 1

„ Multistory buildings must provide access by ramp or elevator, subject to the exceptions under “Stairways” and “Service Areas” under respective Sections.
(CA T24 1103B.1)

FIGURE 2

WAREhOUSES & MANUFACTURING-RELATED FACILITIES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

73

10

SECTION

Group H: HAzArDous oCCupAnCiEs

Group H Occupancies include those considered “Hazardous.” Examples include (but are not limited to) facilities that manufacture, process or store: z Explosives, blasting agents, fireworks and black powder. z Organic peroxides; oxidizers; unstable (reactive) materials. z Pyrophoric, flammable or Oxidizing gases. z Flammable or combustible liquids which are used or stored in normally open containers or systems, or in closed systems at more that 15 psi (100 kPa) pressure. „ Group H Occupancies are not exempt from accessibility requirements. Specific storage or hazardous material handling areas may be exempted if it can be shown that the operations performed there or materials present there cannot reasonably be handled by a disabled person.

74

hAzARDOUS OCCUPANCIES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

Group H: HAzArDous oCCupAnCiEs
REQUIREMENTS
„ Group H Occupancies must be accessible as provided here. See also the general requirements listed elsewhere throughout this book. „ “Accessible facilities,” as used in this context, are those that are used by the public as customers, clients, patients, or visitors, or which are actual or potential places of employment.
Exceptions For Existing Group h Occupancies When the enforcing agency determines that compliance with any regulation under this section would create an unreasonable hardship, an exception shall be granted when equivalent facilitation and protection are provided. The provisions of this section shall not apply when legal or physical constraints prevent compliance with these building standards or the provisions of equivalent facilitation without creating an unreasonable hardship.

10

SECTION

Accessible Routes
„ Entrances, stairs, ramps, doors, turnstiles, corridors, walks and sidewalks and hazards present in any Group H Occupancy must be accessible as specified in the applicable Sections elsewhere in this book.

Accessible Floors and Levels
„ Floors, levels and their accessibility must be provided as specified in Section 33 (Floors, Levels & Ground Surfaces).

Employee Work Areas
„ Employee work areas within a Group H Occupancy must be made accessible by providing: z 36” minimum aisle width z 32” minimum clear opening door width See Section 34 (Interior Travel Routes).

Accessible Sanitation Facilities
„ All sanitation facilities provided in any Group H Occupancy must be accessible as specified in the applicable Sections elsewhere in this book.

hAzARDOUS OCCUPANCIES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

75

10

SECTION

Group H: HAzArDous oCCupAnCiEs
Accessible Routes
… Entrances, stairs, ramps, doors, turnstiles, corridors, walks and sidewalks and hazards shall provide accessibility as specified. See applicable section, Section 17 (Accessible Route of Travel).
(CA T24 1108B.3)

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
… Group H Occupancies shall be accessible as provided in this chapter. (See also requirements in Section 1114B.1.1, Facility Accessibility)
(CA T24 1108B.1)

Exceptions 1. In existing group H Occupancies, when the enforcing agency determines that compliance with any regulation under this section would create an unreasonable hardship, an exception shall be granted when equivalent facilitation and protection are provided.
(CA T24 1108B.1, ExCEpTion 1)

Accessible Floors and Levels
… Shall comply with the requirements specified in this chapter. See Floors Levels & Ground Surfaces, Section 33.
(CA T24 1108B.4)

2. In existing Group H Occupancies, the provisions of this section shall not apply when legal or physical constraints prevent compliance with these building standards or the provisions of equivalent facilitation without creating an unreasonable hardship. See Section 109.1.5.
(CA T24 1108B.1, ExCEpTion 2)

Employee Work Areas
… Shall be accessible by means of a 36” min. aisle width and a 32” min. clear opening door width, as specified in Section 34, Interior Travel Routes - Aisles, Alcoves & Corridors. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1108B.5)

Accessible Sanitation Facilities
… Accessible sanitation facilities in all Group H Occupancies shall be provided as specified. See applicable section.
(CA T24 1108B.2)

…

Accessible facilities used in this section are those that are used by the public as customers, clients, visitors or which are potential places of employment.
(CA T24 1108B.6)

FIGURE 1

76

hAzARDOUS OCCUPANCIES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

Group i: pATiEnT CArE FACiliTiEs
Group I Occupancies include those that provide the full- or part-time care of patients.

11

SECTION

„ Offices, sanitary facilities, and other building features not specifically covered in this Section but associated with a Group I occupancy, are nonetheless subject to the accessibility requirements outlined in the other, appropriate Sections of this book.

MEDICAL AND OThER PATIENT CARE FACILITIES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

77

11
REQUIREMENTS

SECTION

Group i: pATiEnT CArE FACiliTiEs
General Accessibility: Interior
The following areas within a Group I Occupancy must be made accessible: „ Diagnostic and treatment areas and where applicable, at least one dressing room, sanitary facility, etc., for each unit or suite. „ Waiting areas, offices and sanitary facilities serving them. „ Offices and Suites. In buildings that house offices and suites of physicians, dentists, etc., all such offices or suites must be made accessible.

„ Group I Occupancies must provide accessible facilities. z “Accessible facilities,” as used in this context, are those that are used by the public as customers, clients, patients, or visitors, or which are actual or potential places of employment.
Exception In existing buildings, when the enforcing agency determines that compliance with any regulation under this section would create an unreasonable hardship, an exception shall be granted when equivalent facilitation is provided.

Patient Areas
Patient bedrooms and associated toilet facilities must be made accessible as follows: „ Within long-term-care facilities, including skilled nursing facilities, intermediate care facilities, bed and care, and nursing home: minimum 50% of patient bedrooms and toilet rooms and 100% of public-use and common-use areas must be made accessible. „ Within general-purpose hospitals, psychiatric facilities, and detoxification facilities: minimum 10% of patient bedrooms and toilets and 100% of public-use and common-use areas must be made accessible. „ Within hospitals and rehabilitation facilities that specialize in treating conditions that affect mobility, or units within either that specialize in treating conditions that affect mobility: 100% of patient bedrooms and toilets and 100% of public-use and common-use areas must accessible. “Medical care facilities” as used in this context are those: „ Where people receive physical or medical treatment or care „ Where persons may need assistance in responding to an emergency „ Where the period of stay may exceed 24 hours

Entrance & Parking
„ At least 1 accessible entrance must be protected from the weather by canopy or roof overhang. „ Vehicle standing spaces and access aisles must be level with surface slopes not exceeding 1 unit vertical in 50 units horizontal (2% slope) in all directions. „ A minimum vertical clearance of at least 9’-6” (114”) must be provided at accessible passenger loading zones and along vehicle access routes to such areas from site entrances. z NOTE: This vertical clearance is greater than the 8’-2” clearance required at the entrance to parking structures. So if a passenger loading zone is located within a structure, a greater vertical clearance must be provided.

Passenger Loading zone
„ Accessible entrances must incorporate a passenger loading zone. See Section 19 (Passenger Drop-Off and Loading Zones). Passenger loading zones must provide the following: „ An access aisle at least 60” wide and 20’ long. „ The access aisle must be adjacent and parallel to the vehicle pull-up-space. See Section 19 (Passenger Drop-Off and Loading Zones). If there are curbs between the access aisle and the vehicle pull-up space, then a curb ramp complying with Section 22 (Curb Ramps) must be provided.

Patient Bedrooms
Each accessible patient bedroom must comply with the following requirements: „ The room must be sized and configured so that there is a turning space measuring 60” clear in diameter, or so that there is a T-shaped space to allow a 180º turn by a wheelchair. z In rooms with two beds, it is preferable that this turning space be located between two beds. „ The room must have a minimum clear floor space of 36” along each side of the bed, and must provide an accessible route to each side of the bed. „ The room must have an accessible door that complies with Section 29 (Doors).

Parking Spaces
„ At outpatient units and facilities, 10% of parking spaces serving each outpatient unit must be made accessible. „ At facilities serving persons with mobility impairments, 20% of parking spaces serving each unit must be made accessible.
Exception Clinics and other medical facilities that are not intended for patient stays of 24 hours or more, and that are located above the first story of a building, and that do not have a dedicated entrance from the exterior of the building at the first story, may be exempted from these requirements.

Patient Toilet Rooms
Patient toilet rooms required to be accessible must comply with Section 43 (Sanitary Facilities).

78

MEDICAL AND OThER PATIENT CARE FACILITIES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

Group i: pATiEnT CArE FACiliTiEs
Alterations to Wings/Departments
When patient bedrooms are being added or altered as part of a planned renovation of an entire wing, department, or other discrete area of an existing medical facility, a percentage of the patient bedrooms that are being added or altered (including their associated toilet/bathrooms) must comply with the percentages set forth under “Patient Areas” above. The percentage of rooms which satisfy the accessibility requirements within the alteration must be consistent with the percentage of rooms required to be accessible by the applicable requirements above (under “Patient Areas”), until the numbers of accessible patient bedrooms in both the portion of the facility and in the overall facility equal the numbers that would be required if the facility were newly constructed.
Examples

11

SECTION

„ If 20 patient bedrooms are being altered in the obstetrics department of a hospital, 10% (i.e., 2) of the altered rooms must be made accessible. „ If, within the same hospital, 20 patient bedrooms are being altered in a unit that specializes in treating mobility impairments, 100% (all 20) of the altered rooms must be made accessible.

Alterations to Individual Patient Bedrooms
When patient bedrooms are being added or altered individually, and not as part of an alteration of the entire area, the altered patient bedrooms (including their associated toilet/bathroom) must be made accessible to comply with the requirements described under “Patient Areas” above, unless either: „ The number of accessible rooms provided in the department or area containing the altered patient bedroom already equals or exceeds the number of accessible patient bedrooms that would be required if the appropriate percentage requirements were applied to that department or area, OR „ The number of accessible patient bedrooms in the entire facility already equals or exceeds the overall number that would be required if the facility were newly constructed.

MEDICAL AND OThER PATIENT CARE FACILITIES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

79

11

SECTION

Group i: pATiEnT CArE FACiliTiEs
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
… All Group I Occupancies shall be accessible as provided in this chapter. See also general requirements listed in Section 1114B.1.1, Facility Accessibility.
(CA T24 1109B.1)

Exception

…

In existing buildings, when the enforcing agency determines that compliance with any regulation under this section would create an unreasonable hardship, an exception shall be granted when equivalent facilitation is provided.
(CA T24 1109B.1, ExCEpTion)

FIGURE 1

Entrance & Parking
… At least 1 accessible entrance shall be protected from the weather by canopy or roof overhang. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1109B.2) (ADA 6.2)

… …

Such entrances shall incorporate a passenger loading zone. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1109B.2) (ADA 6.2)

Passenger loading zones shall provide an access aisle at least 60” wide and 20’ long adjacent and parallel to the vehicle pull-up-space. Fig. 3

(CA T24 1109B.2) (ADA 4.6.6)

…

If there are curbs between the access aisle and the vehicle pull-up space, then a curb ramp complying with Section 22 (Curb Ramps) shall be provided. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1109B.2) (ADA 4.6.6)

…
FIGURE 2

At outpatient units and facilities provide 10% of parking spaces serving each outpatient unit or facility. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1129B.3.2.1) (ADA 4.1.2 (5)(D)(i))

…

At facilities serving persons with mobility impairments provide 20% of parking spaces serving each unit or facility. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1129B.3.2.2) (ADA 4.1.2 (5)(D)(ii))

…

Vehicle standing spaces and access aisles shall be level with surface slopes not exceeding 1 unit vertical in 50 units horizontal (2% slope) in all directions. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1109B.2) (ADA 4.6.3)

…

Min. vertical clearance of 114” at accessible passenger loading zones and along vehicle access routes to such areas from site entrances shall be provided. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1109B.2) (ADA 4.6.5)

FIGURE 3

Exception Clinics and other medical facilities that are not intended for patient stays of 24 hours or more, and that are located above the first story of a building, and that do not have a dedicated entrance from the exterior of the building at the first story.
(CA T24 1109B.2)

80

MEDICAL AND OThER PATIENT CARE FACILITIES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

Group i: pATiEnT CArE FACiliTiEs
Diagnostic, Treatment, Waiting Areas, Offices, Suites, and Sanitary Facilities
… Diagnostic and treatment areas and where applicable, at least one dressing room, sanitary facility, etc., for each unit or suite, shall be made accessible.
(CA T24 1109B.6)

11

SECTION

…

Waiting areas, offices and sanitary facilities serving them shall be made accessible as covered in other portions of these standards. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1109B.7)

…

In buildings that house offices and suites of physicians, dentists, etc., all such offices or suites shall be made accessible, subject to other provisions of these regulations. Fig. 5
(CA T24 1109B.8)

FIGURE 4

Patient Bedrooms and Toilet Rooms
… Patient bedrooms and associated toilet facilities shall be made accessible as follows: „ Medical care facilities included in this section are those in which people receive physical or medical treatment or care and where persons may need assistance in responding to an emergency and where the period of stay may exceed 24 hours. Fig. 9
(ADA 6.1)

FIGURE 5

„ Long-term-care facilities, including skilled nursing facilities, intermediate care facilities, bed and care, and nursing home shall have at least 50% of patient bedrooms and toilet rooms, and all public-use and common-use areas accessible. Fig. 6 „ General-purpose hospitals, psychiatric facilities, and detoxification facilities shall have at least 10% of patient bedrooms and toilets, and all public-use and common-use areas accessible. Fig. 7

(CA T24 1109B.3.1) (ADA 6.1(3))

FIGURE 6

(CA T24 1109B.3.2) (ADA 6.1(1))

„ Hospitals and rehabilitation facilities that specialize in treating conditions that affect mobility, or units within either that specialize in treating conditions that affect mobility, shall have all patient bedrooms and toilets and all public-use and common-use areas accessible. Fig. 8
(CA T24 1109B.3.3) (ADA 6.1(2))

EXCEPTIONS 1. In existing buildings, when patient bedrooms are being added or altered as part of a planned renovation of an entire wing, a department, or other discrete area of an existing medical facility, the accessible rooms provided shall comply with Section 11 (Group I Occupancies) and shall be consistent with the percentage of rooms required to be accessible by Section 11, until the number of accessible patient bedrooms in the facility equals the overall number that would be required if the facility were newly constructed. (For example, is 20 patient bedrooms are being altered in the obstetrics department of a hospital, 2 of the altered rooms must be

FIGURE 7

FIGURE 8

MEDICAL AND OThER PATIENT CARE FACILITIES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

81

11

SECTION

Group i: pATiEnT CArE FACiliTiEs
made accessible. If, within the same hospital, 20 patient bedrooms are being altered in a unit that specializes in treating mobility impairments, all of the altered rooms must be made accessible.) 2. In existing buildings, when patient bedrooms are being added or altered individually, and not as part of an alteration of the entire area, the altered patient bedrooms shall comply with Section 11, unless either: a.) the number of accessible rooms provided in the department or area containing the altered patient bedroom that would be required if the percentage requirements of Section 11 were applied to that department or area; or b) the number of accessible patient bedrooms, in the facility equals the overall number that would be required if the facility were newly constructed. Where toilet/bathrooms are part of the patient bedrooms which are added or altered and required to be accessible, each such toilet/bathroom shall comply with Section 11.

FIGURE 9

FIGURE 10

82

MEDICAL AND OThER PATIENT CARE FACILITIES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

Group i: pATiEnT CArE FACiliTiEs
Patient Bedroom Areas
… Accessible patient bedrooms shall comply with the following requirements: … …

11

SECTION

Where toilet/bathrooms are part of patient bedrooms which are added or altered and required to be accessible, each such patient toilet/bathroom shall comply with Section 11.
(ADA 6.1(4)(A))

„ Each bedroom shall have a turning space measuring 60” clear in diameter, or that is a T-shaped space to allow a 180º turn. In rooms with two beds, it is preferable that this space be located between two beds. Fig. 10
(CA T24 1109B.4.1) (ADA 6.3(2))

When patient bedrooms are being added or altered individually, and not as part of an alteration of the entire area, the altered patient bedrooms shall comply with Section 11, unless either:
(ADA 6.1(4)(B))

„ Each bedroom shall have a minimum clear floor space of 36” along each side of the bed, and shall provide an accessible route to each side of the bed. Fig. 10 „ Each bedroom shall have an accessible door that complies with Doors, Section 29.

(CA T24 1109B.4.2) (ADA 6.3(3))

„ (a) the number of accessible rooms provided in the department or area containing the altered patient bedroom equals the number of accessible patient bedrooms that would be required if the percentage requirements of Section 11 were applied to that department or area or:
(ADA 6.1(4)(B))

(CA T24 1109B.4.3) (ADA 6.3(1))

„ Patient toilet rooms required to be accessible shall comply with Sanitary Facilities, Section 43.

„ (b) the number of accessible patient bedrooms in the facility equals the overall number that would be required if the facility were newly constructed. …

(CA T24 1109B.5) (ADA 6.4)

(ADA 6.1(4)(B))

Alterations to Patient Bedrooms
… When patient bedrooms are being added or altered as part of a planned renovation of an entire wing, a department, or other discrete area of an existing medical facility, a percentage of the patient bedrooms that are being added or altered shall comply with Section 11 (Patient Bedrooms).
(CA T24 1111B.4.2.4) (ADA 6.1(4)(A))

Where toilet/bathrooms are part of patient bedrooms which are added or altered and required to be accessible, each such toilet/bathroom shall comply with Patient Toilet Rooms.
(ADA 6.1(4)(B))

…

The percentage of accessible rooms provided shall be consistent with the percentage of rooms required to be accessible by the applicable requirements of Section 11 (Group I Occupancies), until the number of accessible patient bedrooms in the facility equals the overall number that would be required if the facility were newly constructed. Fig. 10
(CA T24 1109B.3) (ADA 6.1(4)(A))

For example, if 20 patient bedrooms are being altered in the obstetrics department of a hospital, 2 of the altered rooms must be made accessible. If, within the same hospital, 20 patient bedrooms are being altered in a unit that specializes in treating mobility impairments, all of the altered rooms must be made accessible.
(CA T24 1109B.3) (ADA 6.1(4)(A))

EXCEPTIONS 1. In existing buildings, when patient bedrooms are being added or altered as part of a planned renovation of an entire wing, a department, or other discrete area of an existing medical facility, the accessible rooms provided shall comply with Section 11 and shall be consistent with the percentage of rooms required to be accessible by Section 11, until the number of accessible patient bedrooms in the facility equals the overall number that would be required if the facility were newly constructed. (For example, is 20 patient bedrooms are being altered in the obstetrics department of a hospital, 2 of the altered rooms must be made accessible. If, within the same hospital, 20 patient bedrooms are being altered in a unit that specializes in treating mobility impairments, all of the altered rooms must be made accessible.) 2. In existing buildings, when patient bedrooms are being added or altered individually, and not as part of an alteration of the entire area, the altered patient bedrooms shall comply with Section 11, unless either: a.) the number of accessible rooms provided in the department or area containing the altered patient bedroom that would be required if the percentage requirements of Section 11 were applied to that department or area; or b) the number of accessible patient bedrooms, in the facility equals the overall number that would be required if the facility were newly constructed. Where toilet/bathrooms are part of the patient bedrooms which are added or altered and required to be accessible, each such toilet/bathroom shall comply with Section 11.

MEDICAL AND OThER PATIENT CARE FACILITIES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

83

12

SECTION

Group M: rETAil FACiliTiEs

Group M Occupancies include, but are not limited to department stores, shopping centers, drug stores, sales rooms, markets, wholesale and retail, paint stores (without bulk handling), and stores. z In facilities with selling space of 5,000 sq. ft. or more, nearly all areas (customer, employee, storage, etc.) must be accessible. z In facilities with selling space less than 5,000 sq. ft., office areas that are not on the sales level need not be made accessible. While there is no mention whether this exemption extends to employee break rooms, etc., from the rest of the code it seems that a reasonable portion of the space devoted to break rooms, employee lockers, etc., must be located on the accessible floor. „ Only the customer side of sales counters/checkstands must be made accessible. „ Turnstiles, crowd barriers (queues) and shopping cart-theft prevention barriers may not prevent an accessible route of travel. „ The following outlines the specific requirements concerning access for the disabled.

84

STORES, MALLS, AND OThER RETAIL LOCATIONS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

Group M: rETAil FACiliTiEs
REQUIREMENTS
„ Circulation aisles and pedestrian ways should be sized according to functional requirements, and in any case must be at least 36” in clear width.

12

SECTION

Checkstands in Existing Buildings
„ In existing buildings of less than 5,000 sq. ft. of selling space, at least one checkout aisle must be made accessible. „ In existing facilities of 5,000 sq. ft. or more of selling space, at least 1 of each design of checkout aisle must be made accessible whenever alterations are made, until the number of accessible checkout aisles of each design equals the number required in new construction. NOTE: The term “each design” of checkout aisle refers to checkstand aisles designed to serve different functions. Different designs include, but are not limited to: length of belt or no belt, or signage designating aisle as an express lane.

Storage Areas
„ Storage areas must be made accessible in the number and dimensions provided in Section 57 (Storage). „ The doorway providing access to all such storage areas must be at least 32” in clear width.

Sales
„ General sales, display and office areas together with related toilet rooms must be made accessible. „ Sales employee work stations must be located on accessible levels, and the customer side of sales or check-out stations must be made accessible. „ Employee work areas must be sized and arranged to provide access to employees in wheelchairs.

Availability and signage
„ Accessible checkstands must always be open to customers with disabilities and must be identified by a sign clearly visible to those in wheelchairs. z The International Symbol of Accessibility sign must be white on blue background and state “This checkstand to be open at all times for customers with disabilities.”

Checkstands
In new and existing construction, accessible checkstands are those that provide the following: „ A clear checkout (customer) aisle 36” wide. „ Maximum adjoining counter height of 38” above the finish floor. „ The top of any lip on the counter may not exceed 40” above the finish floor. Where regular checkstands are provided, the number of accessible checkstands must be as shown in the table below:

Point-of-Sale Machines
Point-of-sale machines used for the primary purpose of executing transactions between the business entity and the customer must comply with Section 59 (Automated Teller & Point-of-Sale Machines).

Turnstiles / Queues
Wherever a turnstile and/or crowd barrier is used: „ A door or gate accessible to disabled persons must be provided adjacent to the turnstile exit or crowd barrier. „ This alternate passageway must be unlocked during business hours and the door or gate may not activate a publicly audible alarm system. „ The door or gate may be latched where gates are restricted and controlled by an attendant and a sign exists stating “All gates are restricted and controlled by an attendant.” „ Accessible doors or gates must provide the same use pattern to disable persons as is provided others. Where posts, rails or other pedestrian controls are utilized to create crowd control aisles or lanes, a minimum of 1 lane must be made accessible. Interior and exterior pedestrian traffic barriers (posts, rails, turnstiles, etc.) must allow unobstructed travel for persons with disabilities through a 32” clear opening.
EXCEPTION In existing buildings, the requirements for turnstiles and queues need not apply when physical constraints or equivalent facilitation will not allow compliance without creating an unreasonable hardship.

Table 12-1 Accessible Checkstands Number of Regular Checkstands 1 to 4 5 to 8 9 to 15 Over 15 Number to be Accessible 1 2 3 3 plus 20% of checkstands over 15

Where express lanes are provided, at least 1 must be accessible.

MEDICAL AND OThER PATIENT CARE FACILITIES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

85

12
Cart Theft-Prevention Barriers

SECTION

Group M: rETAil FACiliTiEs
Benches / hooks
„ Accessible dressing rooms must have a 24” by 48” bench fixed to the wall along the longer dimension. „ The bench must be mounted 17” to 19” above the floor. „ Clear floor space must be provided alongside the bench to allow a person using a wheelchair to make a parallel transfer onto the bench. „ The structural strength of the bench and attachments must support a 250-lb. point load. „ Clothing hooks must be located no higher than 48” above the finished floor.

Shopping cart theft prevention barriers must conform to the following requirements: „ Each entrance and exit provided for public use must be accessible to and usable by disabled persons. „ Shopping cart barriers, interior and exterior pedestrian traffic barriers, and all posts, rails, turnstiles, etc. at public entrances or exits must provide a clear, unobstructed opening of at least 32” wide for entry and exit of the disabled. „ The path to and through the opening (without gates) or gated opening must be designed so as to prevent obstructions and must remain unobstructed during business hours. „ The design must specifically prevent parked vehicles from obstructing entry or exit.

Mirrors
„ The bottom edges of mirrors for use by persons with disabilities may not be higher than 20” from the floor. „ Mirrors used by the disabled must be full-length, at least 18” wide by 54” high, and mounted to provide a view from the bench as well as from a standing position.
EXCEPTIONS 1. Minor specialized displays that do not exceed 200 sq. ft. and to which the general public is excluded need not be made accessible. (Example: Small platforms for mannequins, pedestal displays, and the like.) 2. Offices in sales facilities of 5,000 sq. ft. or less, that are located on non-accessible levels, need not be made accessible.

Without Gates
„ Where a clear, unobstructed opening is provided, a level area is required on both sides of the clear opening. This level area must extend at least 44” on each side of the opening, and must be at least 48” in width.

With Gates
„ Gates, when used: z Must open in the direction of travel z Must provide a minimum 32” wide unobstructed opening z Must be unlocked during business hours. z May not operate a publicly audible alarm system. z May not require a force of more than 5 lbf. to open. „ The bottom edge of the gate must be within 3” of the travel path’s surface. „ The surface of the gate on each side must be smooth to present no hazard to persons with disabilities using the gate, and must be structurally adequate to allow it to be opened with the wheelchair foot pedals. „ The level area on both sides of the clear opening of a gate must be at least 60” wide and must extend at least 60” from the gate in closed position in the direction of the gate swing. „ The level area opposite the gate swing must be at least 48” in width and must extend a minimum of 42”.

Fitting / Dressing Rooms
Five percent, but never fewer than one fitting room for male or female customers, patients, employees, or the general public must be made accessible.

Doors and Clear-Space
„ Entry doors must conform to the requirements of Section 29 (Doors & Doorways). „ The minimum clear space within the room is 60” x 60”. „ No door may encroach into the required space.

86

STORES, MALLS, AND OThER RETAIL LOCATIONS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

Group M: rETAil FACiliTiEs
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
… General sales, display and office areas together with related toilet rooms shall be made accessible. See also the general requirements in Section 1114B.1.1, Facility Accessibility.
(CA T24 1011B.1.1)

12

SECTION

Exceptions Minor specialized display areas that do not exceed 200 square feet (18.6 m2) in floor area and to which the general public is excluded need not be made accessible. Fig. 21
(CA T24 1011B.1.1, ExCEpTion 1)

Offices in sales facilities that do not exceed 5,000 square feet (465 m2) in total area, that are located on nonaccessible levels, need not be made accessible. Fig. 22
(CA T24 1011B.1.1, ExCEpTion 2)

FIGURE 1

Work Areas
… Sales employee work stations shall be located on accessible levels, and the customer side of sales or check-out stations shall be made accessible. Figs. 1 & 2
(CA T24 1110B.1.2)

…

Employee work areas shall be sized and arranged to provide access to employees in wheelchairs.
(CA T24 1110B.1.2)

Check Stands
… In new construction, check stands, including service counters requiring a surface for transactions, shall be made accessible by providing a 36” min. clear aisle width on the customer side of the check stand.
(CA T24 1110B.1.3; ADA 7.3)

FIGURE 2

…

Where checkstands are provided, the number of accessible checks t a nds sha ll be as show n i n Table 11B-2.
(CA T24 1110B.1.3)

TABLE 11B-2 — CHECKSTANDS Number of Regular Checkstands 1 to 4 5 to 8 9 to 15 over 15 Number to be Accessible 1 2 3 3 plus 20% of additional aisles FIGURE 3

…

In existing buildings, at least one checkout aisle shall be accessible in facilities with less than 5,000 square feet of selling space.
(CA T24 1110B.1.3) (ADA 7.3.1)

SALES AREAS AND ChECkSTANDS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

87

12

SECTION

Group M: rETAil FACiliTiEs
… In existing facilities of 5,000 sq. ft. or more of selling space, at least 1 of each design of checkout aisle shall be made accessible when altered until the number of accessible checkout aisles of each design equals the number required in new construction.
(CA T24 1110B.1.3) (ADA 7.3.1)

Examples of Checkout
… Aisles of different design include those designed to serve different functions. Different designs include, but are not limited to: length of belt or no belt, or permanent signage designating aisle as an express lane. fig. 4
(CA T24 1110B.1.3) (ADA 7.3(1))

…

FIGURE 4

In new and existing construction, accessible checkstands shall provide a clear checkout aisle 36” wide with a max. adjoining counter height of 38” above the finish floor. The top of the counter lip shall not exceed 40” above the finish floor. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1110B.1.3) (ADA 7.3(2))

…

Accessible checkstands shall always be open to customers with disabilities and shall be identified by a sign clearly visible to those in wheelchairs. Figs. 4 & 5
(CA T24 1110B.1.3) (ADA 4.30.7(1), 7.3(3))

…

The international symbol of accessibility sign shall be white on blue background and state “This checkstand to be open at all times for customers with disabilities.” Figs. 4 & 5
(CA T24 1110B.1.3) (ADA 4.30.7(1))

Point-of-Sale Machines
… All point-of-sale machines used for the primary purpose of executing transactions between the business entity and the customer shall comply with Section 59, Automated Teller & Point-of-Sale Machines. Fig. 5
(CA T24 1110B.1.4)

FIGURE 5

Turnstiles
… Where turnstiles and crowd barriers are utilized in a facility for the purpose of providing fully controlled access, such as where an admission price is charged, a door or gate accessible to disabled persons shall be provided adjacent to each turnstile exit or entrance. This alternate passageway shall be unlocked during business hours and the door or gate shall not activate a publicly audible alarm system. Figs. 6 & 7
(CA T24 1133B.2.3.4)

…

This door or gate may be latched where gates are restricted and controlled by an attendant and a sign is posted stating, “All gates are restricted and controlled by an attendant.”
(CA T24 1133B.2.3.4)

…
FIGURE 6

Accessible doors or gates shall provide same use pattern.
(CA T24 1133B.2.3.4)

…

Where posts, rails or other pedestrian controls are utilized to create crowd control aisles or lanes, a min. of 1 lane

88

POINT-OF-SALE MAChINES AND TURNSTILES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

Group M: rETAil FACiliTiEs
shall be accessible and shall provide a min. aisle width no less than indicated in Fig. 8, with 32” of clear opening.
(CA T24 1133B.2.3.4)

12

SECTION

EXCEPTION In existing buildings, Section 29 shall not apply when physical constraints or equivalent facilitation will not allow compliance without creating an unreasonable hardship.

Theft-Prevention Barriers
… … Shopping cart theft prevention barriers shall conform to the following requirements:
(CA T24 1110B.1.6)

Turnstile

FIGURE 7

Each entrance and exit provided for public use shall be accessible to and usable by persons with disabilities.
(CA T24 1110B.1.6.1)

…

Shopping cart barriers at public entrances or exits shall provide a clear, unobstructed opening 32” min. wide for ingress and egress of the disabled. Figs. 9 & 10
(CA T24 1110B.1.6.2) (ADA 7.4)

…

Gates shall open in the direction of travel, provide a 32” wide unobstructed opening, and be maintained unlocked during business hours. These gates shall not operate a publicly audible alarm system or require more than 5 foot-pounds of force. Figs. 9 & 10
(CA T24 1110B.1.6.3)

FIGURE 8

…

Where a clear, unobstructed opening is provided, a level area is required on both sides of the clear opening or gate which extends a min. of 44” on each side of the opening and is at least 48” in width. Fig. 9
(CA T24 1110B.1.6.4)

…

The level area on both sides of the clear opening of a gate shall be 60” min. wide and extend a 60” min. (measured from gate in closed position) in the direction of the gate swing. The level area opposite the gate swing shall be a min. of 48” in width and extend a min. of 42”. Fig. 10
(CA T24 1110B.1.6.5)

FIGURE 9

…

The bottom of the gate shall be within 3” of the travel path’s surface. The surface of the gate on each side shall be smooth to present no hazard to persons with disabilities using the gate and shall be structurally adequate to allow it to be opened with the wheelchair footpedals. Fig. 10
(CA T24 1110B.1.6.6)

…

The path to and through the opening or gate shall be designed to prevent obstructions and shall be continuously maintained unobstructed during business hours.
(CA T24 1110B.1.6.7)

… …

The design shall specifically prevent parked vehicles from obstructing ingress and egress.
(CA T24 1110B.1.6.7)

Interior and exterior pedestrian traffic barriers (posts, rails, turnstiles, etc.) shall allow unobstructed travel for persons with disabilities through a 32” clear opening. Fig. 10
(CA T24 1110B.1.6.8)

FIGURE 10

ThEFT-PREVENTION BARRIERS / FITTING & DRESSING ROOMS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

89

12

SECTION

Group M: rETAil FACiliTiEs
Circulation
… Shelves or display units allowing self-service by customers in mercantile occupancies shall be located on an accessible route of travel complying with Section 17, Accessible Route of Travel.
(CA T24 1110B.2.1)

…

Circulation aisles and pedestrian ways shall be sized according to functional requirements and in no case shall be less than 36” in clear width.
(CA T24 1110B.2.1)

FIGURE 11

Storage Areas
… The doorway providing access to all such areas shall not be less than 32” in clear width.
(CA T24 1110B.2.2)

…

Storage areas shall be made accessible in the number and dimensions provided in Section 57, Storage.
(CA T24 1110B.2.2; ADA 4.1.3(12))

FIGURE 12

FIGURE 13

90

FITTING & DRESSING ROOMS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

Group M: rETAil FACiliTiEs
Fitting and Dressing Rooms
… Five percent, but never less than 1 fitting room for male or female customers, patients, employees, or general public shall be accessible. Fig. 11
(CA T24 1117B.8) (ADA 4.1.3(21))

12

SECTION

…

Dressings rooms for each type of use in each cluster of dressing rooms shall be accessible and located on an accessible route complying with Section 17, Accessible Route of Travel.
(CA T24 1117B.8; ADA 4.1.3 (21))

…

Examples of types of dressing rooms are those serving different genders or distinct and different functions as in different treatment or examination facilities. Where only unisex dressing rooms are provided, accessible unisex dressing rooms may be used to fulfill this requirement.
(CA T24 1117B.8; ADA 4.1.3 (21))

FIGURE 14

…

Entry doors shall conform to the requirements of Section 29, Doors & Doorways. See Figs. 12 & 13
(CA T24 1117B.8) (ADA 4.35.1 & 3)

…

The bottom of mirrors for use by persons with disabilities shall not be greater than 20” from the floor. Fig. 15
(CA T24 1117B.8)

… … …

Mirrors used by the disabled shall be full-length, at least 18” wide by 54” high, and mounted to provide a view from the bench as well as from a standing position. Fig. 15 Clothing hooks shall be located 48” max. from floor. Fig. 15
(CA T24 1117B.8) (ADA 4.35.5)

FIGURE 15

Accessible dressing rooms shall have a 24” by 48” bench fixed to the wall along the longer dimension. The bench shall be mounted 17” to 19” above the floor. Fig. 16
(CA T24 1117B.8) (ADA 4.35.4)

…

Clear floor space shall be provided alongside the bench to allow a person using a wheelchair to make a parallel transfer onto the bench. Figs. 12-14
(CA T24 1117B.8) (ADA 4.35.4)

…

The structural strength of the bench and attachments will support a 250 lb. point load. Figs. 17-20
(CA T24 1117B.8; 1114B.1.2) (ADA 4.35.4)

FIGURE 16

FIGURE 17

FIGURE 18

FIGURE 19

FITTING & DRESSING ROOMS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

91

12

SECTION

Group M: retail facilities
… The min. clear space within the room shall be 60” x 60”. Fig. 12
(ca t24 1117B.8) (aDa 4.35.2)

… …

No door shall encroach into the required space. Fig. 12
(ca t24 1117B.8) (aDa 4.35.2)

Where installed in conjunction with showers, swimming pools or other wet locations, water shall not accumulate upon the surface of the bench and the bench shall have a slip-resistant surface.
(ca t24 1117B.8)

FIGURE 20

FIGURE 21

HIN CLOT

G

FIGURE 22

92

FITTING & DRESSING ROOmS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

ouTDoor oCCupAnCiEs

13

SECTION

Outdoor Occupancies (including Parks and recreational areas and facilities) must be made accessible as provided here. See also the general requirements listed elsewhere throughout this book for the specifics on providing accessible building/facility features (e.g., sanitary facilities, drinking fountains, parking facilities, curb ramps, etc.).
EXCEPTIONS

1. In existing buildings, when the enforcing agency determines that compliance would create an unreasonable hardship, a variance shall be granted when equivalent facilitation is provided. 2. Where the enforcing agency finds that, in specific areas, the natural environment would be materially damaged by compliance with these regulations, such areas shall be subject to these regulations only to the extent that such material damage would not occur. 3. Automobile access need not be provided or paths of travel need not be made accessible when the enforcing agency determines that compliance with these regulations would create an unreasonable hardship.

PARkS AND RECREATIONAL AREAS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

93

13
Campsites

SECTION

ouTDoor oCCupAnCiEs
highway Rest Areas
The accessible standards for highway rest areas and similar facilities are as follows: „ At least one kind of permanent functional area or facility must be made accessible to persons with disabilities, including: z A sanitary facility for each sex. z At least one picnic table and one additional table for each 20 tables, or fraction thereof. z Information and display areas. z Drinking fountains. z At least one parking space. z Curb ramps conforming to Section 22 (Curb Ramps) must be provided at pedestrian ways where appropriate.

„ Three campsites for each 100 campsites (with a minimum of 2) must be made accessible. (“Accessible campsites” are those that are accessible by a level path or ramp.) „ The maximum slope of paths to sanitary facilities within campsite areas is 1:12. „ Permanent sanitary facilities serving campgrounds must be made accessible to wheelchair occupants.

Other Outdoor Occupancies
The following outdoor occupancies must also be made accessible, as follows: „ Beaches, picnic areas, day-use areas, vista points, and similar areas. „ Boat docks, fishing piers, etc. „ Parking lots must contain accessible parking spaces and curb cuts leading to all adjacent walks, paths or trails. „ Trails, paths and nature walk areas, or portions of these must use gradients to permit at least partial use by wheelchair. Hard surface paths or walks must be provided where they serve buildings and other functional areas. z Nature trails and similar educational and informational areas must be made accessible to the blind by use of ropes, raised Arabic numerals and symbols, information signs, and other assistance devices. Note: For museums, office buildings, visitor centers, orientation buildings, retail stores, restaurants, etc., and sanitary facilities within outdoor occupancies, see the requirements in the other, relevant Sections of this book.

Permanent Facilities
When any of the following types of permanent facilities are provided at an outdoor occupancy, accessible permanent functional area or facilities must also be provided: „ A sanitary facility for each sex. „ At least one picnic table and one additional table for each 20 tables, or fraction thereof. „ Information and display areas. „ Drinking fountains. „ At least one parking space. „ Curb ramps conforming to Section 22 (Curb Ramps) must be provided at pedestrian ways where appropriate.

Sanitary Facilities
Sanitary facilities must be made accessible when located at a public use area which is itself accessible to wheelchair occupants by automobile, walks or other paths of travel.

94

PARkS AND RECREATIONAL AREAS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

ouTDoor oCCupAnCiEs
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
… Outdoor occupancies are accessible as required in this Section. See also the general requirements listed in Section 1114B.1.1. (Design and Construction). Fig. 1, 2, 3 and 4
(CA T24 1132B.1)

13

SECTION

…

Parks and recreational areas comply with the following regulations:
(CA T24 1132B.2)

EXCEPTIONS 1. In existing buildings, when the enforcing agency determines that compliance would create an unreasonable hardship, a variance shall be granted when equivalent facilitation is provided. 2. Where the enforcing agency finds that, in specific areas, the natural environment would be materially damaged by compliance with these regulations, such areas shall be subject to these regulations only to the extent that such material damage would not occur. 3. Automobile access need not be provided or paths of travel need not be made accessible when the enforcing agency determines that compliance with these regulations would create an unreasonable hardship.

FIGURE 1

Campsites
… A min. of 2 and no fewer than 3 campsites for each 100 campsites are provided that must be accessible by level path or ramp.
(CA T24 1132B.2.1)

… …

Max. slope of paths to sanitary facilities is 1:12 (8.33% slope). Fig. 1 Permanent sanitary facilities serving campgrounds are accessible to wheelchair occupants. Fig. 1

FIGURE 2

(CA T24 1132B.2.1)

(CA T24 1132B.2.1)

Beaches, Picnic Areas
… Beaches, picnic areas, day-use areas, vista points, and similar areas are accessible. Figs. 2 & 3
(CA T24 1132B.2.2)

Sanitary Facilities
… If sanitary facilities are located at a public use area which is accessible to wheelchair occupants by automobile, walks or other paths of travel, they are accessible. Figs. 2&3
(CA T24 1132B.2.3)

FIGURE 3

…

Boat docks, fishing piers, etc., are accessible. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1132B.2.4)

Parking Lots
… Parking lots contain accessible parking spaces and curb cuts leading to all adjacent walks, paths or trails. Fig. 2 and 3
(CA T24 1132B.2.5)

PARkS AND RECREATIONAL AREAS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

95

13

SECTION

ouTDoor oCCupAnCiEs
Trails, Paths
… Trails, paths and nature walk areas, or portions of these, must be constructed with gradients to permit at least partial use by wheelchair.
(CA T24 1132B.2.6)

…

Hard surface paths or walks are provided to serve buildings and other functional areas. Fig. 5
(CA T24 1132B.2.6)

Nature Trails
… Nature trails and similar educational and informational areas must be accessible to the blind by provision of rope guidelines, raised Arabic numerals and symbols for identification, information signs and related guide and assistance devices. Fig. 5
(CA T24 1132B.2.7)

FIGURE 4

…

Note: For museums, office buildings, visitor centers, office buildings, retail stores, restaurants, etc., and sanitary facilities serving these uses, see Sections 7–14 and sections listed in Section 1114B.1.1, Facility Accessibility.

highway Rest Areas
… The specific standards of accessibility for highway rest areas and similar facilities shall be as follows in this Section, Permanent Facilities, subject to other provisions in these regulations.
(CA T24 1132B.3)

Permanent Facilities
…
FIGURE 5

At least one kind of permanent functional area or facility, as applicable, is accessible to persons with disabilities including:
(CA T24 1132B.3.1)

… …

1. A sanitary facility for each sex.
(CA T24 1132B.3.1.1)

2. At least one picnic table and one additional table for each 20 tables, or fraction thereof provided.
(CA T24 1132B.3.1.2)

… … … …

3. Information and display areas.
(CA T24 1132B.3.1.3)

4. Drinking fountains.
(CA T24 1132B.3.1.4)

5. At least one parking space.
(CA T24 1132B.3.1.5)

6. Curb ramps conforming to Section 22 shall be provided at pedestrian ways where appropriate.
(CA T24 1132B.3.1.6)

96

PARkS AND RECREATIONAL AREAS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

Group r: loDGinG AnD DorMiToriEs

14

SECTION

Group R Occupancies include, but are not limited to lodging, hotels, dormitories, homeless shelters, and similar transient lodging. These must be made accessible according the following guidelines. z In addition to these, there are other Group R occupancies (specifically, multifamily dwellings) that must be made accessible: See Section 15 (Adaptable Dwelling Units) for those requirements. „ All public and common use areas that serve accessible or adaptable guest rooms must be themselves accessible. „ Recreational facilities offered in conjunction with the lodging must be accessible. „ Accessible guest rooms/suites must be distributed among the various classes of sleeping accommodations to provide equivalent options in room sizes, costs, amenities, etc., to disabled persons. This does not mean that accessible rooms need to be provided on a variety of floors; it simply means that a full range of prices and amenities must be offered for accessible rooms, and those offerings must be comparable to those offered to the general public. The code is concerned with two types of accessible rooms: rooms for wheelchair users, and rooms for the hearing impaired: „ Wheelchair rooms must provide: z Required maneuvering space next to bed(s). z Accessible kitchens (if applicable). z Accessible bathrooms (a portion of which must include roll-in showers). „ Hearing-impaired rooms must provide: z Visual alarms. z Visual notification devices to signal incoming phone calls, doorbells, knocks on door, etc. z Volume-control telephones with a convenient electrical outlet for a text telephone (TTY).

GUEST ROOMS AND SUITES / DORMITORIES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

97

14
REQUIREMENTS

SECTION

Group r: loDGinG AnD DorMiToriEs
being altered until the number of such rooms provided equals the number required to be accessible in Table 14-1. In addition, at least 1 guest room or suite that complies with the requirements described below under “Visual Alarms, Notification Devices, and Telephones for Hearing Impaired” must be provided for each 25 guest rooms, or fraction thereof, of rooms being altered until the number of such rooms equals the number required to be accessible in Table 14-2.

Group R occupancies must be accessible or adaptable as provided in this section. Public-use and common-use areas serving adaptable guest and/or dwelling units must be accessible.
EXCEPTION When the enforcing agency determines that compliance with any regulation under this section would create an unreasonable hardship, an exception shall be granted when equivalent facilitation is provided.

Hotels, motels, inns, dormitories, resorts, homeless shelters, halfway houses and similar places of transient lodging must provide accessibility in accordance with the provisions of the accessibility requirements of the California Building Code, except as otherwise provided in this Section.

Table 14-2 Additional Accessibility Required for Hearing-Impaired Persons in Guest Rooms Total Number of Rooms 1 to 25 26 to 50 51 to 75 76 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500 501 to 1,000 1,001 and over Number of Rooms Equipped for Hearing Impaired 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 2% of total 20 plus 1 for each 100 over 1,000

Guest Rooms and Suites
Facilities offering guest rooms and suites, and similar places of transient lodging must provide a minimum of one accessible guest room or dormitory room together with their sanitary facilities in conformance with Table 14-1 below.

Table 14-1 Accessibility Required in Guest Rooms or Suites Total Number of Rooms 1 to 25 26 to 50 51 to 75 76 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500 501 to 1,000 1,001 and over Fully Accessible Rooms 0 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 2% of total 20 plus 1 for each 100 over 1,000 Plus Additional Accessible Rooms with Roll-In Showers 1 1 1 1 2 2 3 4 4 4 plus 1 for each additional 100 over 400

Available Range of Accommodations
„ Accessible guest rooms or suites must be dispersed among the various classes of sleeping accommodations to provide a range of options applicable to room sizes, costs, amenities provided, and the number of beds provided. „ Requirements for “equivalent facilitation” may be satisfied if the operator of a facility elects to limit construction of accessible rooms to those intended for multiple occupancy, provided that such rooms are made available at the cost of a single occupancy room to an individual with disabilities who requests a single-occupancy room.

Access to Beds
„ Accessible sleeping rooms must have a 36” clear width maneuvering space along both sides of a bed. „ When there are two beds, a 36” space between the beds is satisfactory.

All accessible sleeping rooms or suites must comply with Visual Alarms, Notification Devices and Telephones for Persons with Hearing Impairments, below, and must be in conformance with Table 14-1.
EXCEPTION When guest rooms are being altered in an existing facility, or portion thereof, subject to the requirements of this section, at least 1 guest room or suite that complies with the accessibility requirements of this code as modified by this chapter must be provided for each 25 guest rooms, or fraction thereof, of rooms

Lift Device Clearances
„ There must be a clear space under the bed for the use of a personal lift device. z This clear space must be on a long side of the bed which is adjacent to an accessible aisle. z The clear space must extend horizontally to points not more than 12” from each end of the bed, vertically not

98

GUEST ROOMS AND SUITES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

Group r: loDGinG AnD DorMiToriEs
less than 7” high from the floor, and not less than 30” deep.

14

SECTION

Visual Notification Devices
„ Visual notification devices must also be provided in units, sleeping rooms and suites (including bathrooms) to alert room occupants of incoming telephone calls and a door knock or bell. „ Visual notification devices may not be connected to auxiliary visual alarm signal appliances.

Dormitory Rooms
„ Dormitory Rooms other than those specified herein must comply with the requirements described under Publicly Funded Dwelling Units (below).

Public- and Common-Use Rooms or Areas
„ Public- and common-use rooms and similar areas within a Group R Occupancy must be made accessible, subject to any specific provisions contained in this or other Sections of this book.

Telephones for hearing Impaired
„ An accessible electrical outlet within 48” of a telephone connection must be provided to facilitate the use of a text telephone. „ Permanently installed telephones must have telephone volume controls capable of adjusting the telephone receiver volume from 12 dbA min. to 18 dbA max. above normal. z If an automatic reset is provided, 18 dbA may be exceeded.

Recreational Facilities
„ When recreational facilities are provided within a Group R Occupancy, including swimming pools, they must comply with the requirements of Participation Areas (below, in this Section) and Section 13 (Outdoor Occupancies).

kitchens
„ In Group R accommodations that are provided with kitchen units, accessible kitchens must be provided to those accommodations that are required to be accessible in conformance with Table 14-1 above. „ Accessible kitchens must meet the requirements of Section 15 (Adaptable Dwelling Units) with regard to countertops and lower shelving in kitchens. z While this allows “adaptable” kitchens to be used to satisfy the requirement, the more practical method in a hotel or similar lodging facility is to provide an accessible kitchen. It simply makes no sense to expect hotel staff to remove or reinstall cabinets as needs arise.

Telephone Books
„ Telephone books (if provided) must be located in a position that complies with reach ranges of Section 38.

Toilet Facilities
„ Toilet facilities in accessible sleeping rooms and suites must meet the following requirements for accessible public- and common-use accommodations.

Bathing and Shower Facilities
„ Accessible bathrooms in hotels, motels, inns, dormitories, resorts, homeless shelters, halfway houses, transient group homes and similar places of transient lodging must be provided according to the following:
EXCEPTION Hotel and motel bathrooms beyond those specified here need not comply with the provisions of this section or other accessibility provision of the California Building, Electrical and Plumbing Codes if they provide the following features: 1. All bathroom fixtures are in a location that allows a person using a wheelchair measuring 30” by 48” to touch the wheelchair to any lavatory, urinal, water closet, tub, sauna, shower stall and any other similar sanitary installation, if provided. 2. All bathroom entrance doors have a clear opening width of 32” and shall be either sliding doors or shall be hung to swing in the direction of egress from the bathroom.

Visual Alarms, Notification Devices, and Telephones for hearing Impaired Visual Alarms
„ In addition to the minimum one accessible sleeping room or suite required under Guest Rooms (above), additional sleeping rooms and suites must be provided with features in conformance with Table 2. See Section 39 (Alarms). „ Auxiliary visual alarms that comply with Section 39 (Alarms) must be provided. „ Units and sleeping accommodations must have a visual alarm connected to the building emergency alarm system or a standard 110-volt electrical receptacle into which such alarm can be connected and a means by which a signal from the building emergency alarm system can trigger such an auxiliary alarm. „ When visual alarms are in place, the signal from the alarm must be visible in all areas of the unit or room (including bathrooms). „ Instructions for use of the auxiliary alarm or receptacle must be provided.

Bathroom Doors
„ Doors to accessible bathrooms must comply with Section 29 (Doors). „ Doors may not swing into the floor space required for any fixture.

PERSONAL LIFT DEVICE / kITChENS / VISUAL ALARMS / TOILETS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

99

14
Bathroom Floor Space

SECTION

Group r: loDGinG AnD DorMiToriEs

„ All bathroom fixtures and controls must be on an accessible route. „ There must be within the bathroom a clear floor space measuring 30” by 60”. „ The clear floor spaces at fixtures and controls, the accessible route, and the turning space may overlap.

lAvAToriEs
Clear Floor Space for Lavatories Minimum 30” x 48” allowing a forward approach Clear floor space should adjoin or overlap an accessible route. This clear floor space may include knee space required under some objects. Cabinets may be installed below lavatory if space for parallel approach is provided and cabinets are designed with adaptable knee space. Installation Height 34” max. from floor to either rim of lavatory or counter surface Minimum Clearances Adjacent Wall or Other Fixture Lavatory’s Front Apron to Floor Minimum Knee Space 18” from wall/fixture to centerline of lavatory (typ. drain) 29” 27” high (from floor under the lavatory) 8” deep (from front of lavatory) 30” wide 9” high x 17” deep x 30” wide

Tubs and Showers
„ If tubs or showers are provided, at least 1 accessible tub, or shower must be provided that complies with Sections 55 (Bathtubs) or 56 (Showers).

Water Closets
„ Toilet stalls and water closets, if provided, must comply with either of the following requirements: Section 46 (Multiple Accommodation Toilets) or Section 48 (Single Accommodation Toilet Facilities).

Lavatory and Mirrors
If a lavatory, vanity and/or mirror are provided, they must comply with the following requirements, as well as Sections 46 and 47. „ If lavatories and mirrors are provided, at least one of each must be made accessible.

Mirrors / Accessories
„ At least 1 mirror must be mounted no more than 40” from the floor to the bottom edge of the reflecting surface. „ At least 1 towel fixture must be provided that is mounted no higher than 40” from the finished floor.

Minimum Toe Space

Hot water or drain pipes should be insulated or covered. No sharp or abrasive surfaces should be present. Faucets / Controls / Operating Mechanisms Maximum force to operate Acceptable faucet designs 5 lbf. Lever-operated Push-type Electronically operated Minimum 10 seconds

Controls and Dispensers
„ If controls, dispensers, receptacles, or other types of equipment are provided, then at least one of each must be on an accessible route. „ Such controls and dispensers must comply with Section 58 (Controls & Operating Mechanisms, Vending Machines).

Self-closers remain open

Publicly Funded Dwelling Units
„ Buildings and complexes containing publicly funded dwelling units must be made accessible as required by CA T24, Chapter 11A, Housing Accessibility, except that scoping requirements for covered multifamily dwellings include 1 or more publicly funded dwelling units, and is required to comply with Section 4 (Existing Buildings).

Faucet controls should not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist.

100

BATh AND ShOWER FACILITIES / DORMITORIES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

Group r: LoDGinG AnD DormiTories
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
… Group R occupancies shall be accessible or adaptable as provided in this section. Public-use and common-use areas serving adaptable guest and/or dwelling units shall be accessible.
(CA T24 1111B.1) (ADA 9.1.1)

14

SECTION

EXCEPTION When the enforcing agency determines that compliance with any regulation under this section would create an unreasonable hardship, an exception shall be granted when equivalent facilitation is provided.
(CA T24 1111B.1)

…

Hotels, motels, inns, dormitories, resorts, homeless shelters, halfway houses and similar places of transient lodging shall provide accessibility in accordance with the provisions of the accessibility requirements of the California Building Code, except as provided in the following. (Fig. 1)
(CA T24 1111B.4)

FIGURE 1
TABLE 1 — ADDITIONAL ACCESSIBILITY REQUIRED IN GUEST ROOMS OR SUITES Total Number of Rooms 1 to 25 26 to 50 51 to 75 76 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500 501 to 1,000 1,001 and over Fully Accessible Rooms 0 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 2% of total 20 plus 1for each 100 over 1,000 4 plus 1 for each additional 100 over 400 Plus Additional Accessible Rooms with Roll-In Showers 1 1 1 1 2 2 3 4

Guest Rooms and Suites
… Guest rooms and suites, places of transient lodging shall have a minimum of one guest room or dormitory room together with their sanitary facilities and shall be as required in Table 1.
(CA T24 1111B.4.2) (ADA 4.1.3(14), 9.1.2)

…

All accessible sleeping rooms or suites shall comply with Visual Alarms, Notification Devices and Telephones for Persons with Hearing Impairments, below, and shall be as required in Table 1.
(CA T24 1111B.4.2) (ADA 4.1.3(14))

EXCEPTION – Alterations in Existing Facilities When guest rooms are being altered in an existing facility, or portion thereof, subject to the requirements of this section, at least 1 guest room or suite that complies with the accessibility requirements of this code as modified by this chapter shall be provided for each 25 guest rooms, or fraction thereof, of rooms being altered until the number of such rooms provided equals the number required to be accessible in Table 1. In addition, at least 1 guest room or suite that complies with the requirements of this Section shall be provided for each 25 guest rooms, or fraction thereof, of rooms being altered until the number of such rooms equals the number required to be accessible in Table 2.
(CA TTTT24 1111B.4.2.4)

Provisions of this chapter are additional modifications to general requirements listed in Section 1114B.1.1 (CA T24 Table 11B-3)

TABLE 2 — ADDITIONAL ACCESSIBILITY REQUIRED FOR HEARING IMPAIRED IN GUEST ROOMS Total Number of Rooms 1 to 25 26 to 50 51 to 75 76 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500 501 to 1,000 1,001 and over Number of Rooms Equipped for Hearing Impaired 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 2% of total 20 plus 1for each 100 over 1,000

Provisions of this chapter are additional modifications to general requirements listed in Section 1114B.1.1 In addition to these requirements, for Group I-1 and R-1 occupancies, see Section 907.9.1.3. (CA T24 Table 11B-4)

GUEST ROOMS ANd SUITES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

101

14

SECTION

Group r: LoDGinG AnD DormiTories
Available Range of Accommodations
… Accessible guest rooms or suites shall be dispersed among the various classes of sleeping accommodations to provide a range of options applicable to room sizes, costs, amenities provided, and the number of beds provided.
(CA T24 1111B.4.1) (ADA 9.1.4(1))

…

It shall be deemed equivalent facilitation if the operator of a facility elects to limit construction of accessible rooms to those intended for multiple occupancy, provided that such rooms are made available at the cost of a single occupancy room to an individual with disabilities who requests a single-occupancy room.
(ADA 9.1.4(2))

FIGURE 2

Access to Beds
… Accessible sleeping rooms shall have a 36” clear width maneuvering space along both sides of a bed. When there are two beds, a 36” space between the beds may be provided. Figs. 2 & 3
(CA T24 1111B.4.3) (ADA 9.2.2(1))

Lift device Clearances
… …
FIGURE 3

There shall be a clear space under the bed for the use of a personal lift device.

(CA T24 1111B.4.3)

The clear space shall be on a long side of the bed adjacent to an accessible aisle.
(CA T24 1111B.4.3)

…

The clear space shall extend horizontally to points not more than 12” from each end of the bed, vertically not less than 7”, and not less than 30” deep.
(CA T24 1111B.4.3)

dormitory Rooms
… Dormitory Rooms other than those specified herein shall comply with Buildings and Complexes Containing Publicly Funded Dwelling Units, Section 14, Dormitory Rooms.
(CA T24 1111B.4.7)

…

Dormitory Rooms other than those specified herein must comply with the following adaptability requirements.
(CA T24 1111B.4.8)

FIGURE 4

Buildings and complexes containing publicly funded dwelling units
… Buildings and complexes containing publicly funded dwelling units shall be accessible as required by Chapter 11A, Housing Accessibility, except that scoping requirements for covered multifamily dwellings include one or more publicly funded dwelling units, and are required to comply with Division IV—Accessibility for Existing Buildings, beginning with Section 4.
(CA T24 1111B.5.1)

102

ACCOMMOdATIONS / LIFT dEvICES / RECREATIONAL FACILITIES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

Group r: LoDGinG AnD DormiTories
Public- and Common-Use Rooms or Areas
… Public- and common-use rooms and similar areas shall be made accessible, subject to specific provisions contained in other portions of these regulations. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1111B.2) (ADA 9.1.1)

14

SECTION

Recreational Facilities
… When recreational facilities are provided (including swimming pools), they must meet the following requirements: Section 14, Participation Areas and Section 13, Outdoor Occupancies.
(CA T24 1111B.3)

Kitchens, Kitchenettes or Wet Bar Facilities
… When accommodations are provided with kitchens, kitchenettes, wet bar units or similar amenities, they shall be provided and accessible as required by Section 54 and Table 1.
(CA T24 1111B.4.4)

FIGURE 5

…

Visual notification devices shall not be connected to auxiliary visual alarm signal appliances.
(CA T24 1111B.4.5.2) (ADA 9.3.1)

…

Toilet Facilities
… Toilet facilities in accessible sleeping rooms and suites shall meet requirements for accessible public- and commonuse accommodations. (Section 55 and 56: Bathing and Shower Facilities and following.) Fig. 6
(CA T24 1111B.4.6.7) (ADA 9.2.2(6)(e))

An accessible electrical outlet within 48” of a telephone connection shall be provided to facilitate the use of a text telephone. Fig. 5
(CA T24 1111B.4.5.3) (ADA 9.3.1)

…

Permanently installed telephones shall have telephone volume controls: Capable of 12 dba min. and 18 dba max. above normal. If an automatic reset is provided, 18 dba may be exceeded. Fig. 5
(CA T24 1111B.4.5.3, 1117B.2.8) (ADA 4.31.5(2), 9.3.1)

visual Alarms, Notification devices and Telephones for Persons with Hearing Impairment
… In addition to accessible sleeping rooms and suites required by this Section, additional sleeping rooms and suites shall be provided with features as required in Table 2. See Section 39, Alarms.
(CA T24 1111B.4.5) (ADA 9.1.3)

…

Telephones shall be equipped with a receiver that generates a magnetic field in the area of the receiver cap.
(CA T24 1117B.2.8)

…

…

Visual alarms shall be provided and shall comply with NFPA 72 and Chapter 9, Sections 907.9.1 and 907.9.2. See Section 39, Alarms.
(CA T24 1111B.4.5.1) (ADA 4.28.1; 4.28.2)

If banks of  public telephones are provided, at least one in each bank and a total of  at least 25 percent of  the total number of public telephones, including closed-circuit telephones in a building or facility, shall be equipped with a volume control.
(CA T24 1117B.2.8)

…

…

Units and sleeping accommodations shall have a visual alarm connected to the building emergency alarm system or shall have a standard 110-volt electrical receptacle into which such alarm can be connected and a means by which a signal from the building emergency alarm system can trigger such an auxiliary alarm. When visual alarms are in place the signal shall be visible in all areas of the unit or room. Instructions for use of the auxiliary alarm or receptacle shall be provided. Fig. 5
(ADA 4.28.4)

Public telephones with volume control shall be hearing aid compatible and must be identified by a sign containing a depiction of a telephone handset with radiating sound waves.
(CA T24 1117B.2.8)

…

Telephone books (if provided) shall be located in a position that complies with reach ranges of Section 38.
(CA T24 1117B.2.12) (ADA 4.31.7)

Bathing and Shower Facilities
… Bathrooms in hotels, motels, inns, dormitories, resorts, homeless shelters, halfway houses, transient group homes and similar places of transient lodging. Required accessible bathrooms for places of transient lodging shall comply with the following provisions:
(CA T24 1111B.4.6)

…

Visual notification devices shall also be provided in units, sleeping rooms and suites to alert room occupants of incoming telephone calls and a door knock or bell. Fig. 5
(CA T24 1111B.4.5.2)

KITCHENS / vISUAL ALARMS / TOILETS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

103

14

SECTION

Group r: LoDGinG AnD DormiTories

FIGURE 6 Exception Hotel and motel bathrooms beyond those specified in this Section need not comply if they provide the following features:
(CA T24 1111B.4.6)

Tubs and Showers
… If tubs or showers are provided, at least 1 accessible tub, or shower shall be provided that complies with Section 55, Bathtubs, or Section 56, Showers.
(CA T24 1111B.4.6.6) (ADA 9.2.2(6)(e))

1. All bathroom fixtures are in a location that allows a person using a wheelchair measuring 30” by 48” to touch the wheelchair to any lavatory, urinal, water closet, tub, sauna, shower stall and any other similar sanitary installation, if provided. 2. All bathroom entrance doors have a clear opening width of 32” and shall be either sliding doors or shall be hung to swing in the direction of egress from the bathroom. Fig. 6

Water Closets
… Toilet stalls and water closets, if provided, shall comply with the following requirements: Single Accommodation Toilet Facilities, Section 48.
(CA T24 1111B.4.6.3)

(CA T24 1111B.4.6)

(CA T24 1111B.4.6)

Bathroom doors
… Doors to accessible bathrooms shall comply with Section 29, Doors. Doors shall not swing into the floor space required for any fixture. See Section 29. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1111B.4.6.1) (ADA 9.2.2(3))

Lavatory and Mirrors
… If a lavatory and/or mirror are provided, they shall comply with Sections 45 and 47. Fig. 7
(CA T24 1111B.4.6.4)

…

Bathroom Floor Space
… … All fixtures and controls shall be on an accessible route. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1111B.4.6.2) (ADA 4.27.2)

Applicable to all lavatory fixtures, vanities and built-in lavatories. Figs. 7–13
(CA T24 1115B.4.3)

…

If lavatories and mirrors are provided, at least one of each is accessible.
(CA T24 1115B.9.1.2) (ADA 4.23.6)

There must be within the bathroom a clear floor space measuring 30” by 60”. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1111B.4.6.2) (ADA 9.2.2(6)(e))

…

Clear floor space is 30” x 48” min. and allows a forward approach. May be part of knee space required under some objects. Fig. 7
(CA T24 1115B.4.3.3) (ADA 4.19.3)

…

The clear floor spaces at fixtures and controls, the accessible route, and the turning space may overlap. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1111B.4.6.2)

…

Clear floor space adjoins or overlaps an accessible route and extends a max. of 19” into knee and toe space under the lavatory.
(CA T24 1115B.4.3.3) (ADA 4.19.3)

104

BATH ANd SHOWER FACILITIES / WATER CLOSETS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

Group r: LoDGinG AnD DormiTories
… When located adjacent to a side wall or partition, it must be a min. of 18” to the centerline of  the fixture. Fig. 8
(CA T24 1115B.4.3.2) (ADA 4.19.2)

14

SECTION

… …

All lavatories must be 17” min. in horizontal depth. Fig. 11
(CA T24 1115B.4.3.2) (ADA 4.19.2)

Must be mounted with the rim or counter at a max. of 34” above the finished floor, with vertical clearance measured from the bottom of  the apron or the outside bottom edge of  the lavatory of 29” reducing to 27” at a point located 8” back from the front edge. Figs. 9 and 10
(CA T24 1115B.4.3.2) (ADA 4.19.2)

…

A min. 9” high toe clearance must be provided extending back toward the wall to a distance no more than 6” from the back wall. The toe clearance space must be free of  equipment or obstructions. Fig. 11
(CA T24 1115B.4.3.2) (ADA 4.19.2)

FIGURE 7

FIGURE 8

… … …

Hot water and drain pipes are insulated or covered. Fig. 12
(CA T24 1115B.4.3.4) (ADA 4.19.4)

No sharp or abrasive surfaces under lavatories. Fig. 12
(CA T24 1115B.4.3.4) (ADA 4.19.4)

Faucet controls and operating mechanisms are operable with one hand and do not require tight grasping, pinching or twisting of the wrist. Fig. 13
(CA T24 1115B.4.3.1) (ADA 4.27.4)

… …

Max. force required to activate controls is 5 lbf. Fig. 13
(CA T24 1115B.4.3.1) (ADA 4.27.4)

FIGURE 9

FIGURE 10

Acceptable faucet designs are used (lever-operated, push type and electronically operated). If self-closing valves are used, faucet remains open a min. of 10 seconds. Fig. 13
(CA T24 1115B.4.3.1) (ADA 4.19.5)

Mirrors
… At least 1 mirror shall be mounted at a max. height of 40” from the floor the to bottom edge of the reflecting surface. Fig. 14
(CA T24 1115B.8.1) (ADA 4.19.6)

…

At least 1 towel fixture shall be mounted no higher than 40” from the finished floor. Fig. 14
(CA T24 1115B.8.3, 1115B.9.2)

FIGURE 11

FIGURE 12

Controls and dispensers
… If controls, dispensers, receptacles, or other types of equipment are provided, then at least one of each shall be on an accessible route and shall comply with Section 58, Controls & Operating Mechanisms, Vending Machines. See Section 58. Figs. 15 & 16
(CA T24 1111B.4.6.5) (ADA 4.27 & 9.2.2(5))

FIGURE 13

LAvATORIES ANd MIRRORS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

105

14

SECTION

Group r: LoDGinG AnD DormiTories
Buildings and Complexes Containing Publicly Funded dwelling Units
… Buildings and complexes containing publicly funded dwelling units shall be accessible.
(CA T24 1111B.5.1)

…

FIGURE 14

Buildings and complexes containing publicly funded dwelling units shall be accessible as required by CA T24, Chapter 11A, Housing Accessibility, except that scoping requirements for covered multifamily dwellings include 1 or more publicly funded dwelling units, and is required to comply with Div. IV-Accessibility for Existing Buildings, Section 4.
(CA T24 1111B.5.1)

Accessible Assigned Parking
… The following requirements are for adaptable dwelling units, in addition to the regular provisions of Section 18, Accessible Parking. Fig. 17
(CA T24 1118A.1)

…

At least 2% of  the assigned parking spaces serving covered multifamily dwelling units must be accessible in each type of parking facility. Fig. 17
(CA T24 1109A.4)

…
FIGURE 15

At least one space of  each type of  parking facility shall be made accessible even if  the total number exceeds 2%.
(CA T24 1109A.4)

…

When assigned parking is provided, signage is NOT required.
(CA T24 1109A.4)

Accessible visitor Parking
… Shall not be less than 5% of the total visitor parking provided. Fig. 17
(CA T24 1118A.1)

…

Accessible parking spaces must be provided with signage as required by Section 61. Such signage shall not be blocked from view by a vehicle parked in the space.
(CA T24 1109A.5)

…
FIGURE 16

All parking shall comply with Parking Requirements. Fig. 17
(CA T24 1118A.1)

Public- and Common-use Rooms or Areas
… Public- and common-use rooms and similar areas shall be made accessible to people with disabilities, subject to specific provisions contained in other portions of these regulations. See also general requirements listed in Section 1114B.1.1, Facility Accessibility.
(CA T24 1111B.2)

FIGURE 17

106

MIRRORS ANd dISPENSERS / PARKING
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

Group r: LoDGinG AnD DormiTories
Participation Areas
… Participation areas shall be accessible to persons with disabilities, including the following listed and similar activity areas:

14

SECTION

(CA T24 1104B.4.3)

„ Tennis, racquetball and handball courts. Fig. 18
(CA T24 1104B.4.3.1)

„ Gymnasium floor areas and general exercise rooms.
(CA T24 1104B.4.3.2)

„ Basketball, volleyball and badminton courts, and bowling lanes. Fig. 19 „ Swimming Pools

(CA T24 1104B.4.3.3) (CA T24 1104B.4.3.4)

FIGURE 18

„ Athletic team rooms and facilities, playing fields and running tracks.
(CA T24 1104B.4.3.5)

Swimming Pools
… swimming pool deck areas must be accessible, and a mechanism to assist persons with disabilities in gaining entry into the pool and in exiting the pool shall be provided. Such a mechanism may consist of a swimming pool lift device as long as the device meets all of the following criteria. Fig. 20:
(CA T24 1104B.4.3.4)

FIGURE 19

… … …

a) Have a seat that meets all of the following:
(CA T24 1104B.4.3.4.1)

i. The seat must be rigid. Fig. 20;

(CA T24 1104B.4.3.4.1.1)

ii. The seat must be not less than 17” and not more than 19”, inclusive of any cushioned surface that might be provided, above the pool deck. Fig. 20;
(CA T24 1104B.4.3.4.1.2)

…

iii. The seat must have two armrests. The armrest on the side of the seat by which access is gained shall be either removable or fold clear of the seat. Fig. 20;
(CA T24 1104B.4.3.4.1.3)

… …

iv. The seat must have a back support that is at least 12” tall. Fig. 20;
(CA T24 1104B.4.3.4.1.4)

v. The seat must have occupant restraint for use by the occupant of the seat, and the restraint must meet the standards for operable controls and shall not require tight grasping, pinching or twisting of the wrist. The force required to activate controls shall be no greater than 5 lbs. of force. Fig. 20
(CA T24 1104B.4.3.4.1.5 & 1117B.6.4)

FIGURE 20

…

d) Be designed to have a live-load capacity of not less than 300 lbs. Fig. 21
(CA T24 1104B.4.3.4.4)

…

… …

b) Be capable of unassisted operation from both the deck and water levels. Fig. 21

e) Be positioned so that, if the pool has water of different depths, it will place the operator into water that is at least 3 ft. deep. Fig. 21
(CA T24 1104B.4.3.4.5)

(CA T24 1104B.4.3.4.2)

c) Be stable and not permit unintended movement when a person is getting into or out of the seat. Fig. 21
(CA T24 1104B.4.3.4.3)

…

f) Lower the operator at least 18” below the surface of the water. Fig. 21
(CA T24 1104B.4.3.4.6)

PARKING / COMMON AREAS / RECREATION FACILITIES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

107

14

SECTION

Group r: LoDGinG AnD DormiTories
doors & Openings
… Doors and doorways designed to allow passage into and within all sleeping rooms and suites shall comply with Section 29.
(CA T24 1111B.4.2.3.1)

…

Doors and doorways designed to allow passage into and within all other sleeping rooms and suites shall comply with section 1133b.2.2
(CA T24 1111B.4.2.3.1)

Exception In covered multifamily dwelling units, except for primary entrances and required exits, doors and openings within units shall provide a min. of 32” nominal clear space, measured between the face of the door and the stop, when the door is in the 90º open position to permit the passage of a disabled person in a wheelchair. A 34” door is acceptable. The nominal 32” clear opening provided by a standard 6’ sliding patio door assembly is acceptable. Site access to the primary entry shall be as provided in this section.
(CA T24 1109A.1)

FIGURE 21

Spaces
… Where provided as part of  an accessible unit, sleeping room or suite, the following spaces shall be accessible and shall be on an accessible route complying with Section 17.
(CA T24 1111B.4.2.1)

1. The living area;
(CA T24 1111B.4.2.1)

2. The dining area;
(CA T24 1111B.4.2.1)

3. At least one sleeping area;
(CA T24 1111B.4.2.1)

4. Patios, terraces or balconies;
(CA T24 1111B.4.2.1)

5. Where full bathrooms are provided, at least one full bathroom (that is, one with a water closet, a lavatory and a bathtub or shower);
(CA T24 1111B.4.2.1)

FIGURE 22

6. Where only half  baths are provided, at least one half  bath;
(CA T24 1111B.4.2.1)

7. Carports, garages or parking spaces.
(CA T24 1111B.4.2.1)

Accessible Route door Signal devices
… Every primary entrance to dwelling units in buildings containing 3 or more dwelling units shall be provided with a door buzzer, bell, chime or equivalent installation, mounted a max. of 48” above the floor, connected to permanent wiring. Fig. 22
(CA T24 1106A.1)

…

Guest rooms and suites shall be on an accessible route complying with Section 17. An accessible route shall also connect all accessible spaces and elements, including telephones, within the unit, sleeping room or suite.
(CA T24 1111B.4.2.2)

108

POOLS / ENTRy dOORS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

ADApTABLe DweLLinG uniTs

15

SECTION

In addition to lodging, hotels, dormitories, homeless shelters, and similar transient lodging (see Section 14), Group R Occupancies (see Section 14) also include “multifamily dwellings.” z Multifamily dwellings which must be made accessible are those dwelling units in buildings with 3 or more discrete dwelling units (apartments, primarily) or 4 or more condominium units. z The separation of units by a fire wall does not create separate buildings for the purposes of determining the applicability of accessibility requirements. „ In addition, public funded housing of one or more dwelling unit must be made accessible. „ Accessible/adaptable residential units must provide the following: z Accessible exterior routes of travel. z Accessible entrances. z Accessible interior routes of travel. z Accessible toilet and bathing facilities. (Note: Only one toilet/bathroom facility within each dwelling unit must comply with accessibility requirements; additional facilities need not comply.) „ Within multifamily and publicly funded dwellings subject to these requirements, the following must be made accessible (or sometimes adaptable), using the requirements stated in this Section or in the other, appropriate Sections of this book: z All public and common use areas. z Exterior accessible routes. z Accessible means of egress. z Elevators and/or special access lifts. z Public telephones. z Swimming pools. z Drinking fountains. z Signage. z Laundry Rooms. z Parking (at least 2% of parking for residents must be accessible; at least 5% of parking for visitors and at common use areas must be accessible).
IMPORTANT: Section 16 (which follows) does not apply to multistory dwelling units (e.g., 2-story townhouses) without elevators. However, Section 16 does apply to dwelling units in multistory buildings. EXISTING BUILDINGS: These requirements do not provide for their application to existing buildings, so when renovations, general repairs, alterations and/or additions are made to existing private sector multifamily dwelling units, those renovations/repairs/alterations must be accessible only if the dwelling unit(s) involved were accessible before. The following outlines the specific requirements concerning accessibility within multifamily dwelling units.

AdAPTABLE dWELLING UNITS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

109

15
KITCHENS IN dWELLING UNITS Minimum clear floor space

SECTION

ADApTABLe DweLLinG uniTs
„ The sides and back of cabinets adjacent to countertops must be constructed of durable, non-absorbent materials. „ Finished flooring must be installed beneath these countertops.
Available Exceptions Only 5% of units within a multifamily apartment house (that is itself required to provide accessible units) must provide repositionable countertops. All other covered multifamily dwelling units are exempt. When stone, cultured stone and tiled countertops are used, they may be exempted from the repositioning requirements. Two 15” minimum width breadboards may be provided in lieu of the required 30” of countertop work surface.

You must provide at least 30” x 48” clear floor space. This space must provide the following access to kitchen appliances: z For oven, dishwasher, refrigerator/freezer, and trash compactor, you can provide either a forward approach or a parallel approach. z For range or cooktops, you must provide a parallel approach.

U-Shaped Kitchens
In multifamily dwelling units containing U-shaped kitchens with a range or cooktop at the base of the U: „ A 60” clear width between cabinet fronts, appliances or fixtures must be provided to allow a parallel approach, or any base cabinets that are installed must be removable at the location to a height of 27” above the floor to allow knee space for a forward approach. „ Any base cabinets that are installed directly under the kitchen sink counter area (including toeboards and shelving) must be removable without the use of special tools or knowledge, to provide clearance for a wheelchair. „ Finished flooring must be installed on the floor beneath such countertop. A minimum clear space of 48” must be provided for all other kitchen designs.

Lower Shelving
Maximum height: „ Kitchen lower shelving and/or drawer space: 48”.

design Considerations
„ At least 50% of shelf space in cabinets or refrigerator/freezers must be within space allowances and reach ranges. „ The space and placement of cabinets and appliances must allow for the operation of cabinet and/or appliance doors so that all cabinets and appliances are accessible and usable.

Laundry Rooms
„ If clothes washers and dryers are provided in multifamily buildings or dwelling units, each laundry area must have a minimum of one clothes washer and one clothes dryer. „ If front-loading washers are not provided in multifamily dwellings, management must provide assistive devices, on request, if necessary for a resident to use top-loading washer.

Kitchen Sink Faucets/Controls
„ Must be operable with one hand. „ Should not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist. „ The force required to activate controls must not be greater than 5 lbs. of force. „ Lever-operated, push-type and electronically controlled mechanisms are examples of acceptable designs. „ Self-closing valves are allowed if faucet remains open for a min. of 10 secs.

Electrical Outlets
„ When access for persons with physical disabilities is required in covered multifamily dwelling units, the center of receptacle outlets on branch circuits of 30 amps or less must be located no higher than 48” and no lower than 15” above the floor. See also Section 64 (California Electrical Code Sections).

Countertops
Minimum linear lengths of accessible countertops: „ For kitchen sinks: 30” „ For work surfaces: 30” Heights: „ Accessible countertops and sinks are those that are mounted no more than 34” above the finished floor surface. „ Accessible countertops and work surfaces must be able to be repositioned to a minimum height of 28”. Design and Finish: „ Accessible countertops and work surfaces may either be a single integral unit or separate components. „ Any base cabinets that are installed under accessible countertops must be removable without the use of specialized tools, to provide clearance for a wheelchair.

Bathrooms Only One Accessible Bathroom
„ Only one bathroom in accessible dwelling units must comply with the requirements for the physically disabled. „ When only one accessible bathroom is provided, all other bathrooms and powder rooms in the dwelling unit must be on an accessible route with usable entry doors.

110

KITCHENS ANd BATHROOMS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

ADApTABLe DweLLinG uniTs
Accessible Bathroom Requirements Bathroom Entrance doorway
„ Bathroom entrance doorways must provide minimum 18” clear space to the side of the strike edge of the door on the swing side of the door. „ Accessible route within each bathroom is minimum 36” wide.

15

SECTION

„ The backing must be a minimum of 40” in length. „ The reinforcement must be capable of supporting a load of at least 250 lbs.

Side Wall Installation
„ Reinforcement installed at the side of the toilet must be installed 32” to 38” above the floor. „ The reinforcement must be installed a maximum of 12” from the rear wall and must extend a min. of 26” in front of the water closet stool. „ The grab bar reinforcement is a minimum of 6” in nominal height. „ The reinforcement must be capable of supporting a load of at least 250 lbs.

Bathroom Maneuvering Space
„ Bathroom maneuvering space for a person using a wheelchair (or other mobility aid) is that space which is sufficient to enter and close the door, use the fixtures, reopen the door and exit. „ Doors may swing into the clear space provided at any fixture if the minimum maneuvering space is maintained. „ When doors swing into the clear space, approximately 30” by 48” clear space within the room is required to position the wheelchair or other mobility aid clear of the path of door and use the fixtures.

Shower Stalls
„ Glass walled shower stalls must provide reinforcement for installation of floor-mounted grab bars. Ceiling-mounted grab bar reinforcement is permitted. „ Continuous grab bar reinforcement must be installed in the walls of adaptable showers, in the zone that is between 32” and 38” above the floor. „ The grab bar reinforcement must be a minimum of 6” nominal in height. „ The grab bar reinforcement must be capable of supporting a load of at least 250 lbs.

Water Closets
„ Locate water closets in a clear space that is minimum 36” in width and which provides minimum 48” in front of the water closet. (This clear space may include maneuverable space under a lavatory arranged so as not to impede access.) „ Minimum height of water closet seats is 15” above the floor. „ Flush valve controls must be mounted on the wide side of toilet areas, a maximum of 44” above the floor. „ Controls should not require tight grasping, pinching or twisting, nor more than 5 lbf force to activate.

Bathtubs
„ Minimum clear floor space at the side of bathtub is 30” by 48”. „ A bathtub may be installed without surrounding walls, as long as reinforcement is provided for installation of floormounted grab bars. „ For tubs with surrounding walls, grab bar reinforcements must be installed on each end of the bathtub. „ Such reinforcement is from 32” to 38” above the floor, extending a minimum of 24” aligned with the front edge of the bathtub toward the back wall of the bathtub. „ Grab bar reinforcement must be minimum of 6” nominal in height. „ Grab bar reinforcement must be installed on the back wall of the bathtub commencing a maximum of 6” above the bathtub rim. „ Reinforcement extends upward to a point a minimum of 38” above the floor. „ The grab bar backing must be installed horizontally a length to permit the installation of 48” grab bar with each end a maximum of 6” from the end walls of the bathtub. „ The grab bar reinforcement must be a minimum of 6” nominal in height. „ The reinforced wall must be capable of supporting a load of 250 lbs.

Grab Bars / Reinforcement
„ Grab bars need not be installed in a bathing or toilet facility within an adaptable dwelling unit, provided all structural reinforcements for future grab bar installation are provided in appropriate locations in adjoining walls. „ The reinforcement must be of sufficient length to permit installation of grab bars as specified. The reinforced wall must be capable of supporting a 250 lbs. load min. „ Where a powder room (a room with a toilet and sink) is the only toilet facility located on an accessible level of a multistory dwelling unit, it must comply with the requirement for reinforced walls for grab bars. „ Where the toilet is not placed adjacent to a side wall, the bathroom must have provisions for installation of floormounted, foldaway or similar alternative grab bars.

Back Wall Installations
„ Where the toilet is placed adjacent to a side wall, reinforcement must be installed on both sides or one side and the back. „ Reinforcement is installed between 32” and 38” above the floor. „ The grab bar reinforcement must be a minimum of 6” nominal in height.

Lavatories and Mirrors
„ At least one accessible lavatory must be provided in any toilet facility.

BATHROOMS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

111

15

SECTION

ADApTABLe DweLLinG uniTs

„ Where provided, at least one each of mirrors and towel fixtures must be accessible. „ To be considered accessible, the bottom edge of a mirror’s reflecting surface must be no more than 40” above the floor. „ Cabinets may be installed below lavatory if space for parallel approach is provided and cabinets are designed with adaptable knee space. To provide the required knee space shown in the Table above: z The area beneath the lavatory should be left clear, OR z A cabinet beneath lavatory should be removable, OR z A cabinet beneath lavatory should have removable or openable doors.

LAvATories
Clear Floor Space for Lavatories Minimum 30” x 48” allowing a forward approach Clear floor space should adjoin or overlap an accessible route. This clear floor space may include knee space required under some objects. Cabinets may be installed below lavatory if space for parallel approach is provided and cabinets are designed with adaptable knee space. Installation Height 34” max. from floor to either rim of lavatory or counter surface Minimum Clearances Adjacent Wall or Other Fixture Lavatory’s Front Apron to Floor Minimum Knee Space 18” from wall/fixture to centerline of lavatory (typ. drain) 29” 27” high (from floor under the lavatory) 8” deep (from front of lavatory) 30” wide 9” high x 17” deep x 30” wide

Minimum Toe Space

Hot water or drain pipes should be insulated or covered. No sharp or abrasive surfaces should be present. Faucets / Controls / Operating Mechanisms Maximum force to operate Acceptable faucet designs 5 lbf. Lever-operated Push-type Electronically operated Minimum 10 seconds

Self-closers remain open

Faucet controls should not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist.

z

112

LAvATORIES ANd MIRRORS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

ADApTABLe DweLLinG uniTs
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
For further details and requirements refer to applicable sections: Division IV—DWELLING UNIT FEATURES „ Section 1128A: Covered Dwelling Units „ Section 1129A: Reserved „ Section 1130A: Accessible Route within Covered Multifamily Dwelling Units „ Section 1131A: Changes in Level on Accessible Routes „ Section 1132A: Doors „ Section 1133A: Kitchens „ Section 1134A: Bathing and Toilet Facilities „ Section 1135A: Laundry Rooms „ Section 1136A: Electrical Receptacle, Switch and Control Heights

15

SECTION

FIGURE 1

Kitchens In dwelling Units
… Min. clear floor space at least 30” by 48” that allows a parallel approach by a person in a wheelchair at the range or cook top and either a parallel or forward approach at the oven, dishwasher, refrigerator/freezer and trash compactor. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1112A.2) (ADA 9.2.2(7))

…

See Figs. 1 and 2. For details and requirements, refer to Kitchens (Section 54).

Kitchen Sinks
… See Fig. 3. For details and requirements, refer to Sinks (Section 53) and Kitchens (Section 54)

Other Designs
• Countertop to countertops, cabinets or walls • Cabinet front to cabinet front, countertops or walls FIGURE 2

FIGURE 3

KITCHENS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

113

15

SECTION

ADApTABLe DweLLinG uniTs
Countertops
… See Figs. 4 and 5. For details and requirements, refer to Kitchens (Section 54)

Lower Shelving
… … Lower shelving and/or drawer space in the kitchen shall have a max. height of 48”. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1112A.5)

At least 50% of shelf space in cabinets or refrigerator/ freezers shall be within space allowances and reach ranges. Space shall be designed to allow for the operation of cabinet and/or appliance doors so that all cabinets and appliances are accessible and useable.
(ADA 9.2.2(7))

…

For details and requirements, refer to Kitchens (Section 54).

FIGURE 4

FIGURE 5

114

KITCHENS COUNTERTOPS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

ADApTABLe DweLLinG uniTs
Laundry Rooms
… … Laundry rooms, if provided, shall have a min. of 1 of each type of appliance. Fig. 7
(CA T24 1115A.1)

15

SECTION

If front-loading washers are not provided in multifamily dwellings, management shall provide assistive devices, on request, if necessary for a resident to use top-loading washer.
(CA T24 1115A.1)

Electrical Outlets
… When access for persons with physical disabilities is required in covered multifamily dwelling units, the center of receptacle outlets on branch circuits of 30 amps or less shall be located no higher than 48” and no lower than 15” above the floor. See Electrical Code Section 64.
(CeC 210-7(G.1))

FIGURE 6

Bathroom
… Only 1 bathroom in accessible dwelling units needs to comply with the requirements for the physically disabled. See Sections 48, 55 and 56.
(CA T24 1109A.2.2)

…

For further details and requirements refer to applicable sections.

FIGURE 7

Bathroom Entrance doorway
… Bathroom entrance doorways shall have an 18” clear space to the side of the strike edge of the door on the swing side of the door. Fig. 8
(CA T24 TABLes 1109A.2-1(1), 1109A.2-2(1))

… …

Min. 36” wide accessible route within each bathroom.
(CA T24 1109A.2.4.1.2)

For further details and requirements refer to applicable sections.
FIGURE 8

Bathroom Maneuvering Space
… Bathroom maneuvering space shall have sufficient space for a person using a wheelchair or other mobility aid to enter and close the door, use the fixtures, reopen the door and exit. Fig. 9
(CA T24 TABLes 1109A.2-1(2), 1109A.2-2(2))

…

Doors may swing into the clear space provided at any fixture if the maneuvering space is provided. Fig. 9
(CA T24 TABLes 1109A.2-1(2), 1109A.2-2(2))

…

Clear space shall be approximate to position the wheelchair or other mobility aid clear of the path of door and shall be 30” by 48”. Fig. 9
(CA T24 TABLes: 1109A.2-1(3), 1109A.2-2(3))

…

For further details and requirements refer to applicable sections.

FIGURE 9

KITCHEN SHELvING / LAUNdRy / ELECTRICAL / BATHROOMS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

115

15

SECTION

ADApTABLe DweLLinG uniTs
Water Closets
… Water closets shall be located in a space a min. of 36” in clear width with 48” min. clear space provided in front of the water closet. This space may include maneuverable space under a lavatory arranged so as not to impede access. The min. height of water closet seats shall be 15” above the floor. Fig. 10
(CA T24 1109A.3)

…

Flush valve control shall be mounted on the wide side of toilet areas. Max. of 44” above floor.
(CA T24 1109A.3.1)

…
FIGURE 10

The force required to activate controls shall be no greater than 5 lbf. Does not require tight grasping, pinching or twisting to activate. See Fig. 10
(CA T24 1109A.3.1)

…

For further details and requirements refer to applicable sections.

Grab Bar Reinforcement
… Grab bars need not be installed in a bathing or toilet facility within an adaptable dwelling unit provided all structural reinforcements for future grab bar installation are provided in appropriate locations in adjoining walls. The reinforcement shall be of sufficient length to permit installation of grab bars as specified. The reinforced wall shall be capable of supporting a 250 lbs. load min.
(CA T24 1109A.5)

Toilet (Water Closet)
…
FIGURE 11

Where the toilet is not placed adjacent to a side wall, the bathroom shall have provisions for installation of floor-mounted, foldaway or similar alternative grab bars. Where the powder room (a room with a toilet and sink) is the only toilet facility located on an accessible level of a multistory dwelling unit, it shall comply with the requirement for reinforced walls for grab bars.
(CA T24 1109A.6)

Back Wall Installations
…
FIGURE 12 FIGURE 13

Where the toilet is placed adjacent to a side wall, reinforcement shall be installed on both sides or one side and the back. Fig. 11
(CA T24 1109A.6)

…

Reinforcement is installed between 32” and 38” above the floor. Figs. 11 & 12
(CA T24 1109A.6)

…

The grab bar reinforcement shall be a min. of 6” nominal in height. Figs. 11 & 12
(CA T24 1109A.6)

…
FIGURE 14

The backing shall be a min. of 40” in length. Figs. 11 & 12
(CA T24 1109A.6)

…

The reinforcement shall be capable of supporting a load of at least 250 lbs.
(CA T24 1109A.5)

116

WATER CLOSETS / GRAB BARS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

ADApTABLe DweLLinG uniTs
Side Wall Installation
… Reinforcement installed at the side of the toilet shall be installed 32” to 38” above the floor. Figs. 11 & 13
(CA T24 1109A.6)

15

SECTION

…

The reinforcement shall be installed a max. of 12” from the rear wall and shall extend a min. of 26” in front of the water closet stool. Figs. 11 & 13
(CA T24 1109A.6)

… …

The grab bar reinforcement is a min. of 6” in nominal height. Figs. 11 & 13
(CA T24 1109A.6)

The reinforcement shall be capable of supporting a load of at least 250 lbs.
(CA T24 1109A.5)

FIGURE 15

Shower Stalls
… Glass walled shower stalls shall provide reinforcement for installation of floor-mounted grab bars. Ceiling-mounted grab bar reinforcement is permitted. Fig. 14
(CA T24 1109A.8)

…

Grab bar reinforcement shall be installed continuous in the walls of adaptable showers 32” to 38” above the floor. Fig. 15
(CA T24 1109A.8)

… …

The grab bar reinforcement shall be a min. of 6” nominal in height. Fig. 15

(CA T24 1109A.8)

FIGURE 16

The reinforcement shall be capable of supporting a load of at least 250 lbs.
(CA T24 1109A.5)

Bathtubs
… Bathtubs shall have a min. floor space at side of bathtub of 30” by 48”. Fig. 16
(CA T24 1109A.7, TABLe 1109A.2-1(4), TABLe 1109A.2-2(5))

…

A bathtub may be installed without surrounding walls provided reinforced areas are provided for installation of floor-mounted grab bars. Fig. 16

(CA T24 1109A.7)

… …

For tubs installed with surrounding walls, grab bar reinforcements shall be installed on each end of the bathtub. Fig. 17

FIGURE 17

(CA T24 1109A.7)

Such reinforcement is from 32” to 38” above the floor, extending a min. of 24” aligned with the front edge of the bathtub toward the back wall of the bathtub. Fig. 17
(CA T24 1109A.7)

… …

Grab bar reinforcement shall be min. of 6” nominal in height. Fig. 17

(CA T24 1109A.7)

Grab bar reinforcement must be installed on the back wall of the bathtub commencing a max. of 6” above the bathtub rim. Fig. 18
(CA T24 1109A.7)

FIGURE 18

SHOWERS ANd BATHTUBS / GRAB BARS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

117

15

SECTION

ADApTABLe DweLLinG uniTs
… Reinforcement extends upward to a point a min. of 38” above the floor. Fig. 18
(CA T24 1109A.7)

…

The grab bar backing shall be installed horizontally a length to permit the installation of 48” grab bar with each end a max. of 6” from the end walls of the bathtub. Fig. 18
(CA T24 1109A.7)

…

The grab bar reinforcement shall be a min. of 6” nominal in height. Fig. 18
(CA T24 1109A.7)

…
FIGURE 19

The reinforced wall shall be capable of supporting a load of 250 lbs.
(CA T24 1109A.5)

…

For further details and requirements refer to applicable sections.

FIGURE 20

FIGURE 21

118

BATHTUBS / GRAB BARS / LAvATORIES ANd MIRRORS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

ADApTABLe DweLLinG uniTs
Lavatories and Mirrors
… At least 1 accessible lavatory shall be provided in any toilet facility. Where provided, at least 1 each of mirrors and towel fixtures shall be accessible.
(CA T24 1109A.4)

15

SECTION

…

If lavatories and mirrors are provided, at least one of each is accessible.
(CA T24 1109A.4) (ADA 4.23.6)

…

See Figs. 20 through 23. For details and requirements, refer to Lavatories/Lavatory Fixtures and Accessories (Section 46) and Lavatory (Section 45).
FIGURE 22

FIGURE 23

LAvATORIES ANd MIRRORS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

119

16

SECTION

ACCessiBLe rouTes: BLDGs. w/o eLevATor

These provisions DO NOT APPLY to multiple-story dwelling units in non-elevator buildings (i.e., 2-story townhouses in a 2-story building). These provisions DO APPLY to all other subject multifamily dwelling units in multistory buildings. „ A “ground floor” is that floor of a building which provides an accessible building entrance on an accessible route. z Given this definition, it is easy to see how a building could be considered to have more than one “ground” floor. „ Where the first floor in a building containing dwelling units is above grade, all dwelling units on that floor must be served by an accessible building entrance on an accessible route. „ Generally speaking, in buildings without elevators, ground floor units must be served by an accessible route, and only ground floor units are subject to accessibility requirements. „ A building where the lowest floor containing dwelling units can only be reached by elevator (e.g., when commercial space or parking is provided on the first level) is not necessarily considered an “elevator building” with 100% accessible units: only the units on the floors and the floors reached by elevator must comply. „ On steep sites with multiple non-elevator buildings, the number of subject units may be reduced to a little as 20%, depending on the steepness of the grade. (See Test No. 2 below.)

120

SITE ANALySIS TEST
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

ACCessiBLe rouTes: BLDGs. w/o eLevATor
SINGLE BUILdING WITH COMMON (LOBBy) ENTRANCE Use only the following steps for determining required access to adaptable units:
1. All ground-floor units in non-elevator buildings must be adaptable and on an accessible route to comply with the requirements unless an accessible route is not required as determined by Test No. 1, Individual Building Test, or Test No. 3, Unusual Characteristics Test as described below. Twenty percent of the ground-floor dwelling units that are not required to have an accessible route must be adaptable. The remaining ground-floor dwelling units must comply with the features listed in Section 1119A.2 unless exempted by Test No. 3, Unusual Characteristics Test. You may use Individual Building Test No. 1 only if site has terrain over 15% slope. You may use Unusual Characteristics Test No. 3 if applicable. See the test.

16

SECTION

TEST NO. 1: INdIvIdUAL BUILdING TEST
It is not required by this code to provide an accessible route when the terrain of the site is such that both of the following apply: (1) The slopes of the undisturbed site measured between the planned entrance and all vehicular or pedestrian arrival points within 50’ of the planned entrance exceed 15%; and (2) The slopes of the planned finished grade measured between the entrance and all vehicular or pedestrian arrival points within 50’ of the planned entrance also exceed 15%. If there are not vehicular or pedestrian arrival points within 50’ of the planned entrance, the slope for the purposes of Test No. 1 will be measured to the closest vehicular or pedestrian arrival point. For purposes of these requirements, vehicular or pedestrian arrival points include public or resident parking areas, public transportation stops, passenger loading zones, and public streets or sidewalks. To determine site impracticality, the slope would be measured at ground level from the point of the planned entrance on a straight line to (i) each vehicular or pedestrian arrival point that is within 50’ of the planned entrance, or (ii) if there are no vehicular or pedestrian arrival points within the specified area, the vehicular or pedestrian arrival point closest to the planned entrance. In the case of sidewalks, the closest point to the entrance will be where a public sidewalk entering the site intersects with the walk to the entrance. In the case of resident parking areas, the closest point to the planned entrance will be measured from the entry point to the parking area that is located closest to the planned entrance.

2. 3.

All Other Sites (Including Single Bldg. with Multiple Entrances Use only the following steps for determining required access to adaptable units:
All ground-floor units in non-elevator buildings must be adaptable and on an accessible route to comply with the requirements unless an accessible route is not required as determined by Test No. 1, Individual Building Test, or Test No. 2, Site Analysis Test, or Test No. 3, Unusual Characteristics Test as described below. A min. of 20% of the ground-floor dwelling units are required to have an accessible route and must be adaptable. The remaining ground-floor dwelling units must comply with the features listed in Section 1119A.2 unless exempted by Test No. 3, Unusual Characteristics Test. 2. Use Individual Building Test No. 1 only if site has terrain over 15% slope. 3. Use Site Analysis Test No. 2 only if site has terrain over 10% slope. 4. Use Unusual Characteristics Test No. 3 if applicable. See the test. Provisions to Test Nos. 1 and 2. Where a building elevator is provided only as means of creating an accessible route to covered multifamily dwelling units on a ground floor, the building is not considered to be an elevator building for purposes of this code; hence, only the ground-floor dwelling units would be covered. 1.

TEST NO. 2: SITE ANALySIS TEST
For a site having multiple buildings, or a site with a single building with multiple entrances, it is not required to provide an accessible route under the following conditions: (1) Calculate the percentage of the total buildable area of the undisturbed site with a natural grade less than 10% slope. The analysis of the existing slope (before grading) shall be done on a topographic survey with 2’ contour intervals with slope determination made between each successive interval. The accuracy of the slope analysis must be certified by a licensed engineer, landscape architect, architect or surveyor. (2) Determine the requirement of providing an accessible route to planned multifamily dwellings based on the topography of the existing natural terrain. The min. percentage of ground-floor units required on an accessible route must equal the percentage of the total buildable area (not restricted-use areas) of the undisturbed site with an existing natural grade of less than 10% slope. (3) In addition to the percentage established in paragraph (2), all ground-floor units in a building, or ground-floor units served by a particular entrance, must be made accessible if the entrance to the units is on an accessible route with a slope between the planned entrance and a pedestrian or vehicular arrival point not exceeding 8.33 percent.

SITE ANALySIS TEST
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

121

16

SECTION

ACCessiBLe rouTes: BLDGs. w/o eLevATor
Additional Requirements
Note: The following section was relocated from CA, Title 24, Section 101.17.9 with modifications. All other ground-floor dwelling units in non-elevator buildings must be made to comply with the following requirements: 1. Grab bar reinforcement: See Section 15, Adaptable Dwelling Units. 2. 32” clear door interior opening width: See Section 15, Adaptable Dwelling Units. 3. Lever hardware: see Section 1120A.2. 4. Door signal devices: see Section 1106A. 5. Clear space by doors: (Chapters 10 and 11A). 6. Min. 15” water closet seat height: see Section 1109A. 7. Electrical receptacle outlet height: [Article 210-7 (g.1), California Electrical Code, Title 24, Part 3]. 8. Lighting and environmental control height: [Article 380-8 (c.1), California Electrical Code, Title 24, Part 3]. 9. Faucet controls: See Section 1112A.3. 10. Water closet, bathtub and lavatory minimum space requirements: see Section 1109A. 11. Removable cabinets under the kitchen sink counter area: see Section 1112A.

TEST NO. 3 — UNUSUAL CHARACTERISTICS TEST
Unusual characteristics include sites located in a federally designated floodplain or coastal high-hazard area and sites subject to other similar requirements of law or code that the lowest floor or the lowest structural member of the lowest floor must be raised to a specified level at or above the base flood elevation. An accessible route to a building entrance is impractical due to unusual characteristics of the site when:

(1) The original site characteristics result in a difference in finished grade elevation exceeding 30” and 10% measured between an entrance and all vehicular or pedestrian arrival points within 50’ of the planned entrance; or (2) If there are no vehicular or pedestrian arrival points within 50’ of the planned entrance, the unusual characteristics result in a difference in finished grade elevation exceeding 30” and 10% measured between an entrance and the closest vehicular or pedestrian arrival point. Each building on a building site must be considered separately when determining applicability of this chapter. (For HCD 1/AC)

122

SITE ANALySIS TEST
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

ACCessiBLe rouTes: BLDGs. w/o eLevATor
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
… Covered multifamily dwellings in buildings without an elevator, located on sites with difficult terrain conditions or unusual characteristics, may employ the site impracticality tests in this division for determining the accessibility and adaptability provisions required by this chapter.
(CA T24 1150A.1)

16

SECTION

(Provisions below do not apply to multiple-story dwelling units in nonelevator buildings, i.e., townhouses.)
(CA T24 1150A)

IF SINGLE BUILdING WITH COMMON (LOBBy) ENTRANCE, use only the following steps for determining required access to adaptable units:
1. All ground-floor units in nonelevator buildings must be adaptable and on an accessible route to the common (lobby) entrance, comply with the requirements unless an accessible route is not required as determined by Test No. 1, Individual Building Test, or Test No. 3, Unusual Characteristics Test as described below. Sites where either Test No. 1 or Test No. 3 is used and it is determined that an accessible route to the common (lobby) entrance is not required, at least 20% of the ground floor dwelling units shall comply with Division IV, and all remaining ground floor dwelling units shall comply with the features listed in this Section unless exempted by Test No. 3, Unusual Characteristics Test.
(CA T24 1150A.1)

FIGURE 1

2. You may use Individual Building Test No. 1 only if site has terrain over 15% slope. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1150A.1)

3. You may use Unusual Characteristics Test No. 3 if applicable. See the test. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1150A.1)

ALL OTHER SITES, INCLUdING SINGLE BUILdING WITH MULTIPLE ENTRANCES, use only the following steps for determining required access to adaptable units:
1. All ground-floor units in nonelevator buildings must be adaptable and on an accessible route to the common (lobby) entrance, comply with the requirements unless an accessible route is not required as determined by Test No. 1, Individual Building Test, or Test No. 2, Site Analysis Test, or Test No. 3, Unusual Characteristics Test as described below. A min. of 20% of the ground-floor dwelling units are required to have an accessible route and shall be adaptable. The remaining ground-floor dwelling units must comply with the features listed in Section 33 unless exempted by Test No. 3, Unusual Characteristics Test. 2. Use Individual Building Test No. 1 only if site has terrain over 15% slope. Fig. 1 3. Use Site Analysis Test No. 2 only if site has terrain over 10% slope. Fig. 2 4. Use Unusual Characteristics Test No. 3 if applicable. See the test. Fig. 3 FIGURE 2

FIGURE 3

SITE ANALySIS TEST
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

123

16

SECTION

ACCessiBLe rouTes: BLDGs. w/o eLevATor
Provisions to Test Nos. 1 and 2.
… Where a building elevator is provided only as means of creating an accessible route to covered multifamily dwelling units on a ground floor, the building is not considered to be an elevator building for purposes of this code; hence, only the ground-floor dwelling units would be covered.
(CA T24 1150A.1)

TEST NO. 1 — INdIvIdUAL BUILdING TEST
It is not required by this code to provide an accessible route when the terrain of the site is such that both of the following apply:
(CA T24 1150A.1)

(1) The slopes of the undisturbed site measured between the planned entrance and all vehicular or pedestrian arrival points within 50’ of the planned entrance exceed 15% (Fig. 4); and
(CA T24 1150A.1)

(2) The slopes of the planned finished grade measured between the entrance and all vehicular or pedestrian arrival points within 50’ of the planned entrance also exceed 15%. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1150A.1)

FIGURE 4

If there are not vehicular or pedestrian arrival points within 50’ of the planned entrance, the slope for the purposes of Test No. 1 will be measured to the closest vehicular or pedestrian arrival point.
(CA T24 1150A.1)

FIGURE 5

For purposes of these requirements, vehicular or pedestrian arrival points include public or resident parking areas, public transportation stops, passenger loading zones, and public streets or sidewalks. To determine site impracticality, the slope would be measured at ground level from the point of the planned entrance on a straight line to (i) each vehicular or pedestrian arrival point that is within 50’ of the planned entrance, or (ii) if there are no vehicular or pedestrian arrival points within the specified area, the vehicular or pedestrian arrival point closest to the planned entrance. In the case of sidewalks, the closest point to the entrance will be where a public sidewalk entering the site intersects with the walk to the entrance. In the case of resident parking areas, the closest point to the planned entrance will be measured from the entry point to the parking area that is located closest to the planned entrance.
(CA T24 1150A.1)

124

SITE ANALySIS TEST
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

ACCessiBLe rouTes: BLDGs. w/o eLevATor
TEST NO. 2 — SITE ANALySIS TEST
For a site having multiple buildings, or a site with a single building with multiple entrances, it is not required to provide an accessible route under the following conditions:
(CA T24 1150A.1)

16

SECTION

(1) Calculate the percentage of the total buildable area of the undisturbed site with a natural grade less than 10% slope. The analysis of the existing slope (before grading) shall be done on a topographic survey with 2’ contour intervals with slope determination made between each successive interval. The accuracy of the slope analysis shall be certified by a licensed engineer, landscape architect, architect or surveyor. Fig. 5
(CA T24 1150A.1)

FIGURE 6

(2) Determine the requirement of providing an accessible route to planned multifamily dwellings based on the topography of the existing natural terrain. The min. percentage of groundfloor units required on an accessible route shall equal the percentage of the total buildable area (not restricted-use areas) of the undisturbed site with an existing natural grade of less than 10% slope. Fig. 5
(CA T24 1150A.1)

(3) In addition to the percentage established in paragraph (2), all ground-floor units in a building, or ground-floor units served by a particular entrance, shall be made accessible if the entrance to the units is on an accessible route with a slope between the planned entrance and a pedestrian or vehicular arrival point not exceeding 8.33 percent.
(CA T24 1150A.1)

(4) All additional ground floor units in a building, or ground floor units served by a particular entrance, not on an accessible route shall comply with the features listed in Additional Requirements heading this Section.

Additional Requirements (CA T24 1150A.2)
Note: The following section was relocated from CA, Title 24, Section 101.17.9 with modifications. All other ground-floor dwelling units in nonelevator buildings shall be made to comply with the following requirements:
(CA T24 1150A.2)

TEST NO. 3 — UNUSUAL CHARACTERISTICS TEST
Unusual characteristics include sites located in a federally designated floodplain or coastal high-hazard area and sites subject to other similar requirements of law or code that the lowest floor or the lowest structural member of the lowest floor must be raised to a specified level at or above the base flood elevation. An accessible route to a building entrance is impractical due to unusual characteristics of the site when:
(CA T24 1150A.1)

(1) The original site characteristics result in a difference in finished grade elevation exceeding 30” and 10% measured between an entrance and all vehicular or pedestrian arrival points within 50’ of the planned entrance (Fig. 6); or
(CA T24 1150A.1)

(2) If there are no vehicular or pedestrian arrival points within 50’ of the planned entrance, the unusual characteristics result in a difference in finished grade elevation exceeding 30” and 10% measured between an entrance and the closest vehicular or pedestrian arrival point. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1150A.1)

Each building on a building site shall be considered separately when determining applicability of this chapter. (For HCD 1/AC)

1. Grab bar reinforcement: See Section 1134. 2. 32” clear door interior opening width: See Section 1132A. 3. Lever hardware: see Section 1132A.8. 4. Door signal devices: see Section 1132A.10. 5. Clear space by doors: (Chapters 10 and 11A). 6. Min. 15” water closet seat height: see Section 1134A.7, Item 3. 7. Electrical receptacle outlet height: [Section 1136A]. 8. Lighting and environmental control height: [Section 1136A]. 9. Faucet controls: See Section 1134A.8, Item 7. 10. Water closet, bathtub and lavatory minimum space requirements: see Section 1134A. 11. Removable cabinets under the kitchen sink counter area: see Section 1134A.3.
(CA T24 1150A.2)

SITE ANALySIS TEST
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

125

17

SECTION

ACCessiBLe exTerior rouTe of TrAveL

A building or portion thereof that is required to be accessible must provide at least one accessible route of travel to all entrances, exterior ground floor exits and paths of travel. In new construction, all entrances must be made accessible. z These routes should connect with accessible public, employee and customer parking; public (accessible) sidewalks; public bus stops; etc. z An accesssible route of travel must also connect all buildings and facilities on the site. z An accessible route of travel is one that a wheelchair user can negotiate without assistance, so that means no steps or stairs may occur on the route (without alternative ramps). „ Within each building that is required to be accessible, an accessible path of travel should connect the entrance with all public, employee and customer areas. „ See other Sections of this book for specifics on how to provide exterior and interior accesible routes of travel and facilities.

126

SITE ACCESSIBLE ROUTE OF TRAvEL
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

ACCessiBLe exTerior rouTe of TrAveL
FACILITy ACCESSIBILITy
„ When a building or portion therof is required to be accessible or adaptable, an accessible route of travel should be provided to all portions of the building, to the accessible building entrances, and between the building and the public way. „ Except within an individual dwelling unit, an accessible route of travel should not pass through kitchens, storage rooms, restrooms, closets or other spaces used for similar purposes. „ At least one accessible route within the boundary of the site must be provided from public transportation stops, accessible parking, accessible passenger loading zones, and public streets or sidewalks, to the accessible building entrance they serve. „ The accessible route, to the maximum extent feasible, should coincide with the route of travel used by or provided for the general public, but the accessible route of travel should also be the most practical direct route between accessible entrances and site facilities.

17

SECTION

„ Where more than one route of travel is provided, all routes should accessible; however, where an elevator is provided for vertical access, only one elevator is required. Where more than one elevator is provided, all elevators should be accessible. „ At least one accessible route should connect accessible buildings, facilities, elements and spaces that are on the same site. „ Within buildings, at least one accessible route should connect accessible building or facility entrances with all accessible spaces and elements and with all accessible dwelling units within the building or facility. „ An accessible route should connect at least one accessible entrance of each accessible dwelling unit with those exterior and interior spaces and facilities that serve the accessible dwelling unit.

Exterior Routes of Travel
Site development and grading must be designed to provide access to all entrances and exterior ground-floor exits, and access to normal paths of travel. Where necessary to provide access, the design may be required to incorporate pedestrian ramps, curb ramps, etc.
Available Exceptions All Buildings: Hardship and Equivalent Facilitation Existing Buildings: Project Site or Equivalent Facilitation Causes Hardship

SITE ACCESSIBLE ROUTE OF TRAvEL
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

127

17

SECTION

ACCessiBLe exTerior rouTe of TrAveL
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
… Site development and grading shall be designed to provide access to all entrances and exterior ground floor exits, and access to normal paths of travel, and where necessary to provide access, shall incorporate pedestrian ramps, curb ramps, etc. Figs. 1, 2 and 3
(CA T24 1127B.1)

…

Access shall be provided within the boundary of the site from public transportation stops, accessible parking spaces, passenger loading zones if provided, and public streets or sidewalks.
(CA T24 1127B.1)

FIGURE 1

…

When more than one building or facility is located on a site, accessible routes of travel complying with this Section shall be provided between buildings and accessible site facilities, accessible elements, and accessible spaces that are on the same site.
(CA T24 1127B.1)

…

The accessible route of travel shall be the most practical direct route between accessible building entrances, accessible site facilities and the accessible entrance to the site. If access is provided for pedestrians from a pedestrian tunnel or elevated walkway, entrances to the building from each tunnel or walkway must be accessible.
(CA T24 1127B.1)

FIGURE 2

EXCEPTIONS 1. Where the enforcing agency determines that compliance with these regulations would create an unreasonable hardship because of topography, natural barriers, etc., an exception may be granted when equivalent facilitation is provided through the use of other methods and materials.
(CA T24 1127B.1)

2. In existing buildings, this section shall not apply in those conditions where, due to legal or physical constraints, the site of the project would not allow compliance with these regulations or equivalent facilitation without creating an unreasonable hardship. See Section 109.1.5, Special Conditions for Persons with Disabilities Requiring Appeals Action Ratification.
(CA T24 1127B.1)

design and Construction
… When accessibility is required by this section, it shall be designed and constructed in accordance with this code. See Section 1114B.1Facility Accessibility for a list of applicable sections.
(CA T24 1127B.2)

128

SITE ACCESSIBLE ROUTE OF TRAvEL
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

ACCessiBLe exTerior rouTe of TrAveL
Signs
… A sign with The International Symbol of Accessibility shall be at every major junction where the accessible route of travel diverges from the regular circulation path along or leading to an accessible route of travel, entrance or facility. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1127B.3; ADA 4.3.2(1))

17

SECTION

…

Signs must indicate the direction to accessible building entrances and facilities and must comply with the requirements found in Section 61, Signs and Identification.
(CA T24 1127B.3; ADA 4.3.2(1))

FIGURE 3

Accessible Route of Travel
… When a building or a portion thereof is required to be accessible or adaptable, an accessible route of travel is provided to all portions of the building, to the accessible building entrances, and between the building and the public way. Figs. 1 & 2
(CA T24 1114B.1.2) (ADA 4.3.2(1))

…

…

An accessible route of travel must comply with Sections 34 (Aisles), 1114B Facility Accessibility, 33 (Floors, Levels and Ground Surfaces), 35 (Corridors, Hallways and Exterior Exit Balconies), 20 (Ramps), and 24 (Walks and Sidewalks). Except within an individual dwelling unit, an accessible route of travel does not pass through kitchens, storage rooms, restrooms, closets or other spaces used for similar purposes.
(CA T24 1114B.1.2)

…

At least 1 accessible route within the boundary of the site is provided from public transportation stops, accessible parking, accessible passenger loading zones, and public streets or sidewalks, to the accessible building entrance they serve. Fig. 1

(CA T24 1114B.1.2) (ADA 4.3.2(1); 4.1.2(1))

…

The accessible route, to the maximum extent fea sible, coincides with the route for the general public. Figs. 1, 2 and 3 At least 1 accessible route connects accessible buildings, facilities, elements and spaces that are on the same site. Fig. 1

(CA T24 1114B.1.2) (ADA 4.3.2(1))

…

(CA T24 1114B.1.2) (ADA 4.3.2(2))

…

At least 1 accessible route connects accessible building or facility entrances with all accessible spaces and elements and with all accessible dwelling units within the building or facility. Figs. 1, 2 and 3 An accessible route connects at least 1 accessible entrance of each accessible dwelling unit with those exterior and interior spaces and facilities that serve the accessible dwelling unit. Fig. 3

(CA T24 1114B.1.2) (ADA 4.3.2(3))

…

(CA T24 1114B.1.2) (ADA 4.3.2(4))

…

Where more than one route of travel is provided, all routes are accessible.
(CA T24 1114B.1.2)

SITE ACCESSIBLE ROUTE OF TRAvEL
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

129

18

SECTION

pArkinG

Accessible parking is required whenever on-site parking is provided in lots or structures for clients, guests or employees. z Accessible parking cannot be provided by parallel, curb-side parking. z When the only parking for a site is parallel, curb-side parking, accessible parking need not be provided (since the owner/tenant has no control over street parking. „ Table 18-1 below lists the number of accessible spaces required. There are two exceptions: z 10% of all parking at hospital outpatient facilities must be accessible. z 20% of parking at rehabilitation and outpatient physical therapy facilities must be accessible. „ Accessible parking spaces include: z A vehicle space that is at least 9’ wide. z An adjacent access aisle at least 5’ wide. z Appropriate signage and space (surface) markings. „ One in eight accessible parking spaces (with a minimum 1 space per lot or structure) must be “Van Accessible.” z Van accessible spaces require additional signage. z The access aisle must be at least 8’ wide. „ Parking structures must provide at least 8’-2” vertical clearance from the entrance/exit to accessible parking spaces (to accommodate vans). Additional clearance may be required (see Section 19, Passenger Drop-off and Loading Zones). „ Valet parking facilities must provide the same accessible and van accessible parking space(s) noted, on an accessible route to the facility’s accessible entrance. „ Wheelchair users, when traveling from their parked cars to the building/facility, must not be forced to travel behind cars other than their own. The path of travel must comply with all requirements regarding suface, level, slope, transitions, etc.

130

PARKING
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

pArkinG
PARKING STALL SIGNAGE REQUIREMENTS General Signage
„ Each parking space for persons with disabilities must be identified by a reflectorized sign permanently posted adjacent to and visible from each stall or space, consisting of a profile view of a wheelchair with occupant in white on dark blue background. The sign must be a minimum of 70 sq. in. „ Below the symbol sign, additional language or an additional sign shall state “Minimum Fine $250.00.”

18

SECTION

Access Aisle Striping
Access Aisles (referenced below) are created as follows: „ Outlined in blue. „ Diagonally striped in blue (stripes 3’ on center). „ The words “NO PARKING” in white letters at least 12” high at the outside end of the aisle, so that it is visible to law enforcement officials.

General Requirements
Each lot or parking structure where parking is provided for the public as clients, guests or employees, must provide accessible parking. „ The required number of accessible parking spaces is shown in Table 18-1 below. „ Accessible parking spaces should be located on the shortest accessible route to the building/facility served by the parking. „ A bumper is required on accessible spaces if no curb/barrier provided which prevents encroachment of cars over the required width of walkways. „ Accessible spaces should be located/arranged so that wheelchair users are not forced to go behind parked cars other than their own. „ The maximum surface slope within accessible parking areas or adjacent access aisles cannot exceed 2% slope in any direction. „ Access aisles (load and unload areas) must connect to the accessible path of travel, including curb cuts or ramps as needed. „ Curb ramps may not encroach in required dimensions of accessible parking space or adjacent access aisles. „ Parking signage must consist of a white on dark blue background steel “reflectorized” sign, with area no less than 70 sq. in. „ There must be 80” min. from the bottom of sign to the top of finish grade. „ Wall signage should be located at the interior end of the space, centered on the space, and at least 36” above grade, ground, or sidewalk. „ Pavement signage must be 36” by 36” min., white on blue in color, visible and centered. „ The words “NO PARKING” must be painted on the ground within each 5’ or 8’ loading and unloading access aisle in white letters no less than 12” high.

Post Mounted Signage
„ When mounted on a post, and when in a path of travel, the sign(s) must be posted at a minimum height of 80” from the bottom of the sign to the finished grade.

Wall Mounted Signage
„ In parking structures or alongside buildings, general signage may be centered on the wall at the interior end of the parking space at a minimum of 36” above the parking space finished grade, ground or sidewalk.

van-Accessible Signage
„ Each van-accessible parking space must have an additional sign below the signage of accessibility described in General Signage above, that states “VAN-ACCESSIBLE”.

Unauthorized Parking Signage
„ An additional sign must be posted in a conspicuous place at entrances to off-street parking facilities, or adjacent to and visible from each space. „ The sign must be a minimum of 17” x 22” in size with lettering 1” high (minimum), which states: “Unauthorized vehicles parked in designated accessible spaces not displaying distinguishing placards or license plates issued for persons with disabilities may be towed away at owner’s expense. Towed vehicles may be reclaimed at _____ or by telephoning _____ .” „ Blank spaces must be filled in with appropriate information as a permanent part of the sign.

Street Surface Signage
The surface of each accessible parking stall or space must have a surface identification duplicating either of the following schemes: „ By outlining or painting the stall or space in blue and outlining on the ground in the stall or space in white or suitable contrasting color a profile view depicting a wheelchair with occupant; OR „ By outlining a profile view of a wheelchair with occupant in white on blue background. The profile view must be located so that it is visible to a traffic enforcement officer when a vehicle is properly parked in the space and must be 36” x 36”.

SIGNAGE / ACCESS AISLE / GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

131

18
Table 18-1 Accessible parking spaces required
Total Number of Parking Spaces in Lot or Garage 1 to 25 26 to 50 51 to 75 76 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500 501 to 1,000 1,001 and over Minimum Required Number of Accessible Spaces 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 2% of total 20 plus 1 for each 100 or fraction thereof over 1,001

SECTION

pArkinG
Parking Stall designs Single/van Parking Space design
„ One out of every 8 stalls (and no less than 1 per lot) must be served by an access aisle that is at least 96” wide, placed opposite the driver’s side. This stall must be designated “Van-Accessible”. „ Parking spaces must be at least 18’ long and at least 9’ wide. „ An access aisle must be provided that is at least 18’ x 5’ for cars, and at least 18’ by 8’ for vans, on the passenger side. „ Parking space and access aisle must be located on a gradient that is less than or equal to 1:50 (2% slope).

double diagonal Parking Space design
„ Parking spaces must be at least 18’ long and at least 9’ wide. „ An access aisle must be provided that is at least 18’ x 5’ for cars, and at least 18’ by 8’ for vans, on the passenger side. „ Parking space and access aisle must be located on a gradient that is less than or equal to 1:50 (2% slope).

Parking Structures
„ Parking structures must provide a minimum vertical clearance of 114” at accessible passenger loading zones and along at least one vehicle access route to such areas from the site entrances and exits. „ All entrances to and vertical clearances within parking structures must have a vertical clearance of 8’-2” where required for accessibility to accessible parking spaces.
Available Exceptions Existing Buildings: Hardship & Equivalent Facilitation. Existing Buildings: Project Site or Equivalent Facilitation Causes Hardship. See Section 109.1.5.

Single/van Parking Stalls
„ One out of every 8 stalls (and no less than 1 per lot) must be served by an access aisle that is at least 96” wide, placed opposite the driver’s side. „ The stall must be designated/signed as Van-Accessible. „ Length of parking space must at least 18’ long. Width of parking space must be at least 9’ wide. „ Access Aisle (on the passenger side) must be at least 18’ x 5’ ft. for cars, and at least 18’ x 8’ ft. for vans. „ The parking space and access aisle must be less than a 1:50 gradient (2% slope).

132

SPACES REQUIREd / STALL dESIGNS / STRUCTURES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

pArkinG
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Parking Stall Signage Requirements
… Each parking space for persons with disabilities shall be identified by a reflectorized sign permanently posted adjacent to and visible from each stall or space, consisting of the International Symbol of Accessibility in white on dark blue background. Fig. 1 The sign shall be 70 sq. in. min. and, when in a path of travel, shall be posted at a height of 80” min. from the bottom of the sign to the finished grade. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1129B.5) (ADA 4.6.4)

18

SECTION

…

…

Wall Mounted Signage: General signage may be centered on the wall at the interior end of the parking space at 36” min. above the parking space finished grade, ground or sidewalk. Fig. 2

(CA T24 1129B.4.1)

FIGURE 1

FIGURE 2

…

For both posted and wall-mounted signage, additional language on the symbol sign or an additional sign below the symbol sign shall state “Minimum Fine $250”
(CA T24 1129B.4.1)

…

van-Accessible signage: Each van-accessible parking space shall have an additional sign below the signage of accessibility that states “VAN-ACCESSIBLE”. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1129B.4.2) (ADA 4.1.2(5)(B), 4.6.4)

…

Unauthorized Parking Signage: An additional sign shall be posted in a conspicuous place at entrances to off-street parking facilities, or adjacent to and visible from each space. The sign shall be 17” by 22” min. in size with lettering 1” min. high, which states: “Unauthorized vehicles parked in designated accessible spaces not displaying distinguishing placards or license plates issued for persons with disabilities may be towed away at owner’s expense. Towed vehicles may be reclaimed at ______or by telephoning _____.” Blank spaces are to be filled in with appropriate information as a permanent part of the sign. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1129B.4.2)

FIGURE 3

FIGURE 4

…

street surface signage: The surface of each accessible parking stall or space must have a surface identification duplicating either of the following schemes: z (a) By outlining or painting the stall or space in blue and outlining on the ground in the stall or space in white or suitable contrasting color a profile view depicting a wheelchair with occupant; or z (b) By outlining a profile view of a wheelchair with occupant in white on blue background. The profile view shall be located so that it is visible to a traffic enforcement officer when a vehicle is properly parked in the space and shall be 36” by 36”. Fig. 5

(CA T24 1129B.4.1 & 2)

FIGURE 5

Medical Care Outpatient Facilities
… At facilities providing medical care and other services for persons with mobility impairments, accessible parking spaces shall be provided according to Table 11B-6 (below), except as follows:

SIGNAGE
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

133

18

SECTION

pArkinG
Single Parking Stalls
… Each lot or parking structure where parking is provided for the public as clients, guests or employees, shall provide accessible parking. The required number of accessible parking spaces is in accord with Table 11B-6.
(CA T24 1129B.1) (ADA 4.1.2(5)(A))

…

All parking spaces for persons with disabilities must be located on the shortest accessible route of travel.
(CA T24 1129B.1 & 4) (ADA 4.6.2)

…

Park bumper required if no curb/barrier provided which prevents encroachment of cars over the required width of walkways. Fig. 6

(CA T24 1129B.3.3) (ADA 4.7.8)

…

Wheelchair users must not be forced to go behind parked cars other than their own.
(CA T24 1129B.3.3)

FIGURE 6

…

noTes
A: B: C: D: E: 5’-0” min. at typical stall, 8’-0” min. at VanAccessible stall, 1129B.3 Stripes 3’-0” on center, Fig. 6 Typical pavement symbol, 1129B.4 Parking signage, 70 sq. inch min., 1129B.4.1 Wheel stop req’d if walk is 4’ wide. Not req’d for walk 6’ wide or greater F: G: 12” min. border at ¾” O.C. “NO PARKING” in min. 12” high letters, 1129B.3

The max. surface slope within accessible parking areas or adjacent access aisles cannot exceed 2% slope in any direction. Fig. 6

(CA T24 1129B.3.4 ) (ADA 4.6.3)

…

Access aisles (load and unload areas) must connect to the accessible path of travel, including curb cuts or ramps as needed. (Curb ramps may not encroach in required dimensions of accessible parking space or in adjacent access aisles.) Fig. 6
(CA T24 1129B.4.3) (ADA 4.6.3; 4.7.8)

…

Parking Space dimensions. Length of accessible parking space: 18’ Min. Width of accessible parking space: 9’ Min.
(CA T24 1129B.3.1) (ADA 4.6.3)

z outpatient units and facilities. 10% of the total number of parking spaces shall be accessible. z units and facilities that specialize in treatment or services for persons with mobility impairments. 20% of the total number of parking spaces shall be accessible.
(CA T24 1129B.2)
TABLE 11B - 6 — SPACES REQUIRED Establishes the number of accessible parking spaces required. Total Number of Parking Spaces In Lot or Garage 1 26 51 76 101 151 201 301 401 501 25 50 75 100 150 200 300 400 500 1,000 Minimum Required Number of Spaces 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 * **

…

Access Aisle dimensions. Access aisles should be located on the passenger side of a space, and should be a min. of 18’ long by 5’ wide for aisles serving car accessible spaces, and a min. of 18’ long by 8’ wide for aisles serving van accessible spaces.
(CA T24 1129B.3.1) (ADA 4.6.3)

…

Parking signage shall consist of a white on dark blue background steel “reflectorized” sign, with area no less than 70 sq. in. Figs. 1 & 6

(CA T24 1129B.4.1)

… …

There shall be 80” min. from the bottom of sign to the top of finish grade. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1129B.4.1)

Wall signage shall be centered 36” min. above grade, ground, or sidewalk at the interior end of space. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1129B.3.1)

… …

Pavement signage shall be 36” by 36” min., white on blue in color, visible and centered. Fig. 5 The words “NO PARKING” shall be painted on the ground within each 8’ loading and unloading access aisle in white letters no less than 12” high. Fig. 6

(CA T24 1129B.4.2)

1,001 and over

* Two percent of total ** Twenty plus one for each 100, or fraction thereof over 1,001

(CA T24 1129B.3.2)

134

NO. OF SPACES REQUIREd / SINGLE PARKING STALLS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

pArkinG
double Parking Stalls
… Each lot or parking structure where parking is provided for the public as clients, guests or employees, shall provide accessible parking. The required number of accessible parking spaces is in accord with Table 11B-6 (above). Parking Space dimensions. Length of accessible parking space: 18’ Min. Width of accessible parking space: 9’ Min.
(CA T24 1129B.3.1) (ADA 4.6.3)

18

SECTION

…

…

Access Aisle dimensions. Access aisles should be located on the passenger side of a space, and should be a min. of 18’ long by 5’ wide for aisles serving car accessible spaces, and a min. of 18’ long by 8’ wide for aisles serving van accessible spaces.
(CA T24 1129B.3.1) (ADA 4.6.3)

…

Total width of the two spaces and their associated access aisle is a min. 23’ (2 times 9’, plus 5’).
(CA T24 1129B.3.1) (ADA 4.6.3)

NO PARKING

… …

Located on shortest accessible route of travel.
CA T24 1129B.1) (ADA 4.6.2)

FIGURE 7

Park bumper required if no curb/barrier provided which prevents encroachment of cars over the required width of walkways. Fig. 7

noTes
A: B: C: D: E: 5’-0” min. at typical stall, 8’-0” min. at VanAccessible stall, 1129B.3 Stripes 3’-0” on center, Fig. 6 Typical pavement symbol, 1129B.4 Parking signage, 70 sq. inch min., 1129B.4.1 Wheel stop req’d if walk is 4’ wide. Not req’d for walk 6’ wide or greater F: G: 12” min. border at ¾” O.C. “NO PARKING” in min. 12” high letters, 1129B.3

(CA T24 1129B.3.3) (ADA 4.7.8)

… …

Wheelchair users must not be forced to go behind parked cars other than their own.
(CA T24 1129B.3.3)

The maximum surface slope within accessible parking areas or adjacent access aisles cannot exceed 2% slope in any direction. Fig. 7
(CA T24 1129B.3.4) (ADA 4.6.3)

…

Access aisles (load and unload areas) must connect to the accessible path of travel, including curb cuts or ramps as needed. Fig. 7
(CA T24 1129B.3.3) (ADA 4.6.3)

…

Ramps may not encroach in required dimensions of accessible parking space or adjacent access aisles. Fig. 7
(CA T24 1129B.3.3) (ADA 4.7.8)

…

Parking signage shall consist of a white on dark blue background steel “reflectorized” sign, with area no less than 70 sq. in. Fig. 1 Sign height shall be 80” min. from bottom of sign to top of finish grade. Fig. 3 Wall signage shall be centered 36” min. above grade, ground, or sidewalk at the interior end of space. Fig. 2

(CA T24 1129B.4.1)

… …

(CA T24 1129B.4.1)

(CA T24 1129B.3.1)

FIGURE 8

… …

Pavement signage shall be 36” by 36” min., white on blue in color, visible and centered. Fig. 5 The words “NO PARKING” shall be painted on the ground within each 5’ or 8’ loading and unloading access aisle in white letters no less than 12” high. Fig. 7

noTes
A: B: C: D: 5’-0” min. at typical stall, 8’-0” min. at VanAccessible stall, 1129B.3 Stripes 3’-0” on center, Fig. 6 Typical pavement symbol, 1129B.4 Parking signage, 70 sq. inch min., 1129B.4.1 E: “NO PARKING” in min. 12” high letters, 1129B.3.2

(CA T24 1129B.4.2)

(CA T24 1129B.3.2)

dOUBLE PARKING STALLS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

135

18
double diagonal Parking Space design
(See previous pages for General Parking Requirements)

SECTION

pArkinG
… Parking space and access aisle shall not exceed a 1:50 gradient (2% slope). Fig. 9

… …

Min. length of parking space shall be 18’. Min. width of parking space shall be 9’. Fig. 8

(CA T24 1129B.3.4) (ADA 4.6.3)

Parking Structures
… All entrances to and vertical clearances within parking structures shall have a vertical clearance of 8’-2” where required for accessibility to accessible parking spaces. Fig. 9
(CA T24 1130B) (ADA 4.6.5)

(CA T24 1129B.4.1) (ADA 4.6.3)

Access Aisle is 18’ by 5’ ft. min. for cars, 18’ by 8’ min. for vans, on passenger side. Fig. 8
(CA T24 1129B.3.1 & 2) (ADA 4.6.3)

…

Total width of the two spaces and their associated access aisle is a min. 23’ width (measured perpendicular to the sides of the spaces and aisle, and not parallel to the curb or wheel stops).
(CA T24 1129B.3.1) (ADA 4.6.3)

…

Parking space and access aisle shall not exceed 1:50 gradient (2% slope). Fig. 8

(CA T24 1129B.3.2.1) (ADA 4.6.3)

van Parking Space design
… One in every 8 stalls (no less than 1) shall be served by an access aisle 96” wide min. placed opposite the driver’s side and shall be designated Van-Accessible. Fig. 9
(CA T24 1129B.3.2) (ADA 4.1.2(5)(B))

AvAILABLE EXCEPTIONS 1. Where the enforcing agency determines that compliance with Section 1130B would create an unreasonable hardship, an exception may be granted when equivalent facilitation is provided. 2. This requirement does not apply to existing buildings where the enforcing agency determines that, due to legal or physical constraints, compliance with these regulations or equivalent facilitation would create an unreasonable hardship. See Section 109.1.5.

(CA T24 1130B)

…

… …

Length of parking space shall be 18’ min. Width of parking space shall be 9’ min. Fig. 9

Provide a min. vertical clearance of 114” at accessible passenger loading zones and along at least one vehicle access route to such areas from site entrances and exits. Fig. 9
(CA T24 1131B.2.2) (ADA 4.6.5)

(CA T24 1129B.3.1) (ADA 4.6.3)

Access aisles serving van accessible spaces shall be min. 18’ long by min. 8’ wide, and located on the passenger side (side opposite the driver’s side) when the vehicle is oriented forward into the parking space). Fig. 9
(CA T24 1129B.3.2) (ADA 4.6.3)

FIGURE 9

noTes
A: B: C: D: 5’-0” min. at typical stall, 8’-0” min. at Van-Accessible stall, 1129B.3 Stripes 3’-0” on center, Fig. 6 Typical pavement symbol, 1129B.4 Parking signage, 70 sq. inch min., 1129B.4.1 E: “NO PARKING” in min. 12” high letters, 1129B.3

136

dOUBLE dIAGONAL / vAN PARKING / PARKING STRUCTURES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

pAssenGer Drop-off AnD LoADinG Zones

19

SECTION

Accessible passenger drop-off and loading zones provide an area for parallel pull-in, a level area for wheelchair user loading and unloading, a curb ramp (when necessary), and appropriate markings and signage. „ Passenger Loading Zones must be on accessible routes to the facility’s accessible entrance. „ Valet parking facilities must provide a passenger loading zone on an accessible route to the facility entrance.

PASSENGER dROP-OFF ANd LOAdING ZONES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

137

19
LOCaTION

SECTION

Passenger DroP-off anD LoaDing Zones
Vertical Clearance
„ Vertical clearances for entrances and areas within parking structures must be at least 8’-2” (98”) to provide accessibility to accessible parking spaces. „ A vertical clearance of at least 9’-6” (114”) must be provided at accessible passenger loading zones and along at least 1 vehicle access route to such areas from site entrances and exits. z NOTE: This vertical clearance is greater than the 8’-2” clearance required at the entrance to parking structures. So if a passenger loading zone is located within a structure, a greater vertical clearance must be provided.

„ When provided, passenger drop-off and loading zones must be located on an accessible route of travel.

Passenger Loading Zones
„ Where provided, 1 passenger drop-off and loading zone must provide an access aisle which is at least 5’ wide and at least 20’ long adjacent and parallel to the vehicle pull-up space. „ Such zones must be located on a surface with a slope that does not exceed 1:50 (2% slope). „ If there are curbs between the access aisle and the vehicle pull-up space, a curb ramp must be provided.

Valet Parking
„ Valet parking facilities must provide a passenger-loading zone on an accessible route to the entrance of the facility. „ Valet parking must provide the correct number of accessible parking spaces. „ Valet parking facilities must provide a van-accessible parking space and a van-accessible route to the facility entrance.

138

PaSSENgEr DrOP-Off aND LOaDINg ZONES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

Passenger DroP-off anD LoaDing Zones
gENEraL rEQUIrEMENTS Location
… When provided, passenger drop-off and loading zones are located on an accessible route of travel. Figs. 1, 2 & 3
(Ca T24 1131B.1) (aDa 4.1.2(5)(C))

19

SECTION

Passenger Loading Zones
… Where provided, 1 passenger drop-off and loading zone provides an access aisle which is at least 5’ wide and 20’ long adjacent and parallel to the vehicle pull-up space. Fig. 1
(Ca T24 1131B.2.1) (aDa 4.6.6)

…

Such zones are located on a surface with a slope that does not exceed 1 unit vertical in 50 units horizontal (2% slope). Fig. 1
(Ca T24 1131B.2.1) (aDa 4.6.3)

fIgUrE 1

…

If there are curbs between the access aisle and the vehicle pull-up space, a curb ramp must be provided. Fig. 1
(Ca T24 1131B.2.1) (aDa 4.6.6)

Valet Parking
… Valet parking facilities provide a passenger-loading zone on an accessible route of travel complying with Section 1114B.1.2 to the entrance of the facility. Figs. 2 & 3
(Ca T24 1131B.3) (aDa 4.1.2.(5)(e))

…

Valet parking facilities provide the parking space required and a van-accessible route to the facility entrance. Figs. 2&3
(Ca T24 1131B.3) (aDa 4.1.2.(5)(e))

fIgUrE 2
Note: Parking spaces shall be designated as “reserved” by a sign showing the symbol of accessibility. Valet parking must provide the correct number of accessible parking spaces.

fIgUrE 3

PaSSENgEr DrOP-Off aND LOaDINg ZONES / VaLET ParkINg
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

139

19

SECTION

pAssenGer Drop-off AnD LoADinG Zones
Accessibility Signs
… When signs identify, direct or give information about accessible elements and featurs of a building or a site, they must include the appropriate symbol of accessibility.
(CA T24 1117B.5.8.1.1)

Color of Symbol
…
FIGURE 4

The International Symbol of Accessibility consists of a white figure on a blue backgroun. The blue is equal to Color No. 15090 in Federal Standard 595B.
(CA T24 1117B.5.2) (ADA 4.30.5)

Exception The enforcement agency may approve signs and identification necessary to complement decor or a unique desig when it is determined that such signs and identification provide adequate direction to persons with disabilities.

Finish and Contrast
… Characters, symbols and their backgrounds have a nonglare finish. Characters and symbols contrast with their background, either light characters on a dark background or dark characters on a light background.
(CA T24 1117B.5.2) (ADA 4.30.5)

FIGURE 5

Proportions
… Characters width-to-height ratio is between 3:5 and 1:1, and stroke width-to-height ratio is between 1:5 and1:10. Fig. 4 & 5. Characters and numbers are sized based on the distace from which they are to be read.
(CA T24 1117B.5.2) (ADA 4.30.5)

Character Size
…

…

The min. height is measured using an uppercase x. Lower case characters are permitted. Fig. 5.
(CA T24 1117B.5.2) (ADA 4.30.5)

…

For signs suspended or projected above the finish floor or finished grade, the min. character is 3” in height. Fig. 5.
(CA T24 1117B.5.2) (ADA 4.30.5)

vertical Clearance
… A min. vertical clearance of 114” is provided at accessible passenger loading zones and along at least 1 vehicle access route to such areas from site entrances and exits. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1131B.2.2) (ADA 4.6.5)

…

Vertical clearances for entrances and areas within parking structures have a min. clearance of 98” for accessibility to accessible parking spaces. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1130B) (ADA 4.6.5)

140

PASSENGER dROP-OFF ANd LOAdING ZONES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

rAmps

20

SECTION

A walking surface with a slope greater than 1:20 (5% gradient) is considered a ramp, and must comply with all applicable requirements listed here. „ All walking surfaces must be stable, firm and slip-resistant. „ Landings are required at the top and bottom of each ramp, at each change of direction, and after each 30” rise. A maximum rise of 30” is allowed, before a landing must be provided. „ A maximum running slope of 1:12 is allowed in new construction. „ The maximum cross slope allowed perpendicular to the direction of travel of a ramp is 1:50. „ The minimum clear width for a ramp is 48”. „ When the vertical rise exceeds 6”, handrails should be provided on both sides of the ramp, with some exceptions. z Handrails are required on pedestrian ramps except those at exterior door landings. z Handrails are not required on ramps with a rise of less than 6” or less than 72” in length. „ Wheel guides prevent wheelchair users from rolling off the sides of the ramp.

RAMPS (PEdESTRIAN)
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

141

20
REQUIREMENTS
„ A path of travel with a slope greater than 1:20 (5% gradient) is considered a ramp. „ Use the least possible slope for any ramp, subject to the maximums shown below. „ Ramp width requirements are the same as required for stairways and exits. „ Surface finishes for ramps should follow the requirements of Section 24 (Walks & Sidewalks). „ Pedestrian ramps: z Minimum width = 48”. z Maximum slope = 1:12. z Maximum cross-slope = 1:50.

SECTION

rAmps
Size of Top Landings
„ Landing width must be at least 60”. „ Landing length (in the direction of ramp run) must be at least 60”.
MAXIMUM RISE (inches) SLOPE 1:12 1:13 1:14 1:15 1:16 1:17 1:18 1:19 (x 25.4 for mm) 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 MAXIMUM HORIzOntAL PROJECtIOn (feet) (x 304.8 for mm) 30 32.5 35 37.5 40 42.5 45 47.5

Primary Entrance and Special Occupancy
„ The clear width of pedestrian ramps serving entrances to buildings where the ramp is the only exit discharge path, or where the path serves an occupant load of 300 or more, must be at least 60”. „ The clear width of ramps serving Group R occupancies when the occupant load is 50 or less must be at least 36”. „ Surface slope of ramps serving any exit way, or slope in the path of travel must be less than 1:12 (8.3% gradient maximum). „ Cross slope of ramp surfaces must be no more than 1:50 (2% slope). „ Level landings must be provided at the top and bottom of each ramp, and at each change of direction. „ The maximum rise in a single run is 30”.

Landing Width, Length
„ For bottom and intermediate landings, the absolute minimum width is the same as that required for ramps. „ The minimum dimensions of a landing where the ramp changes directions (in any measure) is 60” x 60”. „ The minimum length of any intermediate landing or any bottom landing where there is a change of direction in excess of 30º is 72”. „ Outdoor ramps and their approaches should be designed so that water does not accumulate on walkway surfaces.

Encroachment of doors
„ Doors, in any position, should not reduce the minimum dimensions of a ramp landing to less than 42” and should not reduce the required width by more than 3” when fully open.

142

RAMPS, SLOPES ANd LANdINGS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

rAmps
Strike Edge
„ Landing width must extend at least 24” past the strike edge of any door or gate for exterior ramps, and at least 18” for interior ramps.

20
ever, ramps that are open on one or both sides should have handrails on the open side(s). Curb ramps do not require handrails.

SECTION

Handrails
„ At exterior door landings (for exterior thresholds only), handrails are not required on ramps less than 6” high or 72” long. Level landings must be provided at the top and bottom, nonetheless. „ Handrails must be provided on each side of a ramp if its slope is greater than 1:20. „ Handrails must be continuous, the full length of the ramp. „ Handrails must be mounted 34” to 38” above the ramp surface. „ Handrails must extend at least one foot beyond top and bottom of the ramp. Ends must be returned. „ Where the extension of a handrail in the direction of the ramp run would create a hazard... z The handrail extension may be turned 90º to the run of the ramp, or z The handrail extension may be rounded or returned smoothly to the floor, wall or post, or z Inner handrails (which must be continuous) need not extend out onto a landing. „ The space between the handrail and the wall surface must be at least 1½”. „ Recessed handrails: If a recess is used, the recess must not exceed 3” deep and the recess must extend at least 18” above the top of the handrail. „ Cross section dimensions of a handrail must be between 1¼” to 1½”, or a shape that provides an equivalent gripping surface. „ Handrail surfaces should be smooth with no sharp corners. „ Handrails must not rotate within their fittings. „ Handrails and adjacent surfaces should be free of any sharp or abrasive elements. „ Radius of all edges on a handrail must be at least 1/8”.
Available Exceptions Handrails are not required at ramps immediately adjacent to fixed seating in assembly areas. Ramps serving a single individual dwelling unit in Group R (Division 1 or 3) occupancies may have a single handrail; how-

Wheel Guides
Ramps not bounded by a wall or fence which exceed 10’, and landings with a vertical drop exceeding 4”, must comply with the following requirements: „ A guide curb must be provided that is at least 2” high at each side. „ A wheel guide rail must be provided that is in the zone 2” to 4” above ramp.

Guardrails
Ramps more than 30” above the adjacent ground must be provided with guardrails. (See Section 21, Guardrails.) „ The guardrails must be continuous from the top of the ramp to the bottom of the ramp.

HANdRAILS, WHEEL GUIdES ANd GUARdRAILS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

143

20

SECTION

rAmps
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
… … Ramps must conform to the provisions of this section.
(CA T24 1133B.5.1)

Any accessible route of travel is considered a ramp if its slope is greater than 1:20 or 5% slope. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1133B.5.1)

Width
… …
FIGURE 1

Ramps must be a min. clear width of 48” Fig. 3
(CA T24 1133B.5.2)

Ramps serving entrances to buildings where the ramp is to be the only exit discharge path and serves an occupant load of 300 or more, must have a min. width of 60” Fig. 1
(CA T24 1133B.5.2)

…

Ramps serving Group-R occupancies may be 36” clear width when the occupant load is 50 or less. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1133B.5.2)

Slope
… … … The least possible slope must be used for any ramp.
(CA T24 1133B.5.3) (ADA 4.8.2)

The max. slope of a ramp must be 1:12 (8.33% slope) Fig. 3
(CA T24 1133B.5.3)

The max. rise for any run must be 30”
(CA T24 1133B.5.3)

FIGURE 2 SLOPE 1:12 1:13 1:14 1:15 1:16 1:17 1:18 1:19

MAXIMUM RISE (inches) (x 25.4 for mm) 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30

MAXIMUM HORIzOntAL PROJECtIOn (feet) (x 304.8 for mm) 30 32.5 35 37.5 40 42.5 45 47.5

…
FIGURE 3

The cross-slop of ramp surfaces must be no greater than 1:50 (2% slope).
(CA T24 1133B.5.3) (ADA 4.8.6)

144

RAMPS, SLOPES ANd LANdINGS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

rAmps
Landings – Location
… Level ramp landings must be provided at the top and bottom of each ramp. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1133B.5..1)

20

SECTION

…

Intermediate landings must be provided at interval not exceeding 30” of vertical rise at each change of direction. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1133B.5.4.1)

Note: Landings are not considered in determining the max. horizontal distance of each ramp.
(CA T24 1133B.5.4.1)

…

Landings must be level: a slope no greater than 1:50 (2% slope) in any direction.
(CA T24 1133B.5.4.1)

FIGURE 4

Size of Top and Bottom Landings
… The min. landing width is 60”. The min. landing length in direction of ramp run is 60”. Fig. 5
(CA T24 1133B.5.4.2) (ADA 4.8.4.3)

…

Landings at the bottom of ramps must have a dimension in the direction of ramp run of a min. 72”. Fig. 7
(CA T24 1133B.5.4.2)

Landing Width
… At bottom and intermediate landings, the width must be at least the same as required for ramps. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1133B.5.4.5)

FIGURE 5

Change of direction
… Min. length of landing at intermediate and bottom landing at a change of direction in excess of 30° is 72” to accommodate handrail extension Fig. 7
(CA T24 1133B.5.4.6)

Other Intermediate Landings
… Min. length of landing at other intermediate ramps is 60”. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1133B.5.4.7) (ADA 4.8.4(2))

FIGURE 6

…

If ramps change direction at landings the min. landing size is 60” x 60”. Fig. 6
(ADA 4.8.4(3))

FIGURE 7

LANdINGS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

145

20

SECTION

rAmps
Encroachment of doors
… Doors in any position do not reduce the min. dimension of the ramp landing to less than 42” and do not reduce the required width by more than 3” when fully open. Fig. 8
(CA T24 1003.3.4.4, 1133B.5.4.3) (ADA 4.8.4(4), 4.13.6)

Strike Edge
… Landing width extends 24” past strike edge of any door or gate for exterior ramps, 18” for interior ramps. Fig. 8
(CA T24 1133B.5.4.4) (ADA 4.13.6)

FIGURE 8

Hazards
… Required ramps must have a curb at least 2” high or a wheel guide rail 2” to 4” high on each side of ramp landing that has a vertical drop exceeding 4” and that is no bounded by a wall or fence.
(CA T24 1133B.5.4.9)

Handrails
… Required on each side of ramp if slope is greater than 1:20 (5% slope) except that at exterior door landings, handrails are not required on ramps less than 6” rise or 72” in length. Fig. 9
(CA T24 1133B.5.5.1) (ADA 4.8.5(1))

…
FIGURE 9

Handrails are continuous the full length of ramp. Fig. 9
(CA T24 1133B.5.5.1) (ADA 4.8.5(1))

… …

Handrail is mounted 34” to 38” above ramp. Fig. 9
(CA T24 1133B.5.5.1) (ADA 4.8.5(5))

Handrails extend min. of one foot beyond top and bottom of ramp. Fig. 9
(CA T24 1133B.5.5.1) (ADA 4.8.5(2) & (6))

Reces sed ra iling

. 18" Min ar 1½" Cle . 3" Ma x

… … …

Handrails must be parallel with the floor or ground surface.

(CA T24 1133B.5.5.1)

The inside handrail on switchback or dogleg ramps must be continuous.
(CA T24 1133B.5.5.1)

The ends must either be rounded or returned smoothly to the floor, wall or post.
(CA T24 1133B.5.5.1)

FIGURE 10

… …

Space between handrail and wall is 1½”. Fig. 10
(CA T24 1133B.5.5.1) (ADA 4.8.5(3))

Recessed handrails are located in a recess that is a max. 3” deep and extends 18” above top of rail. Fig. 10
(CA T24 1133B.5.5.1)

…

Cross-section of rails is at least 1¼” but no more than 1½” or have a shape that provides an equivalent gripping surface. Fig. 11
(CA T24 1133B.5.5.1) (ADA 4.26.2)

…
FIGURE 11

Handrail surfaces shall be smooth with no sharp corners. Fig. 11

(CA T24 1133B.5.5.1) (ADA 4.26.4)

146

LANdINGS / HANdRAILS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

rAmps
… … Handrails shall not rotate within their fittings. Fig. 11
(CA T24 1133B.5.5.1) (ADA 4.8.5 (7))

20

SECTION

Handrails and adjacent surfaces are free of any sharp or abrasive elements.
(CA T24 1133B.5.5.1) (ADA 4.26.4)

…

Min. radius of all edges is 1/8”. Fig. 11
(CA T24 1133B.5.5.1) (ADA 4.26.4)

EXCEPTIONS 1. Handrails are not required at ramps immediately adjacent to fixed seating in assembly areas. Fig. 12 2. Curb ramps do not require handrails.
CA T24 1133B.5.5.1) (ADA 4.8.5)

FIGURE 12

…

Where the extension of the handrail in the direction of the ramp run would create a hazard, the handrail extensions shall comply with Section 26, or the extension on the handrail may be turned 90º to the run of the ramp.
(CA T24 1133B.5.5.1.1)

Wheel Guides
… Ramps not bounded by a wall must comply with the following requirements:
(CA T24 1133B.5.4.9, 1133B.5.6) (ADA 4.8.7)

… …

A guide curb is located a min. 2” high at each side. Fig. 14
(CA T24 1133B.5.6.1) (ADA 4.8.7)

A wheel guide rail is located 2” to 4” above ramp. Fig. 15
(CA T24 1133B.5.4.9, 1133B.5.6.2) (ADA 4.8.7)

FIGURE 13

Guards
… Ramps more than 30” above the adjacent ground shall be provided with guards that comply with Section 21. The guards shall be continuous from the top of the ramp to the bottom of the ramp.
(CA T24 1133B.5.7)

Outdoor Ramps
… Outdoor ramps and their approaches are designed so that water does not accumulate on walkway surfaces.
(CA T24 1133B.5.8) (ADA 4.8.8)

FIGURE 14

FIGURE 15

WHEEL GUIdES ANd GUARdRAILS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

147

21

SECTION

GuArDrAiLs

When walking surfaces rise to or are located more than 30” above the surrounding floor surface, they must have guards on their open side(s) to protect wheelchair users and others from falling. „ In the case of ramps, the guards must be continuous from the top to the bottom of the ramp. „ The guards must have intermediate rails or patterns so that relatively small objects cannot pass through the rails. z A 4”-diameter object should not pass through rails, nor through the space between the bottom rail and the floor surface. z A 6”-diameter object should not pass through the triangular openings created by the interplay of rail and risers, treads and floor elements. z In non-public areas of commercial and industrial occupancies, the 4” and 6” requirements are replaced with a single 12”-diameter requirement.

148

GUARdRAILS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

GuArDrAiLs
WHERE REQUIREd
„ Open-sided walking surfaces, mezzanines, industrial equipment platforms, stairways, ramps and landings more than 30” above ground must have guardrails. The guards must be continuous from the top to bottom of the ramp. „ Ramps and their landings open on one or both sides must have guards. „ Unenclosed floor and roof openings, open and glazed sides of stairways, aisles, landings and ramps, balconies or porches more than 30” above floor, and roofs (other than service of building) must be protected by guard. „ Guards should be provided at the ends of aisles where they terminate at a fascia of boxes, balconies and galleries.
Available Exceptions Guards need not be provided at the following locations: 1. The loading side of loading docks. 2. The auditorium side of a stage, raised platforms, and other raised floor areas such as runways, ramps and side stages, the sides of elevated-walking surfaces used for special lighting or access and use of special equipment, and at vertical openings in the performance area of stages. 3. Along non-public vehicle service pits.

21

SECTION

Available Exceptions 1. Rails or ornamental pattern spacing of guards in commercial and industrial-type occupancies not accessible to the public can be such that a 12” diameter sphere can’t pass through. 2. Triangular openings (riser, tread and bottom element) of a guard at the open side of a stairway can be of a size such that a 6” diameter sphere can’t pass through.

For guard requirements at grandstands, bleachers or other elevated seating facilities, see below: Perimeter Guards.

Perimeter Guards
„ Perimeter guards, enclosing walls or fencing must be provided for all portions of elevated seating facilities that are more than 30” above grade or the floor. „ Guards must be 42” high above the leading edge of the tread adjacent walking surface or adjacent seatboards.
Available Exception Guards at the front of the front row of seats, not located at the end of an aisle, and where there is no cross aisle may have a height of 26” and need not meet the 4” maximum spacing requirement; however, at least one midrail must be installed.

Height
„ Top of guards may not be less than 42” high.
Available Exceptions to 42” Height Req. 1. The following guards may be 36” high: Tops of guards for Group R (Division 3) and Group U (Division 1) Occupancies. Interior guards in individual dwelling units, Group R (Division 3) congregate residences and guest rooms of Group R (Division 1) Occupancies. 2. The following guards may be 26” high: Top of guards on a balcony immediately in front of the first row of fixed seats which are not at the end of an aisle. 3. The top of guards for stairways, exclusive of their landings, can have a height as specified in Sections 20 (Ramps) and 26 (Stairways).

„ Open vertical space between footboards and seats may not exceed 9” when footboards are more than 30” above grade. „ Construction of guards must comply with these requirements and Table 21-1 below.
(CA T24 1013.1; 1607.7.2)

Table 21-1: special Loads1
USE Category Description Exit facilities serving occupant loads > 50 Other than Exit facilities Components VERtICAL LOAD LAtERAL LOAD lbs./sq. ft. unless otherwise noted (Multiply by 0.0479 to convert to kN/m2) 502 202 253

Balcony railings and guards3

Where an elevation change of 30” or less occurs between a cross aisle and the adjacent floor, guards not less than 26” above that aisle floor must be provided.
Available Exception Where the backs of seats on the front of the cross aisle project more than 24” above the floor of the aisle, a guard need not be provided. Guard tops at ends of aisles terminating at fascia of boxes, balconies and galleries must extend for the width of the aisle and be no closer than 42” to the closest surface of the aisle where there are steps and 36” otherwise.

Handrails

The mounting of handrails must be such that the completed handrail and supporting structure are capable of withstanding a load of at least 200 pounds (890 N) applied in any direction at any point on the rail. These loads shall not be assumed to act cumulatively with the loads shown above for balcony railings and guardrails.

1 The tabulated loads are minimum loads are minimum loads. Where other vertical loads required by this code or required by the design would cause greater stresses, they must be used. 2 A load per lineal foot (x 14.6 for N/m) to be applied horizontally at right angles to the top rail. 3 Intermediate rails, panel fillers and their connections must be capable of withstanding a load of 25 pounds per square foot (1.2 kN/m2) applied horizontally at right angles over the entire tributary area, including openings and spaces between rails. Reactions due to this loading need not be combined with those of Footnote 2 above.

Openings
„ Guards must have intermediate rails or an ornamental pattern so that a 4” diameter sphere cannot pass through.

GUARdRAIL HEIGHT, OPENINGS ANd PERIMETER GUARdS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

149

21

SECTION

GuArDrAiLs
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Where Required
… Open-sided walking surfaces, mezzanines, industrial equipment platforms, stairways, ramps and landings that are more than 30” above the surrounding grade shall have guards that comply with this Section. The guards shall be continuous from the top to bottom of the ramp. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1133B.5.7; 1013.1)

…
FIGURE 1

Ramps and their landings open on one or both sides shall have guards as required by this Section. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1013.1)

…

Unenclosed floor and roof openings, open and glazed sides of stairways, aisles, landings and ramps, balconies or porches more than 30” above floor, and roofs (other than service of building) shall be protected by a guard. Guards are provided at the ends of aisles where they terminate at a fascia of boxes, balconies and galleries. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1013.1)

FIGURE 2

EXCEPTIONs Guards need not be provided at the following locations: 1. The loading side of loading docks. 2. The auditorium (audience) side of a stage or raised platform, including steps leading up to the stage and raised platforms. 3. The sides of elevated stage and platform surfaces such as runways, ramps and side stages used for entertainment or presentations. 4. At vertical openings in the performance area of stages. 5. The sides of elevated-walking surfaces used for special lighting or access and use of special equipment. 6. Along non-public vehicle service pits.
(CA T24 1013.1)

Height
… Top of guards shall not be less than 42” high. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1013.2)

FIGURE 3

EXCEPTIONS 1. Tops of guards for Grp. R, Div. 3 and interior guards in individual dwelling units, Grp. R, Div. 2, guards whose top rail also serves as a handrail can be between 34” and 38” high, measured vertically from the leading edge of the stair tread nosing. 2. The height in assemply seating areas shall be in accordance with Assembly Guards, below. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1013.2)

Openings
… Guards shall have intermediate rails or an ornamental pattern so that a 4” diameter sphere cannot pass through. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1013.2)

150

HEIGHT ANd OPENINGS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

GuArdrAils
EXCEPTIONS 1. The triangular openings formed by the interface of riser, tread and bottom rail at the open side of a stairway shall not allow a sphere of 6” diameter to pass through. Fig. 4 2. For elevated access ways for electrical, mechanical or plumbing systems or equipment, guards shall have intermediate rails or be of solid materials, so that a sphere of 21” diameter cannot pass through. 3. Guards in commercial and industrial-type occupancies, in areas not accessible to the public, can be such that a 12” diameter sphere cannot pass through. 4. In assembly seating areas, guards at the ends of aisles where they terminate at fascia of boxes, balconies and galleries, shall have balusters or ornamental patters such that a 4” sphere cannot pass through up to a height of 26”. From a height of 26” to 42”, a sphere with a diameter of 8” shall not pass through. 2. Within individual dwelling units and sleeping units in Group R-2 and R-3 occupancies, openings in guards on the sides of stair treads shall not allow a sphere of 4.375” to pass through.
(CA T24 1013.2)

21

SECTION

…

For guard requirements at grandstands, bleachers or other elevated assembly seating areas, see Assembly Guards, below.
(CA T24 1013.2)

FIGURE 4

Assembly Guards
… Assembly guards shall comply with the following:
(CA T24 1025.14)

Sightline-Constrained Guard Heights
… Unless subject to the requirements of this section, a fascia or railing system in accordance with the guard requirements of this section and having a min. height of 26” shall be provided where the floor or footboard elevation is more than 30” above the floor or grade below.
(CA T24 1025.14.2)

Cross Aisles
… Cross aisles located more than 30” above the floor or grade below shall have guards in accordance with this section.
(CA T24 1025.14.1)

…

Where an elevation change of 30” or less occurs between a cross aisle and the adjacent floor or grade below, guards not less than 26” above the aisle floor shall be provided.
(CA T24 1025.14.1)

…

The fascia or railing would otherwise interfere with the sightlines of immediately adjacent seating.
(CA T24 1025.14.2)

EXCEPTION Where the backs of seats on the front of the cross aisle project 24” or more above the adjacent floor of the aisle, a guard need not be provided.
(CA T24 1025.14.1)

…

At bleachers, a guard must be provided where the floor or footboard elevation is more than 24” above the floor or grade below and the fascia or railing would otherwise interfere with the sightlines of the immediately adjacent seating.
(CA T24 1025.14.2)

Guards At The End of Aisles
… A fascia or railing system complying with the guard requirements of this section shall be provided for the full width of the aisle where the foot of the aisle is more than 30” above the floor or grade below.
(CA T24 1025.14.3)

…

The fascia or railing shall be a min. of 36” high and shall provide a min. 42” measured diagonally between the top of the rail and the nosing of the nearest tread.
(CA T24 1025.14.3)

GUARdRAIlS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

151

22

SECTION

Curb rAmps

Curb ramps are required whenever a pedestrian way crosses a curb. „ Curb ramps should have a minimum width of 48”. „ Curb ramps and crosswalk areas should be coordinated to provide a continuous accessible route. z When curb ramps are located at the center of a curb return, diagonal crosswalk areas (on the street level, at least 48” wide) are usually added at corners so wheelchair users may proceed from one crosswalk to the other without ascending the ramp. z If diagonal curb ramps (corner-ramps) have returned curbs or other well-defined edges, each of the outside edges must be parallel to the direction of pedestrian flow. The bottom of diagonal curb ramps must have a 48” min. clear space and if they are provided at marked crossing, the 48” clear space must be within the marking. If the diagonal curb ramps have flared sides, they must have a min. of 24” long segment of straight curb located on each side of the curb ramp and within the marked crossing. „ Unlike regular ramps (Section 20): z Handrails are never required and rarely, if ever, used. z Sloped sides may serve as edge protection to guide the user. z A 1/2” bevel is required on the lower lip, as a detectable warning for the blind. „ Additional warnings for the blind are required since the slope of the ramp can be no more than 1:12. These warnings are provided by grooved borders along the top and sides of the ramp and detectable warnings (truncated domes) over the surface of the ramp.

152

CURb RAmPS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

Curb rAmps
location
„ Curb ramps should be constructed at every corner of a street intersection, and wherever a pedestrian way crosses a curb. „ Recommended location for curb ramps: Center of the crosswalk of each street corner. „ Where it is necessary to locate a curb ramp in the center of a curb return, and the street surfaces are marked to identify crosswalks, the lower end of the curb ramp should terminate within crosswalk areas. z An additional crosswalk area at least 48” in width on the street surface at the base of the ramp, connecting the two adjoining crosswalks, should be provided to allow for this situation. „ Curb ramps are not located where they may be obstructed by a parked vehicle.

22

SECTION

diagonal Curb Ramps
„ Diagonal curb ramps have a 48” clear space at the ramp bottom, located within markings if at a crosswalk. „ Returned curb ramps or well-defined edges are parallel to pedestrian flow, or if ramps have flared sides, they have a minimum 24” straight curb at each side and are located within the crosswalk. „ If the distance from the curb to the back of the sidewalk is too short for a ramp and a 4’ (1219 mm) platform, the sidewalk should be longitudinally depressed or widened. „ If sidewalk is less than 5’ (1524 mm) wide, the width of the sidewalk should be depressed. „ As an alternative, one ramp may be placed in the center of the curb returns.

Finishes
„ Surface slopes less than 6% gradient should be at least as slip-resistant as a medium salted finish. „ Surface slopes of 6% or greater should be slip-resistant.

design
„ Curb ramp width must be at least 48”, exclusive of any flared sides. „ Curb ramps should have a single sloped plane, with a min. of surface warping and cross slope. „ Slope of curb ramps may not exceed 1:12 (8.33% slope). „ Slope of fanned or flared sides may not exceed 1:10 (10% slope). „ Slope of adjoining surfaces within 4’ of top and bottom of curb ramp may not exceed 1:20. „ Transitions from ramps to walks, gutters, or streets should be flush and free of abrupt changes. „ Built-up curb ramps should be located so that they do not project into vehicular traffic lanes. „ A level landing at least 4’ deep must be provided at the upper end of each curb ramp over its full width or a maximum slope of flared sides of 1:12 (8.33% slope). „ The surfaces of curb ramps and flared sides should be stable, firm, slip-resistant, and have a finish that contrasts with that of the adjacent sidewalk. „ The lower end of each curb ramp should have a 1/2” lip beveled at 45°. „ Curb ramps and their approaches must be designed such that water will not accumulate on walking surfaces.

Grooved borders
„ All curb ramps constructed between the face of the curb and the street should have a grooved border at the level surface of the sidewalk. „ The grooved border should be used to indicate change in level, along the top edge of the ramp and along any sides (at angles) that can be used to access the ramp. „ A grooved 12” (305 mm) wide border must be provided at the level surface of the sidewalk along the top and each side. „ Grooves should be ¼” (6 mm) deep/wide, and approximately ¾” (19 mm) on center.

dESIGN ANd FINISH / SlOPE ANd WARNING SURFACES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

153

22
Slope / detectable Warning Surfaces

SECTION

Curb rAmps
Important Note All detectable warning products and directional surfaces installed after January 1, 2001, must be evaluated by an independent entity, selected by the Department of General Services, Division of the State Architect–Access Compliance for all occupancies, including transportation, and other outdoor environments, except that when products and surfaces are for use in residential housing, evaluation is in consultation with the Department of Housing and Community Development. See Government Code Section 4460.

„ As a curb ramp slope must be no more than 1:12 (8.3% slope gradient), it must have detectable warnings extending the full width and depth of the curb ramp inside the grooved border. „ Detectable warning surfaces are raised truncated domes; diameter 0.9” at base tapering to 0.45” at top, height, 0.2” and center to center spacing, 2.35”. „ Detectable warning surfaces contrast visually with the adjoining surface, either light on dark or the reverse. The material used to provide contrast is an integral part of the walking surface. „ Detectable warning domes can be cast in place, stamped, or part of a prefabricated surface treatment.

„ If the ramp is located in the center of the curb return, the return curbs are parallel to pedestrian flow off the return, and crosswalk configuration is provides a 48” minimum depth landing area on the street surface, to allow safe wheelchair travel on the street. „ If the width of a planting area is equal to or greater than the ramp length, the ramp side slope distance should be 3’ (914 mm). „ For situations where the sidewalk width is less than 48”, the longitudinal portion of the sidewalk may need to be depressed. „ On a curve, the sides of the ramp need not be parallel, but the minimum width of the ramp in such cases is 4’ (1219 mm).

154

CURb RAmPS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

Curb rAmps
GENERAl REQUIREmENTS
… Curb ramps are constructed at every corner of a street intersection, and where a pedestrian way crosses a curb. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1127b.5.1) (AdA 4.7.1)

22

SECTION

… …

Built-up curb ramps must not project into vehicular traffic lanes.
(CA T24 1127.b.5.1)

Recommended location for curb ramps is in the center of the crosswalk of each street corner. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1127b.5.1)

…

Where it is necessary to locate a curb ramp in the center of a curb return and the street surfaces are marked to identify crosswalks, the lower end of the curb ramp terminates within crosswalk areas. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1127b.5.1)

FIGURE 1

Width
… … The min. curb ramp width is 48” exclusive of any flared sides. Figs. 2-7
(CA T24 1127b.5.2) (AdA 4.7.3)

Curb ramps have a single sloped plane, with a min. of surface warping and cross slope.
(CA T24 1127b.5.2)

FIGURE 2

FIGURE 3

Slope
… … Slope of curb ramps does not exceed 1:12 (8.33% slope). Figs. 2-7

(CA T24 1127b.5.3) (AdA 4.8.2)

Max. slope of fanned or flared sides is 1:10 (10% slope). Fig. 6
(CA T24 1127b.5.3) (AdA 4.7.5)

FIGURE 4

FIGURE 5

…

Max. slope of adjoining surfaces is 1:20 within 4’ of top and bottom of curb ramp. Figs. 2-7
(CA T24 1127b.5.3) (AdA 4.7.2)

…

Transition from ramps to walks, gutters, or the streets are flush and free of abrupt changes.
(CA T24 1127b.5.3) (AdA 4.7.2)

…

Built-up curb ramps are located so that they do not project into vehicular traffic lanes.

(AdA 4.7.6)

level landing
… A level landing 4’ deep shall be provided at the upper end of each curb ramp over its full width or a max. slope of flared sides is 1:12 (8.33% slope). Figs. 9
(CA T24 1127b.5.4)

FIGURE 6

FIGURE 7

Finish
… The surfaces of curb ramps and flared sides are stable, firm, slip-resistant, and has a finish that contrasts with that of the adjacent sidewalk. Fig. 9
(CA T24 1127b.5.5) (AdA 4.5.1)

FIGURE 8

FIGURE 9

lOCATION, SlOPES, SURFACES ANd lANdINGS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

155

22

SECTION

Curb rAmps
border
… … The lower end of each curb ramp has a ½” lip beveled at 45°. Fig. 10
(CA T24 1127b.5.6)

Curb ramps and their approaches are designed such that water will not accumulate on walking surfaces. Figs. 11-12
(AdA 4.8.8)

…
FIGURE 10

All curb ramps constructed between the face of curb and the street have a grooved border at the level surface of sidewalk. Figs. 11-12
(CA T24 1127b.5.6)

…

A grooved 12” wide border is provided at the level surface of the sidewalk along the top and each side. Figs. 11 & 12
(CA T24 1127b.5.6)

…

Grooves are approximately ¾” on center. Fig. 13
(CA T24 1127b.5.6)

Obstructions
FIGURE 11 FIGURE 12

…

Curb ramps are not located where they may be obstructed by a parked vehicle. Fig. 14

(CA T24 1127b.5.8) (AdA 4.7.8)

detectable Warnings
… Curb ramps must have a detectable warning that extends the full width and the depth of the curb ramp, excluding the flared sides, inside the grooved border.
(CA T24 1127b.5.7)

…
FIGURE 13

Detectable warning surfaces are raised truncated domes; diameter 0.9” at base tapering to 0.45” at top, height, 0.2” and center to center spacing, 2.35”. Fig. 17
(CA T24 1127b.5.7) (AdA 4.29.2)

…

Detectable warning surfaces contrast visually with the adjoining surface, either light on dark or the reverse. The material used to provide contrast is an integral part of the walking surface. Fig. 17
(CA T24 1127b.5.7) (AdA 4.29.2)

…

Detectable warning domes can be cast in place, stamped, or part of a prefabricated surface treatment. Fig. 17

FIGURE 14

Note: All detectable warning products and directional surfaces installed after January 1, 2001, must be evaluated by an independent entity, selected by the Department of General Services, Division of the State Architect - Access Compliance for all occupancies, including transportation, and other outdoor environments, except that when products and surfaces are for use in residential housing, evaluation is in consultation with the Department of Housing and Community Development. See Government Code Section 4460.
(CA T24 1127b.5.7)

diagonal Curb Ramps
FIGURE 15 FIGURE 16

…

If diagonal curb ramps (corner-ramps) have returned curbs or other well-defined edges, edges must be parallel to the direction of pedestrian flow.
(CA T24 1127b.5.9)

156

ObSTRUCTIONS / dETECTAblE WARNINGS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

Curb rAmps
… The bottom of diagonal curb ramps must have a 48” min. clear space and if they are provided at marked crossing, the 48” clear space must be within the marking. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1127b.5.9)

22

SECTION

…

If the diagonal curb ramps have flared sides, they must have a min. of 24” long segment of straight curb located on each side of the curb ramp and within the marked crossing.
(CA T24 1127b.5.9)

Notes: 1. For additional curb details, see Figures 1 – 28. 2. If the distance from the curb to the back of the sidewalk is too short for a ramp and a 4’ (1219 mm) platform as in Fig. 20, the sidewalk is longitudinally depressed or widened. Figs. 20 – 23 3. If sidewalk is less than 5’ (1524 mm) wide, the width of the sidewalk is depressed. Figs. 24 & 25 4. As an alternate to Fig. 20, one ramp is placed in the center of the curb returns. Fig. 22 5. If the ramp is located in the center of the curb return, crosswalk configuration is similar to that shown on the plan to accommodate wheelchairs. Figs. 18 & 19 6. If planting area width is equal to or greater than ramp length, ramp side slope distance equals 3’ (914 mm). See Section 13. Fig. 26 7. For Figs. 26 & 27 the longitudinal portion of the sidewalk may need to be depressed. Figs. 28 8. On a curve, the sides of the ramp need not be parallel, but the min. width of ramp is 4’ (1219 mm). 9. Ramp has a 12” wide (305 mm) border with ¼” (6 mm) grooves approx. ¾” (19 mm) on center. Fig. 13

FIGURE 20

FIGURE 21

FIGURE 22

FIGURE 23

FIGURE 24

(CA T24 1127b.5.10) (AdA 4.7.10)

FIGURE 25 FIGURE 17

FIGURE 26

FIGURE 27

FIGURE 28

FIGURE 18

FIGURE 19

dIAGONAl CURb RAmPS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

157

23

SECTION

pedesTriAn GrAde sepArATions

These provisions apply to ramps and curb ramps associated with pedestrian overpasses and underpasses. „ A steeper slope is allowed for walking surfaces. „ A compliant street crossing, with curb ramps, is allowed.

158

PEdESTRIAN OvERPASSES ANd UNdERPASSES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

pedesTriAn GrAde sepArATions
REQUIREmENTS Ramps
„ Pedestrian ramps on pedestrian grade separations must comply with the requirements of Section 20 (Ramps).

23

SECTION

Curb Ramps
„ Where pedestrian grade separations cross streets or other vehicular traffic ways, and where a street level crossing can reasonably and safely be used by persons with physical disabilities, conforming curb ramps and a usable pathway must be provided. See Section 22 (Curb Ramps). „ Curb ramps must be within (coordinate with) crosswalk areas.
Exceptions 1. When the grade differential of the walking surface of a pedestrian grade separation exceeds 14’ (4267 mm) due to required height clearance and grade conditions, and the enforcing agency finds that because of right-of-way restrictions, topography or natural barriers, wheelchair accessibility or equivalent facilitation would create an unreasonable hardship, such accessibility need not be provided. However, the requirements in these regulations relating to other types of mobility must be complied with. 2. For existing facilities, this section shall not apply where, due to legal or physical constraints, the site of the project will not allow compliance with these regulations or equivalent facilitation without creating an unreasonable hardship.

Slope and Cross Slope
„ Cross slopes of walking surfaces shall be the least possible and in no event may they exceed ¼” (6 mm) per foot (2.083% gradient). „ The slope of any appreciably warped walking surface must not exceed 1:12 (8.33% slope) in any direction.

Finishes
„ Surface slopes less than 6% gradient should be at least as slip-resistant as a medium salted finish. „ Surface slopes of 6% or greater should be slip-resistant.

PEdESTRIAN OvERPASSES ANd UNdERPASSES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

159

23

SECTION

pedesTriAn GrAde sepArATions
GENERAl REQUIREmENTS
… Pedestrian ramps on pedestrian grade separations shall comply with the requirements of Section 20, Ramps. Figs. 1 through 5
(CA T24 1128b)

…

Cross slopes of walking surfaces must be the minimum possible. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1128b)

FIGURE 1

…

Cross slopes must not exceed 1 unit vertical in 50 units horizontal (2%slope)
(CA T24 1128b)

…

The slope of any appreciably warped walking surface e must not exceed 1 unit vertical in 12 unit horizontal (8.33% slope). Fig. 2 – 5
(CA T24 1128b)

…
FIGURE 2 FIGURE 3

Where pedestrian grade separations cross streets or other vehicular traffic ways, and where a street level crossing can reasonably and safely be used by persons with physical disabilities, there shall be provided conforming curb ramps and a usable pathway. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1128b)

FIGURE 4

FIGURE 5

Exceptions 1. When the grade differential of the walking surface of a pedestrian grade separation exceeds 14’ (4267 mm) due to required height clearance and grade conditions (Fig. 7), and the enforcing agency finds that because of right-of-way restrictions, topography or natural barriers, wheelchair accessibility or equivalent facilitation would create an unreasonable hardship, such accessibility need not be provided. However, the requirements in these regulations relating to other types of mobility shall be complied with. 2. For existing facilities, this section shall not apply where, due to legal or physical constraints, the site of the project will not allow compliance with these regulations or equivalent facilitation without creating an unreasonable hardship.
(CA T24 1128b)

FIGURE 6

FIGURE 7

160

PEdESTRIAN OvERPASSES ANd UNdERPASSES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

WAlks And sideWAlks
A sidewalk is a contiguous public way. A walk is an exterior pedestrian path.

24

SECTION

„ Walks, as part of accessible routes of travel, must provide a ramp when the running slope exceeds 1:20; that is, a path of travel with a slope greater than 1:20 (5% gradient) must provide all the features of a ramp as outlined in Section 20.

EXTERIOR PEdESTRIAN PATHS ANd SIdEWAlkS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

161

24
REQUIREmENTS

SECTION

WAlks And sideWAlks
door Clearances
„ If a door or gate swings toward walkways, the level landing area must be at least 60” x 60”, with a slope less than 1:50 (2% gradient) in any direction. „ If a door or gate swings away from walkways, the level landing area must be at least 48” wide x 44” deep with a slope less than 1:50 (2.0% gradient) in any direction. „ The walk must extend at least 24” past the strike side of any door or gate which swings toward walk.

„ Walks and sidewalks should have a continuous common surface. z No steps or abrupt level changes exceeding 1/2”. „ Walkways must be at least 48” wide.
Available Exception The clear width requirement may be reduced to 36” if the enforcing agency determines that compliance would create unreasonable hardship as a result of right-of-way restrictions, natural barriers, or other existing conditions.

Slope
„ When slope is greater than 1:20 (5%) in the direction of travel, the path is considered a ramp, and the requirements of Section 20 (Ramps) apply. „ Surface cross slope should not exceed ¼” per foot.

Finishes
„ Surface slopes less than 6% gradient should be at least as slip-resistant as a medium salted finish. „ Surface slopes of 6% or greater should be slip-resistant.
Available Exception Cross slope may be increased to ½” per foot to distances less than 20 feet (2.5%) gradient if the enforcement agency determines there is unreasonable hardship due to local conditions.

Gratings
„ All walkways, sidewalks and pedestrian ways should be free of gratings whenever possible. „ Grid openings in gratings must be 1/2” or less in the direction of travel. „ The long dimension of grating should be placed perpendicular to the direction of travel.

landings and Passing Spaces
„ All walks with continuous gradients have level areas at least 5 feet long min. intervals of at least every 400 feet. „ If an accessible route has less than 60” clear width, then passing spaces at least 60” x 60” are located at reasonable intervals not exceeding 200 feet. „ A T-intersection of 2 corridors of walks is an acceptable passing space.
Available Exceptions Existing Buildings: Hardship & Equivalent Facilitation. Existing Buildings: Legal or Physical Constraints.

„ If changes of level does not exceed ¼” vertical change no edge treatment is necessary. „ Changes of level between ¼” to 1/2” vertical change should utilize a 1:2 (50%) beveled slope. „ When change in level is above 1/2” vertical change, an applicable ramp or curb ramp must be used. (See Curb Ramps, Section 22)

162

EXTERIOR PEdESTRIAN PATHS ANd SIdEWAlkS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

WAlks And sideWAlks
GENERAl REQUIREmENTS
… Walks and Sidewalks must comply with the following regulations:
(CA T24 1133b.7.1)

24

SECTION

„ Continuous surfaces have a continuous common surface.
(CA T24 1133b.7.1) (AdA 4.3.8)

„ Not interrupted by steps or abrupt level changes exceeding ½”. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1133b.7.1.1) (AdA 4.3.8)

„ Walkways min. width is 48”. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1133b.7.1.1)

…

If a walk or sidewalk has less than 60”clear width, then passing spaces at least 60” by 60” must be located at reasonable intervals not to exceed 200’. Figs. 5 – 7
(CA T24 1133b.7.1) (AdA 4.3.4)

FIGURE 1

…

A T-intersection is an acceptable passing place. Fig. 8
(CA T24 1133b.7.1) (AdA 4.3.4)

Exception The clear width may be reduced to 36” if the enforcing agency determines that compliance would create unreasonable hardship as a result of right-of-way restrictions, natural barriers, or other existing conditions.
(CA T24 1133b.7.1.3)

…

Surface slopes less than 6% gradient are at least as slipresistant as a medium salted finish. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1133b.7.1.1)

FIGURE 2

… …

Surface slopes of 6% or greater are slip-resistant. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1133b.7.1.2)

Surface cross-slopes must not exceed 1 unit vertical in 50 units horizontal (2% slope)
(CA T24 1133b.7.1.3)

…

When slope is greater than 1:20 (5% Slope) in the direction of travel, the path is considered a ramp and must comply with the requirements of Section 20: Ramps.
(CA T24 1133b.7.3)

Gratings
… All walkways, sidewalks and pedestrian ways are free of gratings whenever possible.
(CA T24 1124b.4; 1133b.7.2) (AdA 4.5.4)

FIGURE 3

…

Grid openings in gratings are a max. of ½” in the direction of travel. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1133b.7.2) (AdA 4.5.4)

…

If gratings have elongated openings, then they are placed so that the long dimension is perpendicular to the dominant direction of travel. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1124b.4) (AdA 4.5.4)

…

All walks with continuous gradients have level areas at least 5 feet long at max. intervals of 400 feet. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1133b.7.6)

FIGURE 4

EXTERIOR PEdESTRIAN PATHS ANd SIdEWAlkS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

163

24

SECTION

WAlks And sideWAlks
Exceptions 1. When enforcing agency determines that compliance would create unreasonable hardship in an existing building, and equivalent facilitation is provided.
(CA T24 1133b.7.2)

2. When legal or physical constraints will not allow compliance or equivalent facilitation in an existing building without creating unreasonable hardship.
(CA T24 1133b.7.2)

FIGURE 5

Changes in level
… If a change of level does not exceed ¼” vertical change, no edge treatment is necessary. Fig. 9
(CA T24 1124b.2) (AdA 4.5.2)

…

Changes of level between ¼” to ½” vertical change utilize a 1:2 (50%) beveled slope. Fig. 9
(CA T24 1124b.2) (AdA 4.5.2)

…

When change in level is above ½” vertical change, an applicable ramp or curb ramp is used. (See curb Ramps, Section 22.)
(CA T24 1124b.2) (AdA 4.3.7)

FIGURE 6

FIGURE 7

FIGURE 8

164

EXTERIOR PEdESTRIAN PATHS ANd SIdEWAlkS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

WAlks And sideWAlks
level Areas and door Clearances
… If a door or gate swings toward a walkway, the min. level landing area is 60” x 60”, with a slope less than 1:50 gradient (2%) in any direction. Fig. 10
(CA T24 1133b.7.5) (AdA 4.3.7)

24

SECTION

…

If a door or gate swings away from a walkway, the min. level landing area is 48” wide x 44” deep, with a slope less than 1:50 gradient (2.0%) in any direction. Fig. 10 – 12
(CA T24 1133b.7.5) (AdA 4.13.3;4.13.6)

…

The walk must extend a min. of 24” past the strike side of any door or gate which swings toward the walk. Figs. 10 – 12
(CA T24 1133b.7.5) (AdA 4.13.3; 4.13.6)

FIGURE 11

FIGURE 9

FIGURE 10

FIGURE 12

EXTERIOR PEdESTRIAN PATHS ANd SIdEWAlkS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

165

25

SECTION

HAzArds

For the most part, the purpose of this Section is to protect the blind and those with impaired vision from injury that can be caused by sudden drop-offs, restricted or inadequate headroom, or unexpected projections into a path of travel. „ As you read through these requirements, remember that most blind persons use canes to feel their way along a path of travel. z The cane is moved right and left just above floor level. z Any projection or overhanging obstruction that doesn’t extend all the way to the floor will be missed by this sensing. z Even a good guide animal will miss overhanging obstructions.

166

WARNING CURbS, HEAdROOm, PROTRUdING ObjECTS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

HAzArds
WARNING CURbS
„ Abrupt changes in level over 4” high (for example, planters or fountains adjacent to walks) must have a 6” min. warning curb to warn the blind of a potential drop off. „ Such warning curbs are not required between a walk/sidewalk and an adjacent street/driveway. „ When guard rails or handrails are provided, a curb is not required if one or more of the following is true: z There is a guide rail centered 3” (± 1”) above the walking surface z The maximum gradient of the walk is 5% or less z No adjacent hazards exist.

25

SECTION

detectable Warnings At Transit boarding Platforms
„ Transit boarding platforms must have a detectable warning texture running the full length of the loading area. „ The detectable warning surface must be 24” to 36” in width and located at the edge of the drop-off or safe area. „ Detectable warning surfaces must differ from the adjoining surfaces in resiliency or sound on cane contact. This surface is reserved for warning. „ The warning surface must be made from a durable, slipresistant material and feature raised truncated domes in a staggered pattern. z Domes in the surface must be 0.9” diameter at the base, 0.45” diameter at top. Their nominal height should be 0.2”, and their spacing should be 2.35” O.C. z Domes should contrast visually with the adjoining surfaces, being either light on dark or dark on light. The material used to provide the contrast must be an integral part of the walking surface. z The yellow color used in detectable warning surface materials must conform to Federal Color No. 33538 (as shown in Table IV of Standard No. 595B). „ Where the color value contrast between the yellow warning and the main walking surface is less than 70%, a 1” wide black strip must be used to separate the yellow warning surface from the main walking surface. z Contrast is determined by the following formula:
Contrast = [(B1 – B2)/B1] x 100% ... where: B1 = light reflectance value (LRV) of lighter area B2 = light reflectance value (LRV) of the darker area Important Note Warning products and surfaces installed after Jan. 1, 2001, must be evaluated by an independent entity selected by the Dept. of Gen’l Services, Div. of the State Architect - Access Comp. for all occupancies, including transportation and other outdoor environments. When products and surfaces are for use in residential housing, this evaluation can be in consultation with the Dept. of Housing and Comm. Development.

Overhanging Obstructions
„ Pedestrian ways must have clear head room of at least 80” above the walking surfaces, as measured from the bottom of the obstruction. „ If area adjoining the accessible route has clear head room less than 80”, a warning barrier should be provided within 12” from the end of the object, to warn blind persons. „ If a guy support is used parallel to the path of travel, a guy brace, sidewalk guy, etc., should be used to prevent an overhanging obstruction.

Protruding Objects
„ Protruding objects may not reduce the clear width of an accessible route or maneuvering space. „ Objects that are mounted on walls between 27” to 80” high may protrude no more than 4”. „ There is no limit on the amount that objects that are wallmounted 27” or less may protrude.

Post-mounted Objects/Signs
„ Free-standing objects mounted on posts or pylons: Maximum 12” projection from the mounting post/surface in the zone 27” to 80” above floor. „ Wherever signs mounted on posts or pylons protrude from the posts or pylons and the bottom edge of the sign is at less than 80” above the finished floor or ground level, the edges of such signs must be rounded or eased and the corners must have a min. radius of 0.125”.

Head Room
„ Walks, halls, corridors, passageways, aisles, and any other circulation spaces: Head room for the full required clear width must be at least 80” high. „ If an area adjoining an accessible route has less than the required clear headroom of 80”, a barrier must be provided to warn blind persons.

WARNING CURbS, HEAdROOm, PROTRUdING ObjECTS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

167

25
detectable directional Texture At Transit boarding Platforms

SECTION

HAzArds
At Hazardous vehicular Areas
„ A continuous detectable warning surface must be used when: z A walk crosses or adjoins a vehicular way z The walking surfaces are not separated by curbs or railings „ The continuous detectable warning surface is located in the boundary between the two walking surfaces, and is at least 36” wide. „ The continuous detectable warning must comply with the requirements for Detectable Warnings at Transit Boarding Platforms (above).
See Important Note above.

„ Pedestrian access on Transit Boarding Platforms must be identified with “detectable directional texture.” „ A “detectable directional texture” is a raised platform that is 0.1” high and tapers to 0.04”. „ The detectable directional texture must be made from a durable, slip-resistant material and feature raised bars. The raised bars must be: z 0.2” high z 1.3” wide z 3.0” from center-to-center of each bar z Industry standard for overall bar length is 11¼” to 111/2” „ Color for the detectable must be as specified for Detectable Warnings at Transit Boarding Platforms (see above). z The area of directional texture should be placed directly behind the yellow detectable warning texture z The bars should be aligned perpendicular to the edge of the safe area and with each of the doors on transit vehicles. z The width of the directional texture should be the width of vehicle’s door opening. z The depth of directional texture should be at least 36”.
See Important Note above.

168

TRANSIT bOARdING PlATFORmS / HAzARdOUS vEHICUlAR AREAS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

HAzArds
GENERAl REQUIREmENTS Warning Curbs
… Abrupt changes in level, except between a walk or sidewalk and an adjacent street or driveway, exceeding 4” in a vertical dimension, (such as at planters or fountains located in or adjacent to walks, sidewalks or other pedestrian ways) must be identified by curbs projecting at least 6” in height above the walk or sidewalk surface to warn the blind of a potential drop off. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1133b.8.1)

25

SECTION

…

When guards or handrails are provided, a curb is not required if there is a guide rail centered 3” (± 1”) above the walking surface, the max. gradient of walk is 5% or less, or no adjacent hazards exit. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1133b.8.1)

FIGURE 1

Overhanging Obstructions
… Pedestrian ways have a min. clear head room of 80” above the walking surfaces, as measured from the bottom of the obstruction. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1133b.8.2) (AdA 4.4.2)

…

If area adjoining the accessible route has a clear head room less than 80”, a warning barrier is provided 12” max. from end of object to warn blind persons.
(AdA 4.4.2)

FIGURE 2

…

If a guy support is used parallel to the path of travel, a guy brace, sidewalk guy, etc. is used to prevent an overhanging obstruction.
(CA T24 1133b.8.2)

Protruding Objects
… Protruding objects do not reduce the clear width or maneuvering space of an accessible route or maneuvering space. Fig. 4.
(CA T24 1133b.8.6.1) (AdA 4.4.1)

…

Wall-mounted protruding objects from 27” to 80” high have a max. projection of 4”. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1133b.8.6.1) (AdA 4.4.1)

FIGURE 3

…

Wall-mounted protruding objects at or below 27” have no limit on projection. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1133b.8.6.1) (AdA 4.4.1)

…

Free-standing objects mounted on posts or pylons have a max. 12” projection from 27” to 80” above floor. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1133b.8.6.1) (AdA 4.4.1)

Head Room
… Walks, halls, corridors, passageways, aisles, and any other circulation spaces have min. clear width head room of 80”. Fig. 5
(CA T24 1133b.8.6.2) (AdA 4.4.2)

FIGURE 4

WARNING CURbS, HEAdROOm, PROTRUdING ObjECTS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

169

25

SECTION

HAzArds
… If an area adjoining an accessible route has a clear headroom less than 80”, a barrier is provided to warn blind or visually impaired persons. Fig. 5
(AdA 4.4.2)

Free-Standing Signs
… Wherever signs mounted on posts or pylons protrude from the posts or pylons and the bottom edge of the sign is at less than 80” above the finished floor or ground level, the edges of such signs shall be rounded or eased and the corners shall have a min. radius of 0.125”.
(CA T24 1133b.8.6.3)

FIGURE 5

detectable Warnings at Transit boarding Platforms
… Transit boarding platforms have a detectable warning texture extending the full length of the loading area. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1121b.3.1, 8; 1133b.8.5)

21ST
…

The detectable warning texture is 24” to 36” in width and is located at the edge of drop-off or safe area. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1121b.3.1, 8; 1133b.8.5)

…
FIGURE 6

Durable, slip-resistant material having a surface texture composed of raised, truncated domes in a staggered pattern with a diameter of nominal 0.9” at the base tapering to 0.45” at the top, a height of nominal 0.2” and a center-to-center spacing of nominal 2.35” in compliance with Fig. 7 and 7a
(CA T24 1121b.3.1)

Note: “Nominal” as used here shall be in accordance with California State Referenced Standards Code Sections 12-11A and B-102.
(CA T24 1121b.3.1, 8; 1133b.8.5)

FIGURE 7

…

Domes contrast visually with adjoining surfaces, either light on dark or reverse. Material used to provide contrast shall be an integral part or walking surface. Fig. 7
(CA T24 1121b.3.1, 8; 1133b.8.5)

…

The detectable warning surfaces differ from the adjoining surfaces in resiliency or sound on cane contact. This surface is reserved for warning.
(CA T24 1121b.3.1, 8; 1133b.8.5)

FIGURE 7a

…

The yellow color conforms to Fed. Color No. 33538, as shown in Table IV of Standard No. 595B. Where the color value contrast between the yellow warning and the main walking surface is less than 70%, a 1” wide black strip separates the yellow warning from main walking surface.
(CA T24 1121b.3.1, 8; 1133b.8.5)

…

Contrast is determined by:
Contrast = [(B1 – B2)/B1] x 100%, where B1 is the light reflectance value (LRV) of lighter area, and B2 is light reflectance value (LRV) of the darker area.
(CA T24 1121b.3.3)

FIGURE 8

170

HEAdROOm / TRANSIT bOARdING PlATFORmS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

HAzArds
detectable directional Texture at Transit boarding Platforms
… At transit boarding platforms, the pedestrian access shall be identified with a detectable directional texture. Fig. 8
(CA T24 1121b.3.1, 1133b.8.4)

25

SECTION

FIGURE 8a

…

The detectable directional texture shall comply with Figure 8 and shall be 0.1” in height that tapers off to 0.04” with bars raised 0.2” from the surface. Figs. 8 and 8a
(CA T24 1121b.3.1, 1133b.8.4)

…

The raised bars shall be 1.3” wide and 3” from centerto-center of each bar. Fig. 8
(CA T24 1121b.3.1, 1133b.8.4)

…

This surface shall differ from adjoining walking surfaces in resiliency or sound-on-cane contact.
(CA T24 1121b.3.1, 1133b.8.4)

FIGURE 9

…

The color of the directional texture must comply with the same color requirements specified under Detectable Warnings at Transit Boarding Platforms.
(CA T24 1121b.3.1, 1133b.8.4)

…

This surface will be placed directly behind the yellow detectable warning texture must align with all doors of the transit vehicles where passengers will embark.
(CA T24 1121b.3.1, 1133b.8.4)

FIGURE 10

…

The width of the directional texture shall be equal to the width of the transit vehicle’s door opening. Fig. 9
(CA T24 1121b.3.1, 1133b.8.4)

detectable Warnings at Reflecting Pools
… The edges of reflecting pools must be protected by railings, walls, warning curbs, or detectable warnings complying with the requirements under Detectable Warnings at Transit Boarding Platforms.
(CA T24 1133b.8.7)

…

The depth of the texture shall be a min. of 36”. Fig. 9
(CA T24 1121b.3.1, 1133b.8.4)

detectable directional Texture at Hazardous vehicular Areas
… If a walk crosses or adjoins a vehicular way and the walking surfaces are not separated by curbs or railings, or other elements between the pedestrian areas and vehicular areas the boundary between them is determined by a continuous detectable warning 36” wide, complying with Detectable Warnings at Transit Boarding Platforms. Fig. 10
(CA T24 1133b.8.5) (AdA 4.29.5)

Note: Applies to all: Detectable Warnings at Transit boarding Platforms, Detectable Directional Texture at Boarding Platforms, and Detectable Warnings at Hazardous Vehicular Areas.

…

Note: See note under Detectable Warnings at Transit Boarding Platforms.
(CA T24 1133b.8.5)

Only approved DSA-AC detectable warning products and directional surfaces must be installed as provided in the California Code of Regulations (CCR), Title 24, Part 1, Articles 2, 3 and 4. Refer to CCR Title 24, Part 12, Chapters 12-11A and B, for building and facility access specifications for product approval for detectable warning products and directional surfaces.
(CA T24 1121b.3.1, 1133b.8.5)

…

Detectable warning products and directional surfaces installed after January 1, 2001, shall be evaluated by an independent entity, selected by the Department of General Services, Division of the State Architect—Access Compliance, for all occupancies, including transportation and other outdoor environments, except that when products and surfaces are for use in residential housing, evaluation shall be in consultation with the Department of Housing and Community Development. See Government Code Section 4460.
(CA T24 1121b.3.1, 1133b.8.5)

TRANSIT PlATFORmS / vEHICUlAR AREAS / REFlECTING POOlS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

171

26

SECTION

StairwayS

Although these requirements establish minimum accessibility requirements for stairways, don’t forget: stairways cannot be considered part of an accessible route of travel. z This is because stairways cannot be used by wheelchair users independently. „ The main purpose of these requirements, then, is to set handrail requirements for the benefit of the blind, vision-impaired and general public.

172

STaIrwayS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

sTAirWAys
ImPORTANT
Stairways having two or more risers serving any building or portions of a building must conform to the following requirements.

26

SECTION

Handrails: Where and How many? siTuATion
Stairways with 3 or fewer risers No handrails are required.

requiremenTs

Handrail Configuration
„ Handrail height = 34” min. to 38” max. above landings and the nosing of treads. „ The handrail(s) should not reduce the minimum required width of the stairs. „ At each and every point along the run, the orientation of at least one handrail should be in the direction of the run of the stair and perpendicular to the direction of the stair nosing. „ At least one handrail should extend a minimum of 12” beyond the top nosing, and a minimum of 12” plus one tread width beyond the bottom nosing. „ Where the extension of the handrail in the direction of the stair run would create a hazard, the termination of the extension should be either rounded or returned smoothly to the floor, wall, or post. „ Where stairs are continuous from landing to landing, the inner handrail should also be continuous, and should not extend into the landing. „ The ends of handrails should return or terminate in newels or safety terminals. „ Handrail gripping surfaces (top or sides) should not be interrupted by newel posts, other construction elements, or obstructions. „ Any wall or surface adjacent to the handrail should be free of sharp or abrasive elements.

Stairways giving access to portable work stands less than 30” high Private stairways: 4 or more risers but 30” or less in height Stairways less than 44” in width Stairway with 4 or more risers serving 1 individual dwelling unit in Group R (Div. 1 or 3), or a Group R (Div. 3) congregate residence, or Group U occupancies. Stairways 44” in width or greater

At least one handrail is required. At least one handrail is required. Note: Stairways open on one or both sides must have handrails on open side(s). Handrails on each side are required. One additional, intermediate handrail is required for each 88” of width, spaced equidistant between the handrails on either side.

All other situations

Handrails on each side are required.

These provisions may not apply to existing multifamily buildings. See CA T24 1120A.4.1 (accessible housing requirements) and 1133B.4.1.1 (public buildings, public accommodations, commercial buildings and publicly-funded housing).

Handrail Strength
„ All handrails should have a minimum structural strength to support a 250-lb. point load. „ Handrails should not rotate within their fittings.

Stairway Identification Signs Sign Placement
„ Enclosed stairways in buildings with two or more stories must have approved stairway identification signs located in the stairway at each floor level. „ Each sign should be placed 5’ above the floor, immediately adjacent to the door on the strike side. „ The signs should be placed so that they are visible at all times, whether the door is open or closed.

Handrails Projecting from a Wall
„ Minimum space between wall and rail: 11/2”. „ Handgrips: Cross-section = 1¼” to 11/2”, or shaped to provide an equivalent gripping surface. „ Minimum radius of edges = 1/8”.
Available Exceptions Existing Buildings: Hardship & Equivalent Facilitation Existing Buildings: Legal or Physical Constraints

Raised lettering / braille
„ The information on the sign should be presented using raised Arabic numerals and raised, Grade 2 Braille symbols. „ The sign must include a raised, five-pointed star (which indicates “floor”), located to the left of the numeral identifying the floor level. „ The outside “diameter” of the star must be the same as the height of the raised numeral(s).

Handrails within Recesses
„ Maximum depth of recess = 3”. „ Minimum recess above top of rail = 18”.

HANdRAIlS ANd SIGNAGE
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

173

26
Striping for the visually Impaired

SECTION

sTAirWAys
Treads, Nosing and Risers
All tread surfaces must be slip-resistant. Weather-exposed (outdoor) stairs and their approaches should be designed so that water will not accumulate on walking surfaces. „ Uniformity: On any given flight of stairs, all steps should have uniform riser height and uniform tread width. „ Depth: Stair tread depth (from riser to riser) = 11” (min.). „ Riser height: 4” min.; 7” max. „ Risers: Risers should be sloped with a minimum angle of 60° from the horizontal. „ Nosing: As an alternative to sloped risers, a nosing may be used. If a nosing is used, it should not project more than 1¼” past the face of the riser below. the underside of a nosing should have a min. angle of 60° from the horizontal. „ Edges: Stair treads should have a smooth, rounded, or chamfered exposed edge, with no abrupt/sharp edges at the nosing (lower front edge).
Available Exceptions Existing Buildings: Hardship & Equivalent Facilitation. Existing Buildings: Legal or Physical Constraints.

„ The upper approach and the lower tread of each stair should be marked by a strip of clearly contrasting color at least 2” wide. „ The strip should be placed parallel to and not more than 1” from the nose of the step or landing. „ The strip must be made of a material that is at least as slipresistant as the other treads of the stair. „ Painted strips are acceptable. „ If the stairway is located outside of the building, the upper approach and all the treads must be marked by strips.

174

STRIPING / TREAdS, NOSING ANd RISERS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

sTAirWAys
GENERAl REQUIREmENTS
… Stairways having two or more risers must comply with the following requirements:

26

SECTION

Stairway Width
… The width of stairways shall be determined as specified in this section and in Section 28 Egress, but such width shall not be less than 44” See 28 for accessible means of egress stairways. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1009.1)

EXCEPTIONS 1. Stairways serving an occupant load of less than 50 shall have a width of not less than 36” 2. Spiral stairways as provided in respective heading in this section. 3. Aisle stairs complying with respective area. 4. Where an incline platform lift or stairway chairlift is installed on stairways serving occupancies in Group R-3, or within dwelling units in occupancies in Group R-2, a clear passage width not less than 20” shall be provided. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1009.1)

FIGURE 1

…

If the seat and platform can be folded when not in use, the distance shall be measured from the folded position.
(CA T24 1009.1)

…

Means of egress stairs in a Group I-2 occupancy used for the movement of beds and litter patients shall provide a clear width not less than 44”
(CA T24 1009.1)

FIGURE 2

FIGURE 3

Required Handrails
… … Stairways must have handrails on each side. Fig. 1 and 2
(CA T24 1133b.4.2.2) (AdA 4.9.4)

Handrails must be continuous along both sides of a stairway.Fig. 1
(CA T24 1133b.4.2.2) (AdA 4.9.4)

…

Stairways must have intermediate handrails located in such a manner that all portions of the stairway width required for egress capacity are within 30” of a handrail. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1133b.4.2.2; 1012.8) (AdA 4.9.4)

…

On monumental stairs, intermediate handrails must be located along the most direct path of egress travel.
(CA T24 1133b.4.2.2; 1012.8) (AdA 4.9.4)

…

Handrails must not reduce the required with of the stairs. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1133b.4.2.2) (AdA 4.9.4)

FIGURE 4

… …

For stairs open on both sides, see Fig. 2 for required handrails. Fig. 2 For private stairs with 3 risers or less, see Fig. 3 for required handrails. Fig. 3

WIdTH / HANdRAIlS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

175

26

SECTION

sTAirWAys
Handrail Configuration
… The top of handrail gripping surface must be amounted between 34” to 38” above the nosing of the treads. Fig. 5
(CA T24 1133b.4.2.2) (AdA 4.9.4 (5))

…

Handrails must extend a min. of 12” beyond the top nosing and 12” plus the tread width, beyond the bottom nosing. Fig. 5
(CA T24 1133b.4.2.2) (AdA 4.9.4 (2))

…

At the top, the extension must be parallel with the floor or grounding surface. Fig. 5
(CA T24 1133b.4.2.2) (AdA 4.9.4 (2))

…
FIGURE 5

At the bottom , it shall continue to slope for a distance of the width of one thread from the bottom riser; the remainder of the extension must be horizontal. Fig. 5
(CA T24 1133b.4.2.2) (AdA 4.9.4 (2))

…

The extension of handrail must be equal to the tread width (T) plus 12” min. Fig. 5 and 8
(CA T24 1133b.4.2.2) (AdA 4.9.4)

EXCEPTIONS 1. In new construction, the inside handrail on switchback or dogleg stairs must be continuous. 2. In existing buildings and facilities, full extension of handrails at stairs shall not be required in alterations where such extensions would be hazardous or impossible due to plan configuration.
(CA T24 1133b.4.2.2)

…

Inner handrail at landing of stairs that double back or immediately turn must be continuous and must not extend into ;anding or accessible route of travel.
(CA T24 1133b.4.2.2)

…

Ends must be returned smoothly to floor, wall, or post. Fig. 5 and 11
(CA T24 1133b.4.2.3) (AdA 4.9.4 (6))

FIGURE 6

…

The orientation of a min. of 1 handrail must be in the direction of the run of the stair and perpendicular to the direction of the stair nosing, and shall not reduce the min. required width of the stairs.
(CA T24 1133b.4.2.4)

…

Handrails projecting from a wall have 1 1/2” space betweenwall and handrail. Fig. 11
(CA T24 1133b.4.2.5) (AdA 4.9.4 (3))

…

Handrails may be located in a recess if the recess is a max. 3” deep and extends a min. 18” above the top of the rail. Fig. 12 and 13
(CA T24 1133b.4.2.5) (AdA 4.26.2)

… …

Handrails must not rotate in their fittings.
(CA T24 1133b.4.2.5) (AdA 4.9.4 (7))

Outdoor stairs and their approaches must be designed so that water will not accumulate on walking surfaces.
(AdA 4.9.6)

FIGURE 7

176

HANdRAIlS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

sTAirWAys
Handgrips
… Handgrip portion of handrails have a cross-section of 1¼” to 1½” or are shaped to provide an equivalent gripping surface. Figs. 14 through 17
(CA T24 1133b.4.2.6) (AdA 4.9.4 &4.26.2)

26

SECTION

… …

Edges must have a min. radius of 1/8” Fig. 18
(CA T24 1133b.4.2.6) (AdA 4.26.2)

Handrails must have a smooth surface with no sharp corners. Fig. 14
(CA T24 1133b.4.2.6)

…

Gripping surfaces (top or sides) shall be uninterrupted by newel posts, other construction elements, or obstructions. Fig. 14
(CA T24 1133b.4.2.6) (AdA 4.9.4 (4))

…

Any wall or other surface adjacent to the handrail must be free of sharp or abrasive elements. Fig. 14
(CA T24 1133b.4.2.6) (AdA 4.26.4)

EXCEPTIONS 1. In existing buildings when the enforcing agency determines that compliance with any requirement under this section would create an unreasonable hardship, an exception to the requirement for persons with disabilities may be granted when equivalent facilitation is provided. 2. These regulations shall not apply in existing buildings where legal or physical constraints will not allow compliance with these regulations or equivalent facilitation without creating an unreasonable hardship.

FIGURE 8

FIGURE 9

HANdGRIPS / STAIR TREAdS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

177

26

SECTION

sTAirWAys
Stair Treads, Risers and Nosing Treads
… Stair treads must be a min. of 11” deep measured from riser to riser. Figs. 19 and 20
(CA T24 1133b.4.5) (AdA 4.9.2)

…

The tread depth shall be measured horizontally between the vertical planes of the foremost projection of adjacent treads and at a right angle to the tread’s leading edge.
(CA T24 1009.3)

…
FIGURE 10

Winder treads shall have a min. tread depth of 11” measured at a right angle to the tread’s leading edge at a point 12” from the side where the treads are narrower and a min. tread depth of 10”
(CA T24 1009.3)

… …

All tread surfaces are slip resistant. Fig. 20
(CA T24 1133b.4.5.1) (AdA 4.5.1)

Weather exposed stairs and their approaches are designed so that water will not accumulate on walking surfaces.
(CA T24 1133b.4.5.1) (AdA 4.9.6)

FIGURE 11

Note: On any given flight of stairs, all steps must have uniform riser height and uniform tread widths.
(CA T24 1133b.4.5)

18" Min.

Risers
1½"
… Stair riser heights must be a min of 4” and a max. of 7”. Fig. 21
(CA T24 1133b.4.5.1)

18” 1½” Min. Clear 3” Max.

…

1½" Min. 3" Max.
…

Risers must be solid and must be vertical or sloped from the underside of the leading edge of the tread above at an angle no more than 30° from the vertical. Figs. 22 and 23
(CA T24 1133b.4.5.2) (AdA 4.9.3)

Open risers are NOT permitted.

(CA T24 1133b.4.5.2)

FIGURE 12

FIGURE 13

Nosings
… The radius of curvature at the leading edge (nosing) of the tread must be a max. of ½”. Fig. 24
(CA T24 1133b 4.5.3) (AdA 4.9.3)

… …

Beveling of nosings must not exceed ½”. Fig. 25
(CA T24 1133b 4.5.3)

Nosings must not project more than 1¼” past the face of the riser below.
(CA T24 1133b 4.5.3) (AdA 4.9.3)

…

Nosings that project beyond risers must have the underside of the leading edge beveled at an angle no more than 30° from the vertical. Fig. 23
(CA T24 1133b 4.5.3)

FIGURE 14

FIGURE 15

…

Transitions from the nosing to the riser must be free of abrupt edges .
(CA T24 1133b 4.5.3)

…

All projections must be of uniform size, including nosings at landings.

178

STAIR RISERS ANd NOSINGS / STRIPING
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

sTAirWAys
(CA T24 1133b 4.5.3)

26

SECTION

EXCEPTIONS 1.In existing buildings there is no requirement to retroactively alter existing nosing projections of 1 ½” which were constructed in compliance with the building code in effect at the time of original construction 2. In existing buildings, when the enforcing agency determines that compliance with any requirement under this section would create an unreasonable hardship, an exception to persons with disabilities requirements may be granted when equivalent facilitation is provided. 3. These regulations shall not apply to existing buildings when legal or physical constraints will not allow compliance with these regulations or equivalent facilitation without creating an unreasonable hardship.

1¼" 1½" Min. To Suit 1½" 1½" Design Min. Min.
FIGURE 16 FIGURE 17 FIGURE 18 FIGURE 19

Striping for the visually Impaired
… Interior and exterior stairs must have the upper approach and lower tread marked by a stripe providing clear visual contrast. Fig. 26
(CA T24 1133b.4.4)

…

The stripe must be between a min of 2” wide and a max. of 4” wide Fig. 26 and 27
(CA T24 1133b.4.4)

…

The stripe must be placed parallel to and no more than 1” from the nose of the step or upper approach. Fig. 26 and 27
(CA T24 1133b.4.4)

…

The stripe must extend the full width of the step or upper approach. Fig. 26 and 28
(CA T24 1133b.4.4)

…

Must be of a material that is at least as slip resistant as the other treads of the stairs. Fig. 26
(CA T24 1133b.4.4)

…

A painted stripe shall be acceptable. Fig. 26
(CA T24 1133b.4.4)

STRIPING / STAIR lEvEl IdENTIFICATION SIGNS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

179

26

SECTION

sTAirWAys
Stair level Identification Sign
… Enclosed stairways in buildings with two or more stories in height must have approved tactile floor designation signs located at each floor level in the stairway. Fig. 29
(CA T24 1133b.4.3)

…

At exit discharge level, the sign shall include a raised five pointed-star located to the left of the identifying floor level.
(CA T24 1133b.4.3)

…

The outside diameter of the star shall be the same as the height of the raised characters.
(CA T24 1133b.4.3)

…
FIGURE 20

Stairway floor number signs. A sign shall be provided at each floor landing in interior exit enclosures connecting more than three stories designating the floor level, the terminus of the top and bottom of the stair enclosure and the identification of the stair. Fig. 29 and 30
(CA T24 1020.1.6)

…

The signage must state the story of, the direction to the exit discharge and the availability of roof access from the stairway for the fire department. Fig. 29 and 30
(CA T24 1020.1.6)

…

The sign must be located 5’ above the floor landing in a position that is readily visible when the doors are in the open and closed positions. Fig. 29

NOTE: Signs must comply with the following requirements of Signage. FIGURE 21

… …

Signs shall be a minimum 12” by 12” Fig. 29 and 30
(CA T24 1020.1.6.1.1)

The stairway location, such as STAIR NO. 1 or WEST STAIR, must be placed at the top of  the sign in 1” block lettering with ¼” strokes. Fig. 30
(CA T24 1020.1.6.1.2)

…

The stairway’s upper terminus, such as ROOF ACCESS or NO ROOF ACCESS, must be placed under the stairway identification in 1” high block lettering with ¼” strokes. Fig. 30
(CA T24 1020.1.6.1.3)

…
FIGURE 22 FIGURE 23

The floor level number must be placed in the middle of  the sign in 5” high lettering with ¾” strokes. The mezzanine levels must have the letter “M” preceding the floor level. Basement levels shall have the letter “B” preceding the floor number. Fig. 30
(CA T24 1020.1.6.1.4)

…

The lower and upper terminus of  the stairway must be placed at the bottom of  the sign in 1” high block lettering with ¼” strokes. Fig 30
(CA T24 1020.1.6.1.5)

NOTE: Signs must comply with the following requirements of Signage: FIGURE 24 FIGURE 25

180

SIGNAGE
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

sTAirWAys
Finish and Contrast
… Characters, symbols and their backgrounds have a nonglare finish.
(CA T24 1117b.5.2) (AdA 4.30.5)

26

SECTION

…

Characters and symbols contrast with their background, either light characters on dark background or dark characters on light background.
(CA T24 1117b.5.2) (AdA 4.30.5)

Proportions
… Characters width-to-heights ratio is between 3:5 and 1:1 and stroke width-to-height ration ids between 1:5 and 1:10.
(CA T24 1117b.5.3) (AdA 4.30.2)

Character Height
… Characters and numbers are sized based on the distance from which they are to be read.
(CA T24 1117b.5.4) (AdA 4.30.3)

FIGURE 26

…

The min. height is measured using an uppercase X. Lowercase characters are permitted.
(CA T24 1117b.5.4) (AdA 4.30.3)

…

For signs suspended or projected above the finish floor, the min. character is 3” in height.
(CA T24 1117b.5.4) (AdA 4.30.3)

braille
… … Contracted Grade 2 Braille is used. Fig. 31
(CA T24 1117b.5.6) (AdA 4.30.4)

Dots are 1/10” on centers in each cell with 2/10” space between cells, measured from the 2nd column of dots in the first cell to 1st column of dots in the 2nd cell. Fig. 31
(CA T24 1117b.5.6)

…

Dots are raised a min. 1/40” above background. Fig. 31
(CA T24 1117b.5.6)

FIGURE 27

FIGURE 28

FIGURE 29

SIGNAGE
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

181

26

SECTION

sTAirWAys
mounting location and Height
… Where permanent identification is provided for rooms and spaces, signs are installed on the wall adjacent to the latch outside of the door
(CA T24 1117b.5.7) (AdA 4.30.6)

…

Where there is no wall space on the latch side, signs are placed on nearest adjacent wall, preferably on the right.
(CA T24 1117b.5.7) (AdA 4.30.6)

…

Mounting height is 60” above the finish floor to the centerline of the sign.
(CA T24 1117b.5.7) (AdA 4.30.6)

…

Signs are mounted so that a person may approach within 3” of the sign without encountering protruding objects or standing within the swing of a door.
(CA T24 1117b.5.7) (AdA 4.30.6)

Raised Characters and Pictorial Symbol Signs
FIGURE 30

…

Raised characters and pictorial symbols (pictograms) conform to the following requirements:
(CA T24 1117b.5.5)

…

Type. Characters on signs shall be raised 1/32” min. and shall be sans serif  uppercase characters accompanied by Grade 2 Braille.
(CA T24 1117b.5.5.1) (AdA 4.30.4)

…

Character size. Raised characters shall be a min. of  5/8” and a max. of 2” high.
(CA T24 1117b.5.5.2) (AdA 4.30.4)

…
FIGURE 31

pictorial symbol signs- (pictograms). Pictorial symbol signs (pictograms include the verbal description placed directly below the pictogram. The outside dimension of the pictogram field must be a min. of 6” in height.
(CA T24 1117b.5.5.3) (AdA 4.30.4)

…

Character placement. Characters and Braille must be in a horizontal format. Braille shall be placed a min. of  3/8” and a max. of  ½” directly below the tactile characters; flush left or centered. When tactile text is multilined, all Braille shall be placed together below all lines of  tactile text.
(CA T24 1117b.5.5.4)

182

SIGNAGE
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

enTrAnCes And eXiTs

27

SECTION

All entrances and exterior ground-floor exterior exit doors to buildings and facilities must be made accessible to persons with disabilities. z Ground floor exterior doors are considered “exterior exits” when they cannot be accessed (opened) from the exterior of the building, having no entry hardware on their exterior surfaces. „ Exterior accessible walks, ramps, etc.; accessible parking; and accessible passenger loading zones must be connected to a building’s accessible entrance(s) by accessible routes. „ For the most part, all entrances and ground-floor exits must be accessible. Exceptions are made for: z Existing buildings, in terms of accessible door widths. z Where an exit that is not part of an accessible means of egress is more than 24” above grade. „ Accessible entrances must be at least 32” wide. „ Entrances must provide adequate level clear space in alcoves

ENTRANCES ANd EXITS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

183

27
dOORWAyS ANd OPENINGS

SECTION

enTrAnCes And eXiTs
Entrances & Signs
„ A sign with the International Symbol of Accessibility must be posted at every primary entrance and every major junction, indicating the direction of or to accessible features.
See Section 61 (Signs & Identification) for specifications.

„ Clear, unobstructed opening width must be at least 32” with the door positioned at an angle of 90º from its closed position, measured between the face of the door and the opposite stop. „ Openings more than 24” in depth must comply with Section 37 (Space Allowances) and Section 38 (Reach Ranges).
Available Exceptions Exterior ground-floor exits serving smoke-proof enclosures, stairwells and exit doors servicing only stairs need not be made accessible. Exits in excess of those required by Section 28 (Egress and Areas for Evacuation Assistance) and which are more than 24” above grade are not required to be accessible. Such doors must have signs warning that they are not accessible. Warning signs must comply with Section 61 (Signs and Identification). Existing Buildings: Hardship & Equivalent Facilitation. (“Equivalent facilitation” in this case means that at least one entrance must be made accessible to and usable by persons with disabilities.) Existing Buildings: Legal or Physical Constraints.

Temporary Restrictions
„ During periods of partial or restricted use of a building or facility, at least one primary entrance must be accessible to and usable by persons with disabilities.

Recessed doormats
„ Recessed doormats must be adequately anchored to prevent interference with wheelchair traffic.

Gates
„ All gates (including ticket gates) must meet all applicable specifications for Doors.

Automatic door Operators
„ When an automatic door operator is used on a pair of doors, at least one of the doors must provide a clear, unobstructed opening width of at least 32” with the door positioned at an angle of 90º from its closed position, measured between the face of the door and the opposite stop.
Available Exceptions Existing Buildings: Legal or Physical Constraints. (See Section 109.1.5.) In existing buildings where the occupant load < 10 (except Group I, Division 1 Occupancies), doorways may be 30” in clear width. In existing buildings where the occupant load > 10 and it is determined that compliance with this requirement would create an unreasonable hardship, doorways may be 30 inches in clear width.

184

dOORWAyS / SIGNS / dOORmATS / AUTOmATIC dOORS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

enTrAnCes And eXiTs
GENERAl REQUIREmENTS
… All entrances and exterior ground-floor exit doors to buildings and facilities shall be made accessible to persons with disabilities. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1133b.1.1.1.1)

27

SECTION

…

Entrances shall be connected by an accessible route (complying with Section 17, Accessible Route of Travel) to public transportation stops, to accessible parking and passenger loading zones and to public streets or sidewalks, if available.
(CA T24 133b.1.1.1.1) (AdA 4.14.1)

…

Entrances shall be connected by an accessible route to all accessible spaces or elements within the building or facility.
(CA T24 133b.1.1.1.1) (AdA 4.14.1)

FIGURE 1

…

Doorways shall have a min. clear opening of 32” with the door open 90º, measured between the face of the door and the opposite stop. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1133b.1.1.1.1) (AdA 4.13.5)

…

Openings that are more than 24” in depth shall comply with Section 37, Space Allowances, and Section 38, Reach Ranges.
(CA T24 1133b.1.1.1.1) (AdA 4.13.5)

Exceptions 1. Exterior ground-floor exits serving smoke-proof enclosures, stairwells and exit doors servicing stairs only need not be made accessible. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1133b.1.1.1.1.1)

FIGURE 2

2. Exits in excess of those required by Chapter 10, and which are more than 24” above grade are not required to be accessible. Such doors shall have signs warning that they are not accessible. Warning signs shall comply with Section 61, Signs and Identification. Fig. 4.
(CA T24 1133b.1.1.1.1.2)

3. In existing buildings where the enforcing agency determines that compliance with the building standards of this section would create an unreasonable hardship, an exception shall be granted when equivalent facilitation is provided. Equivalent facilitation would require at least 1 entrance to be accessible to and usable by persons with disabilities. Fig. 5
(CA T24 1133b.1.1.1.1.3)

FIGURE 3

4. These buildings standards shall not apply to existing buildings when legal or physical constraints will not allow compliance with these building standards or equivalent facilitation without creating an unreasonable hardship, through an Appeals Action Ratification. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1133b.1.1.1.1.4)

FIGURE 4

GENERAl REQUIREmENTS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

185

27

SECTION

enTrAnCes And eXiTs
Entrances & Signs
… A sign with the international symbol of accessibility shall be at every primary entrance and every major junction indicating the direction along or to accessible features. See Signs & Identification, Section 61, (CA T24 1117B.5.1) for specifications. Fig. 7
(CA T24 1127b.3) (AdA 4.1.3(16b))

Temporary Restrictions
… During periods of partial or restricted use of a building or facility, the entrances used for primary access shall be accessible to and usable by persons with disabilities. Fig. 8
(CA T24 1133b.1.1.1.2)

FIGURE 5

Recessed doormats
… Recessed doormats shall be adequately anchored to prevent interference with wheelchair traffic.
(CA T24 1133b.1.1.1.3)

Gates
… All gates including ticket gates, shall meet all applicable specifications for doors. Fig. 9
(CA T24 1133b.1.1.1.4) (AdA 4.13.3)

Service Entrances
… In existing buildings and facilities, a service entrance shall not be the sole accessible entrance unless it is the only entrance to a building or facility (for example, in a factory or a garage).
(CA T24 1133b.1.1.1.5)

FIGURE 6

FIGURE 7

186

PRImARy ENTRANCE SIGNS / TEmPORARy RESTRICTIONS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

enTrAnCes And eXiTs
Automatic doors
… If an automatic door is used, then it shall comply with BHMA A156.10.
(CA T24 1133b.12.3.2)

27

SECTION

…

Slowly opening, low-powered, automatic doors shall comply with BHMA A156.19.
(CA T24 1133b.12.3.2)

…

Such doors shall not open to back check faster than 3 seconds and shall require no more than 15 lbf (66.72 N) to stop door movement.
(CA T24 1133b.12.3.2)

FIGURE 8

…

If a power-assisted door is used, its door-opening force shall comply with Door Opening force heading under the Doors Section and its closing shall conform to the requirements in BHMA A156.19.
(CA T24 1133b.12.3.2)

…

When an automatic door operator is utilized to operate a pair of doors, at least one of the doors shall provide a clear, unobstructed opening width of 32” with the door positioned at an angle of 90° from its closed position. Fig. 10
(CA T24 1133b.12.3.2)

Exceptions 1. These provisins shall not apply to existing buildings, except when otherwise required under conditions applicable to access for persons with disabilities. In existing buildings, the following shall apply: Where the occupant load is less than 10 (except Group I, Division 1 occupancies, or where the occupant load is greater than 10 and it is determined that compliance with these provisions would create an unreasonable hardship), a max. projection of 5/8” will be permitted for the latch side stop. 2. In existing buildings, the provisions of this section shall not apply when legal or physical constraints will not allow compliance with these building standards or equivalent facilitation without creating an unreasonable hardship, trhough an appeals action ratification. Fig. 11

FIGURE 9

FIGURE 10

FIGURE 11

dOORmATS / GATES / GENERAl ACCESSIbIlITy
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

187

28

SECTION

eGress And AreAs for evACuATion AssisTAnCe

In new construction, accessible rooms and spaces in accessible buildings must be served by an accessible means of egress. Areas for evacuation assistance (AEAs) are provided where an accessible means of egress cannot be provided. „ AEAs are not required in existing buildings, nor in buildings that have supervised automatic fire sprinkler systems. „ While stairways may be used as a component of an AEA, because they cannot be used independently by wheelchair users, they can never be used as part of an accessible route. „ Alarms/emergency warning sytems must include both audible and visual alarms that comply with NFPA 72 and Calif. Buildng Code Chapter 9, Section 907.9.1 and 907.9.2.

Evacuation assistance areas are portions of stairway landings

Exit stairs Smokeproof stairway enclosures (section 1005.3.3)

48”

DOWN DOWN

188

EGRESS ANd AREAS FOR EvACUATION ASSISTANCE
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

48”

eGress And AreAs for evACuATion AssisTAnCe
REQUIREmENTS
In buildings or facilities, or portions of buildings required to be accessible, accessible means of egress must be provided in the same number as required for exits by Section 28 (Egress and Areas for Evacuation Assistance) and more specifically by Means of Egress (Section 1004) of Chapter 10 of the California Building Code. When an exit required by Chapter 10 is not accessible, an area for evacuation assistance must be provided. (See below, this Section.) „ Areas for evacuation Assistance are not required in buildings or facilities having a supervised automatic sprinkler system. „ AeAs are not required in alterations to existing buildings.

28

SECTION

location / Construction / Size
„ AEAs themselves must meet accessibility requirements. „ AEAs must adjoin an accessible route of travel. „ Each AEA must provide at least two accessible areas that are at least 30” x 48”. „ The AEA should not encroach on any required exit width. „ The total number of 30” x 48” areas per story should be at least 1 for every 200 persons of calculated occupant load served by the AEA.
Available Exception On floors where the occupant load is less than 200, a building official may reduce the minimum number of 30” x 48”-inch areas to one for each AEA.

„ When approved by a building official, an area or room which is separated from other portions of the building by a smoke barrier may be used as an AEA. z Smoke barriers must have a fire-resistive rating of 1-hour (min.) and completely enclose the area or room. z Doors in the smoke barrier should be tight-fitting smoke- and draft-control assemblies, with fire-protection ratings of at least 20 minutes, and be self-closing or automatic-closing. z The AEA should exit directly to an exit enclosure. z When the AEA exits into an exit enclosure which is required to be of more than 1-hour fire-resistive construction, the AEA should have the same fire-resistive construction, including the same opening protection, as required for the adjacent exit enclosure. „ An elevator lobby must comply with Section 1114B.2.3 of Chapter 11 of the California Building Code.

Adjacent Stairway Width
„ Each stairway adjacent to an AEA must have a minimum clear width of 48” between handrails.

Two-Way Communication
„ A telephone with controlled access to a public telephone system or another method of two-way communication must be provided between each area of refuge and the primary entry. „ A method of two-way communication with both visible and audible communication must be provided between each AEA and the primary entry. z A button in the AEA activates both a light in the AEA (indicating that rescue has been requested) and a light at the primary entry (indicating that rescue is being requested). z A button at the primary entry activates both a light at the primary entry and a light in the AEA (indicating that the request has been received). The fire department may approve locations other than at the primary entry.

When any of the following are proposed as AEAs, they must meet the requirements listed: „ A portion of stairway landing located within a smoke-proof enclosure must comply with Section 1005.3.3 of Chapter 10 of the California Building Code. „ A portion of an exterior exit balcony located immediately adjacent to an exit stairway may be used as an AEA when: z The exterior exit balcony complies with Section 1006.3 of Chapter 10 of the California Building Code. z Openings to the exterior of the building located within 20’ of the area for evacuation assistance are protected with fire assemblies having ¾-hour fire-protection rating. „ A portion of a 1-hour fire-resistive corridor that is located immediately adjacent to an exit enclosure must comply with Section 1004.3.4 of Chapter 10 of the California Building Code. „ A vestibule located immediately adjacent to an exit enclosure must be constructed to the same fire-resistive standards as required by Section 1004.3.4 of Chapter 10 of the California Building Code. „ A portion of a stairway landing within an exit enclosure that is vented to the exterior and separated from the interior of the building by at least 1-hour fire-resistive door assemblies.

Identification / Instructions
„ Each AEA is identified by a sign, which states “AREA FOR EVACUATION ASSISTANCE” and the International Symbol of Accessibility. z The sign is illuminated when exit sign illumination is required. „ In each AEA, instructions on the use of the area under emergency conditions are posted adjoining the two-way communication system.

EGRESS ANd AREAS FOR EvACUATION ASSISTANCE
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

189

28

SECTION

eGress And AreAs for evACuATion AssisTAnCe
Alarms / Emergency Warning Systems
z AEAs shall include both audibe and visual alarms that comply with NFPA 72 and Calif. Building Code Chapter 9, Sections 907.9.1 and 907.9.2.

High-Rise Alternative
Within a building of any height or occupancy constructed in accordance with the requirements of Section 403.1 through 403.10 of Chapter 4 of the California Building Code, an AEA may be located in the elevator lobby when: „ The AEA complies with the requirements for size, two-way communication and identification/instructions as specified above. „ Elevator shafts and adjacent lobbies are pressurized as required for smoke-proof enclosures in Section 1005.3.3 of Chapter 10 of California Building Code. z Such pressurization systems must be activated by smoke detectors on each floor located in a manner approved by the building official. z Pressurization equipment and its ductwork within the building must be separated from other portions of the building by a minimum 2-hour fire-resistive construction.

190

EGRESS ANd AREAS FOR EvACUATION ASSISTANCE
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

eGress And AreAs for evACuATion AssisTAnCe
GENERAl REQUIREmENTS
… In buildings or facilities, or portions of buildings required to be accessible, accessible means of egress are provided in the same number as required for exits by CA Title 24, Chapter 10, Means of Egress. When an exit required by Chapter 10 is not accessible, an area for evacuation assistance is provided.
(CA T24 1114b.2.1) (AdA 4.1.3 (9))

28

SECTION

Evacuation assistance areas are portions of stairway landings

Exit stairs Smokeproof stairway enclosures (section 1005.3.3)

48”

DOWN DOWN

EXCEPTIONS 1. Areas of evacuation assistance are not required in buildings or facilities having a supervised automatic sprinkler system. 2. In alterations of existing buildings, areas of evacuation assistance are not required.

location and Construction
… … Every required area of refuge shall be accessible from the space it serves by an accessible means of egress. Areas for evacuation assistance comply with this code and adjoin an accessible route of travel complying with the following:
(CA T24 1114b.2.1) (AdA 4.3.11.1 (1-7))

…

An area for evacuation is one of the following: z A portion of stairway landing located within a smokeproof enclosure, complying with local requirements for fire-resistive construction and for openings. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1114b.2.2.1.1) (AdA 4.3.11.1(1))

z A portion of an exterior exit balcony located immediately adjacent to an exit stairway when the balcony complies with local requirements for exterior exit balconies. Openings to the exterior of the building located within 20’ of the area for evacuation assistance are protected with fire assemblies having ¾ hour fire-protection rating. Figs. 2 & 3
(CA T24 1114b.2.2.1.2) (AdA 4.3.11.1(2))

z A portion of a 1 hour fire-resistive corridor complying with local requirements for fire-resistive construction and for openings located immediately adjacent to an exit enclosure. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1114b.2.2.1.3) (AdA 4.3.11.1(3))

z A vestibule located immediately adjacent to an exit enclosure and constructed to the same fire-resistive standards as required by for corridors and openings. Fig. 5
(CA T24 1114b.2.1) (AdA 4.3.11.1(4))

z A portion of a stairway landing within an exit enclosure which is vented to the exterior and is separated from the interior of the building by not less than 1 hour fireresistive door assemblies. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1114b.2.1) (AdA 4.3.11.1(5))

z When approved by the building official, an area or room which is separated from other portions of the building by a smoke barrier. Smoke barriers have a fire-resistive
FIGURE 4

EGRESS ANd AREAS FOR EvACUATION ASSISTANCE
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

48”

FIGURE 1

FIGURE 2

FIGURE 3

191

28

SECTION

eGress And AreAs for evACuATion AssisTAnCe
rating of not less than 1 hour and completely enclose the area or room. Doors in the smoke barrier are tightfitting smoke- and draft-control assemblies having a fire-protection rating of not less than 20 minutes and are self-closing or automatic closing. The area or room is provided with an exit directly to an exit enclosure. When the room or area exits into an exit enclosure which is required to be of more than 1 hour fire-resistive construction, the room or area has the same fire-resistive construction, including the same opening protection, as required for the adjacent exit enclosure. Fig. 7
FIGURE 5
(CA T24 1114b.2.1) (AdA 4.3.11.1(6))

…

An elevator lobby when elevator shafts and adjacent lobbies are pressurized as required for smokeproof enclosures by local regulations and when complying with requirements herein for size, communication, and signage. Such pressurization system shall be activated by smoke detectors on each floor located in a manner approved by the appropriate local authority. Pressurization equipment and its duct work within the building shall be separated from other portions of the building by a minimum two-hour fire-resistive construction.
(AdA 4.3.11.1(7))

…

FIGURE 6

Each area for rescue assistance provides at least two accessible areas that are not less than 30” by 48”. The area for evacuation assistance does not encroach on any required exit width. The total number of 30” by 48” areas per story are not less than 1 for every 200 persons of calculated occupant load served by the area for evacuation assistance. Fig. 9
(AdA 4.3.11.2)

EXCEPTION The building official may reduce the min. number of 30 inch by 48 inch areas to one for each area for evacuation assistance on floors where the occupant load is less than 200. Fig. 9
(CA T24 1114b.2.1) (AdA 4.3.11.2)

Adjacent Stairway Width
… Each stairway adjacent to an area for rescue assistance has a min. clear width of 48” between handrails. Fig. 9
(CA T24 1114b.2.1) (AdA 4.3.11.3)

Two-Way Communication
FIGURE 7

…

A telephone with controlled access to a public telephone system or another method of two-way communication is provided between each area of refuge and the primary entry. Fig. 10
(CA T24 1114b.2.2.4.1)

…

FIGURE 8

A method of two-way communication with both visible and audible communication is provided between each area of evacuation/rescue assistance and the primary entry. A button in the area of rescue assistance activates both a light in the area of rescue assistance indicating that rescue has been requested and a light at the primary entry indicating that rescue is being requested. A button at the primary entry activates both a light at the primary entry

192

EGRESS ANd AREAS FOR EvACUATION ASSISTANCE
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

eGress And AreAs for evACuATion AssisTAnCe
and a light in the area of rescue assistance indicating that the request has been received. Fig. 10
(CA T24 1114b.2.1) (AdA 4.3.11.4)

28

SECTION

…

The fire department may approve a location other than the primary entry.
(CA T24 1114b.2.1) (AdA 4.3.11.4)

Identification
… Each area for evacuation/rescue/refuge assistance is identified by a sign, which states “AREA FOR EVACUATION ASSISTANCE” and the international symbol of accessibility. The sign is illuminated when exit sign illumination is required. Figs. 11 & 12
(CA T24 1114b.2.1) (AdA 4.3.11.5)

FIGURE 9

…

Signage shall also be installed at all inaccessible exits and where otherwise necessary to clearly indicate the direction to areas of rescue assistance.
(AdA 4.3.11.5)

…

In each area for evacuation assistance, instructions on the use of the area under emergency conditions are posted adjoining the two-way communication system. Figs. 10 & 12
(CA T24 1114b.2.1) (AdA 4.3.11.5)

Area For Evacuation Assistance, High-Rise Alternative
… Within a building of any height or occupancy constructed in accordance with these requirements, an area for evacuation assistance may be located in the elevator lobby when:
(CA T24 1114b.2.3)

FIGURE 10

„ 1. The area for evacuation assistance complies with the requirements for size, two-way communication and identification as specified in Section 1007.6.3. Fig. 12
(CA T24 1114b.2.3.1)

„ 2. Elevator shafts and adjacent lobbies are pressurized as required for smoke-proof enclosures. Such pressurization system are activated by smoke detectors on each floor located in a manner approved by the building official. Pressurization equipment and its ductwork within the building is separated from other portions of the building by a min. 2 hour fire-resistive construction. Figs. 8 & 12
(CA T24 1114b.2.3.2) (AdA 4.3.11.1.7)

FIGURE 11

Alarms / Emergency Warning Systems
… AEAs shall include both audibe and visual alarms that comply with NFPA 72 and Calif. Building Code Chapter 9, Sections 907.9.1 and 907.9.2.
(CA T24 1114b.2.2)

FIGURE 12

EGRESS ANd AREAS FOR EvACUATION ASSISTANCE
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

193

29

SECTION

doors & doorWAys

„ Each entrance and required exit door must be accessible. „ Thresholds at doorways must not present unacceptable changes in level (see Section 31). „ Revolving doors and turnstiles cannot be on an accessible route. Alternative accessible doors must be provided alongside these. „ Accessible doors must meet the following requirements: z Minimum clear width is 32”. (Applies to sliding or retractable doors, as well.) z Maximum depth of a 32” doorway is 24” (alcove). z Maneuvering room that permits a wheelchair user to approach, open and travel through the door. „ When there are doors in series, the intervening space between the doors when closed is equal to the width of any door(s) swinging into the space, plus 48”. „ Door hardware must be accessible (see Section 30). „ Maximum door-opening forces are 5 lbf for interior and exterior doors; 15 lbf for fire doors.

194

dOORS ANd dOORWAyS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

doors & doorWAys
Requirements Entrances
„ All entrances and exterior ground-floor exit doors to buildings and facilities must be made accessible. „ The clear opening for doorways must be at least 32” (813 mm) wide with the door opened 90°, as measured between the face of the door and the opposite stop.

29

SECTION

Available Exception The floor/landing may be a min. 44” where: a. Door has no closer and approach can be made from the latch side; OR, b. Door has neither latch nor closer and approach can be made from hinge side; OR, c. Entry doors to acute care hospital bedrooms for in-patient care if the door is at least 44” (1120 mm) wide.

doors in Alcoves
„ Doorways/openings more than 24 inches (610 mm) in depth must comply with the following: z The minimum clear width for a single wheelchair to pass through the doorway/opening must be 32” (813 mm) at a point and 36” (914 mm) continuously. z The minimum width to allow two wheelchairs to pass within the doorway/opening is 60” (1524 mm).
Available Exceptions Existing Buildings: Hardship & Equivalent Facilitation. (Equivalent facilitation = at least one entrance is accessible to and usable by persons with disabilities.) Existing Buildings: Legal or Physical Constraints. (See Sect. 109.1.4, Special Conditions for Persons with Disabilities Requiring Appeals Action Ratification.) Exterior ground-floor exits serving smoke-proof enclosures, stairwells and exit doors servicing stairs only need not be made accessible. Exits in excess of those required by Sect. 1114B.2.1, and which are more than 24 inches (610 mm) above grade are not required to be accessible. Such doors must have signs warning that they are not accessible. Warning signs must comply with Sect. 1117B.5.

„ The minimum strike side clearances shown below must be provided at landing/floor: z The level area (clear space) must extend 24” (610 mm) past the strike edge of the door for exterior doors and 18” (457 mm) past the strike edge for interior doors. z 24” (610 mm) is preferred for interior strike-side clearances.

Recessed and Offset doors
„ When a door that is required to be accessible is located in a recess or alcove where the distance from the face of the wall to the face of the door is greater than 8”, the strike side clearances described below must be provided: z The level area (clear space) must extend 24” (610 mm) past the strike edge of the door for exterior doors and 18” (457 mm) past the strike edge for interior doors. z 24” (610 mm) is preferred for interior strike-side clearances. „ Where the plane of the doorway is offset 8” or more from any obstruction within 18” measured laterally on the latch side, the door must be provided with maneuvering clearance for front approach.

vestibules/2 doors In A Series Clear Space
„ The linear space between two (2) pivoting doors in series must be at least 48” plus the width of any door swinging into this space.

Pairs of doors
„ At least one (1) door in a pair of doors must comply with the above.

kickplates
„ The bottom 10” of every door (except automatic & sliding) should feature an integral or added smooth, uninterrupted surface that allows the door to be opened by wheelchair foot-rests, without creating a trap or hazardous condition. „ If the door is narrow, a 10” smooth panel must be installed on the push side.

Two (2) doors
„ In a series to provide min. 48” clear space from any door in any position. Doors in series must swing in the same direction or away from the space between doors.

Forces to Open doors
„ Exterior Doors: 5 pounds maximum pressure. „ Interior Doors: 5 pounds maximum pressure. „ Fire Doors: Minimum allowable by administrative. authority, not to exceed 15 pounds maximum.

Clear Space At doors
„ There must be a floor/landing (level and clear area) on each side of the door, regardless of occupancy. „ Size of Clear Space: The level and clear area in the direction of door swing should be a minimum 60” in length. „ Size of Floor/Landing (Clear Space): The minimum level and clear space, in the opposite direction of the door swing, is 48” in length.

CONFIGURATION ANd ClEAR SPACE / kICkPlATES / ClOSERS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

195

29
door Closers

SECTION

doors & doorWAys

„ If a door is equipped with a closer, the sweep period of the closer must be adjusted and maintained so that from an open position of 70°, the door will take at least 3 seconds to move to a point 3 inches (75 mm) from the latch, measured to the landing edge of the door. „ A door closer may not result in a situation where a greater force to open the subject door than that listed above is created.

Revolving door
„ A revolving door may not be used as a required entrance for disabled persons. „ If a revolving door is located along an accessible route, an accessible gate/door must be provided adjacent to the revolving door, designed for the same use pattern.

Turnstiles
„ A turnstile may not be used as a required entrance for disabled persons. „ When a turnstile is used to control access along an accessible route, an accessible door/gate must be provided adjacent to the turnstile and designed for the same use pattern.
Available Exception Existing Buildings: Legal or Physical Constraints.

196

REvOlvING dOORS ANd TURNSTIlES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

doors & doorWAys
GENERAl REQUIREmENTS Entrances
… All entrances and exterior ground-floor exit doors to buildings and facilities shall be made accessible to persons with disabilities.
(CA T24 1133b.1.1.1.1) (AdA 4.13.5)

29

SECTION

…

Such entrances shall be connected by an accessible route (complying with Section 17 Route of Travel) to public transportation stops, to accessible parking and passenger loading zones and to public streets or sidewalks, if available.
(CA T24 1133b.1.1.1.1) (AdA 4.13.5)

…

Entrances shall be connected by an accessible route to all accessible spaces or elements within the building or facility.
(CA T24 1133b.1.1.1.1) (AdA 4.13.5)

…

Doorways shall have a min. clear opening of 32” with the door open 90°, measured between the face of the door and the opposite stop. Fig. 1, 2 and 3
(CA T24 1133b.1.1.1.1) (AdA 4.13.5)

…

Openings more than 24” in depth shall comply with Sections 37 (Space Allowances) and 38 (Reach Ranges).
(CA T24 1133b.1.1.1.1) (AdA 4.13.5)

EXCEPTIONS 1.Exterior ground-floor exits serving smoke-proof enclosures, stairwells and exit doors servicing stairs only need not be made accessible. 2. Exits in excess of those required by Chapter 10, and which are more than 24 inches (610 mm) above grade are not required to be accessible. Such doors shall have signs warning that they are not accessible. Warning signs shall comply with Section 61 (Signs and Identification). 3. In existing buildings where the enforcing agency determines that compliance with the building standards of this section would create an unreasonable hardship, an exception shall be granted when equivalent facilitation is provided. Equivalent facilitation would require at least one entrance to be accessible to and usable by persons with disabilities. 4. These building standards shall not apply to existing buildings when legal or physical constraints will not allow compliance with these building standards or equivalent facilitation without creating an unreasonable hardship. See Section 109.1.5, Special Conditions for Persons with Disabilities Requiring Appeals Action Ratification.

FIGURE 1

FIGURE 2

FIGURE 3

ENTRANCES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

197

29

SECTION

doors & doorWAys
dOORS Type of lock and latch
… … See Section 30 Every required exit doorway must be a min. 3’ width and a min. of 6’8” in height. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1133b.2.2)

Width and Height

…

When installed in exit doorways, exit doors shall be capable of opening at least 90° and shall be mounted so that the clear width of the exitway is a min. 32” measured between the face of the door and the opposite stop. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1133b.2.2)

…

Note: In computing the exit width, the net dimension of the exitway shall be used.
(CA T24 1133b.2.2)

EXCEPTION Doors not requiring full user passage, such as shallow closets, may have the clear opening reduced to a min. of 20”
(CA T24 1133b.2.2)

Hinged doors
FIGURE 1

…

The opening width must be measured with the door positioned at a 90° angle from its closed position. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1133b.2.3)

Pairs of doors
… Where a pair of doors are utilized, at least 1 of the doors shall provide a clear, unobstructed opening width of 32” with the leaf positioned at a 90° angle from its closed position. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1133b.2.3.1)

Automatic and Power Assisted doors
… If an automatic door is used, then it shall comply with BHMA A156.10.
(CA T24 1133b.2.3.2)

…

Slowly opening, low-powered, automatic doors shall comply with BHMA A156.19. Such doors shall not open to back check faster than 3 seconds and shall require a max. of 15 lbf to stop door movement.
(CA T24 1133b.2.3.2)

FIGURE 2

…

If a power-assisted door is used, its door-opening force shall comply with Door Opening Force heading in this section and its closing shall conform to the requirements in BHMA A156.19.
(CA T24 1133b.2.3.2)

…

When an automatic door operator is utilized to operate a pair of doors, at least one of the doors shall provide a clear, unobstructed opening width of 32” with the door positioned at a 90° angle from its closed position.
(CA T24 1133b.2.3.2)

198

dOORWAyS / PAIRS OF dOORS / AUTOmATIC dOORS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

doors & doorWAys
EXCEPTIONS 1. The provisions of Section 29 shall not apply to existing buildings, except when otherwise required under conditions applicable to access for persons with disabilities. In existing buildings, the following shall apply: Where the occupant load is less than 10, except Group I, Division 1 occupancies, or where the occupant load is greater than 10 and it is determined that compliance with Section 29 would create an unreasonable hardship, a projection of 5/8 inch (16 mm) maximum will be permitted for the latch side stop.
(CA T24 1133b.2.3.2, eXCepTion 1)

29

SECTION

FIGURE 3

Revolving door
… Shall not be used as a required entrance for disabled persons. If located along an accessible route, an accessible gate/door shall be provided adjacent to the revolving door, designed for the same use pattern. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1133b.2.3.3) (AdA 4.13.2)

Turnstiles, Rails and Pedestrian Controls
… Where turnstiles and crowd control barriers are utilized in a facility for the purpose of providing fully controlled access, such as where an admission price is charged, a door or gate that is accessible to persons with disabilities shall be provided adjacent to each turnstile exit or entrance. Fig. 5
(CA T24 1133b.2.3.4)

FIGURE 4

…

This alternate passageway shall be maintained in an unlocked condition during business hours and the door or gate shall not activate a publicly audible alarm system. Fig. 5
(CA T24 1133b.2.3.4)

…

The door or gate may be latched where all gates are restricted and controlled by an attendant and a sign is posted stating, “All gates are restricted and controlled by an attendant.” Fig. 5
(CA T24 1133b.2.3.4)

…

The accessible door or gate shall provide the same use pattern. Fig.5
(CA T24 1133b.2.3.4)

FIGURE 5

…

Where posts, rails or other pedestrian controls are utilized to create crowd control aisles or lanes, a min. of 1 lane shall be accessible and shall provide a min. aisle width no less than 36” and a min. of 32” of clear opening. Fig. 5
(CA T24 1133b.2.3.4)

EXCEPTION In existing buildings, Section 29 shall not apply when physical constraints or equivalent facilitation will not allow compliance with these building standards without creating an unreasonable hardship. See Section 109.1.5.
(CA T24 1133b.2.3.4)

REvOlvING dOORS / TURNSTIlES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

199

29

SECTION

doors & doorWAys
Recessed doors
… Where the plane of the doorway is offset 8” or more from any obstruction within 18” measured laterally on the latch side, the door shall be provided with maneuvering clearance for front approach. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1133b.2.5.3)

Consecutive doors/ doors in a Series
… The space between two consecutive door openings in a vestibule, serving other than a required exit stairway shall provide a min. of 48” of clear space from any door opening into such vestibule when the door is positioned at a 90° angle from its closed position. Fig. 15,16,17
(CA T24 1133b.2.4.4)

FIGURE 6

…

Doors in a series shall swing either in the same direction or away from the space between the doors. Fig. 7 and 8
(CA T24 1133b.2.4.4)

doors located in a Recess or Alcove
… Where a door required is located in a recess or alcove where the distance from the face of the wall to the face of the door is greater than 8”, strike side clearances as prescribed in this section. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1133b.2.4.5)

…

push- and pull-side of door: Min. strike side clearance to be provided at landing.
(CA T24 1133b.2.4.3) (AdA 4.13.6)

FIGURE 7

Gates
… All gates, including ticket gates, shall meet all applicable specifications for doors.
(CA T24 1133b.1.1.1.4)

Service Entrances
… In existing buildings and facilities, a service entrance shall not be the sole accessible entrance unless it is the only entrance to a building or facility (for example in a factory or a garage).
(CA T24 1133b.1.1.1.5)

Recessed doormats
…
FIGURE 8

Recessed doormats shall be adequately anchored to prevent interference with wheelchair traffic.
(CA T24 1133b.1.1.1.3)

Temporary Restrictions
… During periods of partial or restricted use of a building or facility, the entrances used for primary access shall be accessible to and usable by persons with disabilities.
(CA T24 1133b.1.1.1.2)

200

RECESSEd dOORS / dOORS IN SERIES / GATES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

DOORS & DOORWAYS
Clear Space At Doors / Landings / Clearance
… Floor Level At Doors: There shall be a floor or landing on each side of the door, regardless of occupancy. Fig. 9
(CA T24 1133B.2.4)

29

SECTION

Exte 24" rior Min.

…

Floor/Landing: Level and clear area in direction of door swing, min. 60” in length. Fig. 9
(CA T24 1133B.2.4.2) (ADA 4.13.6)

Inte 18" rior Min.

… … …

Thresholds: Refer to Section 31 Maneuvering Clearances At Doors: Refer to Section 32. The level area must have a length in the direction of the door swing of a min. of 60” and the length opposite the direction of the door swing of 48” min. measured at right angles to the plane of the door in its closed position. Fig. 9 and 10
(CA T24 1133B.2.4.2)

…

Width of the Level Area: Width of the level area on the side to which the door swings must extend 24” past the strike edge of the door for exterior doors and 18” past the strike edge for interior doors. Fig. 6 and 10
(CA T24 1133B.2.4.3)

60" M

in.

… …

24” is preferred for strike-side clearance.
(CA T24 1133B.2.4.3)

FIGURE 9

Surface Slope of a level area does not exceed 1:50 gradient (2%slope)

(CA T24 1133B.2.4.2) (ADA 4.3.7)

EXCEPTION Min. 44” where door has no closer and approach can be made from the latch side, OR door has neither latch nor closer and approach can be made from hinge side, OR entry doors to acute care hospital bedrooms for in-patient care shall be exempted from the requirement for space at the latch side of the door if the door is at least 44” wide.
(CA T24 1133B.2.4.2.1) (ADA 4.13.6)

Force To Open Door
… … … Exterior Door: 5 pounds max. pressure. Fig. 11
(CA T24 1133B.2.5) (ADA 4.13.11(2)(A))

Interior Door: 5 pounds max. pressure. Fig. 12
(CA T24 1133B.2.5) (ADA 4.13.11(2)(B))

Fire Door: Min. allowable by administrative authority, not to exceed 15 pounds max. Fig. 13
(CA T24 1133B.2.5) (ADA 4.13.11(1))

FIGURE 10

…

Push or pull force for a hinged door shall be measured perpendicular to the door face at the door opening hardware or 30” from the hinged side, whichever is farther from the hinge.
(CA T24 1133B.2.5)

…

Push or pull force for a sliding or folding door must be measured parallel to the door at the door pull or latch.
(CA T24 1133B.2.5)

…

Compensating devices or automatic door operators complying with this section shall be provided.
(CA T24 1133B.2.5)

FIGURE 11

FIGURE 12

FIGURE 13

CLEAR SPACE / FORCE TO OPEN
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

201

29

SECTION

DOORS & DOORWAYS
EXCEPTIONS 1. Exterior doors to machinery spaces including, but not limited to, elevator pits or elevator pent-houses: mechanical, electrical, or communications equipment rooms, piping or equipment catwalks; electric substations and transformer vaults; and highway and tunnel utility facilities. 2. When, at a single location, one of every 8 exterior door leafs, or a fraction of 8, is a powered door, other exterior doors at the same location serving the same interior space, may have a mx. Force of 8.5 lbf. The powered leaf(s) shall be closest to the accessible route. a. Powered doors shall comply with Automatic and Power Assisted Doors heading in this section (Sec 29, Doors and Doorways). Powered doors shall be fully automatic doors complying with BHMA A 156.10 or low energy operated doors complying with BHMA A156.19. b. Powered doors serving a building or a facility with an occupancy of 150 or more shall be provided with a back-up battery or back-up generator. The back-up power source shall be able to cycle the door a min. of 100 cycles. c. Powered doors shall be controlled on both the interior and exterior sides of the doors by sensing devices, push plates, vertical actuation bars or other similar operating devices complying with Section 58 Controls and Operating Mechanism. At each location where push plates are provided there shall be two push plates; the centerline of one push plate shall be 7” min. and 8” max. above the floor or ground surface and the centerline of the second push-plate shall be 30” min. and 44” max. above the ground floor or surface. Each push plate shall be a min.4” diameter or a min of 4” by 4” square and shall display the International Symbol of Accessibility complying with Section 61 Signs and Identification. At each location where vertical actuation bars are provided the operable portion shall be located so that the bottom is 5” max. above the floor or ground surface and the top is 35” min. above the floor or ground surface. The operable portion of each vertical actuation bar shall be a min. of 2;’ wide and shall display the International Symbol of Accessibility complying with Section 61 Signs and Identification. Where push plates, vertical actuation bars or other similar operating devices are provided, they shall be placed in conspicuous location. A level and clear floor or ground space for forward or a parallel approach complying with Sections 32 Clear Floor or Ground Space for Wheelchairs and Section 33 Floors, Levels, and Ground Surafces shall be provided, centered on the operating device. Doors shall not swing into the required clear floor or ground space. d. Signage identifying the accessible entrance required by Section 17 Accessible Route of Travel shall be placed on, or immediately adjacent to, each powered door. Signage shall be provided in compliance with BHMA A156.10 or BHMA 156.19, as applicable. e. In addition to the requirements of Item d, where a powered door is provided in buildings or facilities containing assembly occupancies of 300 or more, a sign displaying the International Symbol of Accessibility measuring 6” by 6” complying with the Section 61 Signs and Identification. shall be provided above the door on both the interior and the exterior sides of each powered door.

FIGURE 14

FIGURE 15

FIGURE 16

202

FORCE TO OPEN (EXCEPTIONS)
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

DOORS & DOORWAYS
Door Closer
… If the door has a closer, then the sweep period of the closer shall be adjusted so that from an open position of 70°, the door will take at least 3 seconds to move to a point 3 inches (75 mm) from the latch, measured to the landing edge of the door.
(CA T24 1133B.2.5.1) (ADA 4.13.10)

29

SECTION

Surface
… The bottom 10” of all doors (except automatic and sliding) shall have a smooth, uninterrupted surface to allow the door to be opened by a wheelchair footrest without creating a trap or hazardous condition. Fig. 14
(CA T24 1133B.2.6)

…

Where narrow frame doors are used, a 10” high smooth panel shall be installed on the push side of the door, which will allow the door to be opened by a wheelchair footrest without creating a trap or hazardous condition. Fig. 14
(CA T24 1133B.2.6)

FIGURE 17

FIGURE 18

FIGURE 19

FIGURE 20

DOOR CLOSERS / SURFACE
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

203

30
Lock/Latch Hardware

SECTION

DOOR HARDWARE
Door Closer
„ A door closer (if present) must be set so it takes at least 3 seconds to close from an open position of 70º to a point 3” from the latch.

„ Manually operated edge- or surface-mounted flush bolts and surface bolts, or any other type of device that may be used to close or restrain the door other than by operation of the locking device, may not be used. „ Where exit doors are used in side-by-side pairs, and approved automatic flush bolts are used, the door leaf having the automatic flush bolts may have no doorknob or surface-mounted hardware. „ The unlatching of any leaf/door must not require more than one operation. „ If locks or latches are hand-operated, they must be operable with a single effort (e.g; lever, panic bar, push/pull).

Hotel/Motel Units
„ When key-operated from a corridor or exterior space, the door must provide large bow keys (2”) or half bow (1¼”) in lieu of lever type hardware on the exterior side. „ Separate deadlock activation on room side must use a lever handle/large thumb turn in an easily reached location.

Opening Hardware
„ Hand-activated door-opening hardware must be centered between 30” and 44” above floor.

FIGURE 5

204

DOOR OPENING AND CLOSING HARDwARE
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

DOOR HARDWARE
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
… Hand-activated door opening hardware, handles, pulls, latches, locks, and other operating devices on accessible doors shall have a shape that is easy to grasp with one hand and does not require tight grasping, tight pinching or twisting of the wrist to operate. Fig. 1-4
(CA T24 1133B.2.5.2) (ADA 4.13.9)

30

SECTION

…

Hardware shall be centered between 30” and 44” above the floor. Latching and locking doors that are hand-activated and which are in a path of travel shall be operable with a single effort by lever-type hardware, panic bars, push-pull activating bars or other hardware designed to provide passage. Locked exit doors shall operate as above in egress direction. Fig. 1-4
(CA T24 1133B.2.5.2) (ADA 4.13.9)

…

Door Closer (if present): Must be set so it takes at least 3 seconds to close from an open position of 70º to a point 3” from the latch measured to the leading edge of the door. Fig. 5 (preceding page)
(CA T24 1133B.2.5.1) (ADA 4.13.10)

FIGURE 1

FIGURE 2

FIGURE 4

FIGURE 3

DOOR OPENING AND CLOSING HARDwARE
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

205

31
THRESHOLDS

SECTION

THRESHOLDS AT DOORWAYS
Doormats
„ Doormats must: z Be securely attached z Have a level loop, textured loop, level-cut pile, or levelcut/uncut pile, not to exceed ½” in height. „ Exposed edge(s) of doormats should: z Be fastened to the floor z Have trim along entire length of exposed edge.

„ If vertical (square/unbeveled) edges are used in a threshold or any other floor surface, they may not exceed ¼” high. „ Changes in level between ¼” and ½” must be beveled, at a maximum gradient of 1:2 (1 unit rise to 2 units run). „ For changes greater than ½”, you must use a curb ramp, ramp, elevator, or platform lift. „ Landings or floors may be no more than ½” lower than the top of threshold.

Carpets
„ Carpets should: z Be securely attached z Have a level or textured loop, level cut pile or level cut/ uncut pile texture. „ Maximum pile thickness is ½”. „ Carpet pad, if used, must be firm. „ Exposed edge(s) of carpet: z Must have transition trim z If the vertical height is greater than ¼”, the trim/edge should be beveled with a maximum gradient of 1:2.

FIGURE 1

206

THRESHOLDS, DOORMATS AND CARPETING
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

THRESHOLDS AT DOORWAYS
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
… Any change in level between ¼” and ½” is to be beveled at a max. gradient of 1:2 (1 unit rise to 2 units run). Vertical edges are ¼” max. Changes greater than ½”, use a ramp. Figs. 1-3
(CA T24 1133B.2.4.1) (ADA 4.5.2 & 4.13.8)

31

SECTION

1/4” Max.

…

Landings or floors are no more than ½” lower than top of threshold. Figs. 1-3
(CA T24 1133B.2.4.1) (ADA 4.13.8)

Doormats
… Doormats must be securely attached, have a level loop, textured loop, level-cut pile, or level-cut/uncut pile, not to exceed ½” in height. Figs. 3
(CA T24 1124B.3) (ADA 4.5.3)

FIGURE 2

…

Doormats with an Exposed Edge: Fastened to floor, and have trim along entire length of exposed edge.
(CA T24 1124B.3) (ADA 4.5.3)

Carpets
… Carpets are securely attached, have a level or textured loop, level cut pile or level cut/uncut pile texture. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1124B.3) (ADA 4.5.3)

FIGURE 3

… … …

Pad, if used, is firm.
(CA T24 1124B.3) (ADA 4.5.3)

Max. pile thickness is ½”. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1124B.3) (ADA 4.5.3)

Exposed carpet edge has transition trim. If the vertical height is between ¼” and ½”, it is beveled with a max. slope of 1:2. Figs. 2 & 3
(CA T24 1124B.3) (ADA 4.5.3)

THRESHOLDS, DOORMATS AND CARPETING
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

207

32

SECTION

CLEAR FLOOR OR GROunD SpACE FOR WHEELCHAIRS

Refer to other appropriate Sections in this book for information about the minimum clear floor space, front approach, and side approach requirements for specific situations. This section discusses the general requirements for clear space.

208

CLEAR SPACE FOR wHEELCHAIRS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

CLEAR FLOOR OR GROunD SpACE FOR WHEELCHAIRS
Requirements
„ Floors within the same story must either be at the same level, or they must be connected with ramps, elevators or lifts. „ “Clear floor space” or “clear ground space” is a minimum clear space of 30” x 48” that allows either a forward or parallel approach. „ The clear floor or ground space may be part of knee space that is required under some objects.

32

SECTION

Maneuvering Spaces for Front Approach
„ One full unobstructed side of the clear floor or ground space for a wheelchair must adjoin or overlap an accessible route or adjoin another wheelchair clear floor space. „ In a front approach, the max. height of forward reach is 48” above the floor; the min. low forward reach is 15” above the floor. „ Over an obstruction, the max. depth of reach is 25”. „ When the obstruction is less than 20” deep, the max. height of forward reach is the full 48” (provided without obstructions). „ When an obstruction is 20” to 25” deep, the max. height of forward reach is reduced to 44”.

Maneuvering Spaces for Side Approach
„ One full unobstructed side of the clear floor or ground space for a wheelchair must adjoin or overlap an accessible route or adjoin another wheelchair clear floor space. „ In a parallel (side) approach, the max. height of the side reach is 54”, and the lowest side reach is no less than 9” above the floor. „ If the side reach is over an obstruction (34” max. height), the max. depth of reach shall be 24” with a max. height of 46” above the floor.

MANEUvERING SPACE / FRONT AND SIDE APPROACHES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

209

32

SECTION

CLEAR FLOOR OR GROunD SpACE FOR WHEELCHAIRS

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
… … Clear floor and ground space for wheelchairs must comply to the following: Surfaces for wheelchair spaces must comply with Section 33 Floors, Levels and Ground Surfaces.
(CA T24 1118B.4.3) (ADA 4.5)

wheelchair Passage width
… The min. clear width for single wheelchair passage shall be 32” at a point and 36” continuously.
(CA T24 1118B.1) (ADA 4.2.1)

…

In addition, wheelchair passage width must comply with Section 37 space allowances for circulation around obstructions
(CA T24 1118B.1)

…

The min. width for two wheelchairs to pass is 60” See Section 37 Space Allowances for details and illustrations.
(CA T24 1118B.2) (ADA 4.2.2)

Size and Approach
… The min. clear floor or ground space required to accommodate a single, stationary wheelchair and occupant is 30” by 48” Fig. 6
(CA T24 1118B.4.1)

FIGURE 1

…

The min. clear floor or ground space for wheelchairs may be positioned fro forward or parallel approach of an object. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1118B.4.1)

…

The min. clear floor or ground space for wheelchairs may be part of the knee space required under some objects. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1118B.4.1)

Relationship of Maneuvering Clearances to wheelchair Spaces Forward Approach
… One full unobstructed side of the clear floor or ground space for a wheelchair shall adjoin or overlap an accessible route or adjoin another wheelchair clear floor space.
(CA T24 1118B.4.2)

FIGURE 2

…

If a clear floor space is located in an alcove or otherwise confined on all or a part of three sides, additional maneuvering clearances shall be provided as shown in Section 34 Interior Travel Routes, Aisles, Alcoves and Corridors.
(CA T24 1118B.4.2)

…

If alcove depth is 24” or less , clear floor space must be a min. 30” by 48” Figs. 1
(CA T24 1118B.4.1; 1118B.4.2 ) (ADA 4.2.4.1 4.2.4.2)

…

If alcove depth is 24” or more , clear floor space must be a min. 36” by 48” Figs. 2
(CA T24 1118B.4.1; 1118B.4.2 ) (ADA 4.2.4.1 4.2.4.2)

210

FRONT APPROACH
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

CLEAR FLOOR OR GROunD SpACE FOR WHEELCHAIRS
…

32

SECTION

If the clear floor space allows only forward approach to an object, the max. high forward reach allowed shall be 48” Fig. 5
(CA T24 1118B.5)

… …

The min. low forward reach is 15” Fig. 5
(CA T24 1118B.5)

If the high forward reach is over an obstruction, reach and clearances shall as follows: z If the high forward reach is over an obstruction, the max. depth of the reach (the depth of the obstruction) is 25” Fig. 7 and 8
(CA T24 1118B.5)

z When the depth of the obstruction is less than 20”, the height of max. forward reach is 48” Fig. 7 and 8
(CA T24 1118B.5)

z When the depth of the obstruction is 20” to 25”, the height of max. forward reach is 44” Fig. 7and 8
(CA T24 1118B.5)

FIGURE 3

Side Approach
… One full unobstructed side of the clear floor or ground space for a wheelchair shall adjoin or overlap an accessible route or adjoin another wheelchair clear floor space.
(CA T24 1118B.4.2)

…

If a clear floor space is located in an alcove or otherwise confined on all or a part of three sides, additional maneuvering clearances shall be provided as shown in Section 34 Interior Travel Routes, Aisles, Alcoves and Corridors.
(CA T24 1118B.4.2)

…

If alcove depth is 15” or less , clear floor space must be a min. 48” by 30” Figs. 3
(CA T24 1118B.4.1; 1118B.4.2 ) (ADA 4.2.4.1 4.2.4.2)

…

If alcove depth is 15” or more , clear floor space must be a min. 60” by 30” Figs. 4
(CA T24 1118B.4.1; 1118B.4.2 ) (ADA 4.2.4.1 4.2.4.2)

…

If the clear floor space allows parallel approach by a person in a wheelchair, the max. high side reach allowed shall be 54” and the low side reach shall be no less than 9” above the floor.
(CA T24 1118B.6)

FIGURE 4

…

If the side reach is over an obstruction, the reach and clearances shall be as follows:
(CA T24 1118B.6)

z If the side reach is over an obstruction (34” max. height) the max. reach must be 24” wide and a max. of 46” above the floor.
(CA T24 1118B.6)

SIDE APPROACHES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

211

32

SECTION

CLEAR FLOOR OR GROunD SpACE FOR WHEELCHAIRS

FIGURE 9 FIGURE 5

FIGURE 6 FIGURE 10

FIGURE 11

FIGURE 7

FIGURE 8

212

FORwARD AND SIDE REACH RANGES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

FLOORS, LEvELS & GROunD SuRFACES

33

SECTION

„ Floors within the same story must either be at the same level, or they must be connected with ramps, elevators or lifts. z In other words, you cannot use steps or stairs to connect split level floors and maintain an accessible floor/route. „ Floor surfaces must be stable, firm and slip resistant. „ What about mezzanines? z The intent of the code is to provide disabled persons equal access to portions of buildings and facilities where other members of the public, customers or employees can reasonably be expected to be. Therefore, either ramps, special lifts or elevators must provide access to mezzanines. (Mezzanines used for mechanical equipment or other incidental uses may qualify for an exemption.) z Exemptions available for some occupancies for the second and upper stories of multi-story buildings may not necessarily apply, depending on whether the mezzanine truly qualifies as a story under the CBC and IBC definition.

FLOORS, LEvELS AND GROUND SURFACES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

213

33
Requirements

SECTION

FLOORS, LEvELS & GROunD SuRFACES
Carpets
„ Carpets must: z Be securely attached. z Have a level-loop or textured-loop, level-cut pile or levelcut/uncut pile texture. „ If carpet pad is used, it must be firm. „ Maximum carpet pile thickness is ½”. „ Exposed carpet edge(s): z Must have transition trim. z If the vertical height of any edge is greater than ¼”, it should be beveled with a max. gradient of 1:2.

„ Accessible “floors” of a given story must either be on the same level or they must be connected by accessible ramps, elevators, or lifts. „ See the other, appropriate Sections for specific requirements regarding ramps, elevators and special access lifts.
Available Exceptions Existing Buildings: Hardship & Equivalent Facilitation. Existing Dining & Bar Facilities: Hardship & 75% Facilitation. Existing Buildings: Legal or Physical Constraints. Existing Buildings: Facility is Specifically Exempted.

Surfaces and Level Changes
„ Ground and floor surfaces along accessible routes and in accessible rooms and spaces, including floors, walks, ramps, stairs and curb ramps, must be stable, firm, and slip-resistant. „ If vertical (square/unbeveled) changes in level are used, they may be no more than ¼” high. „ Changes in level between ¼” and ½” must be beveled, at a max. gradient of 1:2 (1 unit rise to 2 units run). „ For changes greater than ½”, you must use a ramp.

Gratings
„ Grid openings in any gratings may be a maximum of only ½” in the direction of travel. „ The long dimension of a grating should be placed perpendicular to the direction of travel.

214

SURFACE LEvEL CHANGES / CARPETS / GRATINGS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

FLOORS, LEvELS & GROunD SuRFACES
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
… In buildings and facilities floors on a given story shall be a common level throughout, or shall be connected by pedestrian ramps, passenger elevators or platform (wheelchair) lifts.
(CA T24 1120B.1) (ADA 4.3.8)

33

SECTION

Exceptions 1. In existing buildings, other than dining, banquet, and bar facilities, when the enforcing agency determines that compliance would create an unreasonable hardship, an exception may be granted when equivalent facilitation is provided. 2. In new and existing dining, banquet, and bar facilities, when the enforcing agency determines that compliance would create an unreasonable hardship, an exception shall be granted provided a min. of 75% of these facilities shall be common level throughout or shall be connected by pedestrian ramps, passenger elevators, or special lifts and provided that the same services and décor are provided in a accessible space usable by the general public and are not restricted to use by people with disabilities.
(CA T24 1120B.1.2)

FIGURE 1

3. In existing buildings, this section shall not apply when legal or physical constraints would not allow compliance or equivalent facilitation without creating an unreasonable hardship. 4. Where specifically exempted in other portions of this code.

Ground and Floor Surfaces
… Ground and floor surfaces along accessible routes and in accessible rooms and spaces, including floors, walks, ramps, stairs and curb ramps, shall be stable, firm, and slip-resistant. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1120B.2; 1124B.1) (ADA 4.5.1)

SURFACE LEvEL CHANGES / CARPETS / GRATINGS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

215

33

SECTION

FLOORS, LEvELS & GROunD SuRFACES
Changes in Level
… Changes in level up to ¼” may be vertical and without edge treatment. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1124B.2)

…

Changes in level between ¼” and ½” must be beveled with a slope no greater than 1 unit vertical in 2 units horizontal (50% slope). Fig 1.
(CA T24 1133B.2)

…

Changes in level greater than ½” must be accomplished by means of a curb ramp, ramp, elevator or platform lift that complies with Section 20 Ramps, Section 22 Curb Ramps, Section 40 Elevators, Section 41Special Access Lifts, respevtively.
(CA T24 1124B.2) (ADA 4.5.2)

FIGURE 2

Carpets
… Carpets are securely attached, have a firm cushion, pad, or backing, or no cushion or pad; and have a a level or textured loop, level cut pile or level cut/uncut pile texture. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1124B.3) (ADA 4.5.3)

… …
FIGURE 3

Pad, if used, is firm. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1124B.3) (ADA 4.5.3)

Max. pile thickness is ½”. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1124B.3) (ADA 4.5.3)

…

Exposed carpet edge has transition trim. If the vertical height is greater than ¼”, it is beveled with a max. slope of 1:2. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1124B.2 & .3) (ADA 4.5.2 & .3)

Grating
… Grid openings in gratings shall be a max. of ½” in the direction of travel. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1124B.4) (ADA 4.5.4)

…

Long dimension of grating is placed perpendicular to direction of travel. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1124B.4) (ADA 4.5.4)

216

SURFACE LEvEL CHANGES / CARPETS / GRATINGS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

InTERIOR TRAvEL ROuTES/AISLES/ALCOvES
Interior Aisles General
„ For every portion of every building in which tables, merchandise, equipment, products, or similar materials are installed, accessible aisles that lead to an exit must be provided.

34

SECTION

Side Access
„ A minimum 30” x 48” clear floor space area must be provided when an alcove of 15” or less in depth is present. „ A minimum 30” x 60” clear floor space area must be provided when an alcove deeper than 15” in depth is present. In either case, one full unobstructed side of the clear floor space must adjoin or overlap either an accessible route, or another 30” x 48” clear floor space.

Aisles Serving 1 Side Only
„ Every aisle serving 1 side must be at least 36” wide.

Aisles Serving 2 Sides
„ Every aisle serving 2 sides must be at least 44” wide.

Corridors
„ When the occupant load is ten or more, corridors must be at least 44” wide. „ When the occupant load is less than ten, corridors must be at least 36” wide. „ Regardless of occupant load, when a corridor exceeds 200’ in length, it must meet one of the following requirements: z The corridor must provide a minimum clear width of 60” along its length, OR z A minimum 60” x 60” turning space for wheelchairs or a passing alcove creating those dimensions must be provided at a central location along the corridor’s length, OR z A cross or “T” corridor that is minimum 44” wide must be provided at a central location.

Alcoves Front Access
„ A minimum 30” x 48” clear floor space area must be provided when an alcove of 24” or less in depth is present. „ A minimum 36” x 48” clear floor space area must be provided when an alcove deeper than 24” in depth is present. In either case, one full unobstructed side of the clear floor space must adjoin or overlap either an accessible route, or another 30” x 48” clear floor space.

ACCESSIbLE PATH OF TRAvEL / AISLES / ALCOvES / CORRIDORS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

217

34

SECTION

InTERIOR TRAvEL ROuTES/AISLES/ALCOvES
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Interior Requirements Aisles
… Aisles - General: For every portion of every building in which tables, merchandise, equipment, products, or similar materials are installed, aisles that lead to an exit shall be provided.
(CA T24 1133B.6.1) (ADA 4.3.10)

FIGURE 1

width
… … … Every aisle serving 1 side must be a min. of 36” Fig. 1
(CA T24 1133B.6.2) (ADA 4.3.3)

Every aisle serving 2 sides must be a min. of 44” Fig. 2
(CA T24 1133B.6.2)

In addition, for circulation around obstacles, aisles must comply with the following:

FIGURE 2
TuRnS AROunD OBSTACLES In 36” AISLES TuRnS AROunD OBSTACLES In 36” AISLES

FIGURE 3

FIGURE 4

218

ACCESSIbLE PATH OF TRAvEL / AISLES / ALCOvES / CORRIDORS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

InTERIOR TRAvEL ROuTES/AISLES/ALCOvES
Circulation Around Obstacles
… For circulation around obstacles, aisles must comply with the following: If the obstruction is less than 48”, the clear width is a min. of 36” upon entering, a 36” min. clear width upon turning and 36” min. clear width leaving the turn. (180° Turn). Fig. 3
(CA T24 1133B.6.2) (ADA 4.3.3)

34

SECTION

Turns Around An Obstacle in 44” Aisles
… If the obstruction is less than 48”, the clear width is a min. of 44” upon entering, a 44” min. clear width upon turning and 44” min. clear width leaving the turn. (180° Turn) Fig. 5
(CA T24 1133B.6.2) (ADA 4.3.3)

Turns Around An Obstacle in 36” Aisles
… …

If the obstruction is more than 48”, the clear width is a min. of 44” upon entering, a 48” min. clear width upon turning and 44” min. clear width leaving the turn. (90° Turn) Fig. 6
(CA T24 1133B.6.2) (ADA 4.3.3)

…

If the obstruction is 48” or more, the clear width is a min. of 42” upon entering, a 48” min. clear width upon turning and 42” min. clear width leaving the turn. (90°Turn) Fig. 4
(CA T24 1133B.6.2) (ADA 4.3.3)

TuRnS AROunD OBSTACLES In 44” AISLES

TuRnS AROunD OBSTACLES In 44” AISLES

FIGURE 5

FIGURE 6

ACCESSIbLE PATH OF TRAvEL / AISLES / ALCOvES / CORRIDORS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

219

34

SECTION

InTERIOR TRAvEL ROuTES/AISLES/ALCOvES
Alcoves- Forward Approach (Relationship of Maneuvering Clearances to wheelchair Spaces)
… One full unobstructed side of the clear floor or ground space for a wheelchair shall adjoin or overlap an accessible route or adjoin another wheelchair clear floor space. Fig. 12
(CA T24 1118B.4.2)

…

If a clear floor space is located in an alcove or otherwise confined on all or a part of three sides, additional maneuvering clearances shall be provided as shown in Section 34 Interior Travel Routes, Aisles, Alcoves and Corridors.
(CA T24 1118B.4.2)

FIGURE 7

…

If alcove depth is 24” or less , clear floor space must be a min. 30” by 48” Figs. 7
(CA T24 1118B.4.1; 1118B.4.2 ) (ADA 4.2.4.1 4.2.4.2)

FIGURE 8

FIGURE 10

FIGURE 9

FIGURE 11

FIGURE 12

220

ACCESSIbLE PATH OF TRAvEL / AISLES / ALCOvES / CORRIDORS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

InTERIOR TRAvEL ROuTES/AISLES/ALCOvES
… If alcove depth is 24” or more , clear floor space must be a min. 36” by 48” Figs. 8
(CA T24 1118B.4.1; 1118B.4.2 ) (ADA 4.2.4.1 4.2.4.2)

34

SECTION

…

If the clear floor space allows only forward approach to an object, the max. high forward reach allowed shall be 48” Fig. 11
(CA T24 1118B.5)

… … …

The min. low forward reach is 15” Fig. 11
(CA T24 1118B.5)

If the high forward reach is over an obstruction, reach and clearances shall as follows: If the high forward reach is over an obstruction, the max. depth of the reach (the depth of the obstruction) is 25” Fig. 13 and 14
(CA T24 1118B.5)

…

When the depth of the obstruction is less than 20”, the height of max. forward reach is 48” Fig. 13 and 14
(CA T24 1118B.5)

…

When the depth of the obstruction is 20” to 25”, the height of max. forward reach is 44” Fig. 13 and 14
(CA T24 1118B.5)

FIGURE 13

FIGURE 14

FIGURE 15

ACCESSIbLE PATH OF TRAvEL / AISLES / ALCOvES / CORRIDORS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

221

34

SECTION

InTERIOR TRAvEL ROuTES/AISLES/ALCOvES
Alcoves- Side Approach (Relationship of Maneuvering Clearances to wheelchair Spaces)
… One full unobstructed side of the clear floor or ground space for a wheelchair shall adjoin or overlap an accessible route or adjoin another wheelchair clear floor space. Fig. 15
(CA T24 1118B.4.2)

…

If a clear floor space is located in an alcove or otherwise confined on all or a part of three sides, additional maneuvering clearances shall be provided as shown in Section 34 Interior Travel Routes, Aisles, Alcoves and Corridors.
(CA T24 1118B.4.2)

…
FIGURE 16

If alcove depth is 15” or less , clear floor space must be a min. 48” by 30”. Fig. 9
(CA T24 1118B.4.1; 1118B.4.2 ) (ADA 4.2.4.1 4.2.4.2)

…

If alcove depth is 15” or more , clear floor space must be a min. 60” by 30”. Fig.10
(CA T24 1118B.4.1; 1118B.4.2 ) (ADA 4.2.4.1 4.2.4.2)

…

If the clear floor space allows parallel approach by a person in a wheelchair, the max. high side reach allowed shall be 54” and the low side reach shall be no less than 9” above the floor. Fig.16
(CA T24 1118B.6)

…

If the side reach is over an obstruction, the reach and clearances shall be as follows:
(CA T24 1118B.6)

…

If the side reach is over an obstruction (34” max. height) the max. reach must be 24” wide and a max. of 46” above the floor. Fig. 17
(CA T24 1118B.6)

FIGURE 17

222

ACCESSIbLE PATH OF TRAvEL / AISLES / ALCOvES / CORRIDORS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

CORRIDORS AnD HALLWAYS

35

SECTION

Minimum corridor width is 36”, but this increases to 44” when the occupant load of the area(s) served by the corridor is 10 or more. „ The corridor width may need to be even greater: z Depending on its length z At doors (depending on the swing) z If the door has both a latch and a closer

CORRIDORS / HALLwAyS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

223

35
Requirements

SECTION

CORRIDORS AnD HALLWAYS
Long Corridors (over 200’)

„ A “corridor” includes exterior exit balconies and any covered or enclosed exit passageway, including walkways, tunnels and malls. z Any corridor serving as a required exit for an occupant load of 10 or more may not be less than 44” wide. z Any corridor serving as a required exit for an occupant load less than 10 may not be not less than 36” wide.

„ Regardless of occupant load, when a corridor exceeds 200’ in length, it must meet one of the following requirements: z The corridor must provide a minimum clear width of 60” along its length, OR z A minimum 60” x 60” turning space for wheelchairs or a passing alcove creating those dimensions must be provided at a central location along the corridor’s length, OR z A cross or “T” corridor that is minimum 44” wide must be provided at a central location.

Available Exceptions Existing Buildings: Hardship & Equivalent Facilitation. Existing Buildings: Legal or Physical Constraints.

224

CORRIDORS / HALLwAyS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

CORRIDORS AnD HALLWAYS
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Corridor and Hallway widths
… Every corridor and hallway serving an occupant load of 10 or more must be a min. of 44” in width. Fig. 1, 7 and 8
(CA T24 1133B.3.1) (ADA 4.3.3)

35

SECTION

…

Corridors and hallways serving an occupant load of less than 10 must be a min. of 36” in width. Fig. 2, 9 and 10
(CA T24 1133B.3.1) (ADA 4.3.3)

Corridors and Hallways Over 200 feet
… Corridors and hallways that are located on an accessible route and exceed 200 ft in length must have a min. of 60” clear width. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1133B.3.2)

FIGURE 1

FIGURE 2

…

If an accessible route has less than 60” clear width, then passing spaces at least 60” by 60” must be located at intervals of 200ft. max. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1133B.3.2) (ADA 4.3.4)

…

A T-intersection of two corridors or walks in an acceptable passing place. Fig. 5
(CA T24 1133B.3.2)

EXCEPTIONS 1. In existing buildings, when the enforcing agency determines that compliance with any building standard under this section would create an unreasonable hardship, an exception to such building standard shall be granted when equivalent facilitation is provided.
(CA T24 1133B.3.2) (ADA 4.3.4)

FIGURE 3

2. In existing buildings, the provisions of this section shall not apply when legal or physical constraints will not allow compliance with these building standards or equivalent facilitation without creating an unreasonable hardship.
(CA T24 1133B.3.2) (ADA 4.3.4)

FIGURE 4

FIGURE 5

CORRIDORS / HALLwAyS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

225

35

SECTION

Corridors and Hallways
Circulation around Obstacles
… For circulation around obstacles corridors and hallways must comply with the following:

Corridors and Hallways with Occupancy of 9 or less
… If the obstruction is less than 48”, the clear width is a min. of 36” upon entering, a 36” min. clear width upon turning and 36” min. clear width leaving the turn. (180° Turn) Fig. 7
(Ca T24 1133B.6.2) (ada 4.3.3)

FIGURE 6

…

If the obstruction is 48” or more, the clear width is a min. of 42” upon entering, a 48” min. clear width upon turning and 42” min. clear width leaving the turn. (90°Turn) Fig. 8
(Ca T24 1133B.6.2) (ada 4.3.3)

Corridors and Hallways with Occupancy of 10 or More
… If the obstruction is less than 48”, the clear width is a min. of 44” upon entering, a 44” min. clear width upon turning and 44” min. clear width leaving the turn. (180° Turn) Fig.9
(Ca T24 1133B.6.2) (ada 4.3.3)

…

If the obstruction is more than 48”, the clear width is a min. of 44” upon entering, a 48” min. clear width upon turning and 44” min. clear width leaving the turn. (90° Turn). Fig.10
(Ca T24 1133B.6.2) (ada 4.3.3)

226

CORRIdORS / HallwayS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

Corridors and Hallways

35

SECTION

CirCUlaTion aroUnd oBsTaClEs in Corridors / oCCUPanCy 9 or lEss

CirCUlaTion aroUnd oBsTaClEs in Corridors / oCCUPanCy 10 or MorE

FIGURE 7
CirCUlaTion aroUnd oBsTaClEs in Corridors / oCCUPanCy 9 or lEss

FIGURE 9
CirCUlaTion aroUnd oBsTaClEs in Corridors / oCCUPanCy 10 or MorE

FIGURE 8

FIGURE 10

CORRIdORS / HallwayS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

227

36

SECTION

waTEr FoUnTains, drinking

Drinking fountains should be located within alcoves (min. 32” wide and min. 18” deep), so that they do not encroach upon pedestrian paths of travel. „ Exceptions to this are allowed (where the drinking fountain is mounted flush on a corridor wall, e.g., or on a post), but such configurations require additional provisions to maintain the minimum path of travel and to protect blind individuals. „ In new or existing construction, where more than one drinking fountain is provided, at least 50% (with a minimum of 1) of the drinking fountains must be meet the requirements outlined in this section, so that it is be accessible to individuals who use wheelchairs. „ In new construction, where only one drinking fountain is provided, the single drinking fountain must be accessible to individuals who use wheelchairs. A “high-low” combination water fountain may be used to satisfy this requirement. „ Because of these requirements, on floors where drinking fountains are provided, they are most often provided in pairs (so-called “high-low” combination fountains are typical), to meet accessibility requirements: z At least one must be accessible to wheelchair users (the “low” fountain). z At least one must be accessible to persons who have difficulty bending (the “high” fountain. „ Drinking fountains must allow for clear knee and toe space, and must project sufficiently from the back wall to allow wheelchair users a front approach. z Only a front approach may be provided; side approach drinking fountains are not acceptable. „ Drinking fountain design, the controls, and the arrangement and operation of the spout/ bubbler must meet the specific requirements outlined in this section. Most drinking fountain units offered by major manufacturers meet these requirements, but it is always a good idea to check before purchase and installation.

228

dRINkING FOUNTaINS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

waTEr FoUnTains, drinking
Requirements
„ In new or existing construction, where more than one drinking fountain is provided on a floor, at least 50% of those (minimum of 1) provided must comply with accessiblity requirements. „ In new construction projects, where only one drinking fountain area is provided on a floor, it must be an accessible drinking fountain (that is, accessible to individuals who use wheelchairs). So-called “high-low” fountains can be used to satisfy this requirement. „ Protruding objects (like drinking fountains) in alcoves may project 4” into walls, corridors, passageways, or aisles.

36

SECTION

z On a drinking fountain with a round or oval bowl, the spout must be positioned so the flow of water is within 3” of the front edge of the fountain. z The drinking fountain must be mounted so that the bubbler outlet orifice is located at 36” high, above the finished floor.
available Exception These clearances are not required when drinking fountain is used primarily by children 12 and younger where clear floor space for a parallel approach complying with ADA 4.2.4 is provided and where the spout is no higher than 30” from the floor.

location / Placement
„ Water fountains must be located completely within alcoves (min. 32” wide and min. 18” deep), so as not to encroach into pedestrian ways. „ When the enforcing agency determines it would create an unreasonable hardship, the water fountain may project into the path of travel if the following alternatives are employed: z Wing walls may be provided, projecting from the supporting wall at least as far as the water fountain to within 6” of the surface of the path of travel with a min. 32” clearance between the walls. These “wing walls” may be solid or they may be created by use of railings. In either case, the clear space between “wings” must be at least 32” to allow for a forward approach by a wheelchair user. „ a side approach drinking fountain is not acceptable.

Clearances
„ Clearance for knee and toe space under the drinking fountain must be as follows: z Height of clear space: 27” min. z Depth of clear space: 8” min. (measured from the front) z Width of clear space: 30” min. z Additional toe clearance space of 9” minimum in height and 17” minimum in depth should be provided from the front edge, for the full width of the knee space specified above.

„ The spout must provide a flow of water 4” high min., to allow insertion of a glass underneath. „ The water stream should be parallel to the front edge of the fountain. „ Manually activated drinking fountains must not require a force more than 5 lbf. (An electronically controlled device is preferred.) All water fountains must comply with accessibility requirements. „ In new construction where only one drinking fountain area is provided on a floor, there must be a drinking fountain accessible to individuals who use wheelchairs (“hi–low” fountains can be used). „ Where more than one drinking fountain or water cooler is provided on a floor, 50% of those provided must comply with these requirements and must be on an accessible route. „ Wall-mounted and post-mounted cantilevered drinking fountains and water coolers must have a minimum clear knee space of 30” in width and a minimum clear floor space of 30” wide x 48” deep. „ Water fountains should be located within alcoves or otherwise positioned so as not to encroach into pedestrian ways. The alcove used for this purpose may not be less than 32” in width and 18” in depth.

design
„ Drinking fountains must be a minimum of 18” deep (front-to-back). „ The bubbler outlet orifice: z Must be located within 6” of the front edge of the fountain.

dRINkING FOUNTaINS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

229

36

SECTION

waTEr FoUnTains, drinking
GENERal REQUIREMENTS
… Where drinking fountains are provided, they shall comply with this section.
(Ca T24 1117B.1) (ada 4.15.1)

PU

where ONly ONE drinking Fountain area Is Provided
SH

…

Where only one drinking fountain area is provided on a floor, it must comply with the following:
(Ca T24 1117B.1.1)

…

There must be a drinking fountain that is accessible to individuals who use wheelchairs and
(Ca T24 1117B.1.1)

…
FIGURE 1

The must be one drinking fountain available to those who have difficulty bending or stooping.
(Ca T24 1117B.1.1)

…

This can be accommodated by the use of “high-low” fountains, or by such other means as would achieve the required accessibility for each group on each floor.
(Ca T24 1117B.1.1)

where MORE THaN ONE drinking Fountain Is Provided
PU

…
SH

Where more than one drinking fountain is provided on a floor, 50% of those provided must comply with this section
(Ca T24 1117B.1.1)

…

They shall be on an accessible route complying with Section 17 Accessible Route of Travel.
(Ca T24 1117B.1.1)

…
FIGURE 2

All drinking fountains must comply with Alcove heading of this section.
(Ca T24 1117B.1.1)

PU

SH

FIGURE 3

230

dRINkING FOUNTaINS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

waTEr FoUnTains, drinking
Clearances Cantilevered drinking Fountains – dimensions
… Wall- and post-mounted cantilevered drinking fountains must be a min. of 18” and a max. of 19” in depth. Fig.1
(Ca T24 1117B.1.2) (ada 4.15.5(1))

36

SECTION

knee Clearance
… The clear knee space between the bottom of the apron and the floor or ground not less than 27” in height, 30” in width, and 8” in depth. Fig. 1
(Ca T24 1117B.1.2) (ada 4.15.5(1))

…

The depth measurements is taken from the front edge of the fountain back toward the wall or mounting post. Fig. 1
(Ca T24 1117B.1.2) (ada 4.15.5(1))

…

The knee clearance space must be free of equipment or obstructions. Fig.1
(Ca T24 1117B.1.2) (ada 4.15.5(1))

” 18 in. M

Toe Clearance
… There must be a toe clearance of 9” in height above the floor and 17” in depth from the front edge of the fountain. Fig. 1
(Ca T24 1117B.1.2)

FIGURE 4

…

The toe clearance space must be free of equipment or obstructions. Fig. 1
(Ca T24 1117B.1.2)

dRINkING FOUNTaINS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

231

36

SECTION

waTEr FoUnTains, drinking
Clear Floor Space
… A clear floor space at least 30” by 48” must be provided in front of the drinking fountain to allow forward approach. Fig. 5 and 7
(Ca T24 1117B.1.2) (ada 4.15.5(2))

…
SH PU

Clear Floor must comply with Section 32 Clear Floor or Ground Space for wheelchairs.
(Ca T24 1117B.1.2) (ada 4.15.5(2))

…

A side approach drinking fountain is not acceptable.
(Ca T24 1117B.1.2) (ada 4.15.5(2))

alcoves
… All drinking fountains shall be located completely within alcoves or otherwise positioned so as not to encroach into pedestrian ways.
(Ca T24 1117B.1.3)

FIGURE 5

…

The alcove in which the drinking fountain is located must not be less than 32” in width and 18” in depth. See Figs. 7 and 8.
(Ca T24 1117B.1.3)

…

If alcove depth is less than 24” the min. refer to Fig. 8 for details.
(Ca T24 1117B.1.3)

… …

If alcove depth is greater than 24” refer to Fig. 7 for details.
(Ca T24 1117B.1.3)

Additionally, alcoves must comply with Section 32, Clear Floor or Ground Spaces for Wheelchairs.
(Ca T24 1117B.1.3)

…

Protruding objects located in alcoves or otherwise positioned so as to limit encroachment into pedestrian ways are permitted to project 4” into walks, halls, corridors, passageways or aisles.
(Ca T24 1117B.1.3)

FIGURE 6

EXCEPTION When the enforcing agency determines that it would create an unreasonable hardship to locate the drinking fountain in an alcove, the drinking fountain may project into the path of travel, and the path of travel shall be identifiable to the blind as follows:
(Ca T24 1117B.1.3)

…
SH PU

Wing walls shall be provided on each side of the drinking fountain. Fig. 2
(Ca T24 1117B.1.3)

…

The wing walls shall project out from the supporting wall at least as far as the drinking fountain to within 6” of the surface of the path of travel. Fig. 2

FIGURE 7

232

dRINkING FOUNTaINS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

waTEr FoUnTains, drinking
(Ca T24 1117B.1.3)

36

SECTION

…

There shall also be a min. of 32” clear between the wing walls. Fig. 2
(Ca T24 1117B.1.3)

…

Additionally, maneuvering clearances shall comply with Section 32 Clear Floor or Ground Space for Wheelchair.
(Ca T24 1117B.1.3)

…

The drinking fountain and wing walls shall comply with Section 25 Hazards.
(Ca T24 1117B.1.3)

Bubbler
… The bubbler must be activated by a manually operated system, complying with the following: Fig. 3
(Ca T24 1117B.1.4)

…

Must be operable with one hand and not require tight grasping, pinching or twisting of the wrist.
(Ca T24 1117B.6.4) (ada 4.27.4)

…

The force required to activate the control must be no greater than 5 lbf.
(Ca T24 1117B.6.4) (ada 4.15.4, 4.27.4)

FIGURE 8

…

Must be front mounted or side mounted and located within 6” of the front edge of the fountain or an electronically controlled device (preferably). Fig. 3
(Ca T24 1117B.1.4)

…

The bubbler outlet orifice shall be located within 6” of the front edge of the drinking fountain and within 36” of the floor. Fig. 3
(Ca T24 1117B.1.4) (ada 4.15.3)

…

The water stream from the bubbler must be substantially parallel to the front edge of the drinking fountain. Fig. 3
(Ca T24 1117B.1.4) (ada 4.15.3)

PU

SH

The Spout
… The spout must provide a flow of water at least 4” high so as to allow the insertion of a cup or glass under the flow of water. Fig. 3
(Ca T24 1117B.1.5) (ada 4.15.3)

FIGURE 2

…

On an accessible drinking fountain with a round or oval bowl, the spout must be positioned so the flow of water is within 3” of the front edge of the fountain.
(Ca T24 1117B.1.5) (ada 4.15.3)

…

Spouts must be no higher than 36” measured from the floor or ground surfaces to the spout outlet. Fig. 3
(ada 4.15.2)

PU

SH

FIGURE 3

dRINkING FOUNTaINS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

233

37
allowances for wheelchairs Passage widths

SECTION

sPaCE allowanCEs
Relationship of Maneuvering Clearance to wheelchair Spaces Front approach
„ When a confining wall is less than 24” deep, a minimum 30” x 48” clear space is required. „ When a confining wall is more than 24” deep, a minimum 36” x 48” clear space is required. One full unobstructed side should overlap/adjoin an accessible route.

„ The minimum clear width required for a single wheelchair at a point (e.g., at a doorway) is 32”. „ The minimum clear width required for a single wheelchair for a continuous length (e.g., within a corridor) is 36”. „ The minimum clear width required for two wheelchairs to pass is 60”.

Clear Spaces
„ The minimum clear space for a wheelchair to turn 180º is a 60” diameter circle or a T-shaped space formed by overlapping two 36” x 60” rectangles. „ The minimum clear floor space to allow for a forward or parallel approach is 30” x 48”. (In most cases, this clear floor space may satisfy part of the knee space required under some objects.)

Side approach
„ When a confining wall is less than 15” deep, a minimum 30” x 48” clear space is required. „ When a confining wall is more than 15” deep, a minimum 30” x 60” clear space is required. One full unobstructed side should overlap/adjoin an accessible route.

FIGURE 1

FIGURE 2

234

SPaCE allOwaNCES FOR wHEElCHaIRS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

sPaCE allowanCEs
GENERal REQUIREMENTS
Clear floor and ground space for wheelchairs must comply to the following: … Surfaces for wheelchair spaces must comply with Section 33, Floors, Levels and Ground Surfaces.
(Ca T24 1118B.4.3) (ada 4.5)

37

SECTION

wheelchair Passage width
… The min. clear width for single wheelchair passage shall be 32” at a point and 36” continuously. Fig. 1
(Ca T24 1118B.1) (ada 4.2.1)

…

The min. width for two wheelchairs to pass is 60” See Section 37, Space Allowances for details and illustrations. Fig. 2
(Ca T24 1118B.2) (ada 4.2.2)

42” AISLES
FIGURE 3

Circulation around Obstacles
… In addition, for circulation around obstacles aisles must comply with the following: z If the obstruction is less than 48” the clear width is a min. of 42” upon entering, a 48” min. clear width upon turning and 42” min. clear width leaving the turn. Fig. 3
(Ca T24 1133B.6.2) (ada 4.3.3)

z If the obstruction is more than 48” the clear width is a min. of 36” upon entering, a 36” min. clear width upon turning and 36” min. clear width leaving the turn. Fig. 4
(Ca T24 1133B.6.2) (ada 4.3.3)

z If the obstruction is less than 60” the clear width is a min. of 44” upon entering, a 44” min. clear width upon turning and 44” min. clear width leaving the turn. Fig. 5
(Ca T24 1133B.6.2) (ada 4.3.3)

36” AISLES
FIGURE 4

z If the obstruction is more than 60” the clear width is a min. of 44” upon entering, a 44” min. clear width upon turning and 44” min. clear width leaving the turn. Fig. 6
(Ca T24 1133B.6.2) (ada 4.3.3)

Size and approach
… The min. clear floor or ground space required to accommodate a single, stationary wheelchair and occupant is 30” by 48” Fig. 6
(Ca T24 1118B.4.1)

…

The min. clear floor or ground space for wheelchairs may be positioned for forward or parallel approach of an object. Fig. 1
(Ca T24 1118B.4.1)

…

The min. clear floor or ground space for wheelchairs may be part of the knee space required under some objects. Fig. 1
(Ca T24 1118B.4.1)

FIGURE 5

wHEElCHaIR PaSSING aNd TURNING
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

235

37

SECTION

sPaCE allowanCEs
wheelchair Turning Space
… Min. space for a wheelchair to turn 180º is a 60” diameter or T-shaped space. Figs. 7 & 8
(Ca T24 1118B.3) (ada 4.2.3)

Clear Floor or Ground Space for wheelchairs: Size and approach
… Min. clear floor space is 30” by 48”. This allows either a forward or parallel approach. May be part of knee space required under some objects. Figs. 9 & 10
(Ca T24 1118B.4.1) (ada 4.2.4.1)

FIGURE 6

FIGURE 7 FIGURE 9

FIGURE 10 FIGURE 8

236

ClEaR FlOOR SPaCE FOR aPPROaCH/MaNEUvERING
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

sPaCE allowanCEs
Relationship of Maneuvering Clearance to wheelchair Spaces
… In a front approach, if the confining wall is less than 24” deep, a 30” x 48” clear space is sufficient. If it is more than 24” deep, a 36” by 48” clear space is provided. Figs. 9 & 10
(Ca T24 1118B.4.2) (ada 4.2.4.2)

37

SECTION

…

In a side approach, if the confining wall is less than 15” deep, a 30” x 48” clear space is sufficient. If it is more than 15” deep, a 30” by 60” clear space is provided. Figs. 11 & 12
(Ca T24 1118B.4.2) (ada 4.2.4.2)

…

One full unobstructed side shall overlap an accessible route or adjoin another wheelchair clear floor space.
(Ca T24 1118B.4.2) (ada 4.2.4.2)

FIGURE 11

FIGURE 12

wHEElCHaIR PaSSING aNd TURNING
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

237

38
Forward Reach without Obstruction

SECTION

rEaCH rangEs
Side Reach without Obstruction
„ Maximum high side reach is 54” high (above finished floor level). (This includes clothes rods or shelves.) „ Minimum low side reach is 9” high (above finished floor level).

„ Maximum high forward reach is 48” high (above finished floor level). „ Minimum low forward reach is 15” high (above finished floor level).

with Obstruction
„ The depth of clear floor space under an obstruction must be at least equal to the depth of reach. „ When the forward reach is less than 20”, the maximum height of reach is 48”. „ When the forward reach required to overcome an obstruction is 20” or more (and 25” or less), the maximum height of reach is 44”. „ The maximum forward reach that may be posed by an obstruction is 25”.

Over Obstruction
„ The maximum height of a side reach over an obstruction is 46”. „ The maximum height for an obstruction is 34”. „ The maximum allowable side reach that may be posed by an obstruction is 24”.

FIGURE 1

FIGURE 2

238

FORwaRd aNd SIdE REaCH
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

rEaCH rangEs
GENERal REQUIREMENTS Forward Reach
… … … … … Max. high forward reach is 48”. Fig. 1
(Ca T24 1118B.5) (ada 4.2.5)

38

SECTION

Min. low forward reach is 15”. Fig. 1
(Ca T24 1118B.5) (ada 4.2.5)

If high forward reach is over an obstruction, then: Max. allowable forward reach is 25”.
(Ca T24 1118B.5) (ada 4.2.5)

Depth of clear floor space under obstruction is equal to or greater than depth of reach. Figs. 2 & 3
(Ca T24 1118B.5) (ada 4.2.5)

FIGURE 3

FIGURE 4

…

When the forward reach is less than 20”, the maximum height of reach is 48”. Fig. 2
(Ca T24 1118B.5) (ada 4.2.5)

…

When the forward reach is 20” to 25”, the max. height of reach is 44”. Fig. 3
(Ca T24 1118B.5) (ada 4.2.5)

Side Reach
… … … Max. height of side reach is 54”. Fig. 4
(Ca T24 1118B.6) (ada 4.2.6)

Min. low of side reach is 9”. Fig. 4
(Ca T24 1118B.6) (ada 4.2.6)

FIGURE 5

Maximum height of clothes rods or shelves for a side approach is 54”. Fig. 4
(Ca T24 1118B.6) (ada 4.2.6)

… … … …

If side reach is over an obstruction, then: Max. allowable side reach is 24”. Fig. 5
(Ca T24 1118B.6) (ada 4.2.6)

Max. height of side reach is 46”. Fig. 5
(Ca T24 1118B.6) (ada 4.2.6)

Max height of obstruction is 34”. Fig. 5
(Ca T24 1118B.6) (ada 4.2.6)

FORwaRd aNd SIdE REaCH
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

239

39

SECTION

alarMs

„ Where an accessible means of egress serves persons with impaired mobility, alarms and emergency warning systems must also activate a means of warning the hearing impaired. „ Where audible alarms are required by the California Building Code or the State Fire Marshal, visual alarms (strobes) must be installed to warn the hearing impaired. „ All systems must comply with NFPA 72.

240

alaRMS FOR HEaRING IMPaIREd
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

alarMs
Requirements
„ Where emergency warning systems are required, they must activate a means of warning the hearing impaired. „ Emergency warning systems as part of the fire-alarm system must be designed and installed in accordance with NFPA 72 as amended in CA T24 Chapter 35.

39
Spacing in Rooms
„ Spacing of alarm signals must be in accordance with Tables 39-1, 39-2 and Figure 39-1. „ Visible notification appliances must be installed in accord with Table 39-1 below, using one of the following: z A single visible notification appliance. z Two visible notification appliances located on opposite walls. z More than two appliances in any field of view, spaced a minimum of 55’ from each other in rooms 80’ x 80’ or greater. z More than two visible notification appliances in the same room or adjacent space within the field of view that flash in synchronization. (This requirement/alternative does not preclude synchronization of appliances that are not within the same field of view.) „ Room spacing for wall-mounted appliances must be based on locating the visible notification appliance at the halfway distance on the longest wall. „ In square rooms (with appliances not centered) or nonsquare rooms, the effective intensity from one visible notification appliance shall be determined by the maximum room size dimensions obtained by: z Measuring the distance to the farthest wall, OR z By doubling the distance to the farthest adjacent wall z whichever is greater, as required by Table 39-1 and Figure 39-1 below. „ If a room is not square, the size of a square room that would encompass the entire room or would allow the room to be subdivided into multiple squares should be used. „ If the ceiling height exceeds 30’, the visible notification appliance(s) should either be suspended at or below 30’, or wall-mounted in accordance with Table 39-1 below. „ Table 39-2 below should be used if the visible notification appliance is ceiling-mounted at the center of the room. „ If the visible notification appliance is not located at the center of the room, the effective intensity shall be determined by doubling the distance from the appliance to the farthest wall, to obtain the maximum room size.

SECTION

audible alarms
Audible emergency alarms must produce a sound that: z exceeds prevailing equivalent sound level in the room/ space by 15 dbA minimum, OR z exceeds max. sound level with a duration of 60 seconds by 5 dbA, whichever is louder. In any event, sound levels may not exceed 120 dbA.

visual alarms
„ Visual signal appliances must be provided in buildings and facilities in the following areas: z Restrooms z Corridors z Music practice rooms z Band rooms z Gymnasiums z Multipurpose rooms z Occupational shops z Occupied rooms where ambient noise impairs hearing of the fire alarms z Lobbies & community areas z Meeting rooms z Any other area for common use. „ Visual alarm signal appliances must be integrated into the building/facility alarm system. z If single station audible alarms are provided, then single station visual alarm signals should be provided. „ Visual alarm signals must have the following minimum photometric and location features: z The lamp must be a xenon strobe type or equivalent. z The color must be a clear or nominal white (unfiltered or clear filtered white light) and may not exceed 1000 cd (effective intensity.) z The maximum pulse duration must be 0.2 sec with a maximum duty cycle of 40%. The pulse duration is the time interval between initial and final points of 10% of maximum signal. z The intensity must be a minimum of 75 candela. z The flash rate may not exceed 2 flashes per second (2 Hz) or be less than 1 flash per second (1 Hz) throughout the listed voltage range of the appliance. z Wall-mounted appliances must be mounted so that the entire lens is 80”- 96” above the finished floor. (NOTE: The ADA requires the visual alarm at 80” or 6” below ceiling, whichever is lower.)

Spacing in Corridors
„ Table 39-3 is used when corridors not exceeding 20’ in width are considered. „ For corridors greater than 20’ wide, use Figure 39-1 and Tables 39-1 and 39-1 above. „ In a corridor application, visible appliances must be rated at least 15 cd. „ Visible notification appliances must be located no more than 15’ from the end of the corridor, with a separation of no more than 100’ between appliances. „ If a fire door, elevation change or other obstruction creates an interruption of the concentrated viewing path, the areas created by the obstruction must be treated as separate corridors.

alaRMS FOR HEaRING IMPaIREd
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

241

39
„ In corridors where there are 2 or more visible notification appliances in the field of view, they must be spaced at least 55’ apart. If that is not possible, they must flash in synchronization.
Table 39-1 Room Spacing for Wall-Mounted Visible Appliances
Minimum Required Light Output (Effective Intensity) (cd) Maximum Room Size ft 20×20 28×28 30×30 40×40 45×45 50×50 54×54 55×55 60×60 63×63 68×68 70×70 80×80 90×90 100×100 110×110 120×120 130×130 m 6.10×6.10 8.53×8.53 9.14×9.14 12.2×12.2 13.7×13.7 15.2×15.2 16.5×16.5 16.8×16.8 18.3×18.3 19.2×19.2 20.7×20.7 21.3×21.3 24.4×24.4 27.4×27.4 30.5×30.5 33.5×33.5 36.6×36.6 39.6×39.6 One Light per Room 15 30 34 60 75 94 110 115 135 150 177 184 240 304 375 455 540 635 Two Lights per Room (Located on Opposite Wall) NA Unknown 15 30 Unknown 60 Unknown Unknown 95 Unknown Unknown 95 135 185 240 240 305 375 Four LIghts per Room; One Light per Wall NA NA NA 15 19 30 30 28 30 37 43 60 60 95 95 135 135 185

SECTION

alarMs
auxiliary alarms
„ Units and sleeping accommodations must have: z A visual alarm connected to the building emergency alarm, OR z A standard 110V receptacle into which an alarm can be connected, and a means by which the building emergency alarm system can trigger that alarm. „ The visual alarm must be visible in all areas of the unit or room. „ Instructions for use of the auxiliary alarm or receptacle must be provided.
Table 39-2 room spacing for Ceiling-Mounted Visible appliances
Maximum Room Size m 6.1×6.1 9.1×9.1 12.2×12.2 13.4×13.4 15.2×15.2 16.2×16.2 16.8×16.8 18.0×18.0 19.2×19.2 20.7×20.7 21.3×21.3 6.1×6.1 9.1×9.1 13.4×13.4 14.0×14.0 15.2×15.2 16.2×16.2 16.8×16.8 18.0×18.0 19.2×19.2 20.7×20.7 21.3×21.3 6.1×6.1 ft 20×20 30×30 40×40 44×44 50×50 53×53 55×55 59×59 63×63 68×68 70×70 20×20 30×30 44×44 46×46 50×50 53×53 55×55 59×59 63×63 68×68 70×70 20×20 30×30 50×50 53×53 55×55 59×59 63×63 68×68 70×70 Maximum Ceiling Height m 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 ft 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 Minimum Required Light Output (Effective Intensity) One Light (cd) 15 30 60 75 95 110 115 135 150 177 185 30 45 75 80 95 110 115 135 150 177 185 55 75 95 110 115 135 150 177 185

nFPa TaBlE 7.5.4.3.1(a)

ada Requirements for Spacing in Rooms and Corridors
„ No point in any room may be more than 50’ from a signal. z In rooms/spaces that are more than 100’ across and that do not have obstructions 6’ above the floor, devices may be placed around the perimeter, spaced 100’ max. apart, in lieu of suspending appliances from the ceiling. „ No place in common corridors or hallways may be more than 50’ from the alarm signal.

9.1×9.1 15.2×15.2 16.2×16.2 16.8×16.8 18.0×18.0 19.2×19.2 20.7×20.7 21.3×21.3

242

alaRMS FOR HEaRING IMPaIREd
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

alarMs
GENERal REQUIREMENTS alarms/Emergency warning Systems/ accessibility
… … If emergency warning systems are provided, they should include both audible alarms and visual alarms. Fig. 1 If emergency warning systems are required, they shall activate a means of warning the hearing impaired. Fig. 1
(Ca T24 1114B.2.2) (ada 4.28.1)

39

SECTION

…

Emergency warning systems as part of the fire-alarm system shall be designed and installed in accordance with NFPA 72 as amended in Chapter 35.
(Ca T24 1114B.2.2)

FIGURE 1

…

note: Sections of NFPA 72 amended by CA T24 Chapter 35 shall be noted, for example, (NFPA 72 [CA T24] 4-4.5) for amended NFPA Section 4-4.5.

audible alarms
… Audible alarm notification appliances must sound a distinctive sound that is not to be used for any purpose other than that of a fire alarm. Fig. 2
(nFPa 72 ([Ca T24] 907.9.2)

…

Must provide a sound pressure level if 15 dBA above the average ambient sound level or 5dBA above the max. sound level, having a duration of a min. 60sec., whichever is greater, in every occupied space within the building.
(nFPa 72 ) ([Ca T24] 907.9.2)

FIGURE 2

…

The min. sound pressure must be: z 75 dBa in occupancies in Groups R and I-1
(nFPa 72 [Ca T24] 907.9.2)

z 90 dBa in mechanical equipment rooms
(nFPa 72 [Ca T24] 907.9.2)

z 60 dBa in other occupancies
(nFPa 72 ( [Ca T24] 907.9.2)

…

The max. sound pressure level produced by combining the ambient sound pressure level with all audible alarm notification must not exceed 110 dBa at the min. hearing distance. Fig. 2
(nFPa 72 7.4.1.2) ([Ca T24] 907.9.2)

FIGURE 3
al Visu larm a

FIGURE 4

…

z Sound from normal or permanent sources, having a duration greater than 60 sec., must be included when measuring max. ambient sound level. z Sound from temporary or abnormal sources shall not be required to be included when measuring for the max. ambient sound level. Where the ambient noise is greater than 95 dBA, visible alarm notifications must be provided, in accordance with NFPA 72 and audible alarm notifications appliances shall not be required.
(nFPa 72 [Ca T24] 907.9.2)

Gymnasiums / multipurpose

FIGURE 5

FIGURE 6

…

Signal tones for alert and evacuation shall meet the requirements of “Audible Alarm Signal” below.
(nFPa 72 7.5.4.3.2)

alaRMS FOR HEaRING IMPaIREd
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

243

39

SECTION

alarMs
… In Group I-2 occupancies, placed in patient areas must be only chimes or similar sounding devices for alerting staff.
(nFPa 72 [Ca T24] 907.9.2)

Exception Visible alarm notification appliances must be allowed in lieu of audible alarm notification appliances in patient areas of Group I-2 occupancies.
(nFPa 72 [Ca T24] 907.9.2)

…

audible alarm signal. The audible signal must be the standard fire alarm evacuation signal, ANSIS3.41 Audible Emergency Evacuation Signal “three pulse temporal pattern,” as described in NFPA 72
(nFPa 72 [Ca T24] 907.9.2.1)

FIGURE 7

Exception The use of existing evacuation signal scheme must be permitted where approved by the enforcing agency.
(nFPa 72 [Ca T24] 907.9.2.1)

visual alarms
… Visible alarm notification appliances must be provided in public use areas and common use areas, including but not limited to:
(nFPa 72 [Ca T24] 907.9.1)

1.
FIGURE 8

Sanitary facilities including restrooms, bathrooms, and shower rooms (Fig. 3) 2. Corridors (Fig. 4) 3. Music practice rooms 4. Band rooms 5. Gymnasiums (Fig. 5) 6. Multipurpose rooms 7. Occupational shops 8. Occupied rooms where ambient noise impairs hearing of the fire alarms (Fig. 6) 9. Lobbies & community areas (Fig. 7) 10. Meeting rooms (Fig. 8) 11. Classrooms
(nFPa 72 [Ca T24] 907.9.1.1)

Exceptions In other than Group I-2 and I-2.1, visible alarm notification appliances are not required in alterations, except where an existing fire alarm system is upgraded or replaced, or a new fire alarm system is installed. Visible alarm notification appliances shall not be required in enclosed exit stairways, exterior exit stairs, and exterior exit ramps.

FIGURE 9

…

Visual alarm signal appliances shall be integrated into building or facility alarm system.
(ada 4.28.1)

…

If single station audible alarms are provided then single station visual alarm signals shall be provided.
(ada 4.28.3)

FIGURE 10

244

alaRMS FOR HEaRING IMPaIREd
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

alarMs
… Visual alarm signals shall have the following minimum photometric and location features:
(ada 4.28.3)

39

SECTION

… …

The lamp shall be a xenon strobe type or equivalent.
(ada 4.28.3(1))

The color shall be a clear or nominal white (unfiltered or clear filtered white light) and shall not exceed 1000 cd (effective intensity.) Fig. 9
(nFPa 72 7.5.2.4) (ada 4.28.3(2))

…

The max. pulse duration shall be 0.2 sec with a max. duty cycle of 40%. The pulse duration is the time interval between initial and final points of 10% of max. signal. Fig. 9
(nFPa 72 7.5.2.3) (ada 4.28.3(3))

FIGURE 11

… …

The intensity shall be a min. of 75 candela. Fig. 9
(ada 4.28.3(4))

The flash rate shall not exceed two flashes per second (2Hz) nor be less than 1 flash every second (1Hz) throughout the listed voltage range of the appliance. Fig. 9
(nFPa 72 7.5.2.1) (ada 4.28.3.5)

…

Wall-mounted appliances shall be mounted so that the entire lens is 80”- 96” above the finished floor. ADA requires the visual alarm at 80” or 6” below ceiling, whichever is lower. Fig. 9
(nFPa 72 4-4.4) (ada 4.28.3(6))

FIGURE 12

Employee work areas
… Where employee work areas have audible alarm coverage, the notification appliance circuits serving the employee work areas must be initially designed with a min. 20% spare capacity to account for the potential of adding a visible notification appliance in the future to accommodate hearing impaired employees.
(nFPa 72 [Ca T24] 907.9.1.2)

Groups I-1 and R-1
… Groups I-1 and R-1 sleeping units in accordance with Table 907.9.1.3 must be provided with a visible alarm notification appliance, activated by both the in-room smoke alarm and the building fire alarm system.
FIGURE 13

Spacing in Rooms
… Spacing shall be in accordance with Tables 39-1 and 39-2 and Fig. 39-1 in the Accessibility Highlights section.
(nFPa 72 7.5.4.3)

…

Visible notification appliances shall be installed in accord with Table those tables, using 1 of the following: (1) A single visible notification appliance.
(nFPa 72 7.5.4.3.2(1))

(2) Two visible notification appliances located on opposite walls. Fig. 10

(nFPa 72 7.5.4.3.2(2))

(3) Two groups of visible notification appliances, where visual appliances of each group are synchro-

alaRMS FOR HEaRING IMPaIREd
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

245

39
nized, in the same room or adjacent space within the field of view. This must include synchronization of strobes operated by separate systems.

SECTION

alarMs
… In corridors where there are 2 or more visible notification appliances in the field of view, they shall flash in synchronization.
(nFPa 72 7.5.4.4.7)

(nFPa 72 7.5.4.3.2)

(4) More than two visible notification appliances or groups of synchronized appliances in the same room or adjacent space within the field of view that flash the synchronization. …

…

(nFPa 72 7.5.4.3.2)

Room spacing for wall-mounted appliances shall be based on locating the visible notification appliance at the halfway distance on the longest wall.
(nFPa 72 7.5.4.3.3)

Wall-mounted visible notification appliances in corridors shall be permitted to be mounted on either the end wall or the side wall of the corridor, in accordance with spacing requirements of Table 39-1 in the Accessibility Highlights section.
(nFPa 72 7.5.4.4.8)

ada Requirements for Spacing in Rooms and Corridors
… No point in any room shall be more than 50’ from signal. Fig. 11
(ada 4.28.3(7))

…

In square rooms with appliances not centered or nonsquare rooms, the effective intensity from 1 visible notification appliance shall be determined by max. room size dimensions obtained by measuring the distance to the farthest wall or by doubling the distance to the farthest adjacent wall whichever is greater, as required by the tables and figure in the Accessibility Highlights section.
(nFPa 72 7.5.4.3.4)

…

In rooms/spaces more than 100’ across, that do not have obstructions 6’ above the floor, devices may be placed around the perimeter, spaced 100’ max. apart, in lieu of suspending appliances from the ceiling. Fig. 12
(ada 4.28.3(7))

…

If a room configuration is not square, the square room size that allows the entire room to be encompassed or allows the room to be subdivided into multiple squares shall be used.
(nFPa 72 7.5.4.3.5)

…

No place in common corridors or hallways shall be more than 50’ from the alarm signal.
(ada 4.28.3(8))

…

If the ceiling heights exceed 30’, visible notification appliances shall be suspended at or below 30’ or wall-mounted in accordance with Table 39-1.
(nFPa 72 7.5.4.3.6)

Manual alarm
… Height of the manual fire alarm boxes must be a min. of 42” and a max. of 48” measured vertically, from the floor level to the highest point of the activating handle or the lever of the box. Manual fire alarms must also comply with Section 58 Controls and Operating Mechanisms.
(nFPa 72 [Ca T24] 907.9.3.2)

…

Table 39-2 shall be used if the visible notification appliance is at the center of the room.
(nFPa 72 7.5.4.3.7)

…

If visible notification appliance is not located at the center of the room, the effective intensity shall be determined by doubling the distance from the appliance to the farthest wall to obtain the maximum room size.
(nFPa 72 7.5.4.3.7)

Exception In existing buildings there is no requirement to retroactively relocate existing manual fire alarms.
(nFPa 72 [Ca T24] 907.9.3.2)

Spacing in Corridors
… The installation of visible notifications appliances in corridors 6.1m (20ft) or less in width must be rated no less than 15cd.
(nFPa 72 7.5.4.4.1)

…

Manual fire alarm boxes must be red in color.
(nFPa 72 [Ca T24] 907.9.3.3)

auxiliary alarms
… Units and sleeping accommodations shall have a visual alarm connected to the building emergency alarm or shall have standard 110V receptacle into which an alarm can be connected, and a means by which the building emergency alarm system can trigger that alarm. Fig. 13
(ada 4.28.4)

…

Corridors greater than 6.1 m (20ft) wide must comply with the spacing requirements for rooms in tables 39-1 and 39-2
(nFPa 72 7.5.4.4.1)

…

Visible notification appliances shall be located not more than 15’ from the end of the corridor with a separation not greater than 100’ between appliances.
(nFPa 72 7.5.4.4.5)

…

Visual alarm shall be visible in all areas of the unit or room. Fig. 13
(ada 4.28.4)

…

If there is an interruption of the concentrated viewing path, such as a fire door, elevation change, or other obstruction, the area shall be treated as separate corridor.
(nFPa 72 7.5.4.4.6)

…

Instructions for use of the auxiliary alarm or receptacle shall be provided. Fig. 13
(ada 4.28.4)

246

alaRMS FOR HEaRING IMPaIREd
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

ElEVaTors

40

SECTION

„ The technical requirements for elevators are among the most detailed accessibility requirements in the ADA and California’s Title 24; fortunately, all major manufacturers offer only compliant elevators. „ Elevators are expected to provide: z Automatic call, answer and door operation and self-leveling. z Minimum compartment and door dimensions (which vary by elevator type; see below). z Accessible control panels that are mounted at accessible heights, feature properly sized and tactile buttons, and include raise alphanumeric and Braille signage. z Visible and audible signals for car call and answering. z Accessible two-way emergency communication.

ElEvaTORS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

247

40
Requirements

SECTION

ElEVaTors
„ Equivalent facilitation may be provided with an elevator car of different dimensions where it can be demonstrated that a person using a wheelchair can enter and operate the elevator and when all other elements required being accessible comply with the applicable provisions of Sec. 1116B. „ The minimum distance from wall to return panel is 51” min. „ All elevator floor buttons must be located no higher than 54” above the floor for side approach, 48” for front approach. „ The elevator car must allow a wheelchair to turn within it. „ Elevator floor buttons must be provided with visual indicators to show when each call is registered. Where possible, provide floor buttons no higher than 48” max. „ The visual indicators must extinguish when each call is answered. „ The emergency controls, emergency stop and alarm must be at least 35” high above the floor. „ The emergency telephone handset must be positioned no higher than 4’ above the floor. „ The handset cord must be at least 2’-5” in length. „ Any telephone compartment door hardware (if any) must be of the lever style and may not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist. „ Emergency intercommunication must not require voice communication alone.

Elevators in a building must accommodate wheelchairs when: „ In a building of 2 or more stories that is served by an elevator, or „ In a building served by an elevator as required by Ch. 11B of the California Building Code (Public Buildings, Public Accommodations, Commercial Buildings and Publicly Funded Housing), or „ In a building served by an elevator required by Section 101.17 of Chapter 1 of the California Building Code (generally, all new buildings). In an existing building that is served by elevators, at least one elevator must be accessible.
available Exceptions Existing Buildings: Hardship & Equivalent Facilitation. Equivalent Facilitation will be considered when it is demonstrated that a person using a wheelchair can enter and operate the elevator. Existing Buildings: Legal or Physical Constraints. Also see the 2nd and 3rd points under Car Interior (below).

location
„ Elevators should be located near a major path of travel „ Provisions must be made to ensure that they remain accessible and usable at all times that the building is occupied. „ Freight elevators should also be accessible.

Car Call
„ Doors must remain fully open at least 5 seconds.

Signs
„ Entrances and facilities (like elevators) that are accessible to and usable by persons with disabilities should be identified with at least 1 International Symbol of Accessibility. „ Additional directional sign(s) using the symbol should be visible along approaching pedestrian ways.

door Protective and Opening device
„ Automatically closed doors must be provided with a doorreopening device that will stop and reopen a car door and adjacent hoistway door if the car door is obstructed while closing. „ The reopening device must also be capable of sensing an object or person in the path of a closing door without requiring contact for activation (e.g., electric eye), at a nominal 5” and 29” above the floor. „ Door-reopening devices should cause the door to remain open for a period of at least 20 seconds.

doors
„ All elevators must utilize power-operated, horizontally sliding, elevator doors and hoistway doors, that are opened and closed by automatic means. „ Minimum clear width for elevator doors is 36”.
available Exception When approved by the building official, the minimum door width may be reduced to 32” for a car with dimensions as permitted by the exception to Section 1116B.1.6.

Car Interior
„ The dimensions between opposite elevator walls and the door and its opposite wall, excluding return panels, must be at least 80” x 54” for center-opening doors, and 68” x 54” for side-slide openings doors. „ Where existing shaft configuration or technical infeasibility prohibits strict compliance with Sec.1116B.1.8, the minimum car plan dimensions may be reduced by the minimum amount necessary, but in no case shall the inside car area be smaller than 48” by 48”.
(Ca T24 1116B.1.1)

248

ElEvaTORS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

ElEVaTors
Hall Call
The minimum acceptable time from notification that a car has answered a call until the doors of that car begin to close is calculated by either form of the following equation: T = D/(1.5 ft/s) or T = D/(455 mm/s) wHERE: T = D = total time in secs distance (in ft. or mm) from a point 60” in front of the farthest call button controlling that car to the centerline of its hoistway door.

40

SECTION

lettering/Braille/Symbols
„ All control buttons must be designated by 5/8” min., 2” max. raised characters and standard raised symbols immediately to the left of the control button. z Characters and their symbols must be white on a black background. z Characters and their symbols must have a non-glare finish. z Characters and their symbols must have a widthto-height ratio between 3:5 and 1:1, and a stroke width-to-height ratio between 1:5 and 1:10. z Characters and their symbols must be raised a minimum of 1/32” and must be sans-serif uppercase characters accompanied by Grade 2 Braille. Dots shall be 1/10” on centers in each cell with 2/10” between cells, measured from the second column of the dots in the first cell to the first column of the dots in the second cell. Braille dots are domed or rounded. „ Grade 2 Braille should be located immediately below the character or symbol. „ There is a minimum clearance of 3/8” (or other suitable means of separation) between rows of control buttons. „ Controls and emergency equipment identified by raised symbols includes, but is not limited to: z Door open z Door close z Alarm bell z Emergency stop z Telephone „ The call button for the main entry (in most cases, ground floor or lobby) must be designated by a raised star to the left of the floor designation.

„ For cars with in-car lanterns, T begins when the lantern is visible from the vicinity of hall call buttons and an audible signal is sounded.

Operations and leveling
„ The elevator should include an automatic self-leveling feature that automatically brings the car to the floor landings within a tolerance of ± ½” under normal loading and unloading conditions. z The self-leveling feature, within its zone, must be fully automatic, independent of the operating device, and corrects overtravel or undertravel. z The car should be maintained at an approximately level position with the landing, despite the load. „ The clearance between the car platform sill and the edge of the hoistway landing should be no greater than 1¼”.

Handrails
„ A handrail must be provided on one wall of the car, preferably the rear. „ Handrails must have a smooth surface. „ The inside surface of the handrail should stand off from the wall surfaces by 1½” min. „ Nominal height of the handrail must be 32” from the floor, ± 1”. 32” is required to reduce interference with controls, where the lowest control button is centered at 35” above floor.

Minimum Illumination
„ Illumination of at least 5 foot-candles is required: z At the car controls threshold. z At the landing (when the car and landing doors are open).

Car Position Indicator and Signal
„ The centerline of the hall call buttons must be nominal 42” above the floor. „ Buttons must be ¾” minimum diameter in size, and should be raised 1/8” (± 1/32”) above the surrounding surface with square shoulders. „ Visual indication must show: z Show when each call is registered. z Be extinguished when a call has been answered. „ Objects adjacent to and below hall call buttons must not project more than 4” from the wall.

Elevator Car Control Panel Control Buttons
„ Minimum dimension of control buttons is ¾” in diameter. „ Control buttons should be raised 1/8” ± 1/32” above the surrounding surface. „ Control buttons must be illuminated, have square shoulders, and be activated by a detectable mechanical motion.

ElEvaTORS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

249

40
Hall Call Buttons

SECTION

ElEVaTors
Plan Review and approval
„ When a permit is otherwise required for new construction, or for an addition, alteration, replacement or renovation of existing buildings or facilities: z Information regarding signs and identification subject to these requirements shall be included in the plans or specifications, and shall be subject to plan review and approval by the local enforcing agency. z Signs and identification shall be field inspected after installation and approved by the local enforcing agency. z The inspection shall (among other things) verify that any Braille dots and cells are properly spaced and the size, proportion, and type of raised characters satisfy these requirements.

„ Flush or recessed buttons may not depress more than 3/8” when operated. „ Direction buttons, exclusive of any border, must be ¾” minimum diameter, whether raised, flush or recessed. „ Visual indication must show: z Show when each call is registered. z Be extinguished when a call has been answered. „ Hall call buttons must be internally illuminated with a white light over the entire surface of the button.

Hall lantern
„ Both visual and audible signals must be provided at each hoistway entrance indicating to the prospective passenger(s) that a car is answering the call and its direction of travel. „ The visual signal for each direction must be: z At least 2½” high x 2½” wide. z Visible from the proximity of the hall call button. „ The audible signal must either: z Sound once for the up direction and twice for the down direction, or z Sound a configuration that distinguishes between up and down elevator travel. „ The centerline of the hall lantern fixture must be 6’ in height from the lobby floor. „ In-car lanterns – located in or on the car doorjambs, visible from the proximity of the hall call buttons and conforming to the above requirements – are acceptable alternatives. „ The use of arrow shapes are preferred for visible signals of direction.

doorjamb Marking
„ Passenger elevator landing jambs on all elevator floors must have the following, located 60” on center above the floor on the jamb panels on both sides of the door so that they are visible from within the elevator: z The number of the floor, designated by raised characters (characters at least 2” in height) z Below the number, Grade 2 Braille equivalent. „ Elevator landing jambs on the grade level must have the following, located 60” on center above the floor on the jamb panels on both sides of the door so that they are visible from within the elevator: z The number or other indicator for the floor, designated by raised character (character at least 2” in height) z A raised, 5-pointed star placed to the left of the raised character indicating the floor level. The outside diameter of the star should be 2”. z Below the raised star, Grade 2 Braille equivalent of the raised character above.

250

ElEvaTORS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

ElEvATors
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
… All elevators shall be accessible and shall comply with these standards.
(CA T24 109.1; 1116B.1) (ADA 4.10.1)

40

SECTION

…

In buildings 2 or more stories served by an elevator, or a building served by an elevator required by Ch. 11B, or a building served by an elevator required by Section 109.1, all elevators shall accommodate a wheelchair.
(CA T24 1116B.1.1)

EXCEPTIONS (IN EXISTING BUILDINGS) 1. When enforcing agency determines that compliance with any regulation under this section would create an unreasonable hardship, an exception shall be granted when equivalent facilitation is provided, and it is demonstrated that a person using a wheelchair can enter and operate the elevator.
(CA T24 1116B.1.1)

FIGURE 1

2. Where existing shaft configuration or technical infeasibility prohibits strict compliance with the Car Interior heading in this Section, the minimum car plan dimensions may be reduced by the minimum amount necessary, but in no case shall the inside car area be smaller than 48” by 48”.
(CA T24 1116B.1.1)

1 2 3 4 5 6

3. Equivalent facilitation may be provided with an elevator car of different dimensions where it can be demonstrated that a person using a wheelchair can enter and operate the elevator and when all other elements required being accessible comply with the applicable provisions of this Section.
(CA T24 1116B.1.1)

4. These provisions shall not apply to existing buildings when legal or physical constraints do not allow compliance without creating an unreasonable hardship (Sect. 109.1).
(CA T24 1116B.1.1)

…

Passenger elevators are located near a major path of travel, and provisions are made to ensure that they remain accessible and usable at all times the building is occupied. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1116B.1.15) (ADA 4.10.1)

FIGURE 2

Entrance Signs
… Entrances that are accessible to and usable by persons with disabilities are identified with at least 1 International Symbol of Accessibility. Additional directional signs using the symbol should be used wherever the accessible route of travel diverges from the regular circulation path, and should be visible to persons along approaching circulation paths.
(CA T24 1117B.5.8.1.2)

Door Operation
… All elevators utilize power-operated, horizontally sliding, elevator doors and hoistway doors, that are opened and closed by automatic means. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1116B.1.3)

FIGURE 3

ELEvATORS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

251

40

SECTION

ElEvATors
Door Size
…
1 2

Min. clear width for elevator doors is 36”. Fig. 1 and 2
(CA T24 1116B.1.4)

3

4

5

Car Interior
6

…

The min. clearance between walls or between wall and door, excluding return panels, is not less than 80” by 54” for center-opening doors, and 68” by 54” for side-slide openings doors. Figs. 2 & 3
(CA T24 1116B.1.8) (ADA 4.10.9)

… …

Distance from wall to return panel is 51” min. Figs. 2 & 3
(CA T24 1116B.1.8) (ADA 4.10.9)

Elevator floor surfaces shall comply with Section 33 Floors, Levels and Ground Surfaces.
(CA T24 1116B.1.8)

FIGURE 4

…

All elevator floor buttons are located no higher than 54” above the floor for side approach, 48” for front approach. Figs. 4 & 5
(CA T24 1116B.1.8) (ADA 4.10.12(3))

… …

A wheelchair can be turned within the elevator car.
(CA T24 1116B.1.8) (ADA 4.10.9)

Elevator floor buttons are provided with visual indicators to show when each call is registered. Where possible, eleveator floor buttons should be provided at a maximum height of 48”. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1116B.1.8) (ADA 4.10.12(2))

…

The visual indicators shall be extinguished when each call is answered. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1116B.1.8) (ADA 4.10.12(2))

…
FIGURE 5

The emergency controls, emergency stop and alarm are 35” min. above the floor. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1116B.1.8) (ADA 4.10.12(3))

…

The emergency telephone handset is positioned 4’ max. above the floor. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1116B.1.8) (ADA 4.10.14)

… …

The handset cord is a min. of 2’-5” in length. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1116B.1.8) (ADA 4.10.14)

Must be identified by a raised telephone symbol and corresponding Braille lettering complying with Braille Section under Section 61, Signs and Identification.
(CA T24 1116B.1.8)

…

If the emergency telephone is enclosed in a compartment, the compartment door hardware should be of a lever style and should not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1116B.1.8) (ADA 4.10.14)

…

Emergency intercommunication does not require voice communication.
(CA T24 1116B.1.8) (ADA 4.10.14)

FIGURE 6

252

ELEvATORS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

ElEvATors
Car Call
… The min. acceptable time for doors to remain fully open is not less than 5 seconds. Fig. 7
(CA T24 1116B.1.7) (ADA 4.10.8)

40

SECTION

Door Protective and Opening Device
… Automatically closed doors are provided with a doorreopening device that will stop and reopen a car door and adjacent hoistway door if the car door is obstructed while closing. Fig. 8
(CA T24 1116B.1.5) (ADA 4.10.6)

…

The reopening device is also capable of sensing an object or person in the path of a closing door without requiring contact for activation at a nominal 5” and 29” above the floor. Fig. 8
(CA T24 1116B.1.5) (ADA 4.10.6)

…

Door-reopening devices cause the door to remain open for a period of not less than 20 seconds. Fig. 8
(CA T24 1116B.1.5) (ADA 4.10.6)

FIGURE 7

Hall Call
… The min. acceptable time from notification that a car is answering a call until the doors of the car start to close is calculated by the following equation. Fig. 9:
(CA T24 1116B.1.6) (ADA 4.10.7)

… …

T = D/(1.5 ft/s) or T = D/(455 mm/s)
(CA T24 1116B.1.6) (ADA 4.10.7)

T is total time in secs, D is distance in ft. or mms from a point 60” in front of the farthest call button controlling that car to the centerline of its hoistway door. Fig. 9
(CA T24 1116B.1.6) (ADA 4.10.7)

…

For cars with in-car lanterns, T begins when the lantern is visible from the vicinity of hall call buttons and an audible signal is sounded. Fig. 9
(CA T24 1116B.1.6) (ADA 4.10.7)

…

The min. acceptable notification time is 5 seconds.
(CA T24 1116B.1.6)

FIGURE 8

Operations and Leveling
… The elevator includes an automatic self-leveling feature that automatically brings the car to the floor landings within a tolerance of ± ½” under normal loading and unloading conditions. The self-leveling feature, within its zone, is fully automatic, independent of the operating device, and corrects overtravel or undertravel. Fig. 10
(CA T24 1116B.1.2) (ADA 4.10.2)

…

The car is maintained at an approximately level position with the landing, despite the load.
(CA T24 1116B.1.2) (ADA 4.10.2)

…

The clearance between the car platform sill and the edge of the hoistway landing is no greater than 1¼”. Fig. 10
(CA T24 1116B.1.2) (ADA 4.10.9)

FIGURE 9

ELEvATORS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

253

40

SECTION

ElEvATors
Handrails
… A handrail is provided on one wall of the car, preferably the back wall. Fig. 11
(CA T24 1116B.1.11)

… …

Handrails have a smooth surface. Fig. 11
(CA T24 1116B.1.11)

The inside surface of the handrail is 1½” min. clear of the walls. Fig. 11
(CA T24 1116B.1.11)

…

The nominal height of the handrail is 32” from the floor. Nominal equals ± 1”. Fig. 11
(CA T24 1116B.1.11)

…

32” required to reduce interference with controls where lowest button is centered at 35” above floor. Fig. 11
(CA T24 1116B.1.11)

Elevator Car Control Panel
FIGURE 10

…

Control buttons have a min. dimension of ¾” and are raised 1/8” ± 1/32” above the surrounding surface. Figs. 12 & 14
(CA T24 1116B.1.9) (ADA 4.10.12(1))

…

Control buttons are illuminated, have square shoulders, and are activated by a detectable mechanical motion. All control buttons are designated by 5/ 8 ” min., 2” max. alphabet character, arabic numeral, or standard raised symbol immediately to the left of the control button. Characters are white on a black background. Fig. 12
(CA T24 1116B.1.9; CA T24 1117B.5.5.2) (ADA 4.10.12(2))

…
FIGURE 11

Characters and their symbols must have a non-glare finish.
(CA T24 1117B.5.2)

…

Characters and their symbols must have a width-to-height ratio between 3:5 and 1:1, and a stroke width-to-height ratio between 1:5 and 1:10.
(CA T24 1117B.5.3)

…

Characters and their symbols must be raised a minimum of 1/32” and must be sans-serif uppercase characters accompanied by Grade 2 Braille. Dots shall be 1/10” on centers in each cell with 2/10” between cells, measured from the second column of the dots in the first cell to the first column of the dots in the second cell. Braille dots are domed or rounded.
(CA T24 1117B.5.5; 1117B.5.6)

…

Grade 2 Braille is located immediately below the character or symbol. There is a min. clearance of 3/ 8 ” (or other suitable means of separation) between rows of control buttons. Fig. 12
(CA T24 1116B.1.9) (ADA 4.30.4)

…
FIGURE 12

Controls and emergency equipment identified by raised symbols includes, but is not limited to, door open, door close, alarm bell, emergency stop and telephone. Fig. 12
(CA T24 1116B.1.9)

…

The call button for the main entry shall be designated by a raised star at the left of the floor designation. Fig. 12
(CA T24 1116B.1.9) (ADA 4.10.12(2))

254

ELEvATORS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

ElEvATors
Minimum Illumination
… The min. illumination at the car controls threshold and the landing when the car and landing doors are open is no less than 5 foot-candles. Fig. 13
(CA T24 1116B.1.12) (ADA 4.10.11)

40

SECTION

Car Position Indicator and Signal
… Centerline of the hall call buttons are within a nominal 42” above the floor. Buttons are ¾” min. in size and are raised 1/8” ± 1/32” above the surrounding surface. Fig. 13
(CA T24 1116B.1.10) (ADA 4.10.3)

1 2 3 4 5 6

…

Visual indication is provided to show each call registered and extinguished when answered. Fig. 13
(CA T24 1116B.1.10) (ADA 4.10.3)

…

Objects adjacent to, and below, hall call buttons do not project more than 4” from the wall. Fig. 13
(CA T24 1116B.1.10) (ADA 4.10.3)

Hall Call Buttons
… Depth of flush or recessed buttons do not exceed 3/ 8 ” when operated. Direction buttons, exclusive of any border, are ¾” min. in size, raised, flush or recessed. Fig. 14
(CA T24 1116B.1.13) (ADA 4.10.12(1))

FIGURE 13

…

Visual indication is provided to show each call registered and extinguished when the call is answered.
(CA T24 1116B.1.10) (ADA 4.10.3)

…

Hall call buttons are internally illuminated with a white light over the entire surface of the button. Fig. 14
(CA T24 1116B.1.10)

FIGURE 14

ELEvATORS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

255

40

SECTION

ElEvATors

FIGURE 15

Hall Lantern
… A visual and audible signal is provided at each hoistway entrance indicating to the prospective passenger the car answering the call and its direction of travel. Fig. 15
(CA T24 1116B.1.13) (ADA 4.10.4)

…

The centerline of the fixture is located a min. of 6’ in height from the lobby floor. Fig. 15
(CA T24 1116B.1.13) (ADA 4.10.4(1))

…

The visual signal for each direction is a min. of 2½” high by 2½” wide, and visible from the proximity of the hall call button. Fig. 15
(CA T24 1116B.1.13) (ADA 4.10.4(2) & (3))

…

In-car lanterns, located in or on the car doorjambs, visible from the proximity of the hall call buttons and conforming to the above requirements, are acceptable. Fig. 15
(CA T24 1116B.1.13) (ADA 4.10.4(3))

…

The audible signal sounds once for the up direction and twice for the down direction or sounds a configuration that distinguishes between up and down elevator travel. Fig. 15
(CA T24 1116B.1.13) (ADA 4.10.4)

…

The use of arrow shapes are preferred for visible signals. Fig. 15
(CA T24 1116B.1.13)

256

ELEvATORS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

ElEvATors
Doorjamb Marking
… Passenger elevator landing jambs on all elevator floors have the number of the floor on which the jamb is located designated by raised characters that are a min. of 2” in height, Grade 2 Braille, located 60” on center above the floor on the jamb panels on both sides of the door so that they are visible from within the elevator. Fig. 16
(CA T24 1116B.1.14) (ADA 4.10.5)

40

SECTION

… …

On the grade level, a raised 5-pointed star is placed to the left of the raised character. Fig. 16
(CA T24 1116B.1.14)

The outside diameter of the star is 2”. Braille is placed below the corresponding raised characters. Fig. 16
(CA T24 1116B.1.14)

Plan Review and Approval
… When a permit is otherwise required for new construction, or for an addition, alteration, replacement or renovation of existing buildings or facilities: z Information regarding signs and identification devices subject to these requirements shall be included in the plans or specifications, and shall be subject to plan review and approval by the local enforcing agency.
(CA T24 1117B.5.1.4.1)

z Signs and Identification shall be field inspected after installation and approved by the enforcing agency prior to the issuance of a final certificate of occupancy.
(CA T24 1117B.5.1.4.2)

z The inspection shall (among other things) verify that any Braille dots and cells are properly spaced and the size, proportion, and type of raised characters satisfy these requirements.
(CA T24 1117B.5.1.4.2)

FIGURE 16

FIGURE 17

ELEvATORS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

257

41

SECTION

spECiAl ACCEss (WhEElChAir) lifTs

„ While they might be considered an alternative to elevators, special access (wheelchair) lifts may only be used as part of the following accessible routes: z To provide accessible access to dispersed assembly area wheelchair seating. z To a performing area. z To incidental spaces (not open to the public) with occupancy loads of 5 or less. z Where existing site or other constraints make other options infeasible. „ Special access lifts must provide: z 30” x 48” minimum clear space for a wheelchair. z Accessible floor surface. z Accessible controls. „ Special access lifts must allow for unassisted entry, operation and exit by a wheelchair user.

258

SPECIAL ACCESS (WHEELCHAIR) LIFTS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

spECiAl ACCEss (WhEElChAir) lifTs
Requirements
„ “Special access wheelchair lifts” may be used as alternatives between levels within a building/facility in lieu of passenger elevators when the distance between landings, the structural design, and the safeguards are as allowed by the Calif. Division of State Architect, Access Compliance, the Dept. of Industrial Relations, Div. of Occupational Safety and Health and any applicable safety regulations of other appropriate authorities. „ Lifts must be designed and constructed to facilitate unassisted entry, operation and exit from the lift and comply with restrictions and enhancements of CA T24 Section 1116B, and Sections 3093 to 3094 of the CA Elevator Safety code. „ Lifts can provide part of an accessible route under the following conditions: z A lift may provide an accessible route to a performing area in an assembly occupancy, or to a speaking area or similar place (e.g., dais for “head table”) in an assembly or Group B Occupancy. z A lift may be used to comply with wheelchair viewing position line-of-site and dispersion requirements for auditoriums, assembly halls, theaters, etc. z A lift may be used to provide access to incidental occupiable spaces and rooms not open to the general public which house no more than 5 persons, including, but not limited to, the equipment control rooms and projection booths. z A lift may be used to provide access where physical constraints do not allow the use of a ramp or an elevator. (For example, access for mezzanine/half-story levels.)
Available Exceptions Existing Buildings: Hardship & Equivalent Facilitation. Existing Buildings: Legal or Physical Constraints. The installation of lifts as part of an accessible route for additions or alterations is not limited to the conditions listed above.

41

SECTION

Not As Part of Means of Egress
„ Special access (wheelchair) lifts may not be used as part of an exit component in an egress system, unless the site and installation meet the requirements outlined below in Available Exception.
Available Exception When provided as a means of egress component, a special access lift is permitted to be part of an accessible exit component when: 1. The building has a supervised automatic sprinkler system. 2. The area served by the special access lift does not serve more than 4 wheelchair-viewing positions. 3. The length of the common path of travel to a point where the occupant has a choice to 2 directions to an exit does not exceed 30’. The length of the common path of travel includes the vertical travel distance of the lift. 4. The special access lift can utilize standby power or selfcharging battery power that provides power for a min. of 5 up and down trips (with platform lift functions).

Platform Lifts
„ “Platform lifts” used as a component in a means of egress must meet the same requirements outlined for Special Access Wheelchair Lifts (in the Available Exception above). „ Platform lifts must have standby power or self-rechargeable batteries that provide sufficient power to operate all lift functions for a min. of 5 up and down trips. „ Wheelchair-viewing position line-of-sight and dispersion requirements for Group A occupancies apply. „ The maximum distance to a point where the occupant has a choice of 2 directions of travel to an exit must not exceed 30’ from the point where the wheelchair occupant is seated. z If a platform lift is used as the accessible means of egress, the maximum distance includes the vertical travel distance of the platform lift.

Landing Size
„ In new construction, the size of each landing used in a special access lift must be 60” x 60” minimum. z Other dimensions may be substituted where it can be demonstrated that a person using a wheelchair measuring 30” x 48” can enter and operate the wheelchair lift safely.

Pits
„ If a pit is provided for the lift, the pit’s depth must be sufficient to provide for the installation of the buffers and all other necessary elevator equipment. „ The special access lift’s pit must: z Be kept free of rubbish z Not be used for storage z Be free of an accumulation of water

Relationship to the Path of Travel
„ The level and clear floor areas or landings required for special access lifts must be part of the “path of travel”. z A path of travel (lobbies, corridors, elevators, and/ or other areas) must provide free and unobstructed access and egress from an area or location for pedestrians and/or wheelchair users.

SPECIAL ACCESS (WHEELCHAIR) LIFTS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

259

41

SECTION

spECiAl ACCEss (WhEElChAir) lifTs
Light in Car
„ The lift car must have an electric light whose control switch is located in the car near the entrance. z The minimum illumination at the car threshold (door closed) is 5 foot-candles.

Buffers and Buffer Supports
„ The car and its counterweight should utilize spring buffers that will not be fully compressed: z when struck by the car at its rated load and speed, OR z by the counterweight traveling at 125% of the rated speed, OR z at governor tripping speed where a governor-operated safety is used. „ The car and its counterweight-buffer supports must withstand, without failure, the impact resulting from buffer engagement at either: z 125% of the rated speed, OR z governor tripping speed where a governor-operated safety is used.

Emergency Stop Switch, Telephone and Signaling Device
„ An emergency stop switch, conforming to the requirements of 2001 California Elevator Safety Construction Code must be provided in every car. „ A telephone connected to a central telephone exchange should be installed in the car, along with an emergency signaling device that is audible outside the hoistway. „ Lifts must be provided with a means to lower the car in case of power failure. z This device must be painted bright red or orange. z It must have instructions and warnings about its use affixed to the operating means.

Speed and Rise
„ The lift’s rated speed may not exceed 40’ per minute. „ The overall lift rise may not exceed 50’.

Car Enclosure
„ Except at entrances, lift cars must be enclosed on all sides and on the top. „ The enclosure must be constructed of a solid material, except where other material is permitted. „ Car enclosures must be secured in conformance with the requirements of 2001 California Elevator Safety Construction Code. „ Glass used in elevator cars should conforms to the requirements of 2001 California Elevator Safety Construction Code.

Capacity
„ The rated load for special access elevators may not exceed 700 pounds. „ The maximum clear inside net platform area may not exceed 12 square feet. „ The minimum rated load must be at least equal to the greater of: z 40 pounds/square-foot of clear inside net platform area, or z 350 pounds „ For special access elevators installed after September 28, 2001: z The load capacity must be at least 750 pounds. z The clear inside platform dimensions must be at least 32” by 54”, as a minimum. z Special access elevators without a front and rear opening that facilitates a straight through ingress/egress must have a load capacity of not less than 750 pounds, and a max. 18 square-foot clear inside net platform area. The clear inside platform width dimensions can range from 42” min. to 48” max. on one side, by 60” max. to 54” min. on the other side. z When the platform width is increased from the minimum of 42”, the platform length must be decreased from the maximum of 60” by the number of inches the width has been increased. (See Table 41-1 below.)

Car Doors and Gates
„ Car doors or gates are required. They must protect the entire car entrance and are constructed of solid material. z Door and/or gate material may not be perforated. z Scissor gates are prohibited. „ Power opening and closing mechanisms for car doors and gates must conform to the requirements of 2001 California Elevator Safety Construction Code. z All special access lifts installed after September 28, 2001 must utilize power opening and closing doors and gates. „ Every lift car door or gate must have an electric contact conforming to the requirements of 2001 California Elevator Safety Construction Code. z The electric contacts must prevent the car from moving unless the sliding door or gate is within 2” of the fully closed position. z If the door or gate swings outward to open, it must be closed and locked before the car can move. „ The distance between the hoistway enclosure opposite the car entrance and the car gate may not exceed 5”.

260

SPECIAL ACCESS (WHEELCHAIR) LIFTS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

spECiAl ACCEss (WhEElChAir) lifTs
Controls and Operating Mechanisms

41

SECTION

Table 41-1 varying platform size Width 42” 43” 44” 45” 46” 47” 48” Handrails
„ The lift platform/car must be outfitted with handrail(s) in accordance with 2001 California Elevator Safety Construction Code. „ The clear inside net platform area is calculated by multiplying the platform’s width by it’s length, without consideration of the space occupied by the handrails. „ The opening and closing of car doors should not encroach on the platform inside clear space.

Length 60” 59” 58” 57” 56” 55” 54”

„ Controls and operating mechanisms must be operable with one hand. „ They must not require tight grasping, pinching or twisting of the wrist. „ The force required to activate controls must be no greater than 5 pounds of force. „ The operation of the car may only be provided by either: z Continuous pressure means, or z Single automatic means „ Special access elevators may be locked for security reasons; however, they must be unlocked and must remain unlocked during business hours.

Capacity Plate
„ A capacity plate, indicating the rated load of the elevator in pounds, should be fastened in a conspicuous place inside the car. z The letters and figures on such plates shall not be less than ¼” in height.

Inclined Platform (Wheelchair) Lifts
„ A level and clear floor area or landing at each floor or level served by special access lifts must be provided. „ Level and clear floor areas or landings must be part of the path of travel. z “Path of travel” is a passage that consists of walks and sidewalks, curb ramps and pedestrian ramps, lobbies and corridors, elevators, and/or other improved areas that provide access to and egress from an area or location for pedestrians and/or wheelchair users. „ In new construction, the minimum size of landings is 60” by 60”. z Other dimensions can be utilized if it can be shown that a person using a wheelchair measuring 30” by 48” can enter and operate the lift safely. „ If wheelchair users enter and exit on an inclined platform (wheelchair) lift, 90º turns are allowed only at the lower landing when 2 adjacent retractable ramps on the platform are used.

SPECIAL ACCESS (WHEELCHAIR) LIFTS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

261

41

SECTION

spECiAl ACCEss (WhEElChAir) lifTs
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
… Platform (wheelchair) lifts may be provided between levels in lieu of passenger elevators when the vertical distance between landings, as well as the structural design and safeguards, are as allowed by ASME A18.1, Safety Standard for Platform Lifts and Stairway Chair Lifts; the State of California, Division of the State Architect—Access Compliance; the Department of Industrial Relations, Division of Occupational Safety and Health and any applicable safety regulations of other administrative authorities having jurisdiction. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1116B.2)

FIGURE 1

…

If lifts are provided, they shall be designed and constructed to facilitate unassisted entry, operation and exit from the lift and shall comply with the restrictions and enhancements of this section in conjunction with Title 8 of the California Code of Regulations. Fig.1
(CA T24 1116B.2)

FIGURE 2

…

Additionally, lifts could provide part of an accessible route only for the following conditions: (CA T24 1116B.2) 1. To provide an accessible route to a performing area in an assembly occupancy, or to a speaking area or similar place (such as dais or “head table”) in an assembly or Group B Occupancy. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1116B.2.1) (ADA 4.1.3(5) ExCEpTion 4:(A))

2. To comply with wheelchair viewing position lineof-site and dispersion requirements of Section 1104B.3.5.
FIGURE 3
(CA T24 1116B.2.2) (ADA 4.1.3(5) ExCEpTion 4:(B))

3. To provide access to incidental occupiable spaces and rooms not open to the general public which house no more than 5 persons, including, but not limited to, the equipment control rooms and projection booths. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1116B.2.3) (ADA 4.1.3(5) ExCEpTion 4:(C))

4. To provide access where constraints do not allow the use of a ramp or an elevator. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1116B.2.4) (ADA 4.1.3(5) ExCEpTion 4:(D))

FIGURE 4

Landing Size
… … In new construction, the min. size of landings specified in this section is 60” x 60”. Fig. 4. Other dimensions may be substituted where it can be demonstrated that a person using a wheelchair measuring 30” by 48” can enter and operate the wheelchair lift safely. Figs. 5 & 6
(CA T24 3094.3.4, 1116B.2.4.1)

Relationship to the Path of Travel
…
FIGURE 5

Level and clear floor areas or landings (as specified in this section) are part of the “path of travel” requirements. Fig. 7
(CA T24 1116B.2.4.2)

262

SPECIAL ACCESS (WHEELCHAIR) LIFTS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

spECiAl ACCEss (WhEElChAir) lifTs
… A path of travel is available (lobbies, corridors, elevators, and/or other areas) that provides free and unobstructed access and egress from an area or location for pedestrians and/or wheelchair users.
(CA T24 217-p)

41

SECTION

EXCEPTIONS 1. The provisions of this section do not apply to existing buildings when physical constraints do not allow compliance with these regulation or equivalent facilitation without creating an unreasonable hardship. See Section 109.1
(CA T24 1116B.2.4(1))

2. When enforcing agency determines that compliance with this section would create an unreasonable hardship, an exception to such regulation shall be granted when equivalent facilitation is provided.
(CA T24 1116B.2.4(2))

FIGURE 6

3. The installation of lifts as part of an accessible route for additions or alterations is not limited to the 4 conditions required by Section 1116B.2, Elevators and Special Access (Wheelchair) Lifts.
(CA T24 1116B.2.4(3))

When Provided as a Means of Egress
… Platform (wheelchair) lifts, when provided as a component in an accessible means of egress, shall conform to following requirements:
(CA T24 1116B.3)

FIGURE 7

…

To ensure continued operation in case of primary power loss, special access (wheelchair) lifts shall be provided with standby power or with self-rechargeable battery power that provides sufficient power to operate all platform lift functions for a min. of 5 upward and downward trips.
(CA T24 1116B.3.1)

…

Platform (wheelchair) lifts, when provided per Section 1116B.2.2, are permit ted to be a component of an accessible means of egress when the area served by the platform (wheelchair) lift does not serve more than four wheelchair viewing positions and where any one of the following conditions exist:
(CA T24 1116B.3.2)

1. The building has a supervised automatic sprinkler system.
(CA T24 1116B.3.2)

FIGURE 8

2. The maximum distance from the point where the wheelchair occupant is seated to a point where the occupant has a choice of two directions of travel to an exit shall not exceed 30 feet. The length of the path of travel shall include the vertical travel distance of the lift.
(CA T24 1116B.3.2)

FIGURE 9

SPECIAL ACCESS (WHEELCHAIR) LIFTS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

263

41

SECTION

SpeCiAl ACCeSS (WheelChAir) lifTS
Pits
… If a pit must be provided, the pit depth is not less than what is required for the installation of the buffers and all other necessary elevator equipment. Fig. 10
(CA T24 7-3093.2(A))

…

The pit shall be kept clean and free form dirt and rubbish, is not used for storage, and free of an accumulation of water. Fig.10
(CA T24 7-3093.2(b))

Car Enclosure
…
FIGURE 10

Except at entrances, cars are enclosed on all sides and on the top. The enclosure is a solid material, except where other material is permitted by the division. Fig. 11
(CA T24 7-3093.9(A))

…

Car enclosures are secured in conformance with the requirements of Sections 3034(a)1 and 3034(a)2.
(CA T24 7-3093.9 (b))

…

Glass used in elevator cars conforms to the requirements of Section 7-3034(a)7.
(CA T24 7-3093.9(C))

Car Doors and Gates
…
FIGURE 11

Car doors or gates are required. They shall protect the entire car entrance and are constructed of solid material. Fig. 12
(CA T24 7-3093.11)

z Material is non-perforated.
(CA T24 7-3093.11(1))

z Scissor gates are prohibited.
(CA T24 7-3093.11(2))

z End doors: min. 32” clear width.
(CA T24 1116b.4)

z Side doors: min. 42” clear width.
(CA T24 1116b.4)

…
FIGURE 12

Doors or gates are low energy, power-operated.
(CA T24 1116b.4)

…

Doors or gates remain open for 20 seconds min.
(CA T24 1116b.4)

Exception Lifts with doors or gates on opposite sides may have manual doors or gates.
(CA T24 1116b.4)

…

Power opening for car doors and gates shall conform to the requirements of subsection 7-3022(b)1. Power closing for car doors and gates shall conform to the requirements of Sections 7-3022(c), 7-3022 (d), and 7-3022(e). Fig. 12
(CA T24 7-3093.11(b))

FIGURE 13

…

All special access lifts installed after September 28, 2001 utilize power opening and closing doors and gates.
(CA T24 7-3093.11(C))

264

SPECIal aCCESS (WhEElChaIR) lIFTS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

SpeCiAl ACCeSS (WheelChAir) lifTS
… Every car door or gate has an electric contact conforming to the requirements of Section 7-3034 (d) 2. The electric contacts shall prevent the car from moving unless the sliding door or gate is within 2” of the fully closed position. If the door or gate swings outward to open, it must be closed and locked before the car can move. Fig. 13
(CA T24 7-3093.11(d))

41

SECTION

Min. illumination at threshold is 5 foot-candles

…

The distance between the hoistway enclosure opposite the car entrance and the car gate shall not exceed 5”.
(CA T24 7-3093.11(e))

Light in Car
… The car has an electric light whose control switch is located in the car near the entrance. The min. illumination at the car threshold (door closed) is 5 foot-candles. Fig. 14
(CA T24 7-3093.12)

FIGURE 14

Buffers and Buffer Supports
… The car and its counterweight utilize spring buffers that will not be fully compressed when struck by the car at its rated load and speed, or by the counterweight traveling at 125% of the rated speed, or at governor tripping speed where a governor-operated safety is used. Fig. 15
(CA T24 7-3093.23(A))

…

The car and its counterweight-buffer supports can withstand, without failure, the impact resulting from buffer engagement at 125% of the rated speed, or at governor tripping speed where a governor-operated safety is used. Fig. 15
(CA T24 7-3093.23(b))

FIGURE 15

Emergency Stop Switch
… An emergency stop switch, conforming to the requirements of Section 7-3040 (b) 5, is provided in every car. Fig. 16
(CA T24 7-3093.43)

Emergency Devices
… A telephone connected to a central telephone exchange is installed in the car along with an emergency signaling device (audible outside the hoistway). Fig. 16
(CA T24 7-3093.45(A))

FIGURE 16

…

Lifts shall be provided with a means to lower the car in case of power failure. The device shall be painted bright red or orange and shall have instructions and warnings about use affixed to the operating means. Fig. 17
(CA T24 3093.45(b))

Capacity
… The rated load for existing special access elevators does not exceed 700 pounds and max. clear inside net platform area does not exceed 12 feet 2. The min. rated load is not less than that based on 40 pound/feet 2 of clear inside net platform area or 350 pounds, whichever is greater.
(CA T24 7-3093.46(A))

FIGURE 17

SpECIaL aCCESS (WhEELChaIR) LIFTS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

265

41

SECTION

spECiAl ACCEss (WhEElChAir) lifTs
… The load capacity for special access elevators installed after September 28, 2001 is not less 750 pounds, and the clear inside platform dimensions are a min. of 32” by 54”.
(CA T24 7-3093.46(B))

1. Special access elevators without a front and rear opening that facilitates a straight through ingress/ egress have a load capacity of not less than 750 pounds, and a max. 18 square feet clear inside net platform area. The clear inside platform width dimensions can range from 42” min. to 48” max. on one side by 60” max. to 54” min. on the other side. note: When platform min. width of 42” is increased, the platform max. 60” length is decreased by the number of inches the width has been increased. See Table 1.
TABlE 1. vArying plATform sizE 42” x 60” 43” x 59” 44” x 58” 45” x 57” 46” x 56” 47” x 55” 48” x 54” (CA T24 7-3093.46(B)1)

FIGURE 18

FIGURE 19

2. The platform/car includes handrail(s) in accordance with Title 24, Section 7-3003. The clear inside net platform area is calculated by multiplying the platform’s width by it’s length without consideration of the space occupied by the handrails.
(CA T24 7-3093.46(B)2)

3. Opening and closing of car doors does not encroach on the platform inside clear space. Fig. 18

(CA T24 7-3093.46(B)3)

Speed
… The rated speed shall not exceed 40’ per minute. Fig. 18
(CA T24 7-3093.47)

Rise
…
FIGURE 20

The rise shall not exceed 50’. Fig. 18

(CA T24 7-3093.48)

Capacity Plate
… A capacity plated indicating the rated load of the elevator in pounds is fastened in a conspicuous place inside the car. The letters and figures on such plates shall not be less than ¼” in height. Fig. 19
(CA T24 7-3093.49)

266

SPECIAL ACCESS (WHEELCHAIR) LIFTS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

spECiAl ACCEss (WhEElChAir) lifTs
Inclined Platform (Wheelchair) Lifts
… A level and clear floor area or landing at each floor or level served by special access lifts is provided. Fig. 20
(CA T24 7-3094.3(j)1)

41

SECTION

…

Level and clear floor areas or landings are part of the path of travel. Path of travel is a passage that consists of walks and sidewalks, curb ramps and pedestrian ramps, lobbies and corridors, elevators, and/or other improved areas that provide access to and egress from an area or location for pedestrians and/or wheelchair users. Fig. 20
(CA T24 7-3094.3(j)2)

…

In new construction, the min. size of landings is 60” by 60”. Other dimensions can be utilized if it can be shown that a person using a wheelchair measuring 30” by 48” can enter and operate the lift safely.
(CA T24 7-3094.3(j) 4)

…

If wheelchair users enter and exit on an inclined platform (wheelchair) lift, 90º turns are allowed only at the lower landing when 2 adjacent retractable ramps on the platform are used.
(CA T24 7-3094.3(k))

FIGURE 21

Controls and Operating Mechanisms
… Controls and operating mechanisms are operable with one hand and do not require tight grasping, pinching or twisting of the wrist. The force required to activate controls shall be no greater than 5 pounds of force. Fig. 21
(CA T24 1117.B.6.4) (ADA 4.27)

… …

The operation of the car shall be by continuous pressure means or by single automatic means.
(CA T24 7-3093.37)

Special access elevators may be locked for security reasons, except during business hours.
(CA T24 7-3093.37)

SPECIAL ACCESS (WHEELCHAIR) LIFTS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

267

42

SECTION

puBliC TElEphonEs

„ Public telephones must be provided in the numbers and types shown below. „ Clear floor space and reach range requirements depend on whether a front or parallel (side) approach is being provided, and whether any confining walls are present (alcove). „ Telephones for hearing impaired persons (which allow the volume to be increased) must be provided. „ In addition, text telephones (TTYs) (which allow non-audio communication by persons who are deaf or speech-impaired) must be provided. „ Telephone enclosures may protrude into the required clear floor space, and even into paths of travel, subject to restrictions noted below.

268

PUBLIC TELEPHONES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

puBliC TElEphonEs
Requirements
Public telephones must be provided as described in the following table:
number of each type of telephone provided on each floor 1 or more single units 1 telephone bank minimum number of Telephones required 1 or at least 50 percent of telephone unit(s) per floor 1 or at least 50 percent of telephone unit(s) per bank 1 or at least 50 percent of telephone unit(s) per bank; at least 1 telephone per floor shall meet the requirements for a forward reach telephone

42

SECTION

Equipment For Hearing Impaired
„ The following minimum numbers of public telephones must be provided with volume controls: z At least one public telephone in each telephone bank. z Minimum of 25% of the total number of public telephones in a building/facility. „ Qualifying telephones should be equipped as follows: z The receiver must generate a magnetic field. z They should include volume controls which are hearing aid compatible. z These telephones must be identified with a sign showing a handset with radiating sound waves. z Controls must be push-buttons, where service for such equipment is available. z Phone books (if provided) must be within accessible reach ranges. z Phone cord must be at least 29” long.

2 or more banks

NOTE: Public telephones in addition to the numbers shown here may be installed at any height.

Clear Floor Space / Reach Ranges Clear Floor Space
„ Clear floor space must be at least 30” x 48”, to allow a forward or parallel approach to the public telephone. „ An additional clear floor space of 30” x 48” should adjoin one unobstructed side of the primary clear floor space. z This clear space may be part of the clear knee space that is required under some objects. „ If a confining wall is more than 24” high, for a front approach the clear floor space must be at least 36” x 48”. „ If confining wall is more than 15” high, for a side approach the clear floor space must be at least 30” x 60”.

Equipment for Deaf / Speech-Impaired
„ When three (3) or more public pay phones are provided at the interior and exterior of a site, and if at least one is interior, then one (1) public text telephone shall be provided. „ If an interior public pay telephone is provided in a stadium, arena, convention center, hotel with a convention center, or covered mall, at least one (1) interior public text phone shall be provided. „ If the location is in or adjacent to a hospital emergency, recovery, or waiting room, at least one (1) public text telephone shall be provided at each location. „ A text telephone used with a pay telephone must be permanently affixed within or adjacent to the pay telephone enclosure. z Shelf and electrical outlets must be provided within or adjacent to the enclosure. z The shelf must have at least 6” vertical clearance to accommodate the text telephone. z If an acoustic coupler is used in the text telephone, the telephone cord must be sufficiently long enough to allow connection of the text telephone and telephone receiver. „ Appropriate signage must be installed, identifying the location and availability of text telephone. z Signage must include the international TTY symbol. z The term “TDD” may not be used.

Reach Ranges
„ Side Reach Telephone: the highest operable part may be 54” maximum above floor. „ Forward Reach Telephone: highest operable part may be 48” maximum above floor. „ Side Reach Telephone & Diagonally Mounted Telephone in a corner: highest operable part may be 54” maximum above floor. „ Accessible Route: Ground and floors should be stable, firm, and slip resistant. Approaches may not be impeded.

CLEAR SPACE / REACH RANGES / HEARING AND SPEECH IMPAIRED
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

269

42
Enclosures

SECTION

puBliC TElEphonEs
Head Room
„ Walks, halls, corridors, passageways, aisles, and any other circulation spaces must have at least 80” head room over their clear width area. z If any area adjoining an accessible route has a clear headroom of less than 80”, a barrier must be provided to warn blind persons. „ Wherever signs mounted on posts or pylons protrude from the posts or pylons, and the bottom edge of the sign is at less than 80” above the finished floor or ground level: z The edges of such signs shall be rounded or eased z The corners of the signs should have a minimum radius of 0.125”.

„ Telephone enclosures may overhang the Clear Floor Space requirements discussed above, within the following limits. z Side Reach Enclosure: 19” maximum overhang into the required clear space, with 27” maximum height of the lowest overhanging part. z Full-Height Enclosure: 30” minimum width entrance must be maintained. z Forward Reach Enclosure: If overhang is greater than 12”, the minimum clear width of 30” must be maintained. If the clear width of enclosure does not maintain the 30” minimum clear width, the minimum height of lowest overhanging part is 27”. „ Protruding Telephone Enclosures: Where telephone enclosures protrude into walls, halls, corridors or aisles, they must comply with the following requirements: z Protruding objects may not reduce the clear width of an accessible route or maneuvering space. z Wall-mounted protruding objects in the zone 27” to 80” high project a maximum of 4” into walks, hallways, aisles or passages. (Wall-mounted protruding objects 27” high or less are not subject to the 4” limit.) z Free-standing objects mounted on posts or pylons may project no more than 12” from the post/pylon surface in the zone of 27” to 80” above the floor.

270

ENCLOSURES / HEAD ROOM
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

puBliC TElEphonEs
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
… Public telephones must be provided as described in the following table:
(CA T24 1117B.2.1) (ADA 4.31.1)

42

SECTION

Number of each type of telephone provided on each floor 1 or more single units 1 telephone bank 2 or more banks

Minimum number of telephones required to comply with Section 1117B.2* 1 or at least 50 percent of telephone unit(s) per floor 1 or at least 50 percent of telephone unit(s) per bank 1 or at least 50 percent of telephone unit(s) per bank at least 1 telephone per floor shall meet the requirements for a forward reach telephone FIGURE 1

* Additional public telephones may be installed at any height.

…

Min. clear floor space 30” x 48” to allow a forward or parallel approach. Figs. 1 & 3
(CA T24 1117B.2.2) (ADA 4.31.2)

…

An additional clear floor space of 30” x 48” to adjoin one unobstructed side of the primary clear floor space. Clear space may be part of required knee space under some objects. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1117B.2.3 & 4) (ADA 4.2.4.2)

…

If confining wall is over 24” for a front approach the min. clear floor space is 36” x 48”. If confining wall is over 15” for a side approach the min. clear floor space is 30” x 60”. Figs. 2 & 5
(CA T24 1117B.2.4, 1118B.4.2) (ADA 4.2.4.2)

…

Side Reach Telephone: the highest operable part shall be 54” max. above floor. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1117B.2.6 & 1118B.6) (ADA 4.31.3 & 4.2.6)

…

Forward Reach Telephone: highest operable part max. 48” above floor. Fig. 7
(CA T24 1118B.5) (ADA 4.31.3 & 4.2.5)

FIGURE 2

…

Side Reach Telephone & Diagonally Mounted Telephone in a corner: highest operable part max. 54” above floor. Fig. 8
(CA T24 1117B.2.6 & 1118B.6) (ADA 4.31.3 & 4.2.6)

FIGURE 3

NUMBER REQUIRED / CLEAR SPACE AND REACH
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

271

42

SECTION

puBliC TElEphonEs
Accessible Route
… Ground and floors should be stable, firm, and slip resistant. Approaches shall not be impeded.
(CA T24 1117B.2.5, 1124B) (ADA 4.5.1)

…

Carpets must be securely attached, have a level or textured loop, level cut pile or level cut/uncut pile texture. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1124B.3) (ADA 4.5.3)

… …

Pad, if used, is firm. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1124B.3) (ADA 4.5.3)

Exposed carpet edges must have transition trim. If the vertical height is greater than ¼”, the transition is beveled with a max. slope of 1:2. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1124B.2; 1124B.3) (ADA 4.5.2; 4.5.3)

FIGURE 4

…

Grid openings in any floor gratings shall be a max. ½” in the direction of travel.
(CA T24 1124B.4) (ADA 4.5.4)

FIGURE 5

FIGURE 7

FIGURE 6

FIGURE 8

272

ACCESSIBLE ROUTE
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

puBliC TElEphonEs
Equipment For the Hearing Impaired
… At least one in each telephone bank and a min. of 25% of the total number of public telephones shall be equipped with a volume control. Fig. 9
(CA T24 1117B.2.8) (ADA 4.1.3.17(B))

42

SECTION

…

Telephones with volume control shall be hearing aid compatible (i.e., they must generate a magnetic field) and identified with a sign showing a handset with radiating soundwaves. Fig. 9
(CA T24 1117B.2.8 & 1117B.5.8.3) (ADA 4.1.3.17(B))

…

Push-button controls, where service for such equipment is available.
(CA T24 1117B.2.10) (ADA 4.31.6)

… …

Phone book shall be within reach distance.
(CA T24 1117B.2.12) (ADA 4.31.7)

Phone cord shall be min. 29” long. Fig. 9
(CA T24 1117B.2.11) (ADA 4.31.8)

FIGURE 9

Enclosures
… … Telephone enclosures may overhang the previous clear floor space requirements within the following limits. Side Reach: 19” max. overhang. 27” maximum height of lowest overhanging part. Fig. 10
(CA T24 1117B.2.7.1) (ADA 4.31.2)

… …

Full-Height Enclosure: 30” minimum width of entrance. Fig. 11

(CA T24 1117B.2.7.2) (ADA 4.31.2)

Forward Reach: If overhang is greater than 12”, minimum clear width of 30”. If clear width of enclosure is less than 30”, minimum height of lowest overhang part of 27”. Figs. 12 & 13
(CA T24 1117B.2.7.3) (ADA 4.31.2)

… …

Protruding Telephone Enclosures: Where telephone enclosures protrude into walls, halls, corridors or aisles, they shall comply with the following requirements: Protruding objects do not reduce the clear width of an accessible route or maneuvering space. Fig. 14, also see figures for Section 25.
(CA T24 1133B.8.6.1) (ADA 4.4.1)

FIGURE 10

…

Wall-mounted protruding objects from 27” to 80” high have a max. projection of 4”. Fig. 14
(CA T24 1133B.8.6.1) (ADA 4.4.1)

…

Wall-mounted protruding objects at or below 27” have no limit on projection. Fig. 14
(CA T24 1133B.8.6.1) (ADA 4.4.1)

…

Free-standing objects mounted on posts or pylons have a max. 12” projection from 27” to 80” above floor. Fig. 14
(CA T24 1133B.8.6.1) (ADA 4.4.1)

FIGURE 11

HEARING IMPAIRED / ENCLOSURES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

273

42

SECTION

puBliC TElEphonEs
Head Room
… Walks, halls, corridors, passageways, aisles, and any other circulation spaces have min. clear width head room of 80”. Fig. 14
(CA T24 1133B.8.6.2) (ADA 4.4.2)

…

If area adjoining accessible route has a clear headroom less than 80”, a barrier is provided to warn blind persons. Fig. 14
(CA T24 1133B.8.6.2) (ADA 4.4.2)

…

FIGURE 12

FIGURE 13

Wherever signs mounted on posts or pylons protrude from the posts or pylons and the bottom edge of the sign is at less than 80” above the finished floor or ground level, the edges of such signs shall be rounded or eased and the corners shall have a min. radius of 0.125”. See figures for Section 25.
(CA T24 1133B.8.6.3)

80” Min.

FIGURE 14

FIGURE 15

274

HEAD ROOM
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

puBliC TElEphonEs
Text Telephones
… If a total of four (4) or more public pay phones are provided at the interior and exterior of a site, and if at least one is interior, then one (1) public text telephone shall be provided. Fig. 15
(CA T24 1117B.2.9.1) (ADA 4.1.3(17)(C)(i))

42

SECTION

…

If an interior public pay telephone is provided in a stadium, arena, convention center, hotel with a convention center, or covered mall, at least one (1) interior public text phone shall be provided. Fig. 15
(CA T24 1117B.2.9.1.1) (ADA 4.1.3(17)(C)(ii))

…

If the location is in or adjacent to a hospital emergency, recovery, or waiting room, at least one (1) public text telephone shall be provided at each location. Fig. 15
(CA T24 1117B.2.9.1.3) (ADA 4.1.3(17) (C)(iii))

…

A text telephone used with a pay telephone must be permanently affixed within or adjacent to the pay telephone enclosure. Fig. 16
(CA T24 1117.2.9.2.1) (ADA 4.31.9(1))

FIGURE 16

…

A shelf and electrical outlet must be provided within or adjacent to the enclosure. The shelf must provide a min. 6” vertical clearance to accommodate text telephone. Fig. 16
(CA T24, 1117B.2.9.2.2) (ADA, 4.31.9(2))

…

The telephone handset shall be capable of being placed flush on the surface of the shelf. Fig. 16
(CA T24, 1117B.2.9.2.2)

…

If an acoustic coupler is used, the telephone cord shall be sufficiently long enough to allow connection of the text telephone and telephone receiver. Fig. 17
(CA T24 1117B2.9.2.1 & 3) (ADA 4.31.9(1))

…

Appropriate signage should be installed identifying location and availability of text telephone. Figs. 17 & 18
(CA T24 1117B.2.9.3) (ADA 4.30.7(3))

… …

Signage includes the international TTY symbol. Fig. 17
(CA T24 1117B.2.9.3 & 1117B.5.10) (ADA 4.31.9(1))

The term “TDD” shall not be used.
(CA T24 1117B.5.10)

FIGURE 17

FIGURE 18

TEXT TELEPHONES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

275

43

SECTION

sAniTAry fACiliTiEs

„ Sanitary facilities (restrooms) provided in an accessible building/facility must themselves be accessible. „ However facilities are provided for non-disabled persons (either single-sex or unisex), they must be provided for disabled persons in the same manner. „ In existing buildings, accessible facilities within a reasonable distance of accessible building areas will satisfy the requirement. z Restrooms located on other floors or in other buildings are not considered “within a reasonable distance.” z Typically, the accessible sanitary facilities must be on the same floor as occupants who might have need to use them. z On very large floors, the accessible sanitary facilities should be at least centrally located (not at one end or the other of very long hallways/corridors), and in some cases more than one accessible sanitary facility may be required. „ Doorways to sanitary facilities must be at least 32” wide, and they must provide a 44” x 60” level clear area in the direction of the door swing, with an additional level area past the strike edge of 24” for exterior doors and 18” for interior doors. „ In existing buildings, doors to sanitary facilities may be 30” wide. „ Mounting heights for fixtures and accessories may be adjusted if a significant percentage of usage will be by children. The dimensions provided in Table 43-1 (based on Table 1115B-1 of Title 24) are only suggestions and are not mandatory.) „ Accessible sanitary facilities must be signed appropriately, using raised symbols, lettering and Braille.

276

RESTROOMS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

sAniTAry fACiliTiEs
Requirements
„ Sanitary facilities that serve buildings, facilities or portions of buildings or facilities that are required by these standards to be accessible, must themselves be accessible, according to the following requirements.
Available Exception Existing Buildings: Hardship & Equivalent Facilitation. When “equivalent facilitation” is used to satisfy these requirements, these criteria shall apply: All sanitary facilities are not required to comply with these building standards when the enforcing agency determines that accessible sanitary facilities are accessible to and usable by persons with disabilities within a reasonable distance of accessible areas. Equivalent facilitation requires that doors must have a minimum clear, unobstructed opening of at least 30”.

43

SECTION

Facilities for Adults and Children
The following chart provides recommended dimensions where adults and/or children are likely to require accessible facilities:

Table 43-1 Suggested Dimensions
A = Adult Dimensions (age 12 and over) E = Elementary School Dimensions K = Kindergarten and Pre-School Dimensions Facility A E K

Toilet centering from wall Toilet seat height/Dimensions to top of seat Grab bar height (side) Toilet paper in front of toilet Napkin disposal in front of toilet Dispenser or mirror height Lavatory/sink top height Lavatory/sink knee clearance Urinal lip height Urinal flush handle height Drinking fountain bubbler height Drinking fountain knee clearance Ramp/stair handrail height

18” 17”-19” 33” 12” max. 12” max. 40” max. 34” max. 27” min. 17” max. 44” max. 36” max. 27” min. 34”-38”

15” 15” 27” 6” max. 12” max. 36” max. 29” max. 24” min. 15” max. 37” max. 32” max. 24” min. 27”

12” 10”-12” 20”-22” 6” max. N/A 32” max. 24” max. 19” min. 13” min. 32” max. 30” max. 22” min. 22”

Separate Toilet Facilities
„ Where separate or unisex facilities are provided for non-disabled persons, the same must be provided for the disabled. „ For portable toilets, 5% but no less than 1 accessible toilet unit must be installed at each cluster. „ If facilities are used solely for small children, specific heights may be adjusted.

Clear Doorway Openings
„ The clear unobstructed opening width of doorways must be 32” min. „ The min. level clear area (measured from a door in the closed position) must be 60” in the direction of the door swing and 44” for the area opposite the direction of door swing. „ Min. width of the level area on the door swing side past the strike edge of door must be 24” for exterior doors and 18” for interior doors.

Identification Symbols for Sanitary Facilities Door Signage
„ Doorways leading to sanitary facilities must be identified as follows: „ Men’s sanitary facilities must be identified by an equilateral triangle ¼” thick with edges 12” long and the vertex pointed upward. z All symbols must be centered on door at a height of 60” from floor. „ Women’s sanitary facilities must be identified by a circle ¼” thick and 12” diameter. z All symbols must be centered on door at a height of 60” from floor. „ Unisex facilities must be identified by a circle ¼” thick, and 12” in diameter with a ¼” thick triangle superimposed on the circle within the 12” diameter. z All symbols must be centered on door at a height of 60” from floor. „ Color and contrast must be distinctly different from color and contrast of the facility door.

RESTROOMS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

277

43
Signs and Identification Mounting Location and Height: Permanent Wall Sign

SECTION

sAniTAry fACiliTiEs
Plan Review and Approval
„ When a permit is otherwise required for new construction, or for an addition, alteration, replacement or renovation of existing buildings or facilities: z Information regarding signs and identification subject to these requirements shall be included in the plans or specifications, and shall be subject to plan review and approval by the local enforcing agency. z Signs and identification shall be field inspected after installation and approved by the local enforcing agency. z The inspection shall (among other things) verify that any Braille dots and cells are properly spaced and the size, proportion, and type of raised characters satisfy these requirements.

„ For permanent identification, the wall sign must be installed on the wall adjacent to latch outside of door. z If there is no space, including at double leaf doors, the sign shall be placed on nearest adjacent wall, preferably on the right. „ The mounting height must be 60” above the floor to the center line of sign. „ Persons must be able to approach within 3” of the sign without encountering protruding objects or standing within the swing of the door.

Raised Characters and Pictorial Symbol for Signs
„ The characters and symbols used on the wall-mounted signs must be raised from the surface to provide tactile cues to the vision impaired. „ The characters and background of wall mounted signs must be eggshell or non-glare finish. „ The sign must consist of white figures/characters on blue background. „ The blue must be equal to color #15090 in Federal Std. 595B.
Available Exception The appropriate enforcement agency may approve special signs and identification necessary to complement decor or unique design when it is determined that such signs and identification provide adequate direction to persons with disabilities.

Character size and Type
„ Raised characters on the wall-mounted signs must be at least 5/8” high, but no more than 2” high. „ Characters must be raised at least 1/32” above the sign surface. z They must be Sans Serif upper case alphanumeric characters. „ Alphanumeric characters must be accompanied by Grade 2 Braille (see below).

Pictorial Symbol Signs (Pictograms) / Braille
„ Pictograms must be accompanied by verbal description placed directly below. „ The minimum border dimension height for each pictogram is 6”.

Grade 2 Braille
„ Contracted Grade 2 Braille must be used wherever Braille is required. z Dots in Braille must be 1/10” diameter, on centers in each cell with 2/10” between cells, measured from the second column of the dots in the first cell to the first column of the dots in the second cell. z Dots must be raised a min. of ¼0” above the background.

278

SIGNAGE
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

sAniTAry fACiliTiEs
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
… Sanitary facilities that serve buildings, facilities or portions of buildings or facilities that are required by these standards to be accessible to persons with disabilities, shall be on an accessible route and conform to the following requirements:
(CA T24 1115B.1) (ADA 4.1.3(11))

43

SECTION

Exception In existing buildings or facilities, when the enforcement agency determines that compliance with any building standard under this section would create an unusual hardship, an exception to such standard shall be granted when equivalent facilitation is provided. When equivalent facilitation is used, the following criteria shall apply:
(CA T24 1115B.1)

1. All sanitary facilities are not required to comply with these building standards when the enforcing agency determines that sanitary facilities are accessible to and usable by persons with disabilities within a reasonable distance of accessible areas. Fig. 1 2. When existing sanitary facilities are not being altered to provide accessibility, Signage complying with Section 61 Signs and Identification must be provided at such inaccessible facilities indicating the location of the nearest accessible sanitary facility.
(CA T24 1115B.1 ExCEpTion)

FIGURE 1

Separate and Unisex Toilet Facilities
… Where separate or unisex facilities are provided for non-disabled, these facilities must be accessible to the disabled. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1115B.1.1)

…

For portable toilets, 5% but no less than 1 accessible toilet unit shall be installed at each cluster.
(ADA 4.1.2.6)

…

If facilities are used solely for small children, specific heights and clearances may be adjusted. See Table 1115B-1 (below) for suggested dimensions.
(CA T24 1115B.1.2)

FIGURE 2

Clear Doorway Openings
See Multiple-Accommodation Toilet Facilities, Section 49, for details. FIGURE 3

FACILITIES PROvIDED / DOORWAy OPENINGS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

279

43

SECTION

sAniTAry fACiliTiEs

Table 1115b-1 — SuggeSSTed dimenSionS For Children’S uSe The Division of the State Architect, Office of Regulation Services recommends the following dimensions as adequately serving the needs of children in projects under our jurisdiction. These recommendations are based on the federal “Recommendations for Accessibility for Children in Elementary School” and other recognized publications on access for children: A = Adult Dimensions (age 12 and over) E = Elementary Dimensions K = Kindergarten and Pre-school Dimensions SUGGESTED DIMENSION Toilet centering from wall Toilet seat height/Dimensions to top of seat A (Inches) 18 17-19 33 12 max. 12 max. 40 max. 34 max. 27 min. 17 max. 44 max. 36 max. 27 min. 34-38 E (Inches) 15 15 27 6 max. 12 max. 36 max. 29 max. 24 min. 15 max. 37 max. 32 max. 24 min. 27 K (Inches) 12 10-12 20-22 6 max. N/A 32 max. 24 max. 19 min. 13 min. 32 max. 30 max. 22 min. 22

FIGURE 4

FIGURE 5

Grab bar height (side) Toilet paper in front of toilet Napkin disposal in front of toilet Dispenser or mirror height Lavatory/sink top height Lavatory/sink knee clearance Urinal lip height Urinal flush handle height Drinking fountain bubbler height Drinking fountain knee clearance Ramp/stair handrail height (See Fig.6)

FIGURE 6

Identification Symbols for Sanitary Facilities Door Signage General
… Doorways leading to sanitary facilities shall be identified by a geometric symbol in compliance with this section. Figs. 7, 8 and 9
(CA T24 1115B.6)

FIGURE 7

…

Geometric symbols shall be centered horizontally on the door at a height of 60” above the finished floor or ground surface measured to the center of the symbol. Figs. 7, 8 and 9
(CA T24 1115B.6)

… … …

Edges of signs must be rounded, chamfered or eased.
(CA T24 1115B.6)

Corners of signs must have a min. radius of 1/8”
(CA T24 1115B.6)

Doorways leading to sanitary facilities shall be as follows:

Men’s Sanitary Facility
…
FIGURE 8

Men’s sanitary facilities shall be identified by an equilateral triangle ¼” thick with edges 12” long and the vertex pointed upward. Fig. 7
(CA T24 1115B.6.1)

280

ACCESSIBLE FACILITIES FOR CHILDREN / SIGNAGE
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

sAniTAry fACiliTiEs
… The triangle symbol must contrast with the door, either light on a dark background or dark on a light background. Fig. 7
(CA T24 1115B.6.1)

43

SECTION

Woman’s Sanitary Facilities
… Women’s sanitary facilities shall be identified by a circle ¼” thick and 12” diameter. Fig. 8
(CA T24 1115B.6.2)

…

The circle symbol must contrast with the door, either light on a dark background or dark on a light background. Fig. 8
(CA T24 1115B.6.2)

Unisex Sanitary Facilities
… Unisex facilities shall be identified by a circle ¼” thick, and 12” in diameter with a ¼” thick triangle superimposed on the circle within the 12” diameter. Fig. 9
(CA T24 1115B.6.3)

FIGURE 9

…

The triangle symbol must contrast with the circle symbol, either light on a dark background or dark on a light background. The circle symbol must contrast with the door, either light on a dark background or dark on a light background. Fig. 9
(CA T24 1115B.6.3)

FIGURE 10

…

All symbols shall be centered on door at a height of 60” from floor. Figs. 7-9
(CA T24 1115B.5.7)

FIGURE 11 FIGURE 12

…

Color and contrast shall be distinctly different from color and contrast of the facility door. Fig. 10
(CA T24 1115B.5.2)

Signs and Identification, Mounting Location and Height: Permanent Wall Sign
… For permanent identification, the wall sign shall be installed on the wall adjacent to latch outside of door. If there is no space, including at double leaf doors, the sign shall be placed on nearest adjacent wall, preferably on the right. Fig. 11 and 12
(CA T24 1117B.5.7) (ADA 4.30.6)

…

Where permanent identification signage is provided for rooms and spaces they must be located on the approach side of the door as one enters the room or space.
(CA T24 1117B.5.7)

…

Signs that identify exists shall be located on the approach side of the door as one exists the room and space.
(CA T24 1117B.5.7)

…

The mounting height shall 60” above the floor to the center line of sign. Persons shall be able to approach within 3” of the sign without encountering protruding objects or standing within the swing of the door. Fig. 12
(CA T24 1117B.5.7) (ADA 4.30.6)

Sanitary facilities are required to provide 2 separate forms of signage: Door signage and Wall signage
FIGURE 13

RAISED CHARACTERS AND PICTORIAL SyMBOLS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

281

43

SECTION

sAniTAry fACiliTiEs

…

Characters and Braille shall be in a horizontal format. Braille should be placed a min. 3/8” and max. ½” directly below the tactile characters, flush left or centered. When the tactile text is multi-lined, all Braille must be placed together below all lines of tactile text.
(CA T24 1117B.5.5.4)

Pictorial Symbol Signs (Pictograms)
… Pictograms shall be accompanied by verbal description placed directly below the pictogram. Min. border dimension height of pictogram shall be 6”. Fig. 13
(CA T24 1117B.5.5.3) (ADA 4.30.4)

FIGURE 14

Braille
… Contracted Grade 2 Braille shall be used wherever Braille is required. Dots shall be 1/10 ” on centers in each cell with 2 / 10 ” between cells, measured from the second column of the dots in the first cell to the first column of the dots in the second cell. Fig. 14
(CA T24 1117B.5.6)

Raised Characters and Pictorial Symbol for Signs
… The raised (tactile) characters and background of sign shall be eggshell or non-glare finish and shall consist of white figure on blue background. The blue shall be equal to color #15090 in Federal Std. 595B. Fig. 13
(CA T24 1117B.5.5.2) (ADA 4.30.5)

…

Dots shall be raised a min. of 1/40” above the background. Fig. 14
(CA T24 1117B.5.6)

Exception The appropriate enforcement agency may approve special signs and identification necessary to complement decor or unique design when it is determined that such signs and identification provide adequate direction to persons with disabilities.

Plan Review and Inspection
… When a permit is otherwise required for new construction, or for an addition, alteration, replacement or renovation of existing buildings or facilities: z Information regarding signs and identification devices subject to these requirements shall be included in the plans or specifications, and shall be subject to plan review and approval by the local enforcing agency.
(CA T24 1117B.5.1.4.1)

Character Type
… Raised characters shall be raised 1/32” min. and shall be Sans Serif upper case characters accompanied by Grade 2 Braille. Fig. 13
(CA T24 1117B.5.5.1) (ADA 4.30.4)

Character Size & Placement
… Raised characters shall be a min. of 5/ 8 ” high and a max. of 2” high. Fig. 13
(CA T24 1117B.5.5.2) (ADA 4.30.4)

z Signs and identification shall be field inspected after installation and approved by the local enforcing agency prior to the issuance of a final certificate of occupancy per Appendix Chapter 1, Section 110.2, or final approval where no certificate of occupancy is issued.
(CA T24 1117B.5.1.4.2)

z The inspection shall (among other things) verify that any Braille dots and cells are properly spaced and the size, proportion, and type of raised characters satisfy these requirements.
(CA T24 1117B.5.1.4.2)

282

PLAN REvIEW AND APPROvAL
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

urinAl fACiliTiEs

44

SECTION

„ Urinals must be floor mounted or wall mounted, with a rim projecting 14” minimum from the wall and a rim height of 17” maximum. „ At least one urinal must have a clear floor space of at least 30” x 48”. „ Wall and floor surfaces must be smooth, hard and non-absorbent. „ Flush controls must be mounted no higher than 44” high, and the force required to activate flush controls may not exceed 5 lbf.

URINAL FACILITIES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

283

44
Clear Space

SECTION

urinAl fACiliTiEs
Floors and Walls / Floor Surface
„ The floor must be finished with smooth, hard, and nonabsorbent flooring material. „ The flooring material must extend up the walls at least 5”. (Typically, the flooring material or equivalent is used to satisfy the additional requirements described in Walls below.)

„ Where urinals are provided, at least 1 must provide 30” x 48” clear floor space in front of the urinal, to allow for a forward approach. „ The clear space may extend 6” maximum under the urinal if the urinal has at least 9” toe clearance when measured from the finished floor surface to the bottom of the urinal/ apron.

Walls
„ Walls within 24” of the front and sides of the urinal must be smooth, hard, and non-absorbent up to 48” in height. „ Except for the underlying structural materials, the surfacing materials must be a type which is not adversely affected by moisture.

Approach
„ One full unobstructed side of the clear space described above must adjoin or overlap an accessible route.

Urinal Dimensions
„ The height of the urinal’s rim may not exceed 17” above the finished floor. „ The urinal’s rim must project at least 14” from the wall.

Flush Controls
„ Flush controls may be installed no higher than 44” above the finished floor level. „ These controls should be operable with only 1 hand. z They must not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist. z The force required to activate the controls may not exceed 5 lbf. z Electronic or automatic flushing controls are acceptable and preferable.

284

CLEAR SPACE / APPROACH / FLOOR & WALL SURFACE / CONTROLS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

urinAl fACiliTiEs
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
… Urinals required to be accessible must comply with the following:
(CA T24 1115B.4.2.3)

44

SECTION

Clear Floor Space
… Where urinals are provided, at least one shall have a clear floor space 30” by 48” in front of the urinal to allow forward approach. Fig. 1, 2 and 3.
(CA T24 1115B.4.2.3) (ADA 4.18.3, 4.22.5)

… …

Urinals must be floor-mounted, stall-type or wall hung.
(CA T24 1115B.4.2.3) (ADA 4.18.3, 4.22.5)

This clear space shall comply with Section 32 Clear Floor or Ground Space for Wheelchairs.
(CA T24 1115B.4.2.3) (ADA 4.18.3, 4.22.5)

Basic Configuration and Location
… Where one or more wall-hung urinals are provided, at least one with an elongated rim must be provided. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1115B.4.2.1)

FIGURE 1

…

It must project a min. of 14” and a max. of 17” from the wall. Fig. 1 and 2
(CA T24 1115B.4.2.1)

…

Urinal rim must be located at max. of 17” above the floor. Fig. 1 and 2
(CA T24 1115B.4.2.1)

FIGURE 2

FACILITIES PROvIDED / CONFIGURATION / CONTROLS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

285

44

SECTION

urinAl fACiliTiEs
Alcove Urinals
… Where there are urinals provided within an alcove of more than 24” deep ( i.e. where surrounding walls or partitions extend more than 24” from the front edge of the clear floor space) they must comply with the following: Fig. 5
(CA T24 1115B.4.2.3) (ADA 4.18.3)

…

Clear floor space of 36” by 48” in front of the urinal to allow forward approach. Fig. 5
(CA T24 1115B.4.2.3) (ADA 4.22.5)

…

The clear space may extend a max. of 6” under the urinal if the urinal has a min. of 9” of toe clearance from the floor to the urinal’s bottom. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1118B.4.1) (ADA 4.2.4.1)

non-AlCovE
FIGURE 3

Accessible Route
… One full unobstructed side of the clear floor or ground space for a wheelchair shall adjoin or overlap an accessible route or adjoin another wheelchair clear floor space.
(CA T24 1118B.4.2) (ADA 4.18.3)

…

If a clear floor space is located in an alcove or otherwise confined on all or a part of three sides, additional maneuvering clearances shall be provided as required in Section 32 Clear Floor and Ground Space for Wheelchairs and Section 34 Interior Routes of Travel, Aisles, Alcoves and Corridors.
(CA T24 1118B.4.2) (ADA 4.18.3)

FIGURE 4

AlCovE
FIGURE 5

286

CLEAR SPACE / APPROACH / FLOOR & WALL SURFACE / CONTROLS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

urinAl fACiliTiEs
Flush Controls
… Flush controls shall be operable with one hand and shall not require tight grasping, pinching or twisting of the wrist Fig. 7
(CA T24 1115B.4.2.2) (ADA 4.18.4 AnD 4.27.4)

44

SECTION

…

Flush controls must be mounted no more than 44” above the floor. Fig. 7
(CA T24 1115B.4.2.2) (ADA 4.18.4 AnD 4.27.4)

…

The force required to activate controls shall be no greater than 5 lbf (22.2 N). Fig. 7
(CA T24 1115B.4.2.2) (ADA 4.18.4 AnD 4.27.4)

…

Electronic automatic flushing controls are acceptable and preferable. Fig. 7
(CA T24 1115B.4.2.2) (ADA 4.18.4 AnD 4.27.4)

FIGURE 6

Walls and Floor Surfaces
… Floors shall have a smooth, hard, nonabsorbent surface such as Portland cement, concrete, ceramic tile or other approved material which extends upward onto the walls at least 5”. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1115B.3.1.6)

…

Walls within water closet compartments and walls within 24” of the front and sides of urinals shall be similarly finished to a height of 48”. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1115B.3.1.6)

…

Except for structural elements, the materials used in such walls shall be a type which is not adversely affected by moisture.
(CA T24 1115B.3.1.6)

FIGURE 7

FACILITIES PROvIDED / CONFIGURATION / CONTROLS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

287

45

SECTION

lAvATory

„ These accessibility requirements apply to all lavatory fixtures, vanities and built-in lavatories. „ The standard clear floor space requirement of 30” x 48”, allowing a forward approach, must be provided for accessible lavatories. z This space may include/provide the knee space required under the lavatory, up to 19” max. z This space must adjoin or overlap an accessible route. „ See below for specifics on minimum clearances, mounting heights, etc. „ See other appropriate Sections for more information about the number of accessible lavatories required, etc. z See separate Sections for Sinks in general (Section 53) an sinks in Kitchens (Section 54).

288

LAvATORIES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

lAvATory
Requirements
„ If lavatories and mirrors are provided, at least one of each must be accessible.

45
LAvATORIES
Clear Floor Space for Lavatories
Minimum 30” x 48” allowing a forward approach

SECTION

Clear Spaces / Mirrors
„ When mirrors are provided, at least one must be made accessible. z The bottom edge of the reflecting surface for an accessible mirror may not be installed higher than 40” from the finished floor level.

Clear floor space should adjoin or overlap an accessible route. This clear floor space may include knee space required under some objects, but only a maximum of 19” of the space below a lavatory may be counted toward the 48” dimension. Cabinets may be installed below lavatory if space for parallel approach is provided and cabinets are designed with adaptable knee space.

Installation Height

34” max. from floor to either rim of lavatory or counter surface Minimum Clearances 18” from wall/fixture to centerline of lavatory (typ. drain) 29” 27” high (from floor under the lavatory) 8” deep (from front of lavatory) 30” wide 9” high x 17” deep x 30” wide

Adjacent Wall or Other Fixture Lavatory’s Front Apron to Floor Minimum Knee Space

Minimum Toe Space

Hot water or drain pipes should be insulated or covered. No sharp or abrasive surfaces should be present. Faucets / Controls / Operating Mechanisms Maximum force to operate Acceptable faucet designs 5 lbf. Lever-operated Push-type Electronically operated Minimum 10 seconds

Self-closers remain open

Faucet controls should not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist.

LAvATORIES / MIRRORS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

289

45

SECTION

lAvATory
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
… Lavatories required to be accessible shall comply with this subsection.
(CA T24 1115B.4.3) (ADA 4.19.1)

… …

5% or at least one lavatory shall comply with this section.
CA T24 1115B.3.1.3) (ADA 4.23.6)

Applicable to all lavatory fixtures, vanities and built-in lavatories.
(CA T24 1115B.4.3)

…

If lavatories and mirrors are provided, at least one of each is accessible.
(ADA 4.23.6)

FIGURE 1

Clear Floor Space
… A clear floor space 30” by 48” complying with Section 32 Clear Floor or Ground Space for Wheelchairs, must be provided in front of a lavatory to allow forward approach. Fig. 1 and 3
(CA T24 1115B.4.3.3) (ADA 4.19.3)

…

Such clear floor space shall adjoin or overlap an accessible route and shall extend a max. of 19” into knee and toe space underneath the lavatory. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1115B.4.3.3) (ADA 4.19.3)

Mounting Location
… Lavatories, when located adjacent to a side wall or partition, shall be a min. of 18” to the centerline of the fixture. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1115B.4.3.2)

FIGURE 2

…

All lavatories that are designated to be accessible shall be a min. 17” in horizontal depth. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1115B.4.3.2)

…

Lavatory must be mounted with the rim or counter edge no higher than 34” above the finished floor. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1115B.4.3.2) (ADA 4.19.2)

…

Must have a vertical clearance measured from the bottom of the apron or the outside bottom edge of the lavatory of 29” reducing to 27” at a point located 8” back from the front edge. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1115B.4.3.2) (ADA 4.19.2)

Toe Clearance
…
FIGURE 3

A min. 9” high toe clearance must be provided extending back toward the wall to a distance no more than 6 “ from the back wall. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1115B.4.3.2) (ADA 4.19.2)

…

The toe clearance space must be free of equipment or obstructions. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1115B.4.3.2) (ADA 4.19.2)

290

LAvATORIES / MIRRORS / CLEAR FLOOR SPACE & CLEARANCES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

lAvATory
Knee Clearance
… There is a 29” min. clearance from bottom of apron to floor. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1115B.4.3.2) (ADA 4.19.2)

45
lAvAToriEs

SECTION

GENERAL – These requirements apply to lavatory fixtures, vanities and built-in lavatories ACCESSIBLE FIxTURES – If lavatories are provided, 5% or at least one lavatory shall be accessible (comply with the following provisions). Clear Space to be provided in front of lavatory that allows forward approach Required clear space adjoins or overlaps an accessible route and underneath the lavatory Lavatory adjacent to sidewall or partition: min. distance from wall/partition to centerline of fixture Rim or Counter, above floor surface Clearance from bottom of apron to floor Accessible Lavatory: Depth from front to rear wall (see Toe Clearance below) Knee Clearance under front lip of lavatory Toe Clearance under lavatory (measured from in front of lavatory) Toe Clearance free of equipment, pipes or other obstructions (Measured from back wall forward)

1115B.4.3

… …

Knee clearance under front lip is a min. 27” high. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1115B.4.3.2) (ADA 4.19.2)

5%

CA T24 1115B.3.1.3 ADA 4.23.6

Min. knee clearance width is 30” and extends a min. of 8” in depth from the front of the lavatory. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1115B.4.3.2) (ADA 4.19.2)

30” x 48” min.

CA T24 1115B.4.3.3 ADA 4.19.3 CA T24 1115B.4.3.3 ADA 4.19.3

Hotwater and Drainpipes
… … Hot water and drain pipes are insulated or covered. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1115B.4.3.4) (ADA 4.19.4)

19” max.

18” min.

CA T24 1115B.4.3.3 CA T24 1115B.4.3.2 ADA 4.19.2 CA T24 1115B.4.3.2 ADA 4.19.2 CA T24 1115B.4.3.2 ADA 4.19.2 CA T24 1115B.4.3.2 ADA 4.19.2 CA T24 1115B.4.3.2 ADA 4.19.2 CA T24 1115B.4.3.2 ADA 4.19.2 CA T24 1115B.4.3.4 ADA 4.19.4 CA T24 1115B.4.3.4 ADA 4.19.4 CA T24 1115B.4.3.1 ADA 4.19.5 CA T24 1115B.4.3.1 ADA 4.27.4 CA T24 1115B.4.3.3 ADA 4.19.3

No sharp or abrasive surfaces under lavatories. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1115B.4.3.4) (ADA 4.19.4)

34” max. 29” min. 17” min. 27” high x 30” Wide x 8” deep 9” High x 30” Wide x 17” Deep

Faucet Controls
… Faucet controls and operating mechanisms are operable with one hand and do not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1115B.4.3.1) (ADA 4.27.4)

… … …

Max. force required to activate controls is 5 lbf. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1115B.4.3.1) (ADA 4.27.4)

Acceptable faucet designs are used (lever-operated, push type and electronically operated). If self-closing valves are used, faucet remains open a min. of 10 seconds.
(CA T24 1115B.4.3.1) (ADA 4.19.5)

6”

Drain and hot water piping is insulated or configured to prevent contact. There are no sharp or abrasive elements under the lavatory. Faucets of the lever type, push type, or electronically controlled (preferred). Note: Self-Closing valves must maintain min. 10 sec. open flow. Faucet controls and operating mechanisms are operable with one hand and do not require tight grasping, pinching or twisting of the wrist Force required to activate controls 5 lbs. force

FIGURE 4

UNDER-LAvATORy SURFACES / CONTROLS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

291

46

SECTION

lAvATory fixTurEs & ACCEssoriEs

Clear floor space of at least 30” x 48”, allowing for a forward approach, must be provided in front of an accessible lavatory. z This space may include/provide the knee space required under the lavatory, up to 19” max. z This space must adjoin or overlap an accessible route. „ Lavatory controls (faucet) must meet accessibility requirements. „ At least one of each type of the following that is provided in a sanitary facility must be mounted no higher than 40” above the finished floor: mirror, towel dispenser, sanitary napkin dispenser, waste receptacle and similar fixture or accessory. z Paper towel dispensers and/or electric hand dryers cannot protrude into the required clear floor space for lavatories. „ When medicine cabinets are provided, at least one must be accessible, meaning that its mirror is accessible (see above) and it provides at least one usable shelf no higher than 44”. „ Mirrors over accessible lavatories and countertops must be mounted so their bottom edge is no higher than 40” above the finished floor level. „ When mirrors are provided other than over countertops or lavatories, at least one should be installed with its bottom edge no higher than 35” above the finished floor level.

292

LAvATORy FIXTURES AND ACCESSORIES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

lAvATory fixTurEs & ACCEssoriEs
Fixtures & Accessories
„ At least one of each type of towel, sanitary napkins, waste receptacle and other similar dispensing/disposal fixture that is otherwise provided must be provided as accessible: z All operable parts, including coin slots, may not be higher than 40” from the finished floor level.

46

SECTION

LAvATORIES
Clear Floor Space for Lavatories
Minimum 30” x 48” allowing a forward approach Clear floor space should adjoin or overlap an accessible route. This clear floor space may include knee space required under some objects, but only a maximum of 19” of the space below a lavatory may be counted toward the 48” dimension. Cabinets may be installed below lavatory if space for parallel approach is provided and cabinets are designed with adaptable knee space. Installation Height 34” max. from floor to either rim of lavatory or counter surface Minimum Clearances Adjacent Wall or Other Fixture Lavatory’s Front Apron to Floor Minimum Knee Space 18” from wall/fixture to centerline of lavatory (typ. drain) 29” 27” high (from floor under the lavatory) 8” deep (from front of lavatory) 30” wide 9” high x 17” deep x 30” wide

Toilet Tissue / Towel Dispensers / Electric Dryers
„ Toilet tissue dispensers must be located on the wall (or compartment wall) adjacent to the water closet, within 12” of front edge of toilet seat. Min. height from floor is 19”. „ Toilet tissue dispensers that control delivery or that do not permit continuous paper flow may not be used. „ Paper towel dispensers and/or electric hand dryers cannot protrude into the required 30” x 40” clear floor space.

Mirrors / Medicine Cabinets
„ When mirrors are provided above lavatories or countertops, at least one must be made accessible. z The bottom edge of the reflecting surface for an accessible mirror may not be installed higher than 40” from the finished floor level. „ When mirrors are provided at other locations (other than above lavatories or countertops), at least one of such mirrors shall be installed so the bottom edge is nor higher than 35” above the finished floor level. „ When medicine cabinets are provided, at least one must be made accessible. z An accessible medicine cabinet must be located so that it provides at least one usable shelf no higher than 44” above floor space. z A clear floor space of 30” x 48” in front of the medicine cabinet must be provided, to allow either a front or parallel (side) approach.

Minimum Toe Space

Hot water or drain pipes should be insulated or covered. No sharp or abrasive surfaces should be present. Faucets / Controls / Operating Mechanisms Maximum force to operate Acceptable faucet designs 5 lbf. Lever-operated Push-type Electronically operated Minimum 10 seconds

Self-closers remain open

Faucet controls should not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist.

FIXTURES & ACCESSORIES / TISSUE DISPENSERS / MIRRORS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

293

46

SECTION

lAvATory fixTurEs & ACCEssoriEs
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
… A clear floor space of 30” by 48” is provided in front of lavatories that require a forward approach. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1115B.4.1) (ADA 4.22.7)

…

One full unobstructed side of the clear floor space for a wheel chair adjoins or overlaps an accessible route, or adjoins another wheelchair clear floor space.
(CA T24 1115B.8.3) (ADA 4.2.4.2)

FIGURE 1

Towel, Sanitary Napkins, Waste Receptacles, Dispensers and Controls
… If towel, sanitary napkins, waste receptacles, and other similar dispensing and disposal fixtures are provided, at least one of each type is located with all operable parts, including coin slots, at a max. height of 40”, and comply with Section 58 Controls and Operating Mechanisms. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1115B.8.3) (ADA 4.23.7)

Mirrors
… Mirrors located above accessible lavatories must be mounted with the bottom edge no higher than 40” above finish floor or ground. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1115B.8.1.1) (ADA 4.19.6)

FIGURE 2

…

When mirrors are provided at locations other than above lavatories or countertops, at least one shall be installed with the bottom edge no higher than 35” above finish floor or ground.
(CA T24 1115B.8.1.2)

294

LAvATORy FIXTURES AND ACCESSORIES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

lAvATory fixTurEs & ACCEssoriEs
Medicine Cabinets
… … If medicine cabinets are provided, at least one must be located with a usable shelf no higher than 44” above the finish floor or ground. A clear floor space of 30” by 48” deep in front of the medicine cabinet must be provided to allow a forward or parallel approach, which must comply with Section 32.
(CA T24 1115B.8.2)

46

SECTION

Toilet Tissue Dispensers
… Toilet tissue dispensers are located on the wall within 12” of front edge of toilet seat. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1115B.8.4)

FIGURE 3

…

Toilet tissue dispensers must be mounted below grab bar, at a min. height of 19” and a max. of 36” to the far edge from the rear wall. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1115B.8.4) (ADA 4.16.6)

…

Dispensers that control delivery or that do not permit continuous paper flow shall not be used. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1115B.8.4) (ADA 4.16.6)

Faucet Controls
… Faucet controls and operating mechanisms are operable with one hand and do not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1115B.4.3.1) (ADA 4.27.4)

… …

Max. force required to activate controls is 5 lbf. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1115B.4.3.1) (ADA 4.27.4)

Acceptable faucet designs are used (lever-operated, pushtype and electronically operated).
(CA T24 1115B.4.3.1) (ADA 4.19.5)

…

If self-closing valves are used, faucet remains open a min. of 10 seconds.
(CA T24 1115B.4.3.1) (ADA 4.19.5)

…

Max height of mirror is 40” to bottom edge of reflecting surface.
(CA T24 1115B.8.1.1) (ADA 4.19.6)

FIXTURES & ACCESSORIES / TISSUE DISPENSERS / MIRRORS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

295

47

SECTION

ToileT FAciliTies

„ Toilet facilities must provide a wheelchair turning space (see below) in addition to the clear space required for each fixture. z All of these spaces are allowed to overlap z Doors can swing into the wheelchair turning space (up to 12”), but not into the clear space required for a fixture. „ Specific requirements are provided for single accommodation toilets (single-user restrooms; Section 48), and multiple accommodation toilets (multiple stalls in a restroom; Section 49). „ Grab bars must be provided in accessible toilet facilities, and they must meet specific requirements for design, location, strength, etc. „ When accessories are provided, at least one of each type must be accessible. „ Toilets and toilet stalls, urinals, and lavatories must meet the specific requirements pertaining to them. See the other appropriate Sections in this book for those requirements.

TOILET PAPER DISPENSERS
54” MIN 42” MIN

TOILET PAPER DISPENSER
54” MIN
6” 12” MAX MAX 12” MIN

36” MIN
C L

42” MIN
12” MIN

6” 12” MAX MAX 12” MIN

36” MIN
C L

X 36” MA

X 36” MA

24” MIN

C L
C L

C L

9” 33” 1 IN TO M ” 36

AX 12” M
C L

FLUSH VALV ON THE WIDE E SIDE

MI 24”

N

17” TO 19”

9” 33” 1 IN TO M ” 36

AX 12” MC L IN 4” M 17” TO 19” 18”
C L

18” M
C L

2
IN
C L

296

TOIlET FaCIlITIES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

33”

ToileT FAciliTies
Turning Space Requirements
„ The required clear space for a wheelchair may be provided by either of the following: z A T-shaped traffic way formed by two overlapping 36” x 60” rectangles. z A 60” circular clear space. „ If a door opens into this area, it cannot encroach more than 12”.

47
GRAB BARS
Minimum General / DiMensions / Finish Maximum 1½ inches

SECTION

Grab bar diameter Grab bar edge radius

1¼ inches 1/8 inch

Sanitary accessories
„ Whenever sanitary accessories, towel dispensers and receptacles, sanitary napkin dispensers, waste receptacles, and other similar dispensing and disposal fixtures are provided, at least one of each type must be made accessible. z To be accessible, the dispensing/disposal fixture should be located with all operable parts, including coin slots, no higher than 40” above the finished floor. z A minimum 30” x 48” clear floor space should be provided at the accessories.

Grab bar clearance from wall 1½ inches 1½ inches Grab bars and adjacent surfaces must be free of sharp or abrasive elements, and should not rotate within their fittings. all required clear spaces assume 3" max. encroachment (grab bar max. diameter plus clearance from wall) of grab bars into specified clear spaces. siDe Grab bars height (from floor to center of bar, parallel to floor) Forward end of bar to front of toilet seat Forward end of bar to back wall back end of bar to back wall bar length 33 inches 24 inches 54 inches 12 inches 42 inches 33 inches

rear Grab bars height (from floor to center of bar, parallel 33 inches 33 inches to floor) height if toilet tank obstructs 33"-high 33 inches 36 inches installation 6 inches side end of bar to side wall 12 inches out side of tank to outside end of bar 36" bar length Grab bar DynaMics / strenGth Point load 250 lbs. 250 lbs. bending Moment 250 lbs. shear (load at supports) Fastener or mounting device strength must be greater than the maximum shear force induced in a fastener or mounting device resulting from a 250-lb. load. supporting structure (wall) strength must be greater than the maximum shear force induced in a fastener or mounting device resulting from a 250-lb. load. allowable withdrawal load between the fastener and the supporting structure must be greater than (Maximum tensile force induced in the fastener(s) used) + (Maximum moment resulting from a 250-lb force).

Medicine Cabinets
„ If medicine cabinets are provided, at least one must be made accessible. z An accessible medicine cabinet provides at least one usable shelf no more than 44” above the finished floor.

Mirrors
„ If mirrors are provided, at least one must be made accessible. z An accessible mirror is one whose bottom reflecting edge is no more than 40” from the finished floor level.

Operation of accessories
„ All accessories must be operable: z Using one hand z With no more than 5 lbs of force z With no tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist

Toilet Tissue Dispensers
„ Toilet tissue dispensers must be located on the wall: z Within 12” of the front edge of the toilet seat. z At least 19” above finished floor level. „ Toilet tissue dispensers that control delivery or that do not permit continuous paper flow may not used.
z

TuRNINg SpaCE / aCCESSORIES / MIRRORS / gRab baRS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

297

47

SECTION

ToileT FAciliTies
gENERal REQuIREMENTS grab bar Dimensions
… Grab bar cross-section (diameter or width) is 1¼” to 1½” or its shape provides equivalent gripping surface. Fig. 1
(cA T24 1115B.7.1) (ADA 4.26.2)

…
FIguRE 1
TOILET PAPER DISPENSERS
54” MIN 42” MIN

The space between the handrail or grab bar and the wall is 1½”. Fig. 1
(cA T24 1115B.7.1) (ADA 4.26.2)

…
6” 12” MAX MAX 12” MIN 36” MIN
C L

Grab bars do not rotate within their fittings. Fig. 1
(cA T24 1115B.7.2.5) (ADA 4.26.3(5))

36” MAX

12” MIN

…

Grab bars and their adjacent surfaces are free of sharp or abrasive elements. Min. radius of edges is 1/8” Fig. 1
(cA T24 1115B.7.3) (ADA 4.26.4)

C L

9” 33” 1 IN TO M 36”

AX 12” M
C L

FLUSH VALVE ON THE WIDE SIDE

…

Max. projection of the grab bars into required clear spaces is 3”.

24”

MIN

17” TO 19”

grab bars – Mounting location
IN
C L

18” M
C L

Side Wall
… The side grab bar shall be a min. of 42” long, located at a max. of 12” from the rear wall and must extend a min. of 54” from the rear wall with the front end positioned at a min. of 24” in front of the water closet. Fig. 2 and 2a
(cA T24 1115B.4.1.3(3.1))

FIguRE 2
TOILET PAPER DISPENSER
54” MIN 42” MIN

6” 12” MAX MAX 12” MIN

36” MIN
C L

…

X 36” MA

24” MIN

The side grab bar shall be securely attached and centered 33” above and parallel to the floor. Fig. 2 and 2a
(cA T24 1115B.4.1.3(3.1))

…
C L C L

Maximum projection of grab bars into these clear spaces is 3”.
(cA T24 1115B.4.1.3) (ADA 4.17.6)

9” 33” 1 IN TO M 6” 3

AX 12” MC L 24” MIN 17” TO 19” 18”
C L

33”

Rear Wall
… The rear grab bar shall be a min. of 36” long and extend from the centerline of the water closet a min. of 12” on one side and a min. of 24” on the other side. Fig. 2 and 2a
(cA T24 1115B.4.1.3(3.2)) (ADA 4.17.6)

FIguRE 2a

…

The rear grab bar shall be securely attached and centered 33” above and parallel to the floor, except that where a tank-type toilet is used which obstructs placement at 33” the grab bar may be as high as 36” and the space between the grab bar and the top of the tank shall be a min. of 1½”. Fig. 12 and 13
(cA T24 1115B.4.1.3(3.2)) (ADA 4.17.6)

grab bar Dynamics
…
FIguRE 3

The structural strength of grab bars, tub and shower seats, fasteners and mounting devices shall meet the following specifications:
(cA T24 1115B.7.2) (ADA 4.26.3)

298

gRab baRS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

ToileT FAciliTies
Structural Strength
… Bending stress in a grab bar or seat induced by the maximum bending moment from the application of a 250-pound (1112 N) point load shall be less than the allowable stress for the material of the grab bar or seat. Fig. 3
(cA T24 1115B.7.2) (ADA 4.26.3)

47

SECTION

…

Shear stress induced in a grab bar or seat by the application of a 250-pound (1112 N) point load shall be less than the allowable shear stress for the material of the grab bar or seat, and its mounting bracket or other support is considered to be fully restrained, then direct and torsional shear stresses shall not exceed the allowable shear stress. Fig. 3
(cA T24 1115B.7.2) (ADA 4.26.3)

FIguRE 4

…

Shear force induced in a fastener or mounting device from the application of a 250-pound (1112 N) point load shall be less than the allowable lateral load of either the fastener or mounting device or the supporting structure, whichever is the smaller allowable load. Fig. 5
(cA T24 1115B.7.2) (ADA 4.26.3)

…

Tensile force induced in a fastener by a direct tension force of a 250-pound (1112 N) point load, plus the maximum moment from the application of a 250-pound (1112 N) point load, shall be less than the allowable withdrawal load between the fastener and supporting structure. Fig. 4
(cA T24 1115B.7.2) (ADA 4.26.3)

FIguRE 5

grab bar – Surface
… A grab bar and any wall or other surface adjacent to it shall be free of any sharp or abrasive elements.
(cA T24 1115B.7.3) (ADA 4.26.4)

…

Edges shall have a min. radius of 1/8”
(cA T24 1115B.7.3) (ADA 4.26.4)

Turning Space Requirements
… … There shall be a 36” min. t-shaped traffic way. Fig. 7
(cA T24 1118B.3.2.4) (ADA 4.3.3)

FIguRE 6

There shall be a 60” min. circular turning diameter. If the compartment door opens into this area, it cannot encroach over 12”. Fig. 8
(cA T24 1115B.3.2.1) (ADA 4.3.3)

FIguRE 7

gRab baRS / TuRNINg SpaCE
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

299

47

SECTION

ToileT FAciliTies
Sanitary Accessories Towel, Sanitary Napkins, Waste Receptacles, Dispensers and Controls
… Where towel, sanitary napkins, waste receptacles, dispensers, other equipment and controls are provided, at least one of each type shall be located on an accessible route, with all operable parts, including coin slots.
(cA T24 1115B.8.3)

…

Must be mounted within 40” from the finished floor and shall comply with Section 58 Controls and Operating Mechanisms. Fig. 10
(cA T24 1115B.8.3)

Mirrors
FIGURE 8

…

Mirrors shall be mounted with the bottom edge of the reflecting surface no higher than 40” from the floor. Fig. 12
(cA T24 1115B.8.1.1) (ADA 4.19.6)

…

When mirrors are provided at locations other than above lavatories or countertops, at least one must be installed with the bottom edge of the reflecting surface a max. of 35” above finished floor or ground.
(cA T24 1115B.8.1.2)

FIGURE 10

300

ACCESSORIES / MIRRORS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

ToileT FaciliTies
Medicine Cabinets
… If medicine cabinets are provided, at least one shall be located with a usable shelf no higher than 44” above the floor.
(ca T24 1115B.8.2) (aDa 4.19.6)

47

SECTION

…

A clear floor space 30” by 48” must be provided in front of a medicine cabinet to allow a forward or parallel approach. (Complying with Section 32 Clear Floor or Ground Space for Wheelchair).
(ca T24 1115B.8.2) (aDa 4.19.6)

…

Sanitary accessories, towel, sanitary napkins, waste receptacles, and other similar dispensing and disposal fixtures are provided, at least one of each type is located with all operable parts, including coin slots, at a max. height of 40”. Fig. 10
(ca T24 1115B.8.3)

FIGurE 11

…

There shall be 30” by 48” min. clear floor space at the accessories. Fig. 11
(ca T24 1118B.8.3)

…

If medicine cabinets are provided, at least one is located with a usable shelf no higher than 44” above floor space.
(ca T24 1118B.8.2) (aDa 4.23.9)

… …

Mirror bottom edge shall be 40” max. from the floor. Fig. 12
(ca T24 1115B.8.1.1) (aDa 4.19.6)

Accessories shall operate using single-hand, max. 5 lbs of force with no tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of wrist. Fig. 12
(ca T24 1117B.4.3.1) (aDa 4.27.4)

Toilet Tissue dispensers
… Toilet tissue dispensers are located on the wall within 12” of front edge of toilet seat. Fig. 13
(ca T24 1115B.8.4)

FIGurE 12

…

Dispensers that control delivery or that do not permit continuous paper flow are not used. Fig. 13
(ca T24 1115B.8.4) (aDa 4.16.6)

…

Toilet paper dispenser min. height from floor is 19”. Fig. 13
(ca T24 1118B.8.4) (aDa 4.16.6)

FIGurE 13

MEdICINE CabINETS / TOIlET TISSuE dISpENSErS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

301

48

SECTION

single-accommoDaTion ToileT

„ A single accommodation toilet is a toilet facility (restroom) that is designed to be used by one person at a time. z It typically is accessed by a regular door, is a single room space (no partitions or stall walls) containing both the water closet and the lavatory/mirror.

302

SINGlE-aCCOMMOdaTION TOIlET
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

single-accommoDaTion ToileT
Number to provide
„ When single-user toilet or bathing units are clustered at a single location, at least 5% but no less than one accessible toilet unit must be installed at each cluster whenever typical inaccessible units are provided. „ Accessible units within a cluster must be identified by the International Symbol of accessibility.

48

SECTION

Flush Valves
Flush valve controls: „ Must operate with one hand. „ Must operate with a force not exceeding 5 lbf. „ Must not require tight grasping pinching or twisting of the wrist. „ Must be mounted on the wide side of toilet areas no higher than 44” above the finished floor.

Clear Space
„ Single accommodation toilet facilities must provide sufficient space in the toilet room for a 30” x 48” wheelchair to enter and permit the door to close. z Wheelchair turning space can be provided by a 60”-diameter circular clear space, or a T-shaped clear space created by overlapping two 36” x 60” rectangular spaces. No door should encroach into this space. z The clear width of an accessible route must be at least 36”, except at doors. z Doors (other than the door to the accessible stall) may not encroach into the clear floor space more than 12”.

GRAB BARS
Minimum General / Dimensions / Finish Grab bar diameter Grab bar edge radius Grab bar clearance from wall 1¼ inches 1/8 inch 1½ inches 1½ inches 1½ inches Maximum

latches
„ Slide bolts and similar hardware that does not require fine hand or finger movements should be utilized.

Grab bars and adjacent surfaces must be free of sharp or abrasive elements, and should not rotate within their fittings. All required clear spaces assume 3" max. encroachment (grab bar max. diameter plus clearance from wall) of grab bars into specified clear spaces. siDe Grab bars Height (from floor to center of bar, parallel to floor) Forward end of bar to front of toilet seat Forward end of bar to back wall Back end of bar to back wall Bar length Height (from floor to center of bar, parallel to floor) Height if toilet tank obstructs 33"-high installation Side end of bar to side wall Out side of tank to outside end of bar Bar length Point Load Bending Moment Shear (load at supports) 36" Grab bar Dynamics / strenGth 250 lbs. 250 lbs. 250 lbs. 42 inches rear Grab bars 33 inches 33 inches 33 inches 36 inches 6 inches 12 inches 33 inches 24 inches 54 inches 12 inches 33 inches

Water Closets / Clear Spaces
„ At least 28” clear space must be provided between the water closet and any adjacent fixture (e.g., lavatory). „ A clear space of at least 32” must be provided on one side of the water closet to one wall. z At least 18” clear space from the center line of the water closet fixture to the wall at other side should also be provided. „ A clear space in front of water closet of at least 60” x 48” is required.
available Exception In an existing building, a single-accommodation toilet facility may have the water closet fixture located in an area which provides a clear space at least 36” wide x 48” long in front of the water closet.

Toilet Seats
„ The water closet should be 17” to 19” high, measured from the floor to the top of toilet seat. z The toilet seat may be no higher than 2”. z A 3”-high seat may be permitted, but only in alterations where the existing water closet is less than 15” high.

Fastener or mounting device strength must be greater than the maximum shear force induced in a fastener or mounting device resulting from a 250-lb. load. Supporting structure (wall) strength must be greater than the maximum shear force induced in a fastener or mounting device resulting from a 250-lb. load. Allowable withdrawal load between the fastener and the supporting structure must be greater than (Maximum tensile force induced in the fastener(s) used) + (Maximum moment resulting from a 250-lb force).

FaCIlITIES prOVIdEd / ClEar SpaCE / Grab barS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

303

48
Sanitary accessories

SECTION

single-accommoDaTion ToileT
Interior Surfaces
„ Toilet room floors should have a smooth, hard, nonabsorbent surface (e.g., Portland cement, concrete, ceramic tile, or other approved material). z The floor material should extend up the wall at least 5”. z At walls within water closet compartments, and at walls within 24” of front and side of urinals, the floor or equivalent nonabsorbent material must extend onto the wall at least 48”. „ Except for structural elements, interior surface materials must not be adversely affected by moisture.

„ Whenever sanitary accessories, towel dispensers and receptacles, sanitary napkin dispensers, waste receptacles, and other similar dispensing and disposal fixtures are provided, at least one of each type must be made accessible. z To be accessible, the dispensing/disposal fixture should be located with all operable parts, including coin slots, no higher than 40” above the finished floor. z A minimum 30” x 48” clear floor space should be provided at the accessories.

Toilet Tissue dispensers
„ Toilet tissue dispensers must be located on the wall: z Within 12” of the front edge of the toilet seat. z At least 19” above finished floor level. „ Toilet tissue dispensers that control delivery or that do not permit continuous paper flow may not used.

304

aCCESSOrIES / TISSuE dISpENSErS / SurFaCES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

single-accommoDaTion ToileT
GENEral rEQuIrEMENTS
… For single user portable toilet or bathing units clustered at a single location, at least 5% but no less than one toilet unit is installed at each cluster whenever typical inaccessible units are provided. Accessible units are identified by International Symbol of accessibility. Fig. 1

48

SECTION

(aDa 4.1.2(6))

… …

(aDa 4.1.2(6))

Single accommodation toilet facilities provide sufficient space in toilet room for a 30” by 48” wheelchair to enter and permit the door to close. Figs. 2 & 3
(ca T24 1115B.3.2.1) (aDa 4.17.3)

…

Min. diameter for wheelchair to turn 180 degrees is 60” or T-shaped space. No door encroaches into this space. Figs. 4 & 5
(ca T24 1115B.3.2.3) (aDa 4.2.3)

… …

The min. clear width of an accessible route is 36”. Except at doors. Max. encroachment of door other than one to accessible stall is 12” into clear floor space. Fig. 6

(ca T24 1115B.3.2.4)

FIGurE 1

(ca T24 1115B.3.2.1)

…

For latches, slide bolt and similar hardware that does not require fine hand or finger movements are utilized. Fig. 7
(aDa 4.13.9)

…

Front entry stall door must have 32” clear door opening. Fig. 1
(ca T24 1115B.3.1; 1133B.2.2)

Water Closets
… … … … Min. clear space for a fixture is 28”. Fig. 8
(ca T24 1115B.4.1.1) (aDa 4.17.3)

Min. clear space for a wall at one side is 32”. Fig. 9
(ca T24 1115B.4.1.1) (aDa 4.17.3)

Min. clear space from center line of water closet to wall at other side is 18”. Fig. 9

FIGurE 2

(ca T24 1115B.4.1.1) (aDa 4.17.3)

Min. clear space in front of water closet is 60” x 48”. Fig. 10
(ca T24 1115B.4.1.2)

Exception In an existing building, a single-accomodation toilet facility may have the water closet fixture located in an area which provides a clear space of not less than 36” wide by 48” long in front of the water closet.

Toilet Seats
… Height of water closet is 17” to 19” measured from the floor to the top of toilet seat. Fig. 11
(ca T24 1115B.4.1.4) (aDa 4.16.3)

…

Max. height of toilet seat is 2”. Fig. 11

(ca T24 1115B.4.1.4)

FIGurE 3

FaCIlITIES prOVIdEd / WaTEr ClOSETS / TOIlET SEaTS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

305

48

SECTION

single-accommoDaTion ToileT
Exception A 3” high seat shall be permitted only in alterations where the existing fixture is less than 15” high.

Flush Valves
… Controls are operable with one hand, and do not require tight grasping pinching or twisting of the wrist. Fig. 11
(ca T24 1115B.4.1.5) (aDa 4.27.4)

…

Controls for flush valves are mounted on the wide side of toilet areas at height of 44” max. Fig. 11
(ca T24 1115B.4.1.5) (aDa 4.16.5)

…

Max. force to operate controls is 5 lbf. Fig. 11
(ca T24 1115B.4.1.5) (aDa 4.27.4)

FIGurE 4

FIGurE 7

FIGurE 5

FIGurE 8

FIGurE 9

FIGurE 6

FIGurE 10

306

FluSh ValVES (CONTrOlS)
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

single-accommoDaTion ToileT
Grab bars
… Min. length of grab bar at side walls is 42” with front end positioned 24” in front of the water closet. Fig. 12
(ca T24 1115B.4.1.3.1) (aDa 4.17.6)

48

SECTION

… …

Min. length of grab bar behind water closet is 36”. Fig. 12
(ca T24 1115B.4.1.3.2) (aDa 4.17.6)

Height of grab bar is 33” above and parallel to floor. Grab bar is securely attached. Fig. 12
(ca T24 1115B.4.1.3.1) (aDa 4.17.6)

…

If tank toilet is used and obstructs placement at 33”, grab bar is located up to 36” max. height. Fig. 12
(ca T24 1115B.4.1.3.2) (aDa 4.17.6)

… …

Grab bars do not rotate within their fittings. Fig. 13
(ca T24 1115B.7.2.5) (aDa 4.26.3(5))

Grab bars and their adjacent surfaces are free of sharp or abrasive elements. Min. radius of all edges is 1/8”. Fig. 13
(ca T24 1115B.7.3) (aDa 4.26.4)

FIGurE 11

Grab bar diameter or Width
… Cross section of rails is 1¼” to 1½” or the shape provides an equivalent gripping surface. Fig. 13
(ca T24 1115B.7.1) (aDa 4.26.2)
C L

…

If handrails or grab bars are mounted adjacent to a wall, the space between the wall and the grab bar is 1½”. Fig. 13
(ca T24 1115B.7.1) (aDa 4.26.2)

Structural Strength
… Grab bar and shower seat materials are strong enough to withstand a max. bending moment resulting from a 250 lb. load. Fig. 14
(ca T24 1115B.7.1-111B.7.4) (aDa 4.26.3(1))

…

Grab bar and shower seat is strong enough to withstand a max. shear resulting from 250 lbf. load at supports. If the connection between the seat and its support or bracket is fully restrained, then direct and torsional shear stresses are totaled for the combined shear stress, which does not exceed the allowable stress. Fig. 15
(ca T24 1115B.7.1-111B.7.4) (aDa 4.26.3(2))

FIGurE 12

…

Max. shear force in a fastener or mounting device resulting from a 250 lbf is less than allowable lateral load of either the fastener or mounting device or supporting structure, whichever is the smaller allowable load. Fig. 16
(ca T24 1115B.7.1-111B.7.4) (aDa 4.26.3(3))

FIGurE 13

…

Max. tensile force induced in a fastener plus the max. moment resulting from a 250 lbf. is less than the allowable withdrawal load between the fastener and the supporting structure. Fig. 17
(ca T24 1115B.7.4) (aDa 4.26.3(4))

FIGurE 14

Grab barS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

307

48

SECTION

single-accommoDaTion ToileT
Towel Sanitary, Napkins, Waste receptacle
… Where towel, sanitary, napkins, waste receptacles, and other similar dispensing and disposal fixtures are provided, at least one of each type is located with all operable parts, including coin slots, at max. height of 40”. Fig. 19
(ca T24 1115B.8.4) (aDa 4.23.7)

Toilet Tissue dispensers
FIGurE 15 FIGurE 16

…

Dispensers are located on the wall within 12” of front edge of toilet seat and 19” min. height from the floor to center of the dispenser, and 36” max. to the far edge from the rear wall. Fig. 20
(ca T24 1115B.8.4) (aDa 4.16.6; 4.17.3)

…

Dispensers that control delivery or that do not permit continuous paper flow are not used. Fig. 20
(ca T24 1115B.8.4) (aDa 4.16.6)

Interior Surfaces
FIGurE 17

…

Toilet room floors have a smooth, hard, nonabsorbent surface such as Portland cement, concrete, ceramic tile or other approved material(s), and extend onto the wall a height of 5”. Fig. 21
(ca T24 1115B.3.2.5)

…

At walls within water closet compartments and at walls within 24” of front and side of urinals, the floor shall extend on to wall a height of 48”. Fig. 21
(ca T24 1115B.3.2.5)

…

Except for structural elements, interior surface materials are not adversely affected by moisture.
(ca T24 1115B.3.2.5)

FIGurE 19

FIGurE 20

FIGurE 21

308

aCCESSOrIES / TISSuE dISpENSErS / SurFaCES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

mulTiple-accommoDaTion ToileT

49

SECTION

„ A multiple accommodation toilet is a toilet facility (restroom) that is designed to be used by more than one person at a time. z The common space typically is accessed by a regular door z In the common space are one or more lavatories and urinals (for men’s rooms), as well as accessories (towel dispensers, waste receptacles, etc.). z Compartments and Water Closets: Behind compartments and compartment doors are located water closets. „ A minimum of one water closet compartment and one lavatory must be accessible. „ In larger restrooms (with 6 or more compartments): z One water closet compartment and one lavatory must be accessible. z An additional compartment must be at least 36” wide, provide specified Clear Space, and an outward swinging door.

MulTIplE-aCCOMMOdaTION TOIlET
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

309

49
requirements

SECTION

mulTiple-accommoDaTion ToileT
Compartment doors / Closer
„ Compartment doors must have an automatic closing device. „ Sweep period of the closer: z From an open position of 70°, door must take at least 3 seconds to move to a point 3” from the latch, measured to the leading edge of the door. See Doors & Doorways (Section 29).

„ Where six or more compartments are provided, at least one stall must comply with the Clear Space section below. z At least one additional compartment must be at least 36” wide with an outward swinging, self-closing door and parallel grab bars. z NOTE: Since this requirement is based on the number of compartments (and not the number of water closets and/or urinals), this additional compartment more often will be found in women’s rooms than men’s rooms. „ A clear space in the restroom, measured from the floor to a height of 27”, must be provided that satisfies one of the following: z 60”-diameter circle z 56” x 63” „ No door (other than a door to an accessible compartment) may encroach into this clear space by more than 12”.

door widths
„ For doors located on the end of the compartment (opposite the water closet): z Clear opening width must be at least 32” when the door is positioned at an angle of 90° from its closed position. „ For doors located on the side of the compartment: z Clear opening width must be at least 34” when the door is positioned at an angle of 90° from its closed position. „ If standard compartment doors are used (which provide a minimum 9” toe clearance and a self-closing device), a level area on the strike side of the door (at least 24” for exterior doors and 18” for interior doors) is not required. See Doors & Doorways (Section 29).

Clear Space
„ At least 28” clear space must be provided between the water closet and any adjacent fixture (e.g., lavatory). „ A clear space of at least 32” must be provided on one side of the water closet to one wall. z At least 18” clear space from the center line of the water closet fixture to the wall at other side should also be provided. „ A clear space in front of water closet of at least 48” is required if the compartment has an end-opening door (facing the water closet), or 60” if compartment has sideopening door. „ Except for door opening widths and door swings, the clear unobstructed access to compartments must be at least 44”. „ Grab bars should not project into any of the above clear spaces more than 3”.

hardware
„ The hardware for compartment door handles and locks should be centered between 30” and 44” above the floor. „ Both the inside and the outside of a compartment door should be equipped with a loop or U-shaped handle immediately below the latch. „ The door latch may be flip-over style, sliding, or other hardware not requiring grasping or twisting.

Sanitary accessories
„ Whenever sanitary accessories, towel dispensers and receptacles, sanitary napkin dispensers, waste receptacles, and other similar dispensing and disposal fixtures are provided, at least one of each type must be made accessible. z To be accessible, the dispensing/disposal fixture should be located with all operable parts, including coin slots, no higher than 40” above the finished floor. z A minimum 30” x 48” clear floor space should be provided at the accessories.

Water Closets / Toilet Seats
„ The water closet should be 17” to 19” high, measured from the floor to the top of toilet seat. z The toilet seat may be no higher than 2”. z A 3”-high seat may be permitted, but only in alterations where the existing water closet is less than 15” high.

Flush Valves
Flush valve controls: „ Must operate with one hand. „ Must operate with a force not exceeding 5 lbf. „ Must not require tight grasping pinching or twisting of the wrist. „ Must be mounted on the wide side of toilet areas no higher than 44” above the finished floor.

310

FaCIlITIES prOVIdEd / ClEar SpaCE / dOOr WIdThS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

mulTiple-accommoDaTion ToileT
Interior Surfaces
Maximum 1½ inches 1½ inches

49

SECTION

graB Bars
Minimum general / Dimensions / Finish Grab bar diameter Grab bar edge radius Grab bar clearance from wall 1¼ inches 1/8 inch 1½ inches

Grab bars and adjacent surfaces must be free of sharp or abrasive elements, and should not rotate within their fittings. All required clear spaces assume 3" max. encroachment (grab bar max. diameter plus clearance from wall) of grab bars into specified clear spaces. siDe graB Bars Height (from floor to center of bar, parallel to floor) Forward end of bar to front of toilet seat Forward end of bar to back wall Back end of bar to back wall Bar length Height (from floor to center of bar, parallel to floor) Height if toilet tank obstructs 33"-high installation Side end of bar to side wall Out side of tank to outside end of bar Bar length Point Load Bending Moment Shear (load at supports) 36" graB Bar Dynamics / sTrengTh 250 lbs. 250 lbs. 250 lbs. 42 inches rear graB Bars 33 inches 33 inches 33 inches 36 inches 6 inches 12 inches 33 inches 24 inches 54 inches 12 inches 33 inches

„ Toilet room floors should have a smooth, hard, nonabsorbent surface (e.g., Portland cement, concrete, ceramic tile, or other approved material). z The floor material should extend up the wall at least 5”. z At walls within water closet compartments, and at walls within 24” of front and side of urinals, the floor or equivalent nonabsorbent material must extend onto the wall at least 48”. „ Except for structural elements, interior surface materials must not be adversely affected by moisture.

Fastener or mounting device strength must be greater than the maximum shear force induced in a fastener or mounting device resulting from a 250-lb. load. Supporting structure (wall) strength must be greater than the maximum shear force induced in a fastener or mounting device resulting from a 250-lb. load. Allowable withdrawal load between the fastener and the supporting structure must be greater than (Maximum tensile force induced in the fastener(s) used) + (Maximum moment resulting from a 250-lb force).

Toilet Tissue dispensers
„ Toilet tissue dispensers must be located on a side wall of each water closet compartment: z Within 12” of the front edge of the toilet seat. z At least 19” above finished floor level. „ Toilet tissue dispensers that control delivery or that do not permit continuous paper flow may not used.

Grab barS / dISpENSErS / SurFaCES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

311

49

SECTION

mulTiple-accommoDaTion ToileT

FIGurE 1

GENEral rEQuIrEMENTS
… Multiple-accommodation toilet facilities shall have the following:
(ca T24 1115B.3.1)

Wheelchair Clearance
… A clear space measured from the floor to a height of 27” above the floor (within the sanitary facility room) of sufficient size to inscribe a circle with a diameter 60” min. in size. Fig. 1 and 2
(ca T24 1115B.3.1.1)

FIGurE 2

…

Other than the door to the accessible water closet compartment, a door, in any position, may encroach into this space by not more than 12” Fig.2
(ca T24 1115B.3.1.1)

…

Where 6 or more compartments are provided, at least one compartment shall comply with the requirements of this section. Fig. 1
(ca T24 1115B.3.1.5) (aDa 4.23.4)

…

In addition to the compartment, at least one additional ambulatory accessible compartment stall is 36” wide with an outward swinging self-closing door and parallel grab bars. See Ambulatory Accessible Compartment heading below and Fig. 1 and Fig. 21.
(ca T24 1115B.3.1.5) (aDa 4.23.4)

…
FIGurE 3

Wheelchair makes a 180° turn around an obstruction with less than 48” width. Clear floor space is a min. 42” width approaching the turn and a min. of 42” width leaving the turn.
(aDa 4.3.3)

312

NuMbEr prOVIdEd / ClEar SpaCE
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

mulTiple-accommoDaTion ToileT
… Wheelchair makes a 180° turn around an obstruction with min. of 60” width. Clear floor space is a min. of 36” width approaching the turn and a min. of 36” width leaving the turn.
(aDa 4.3.3)

49

SECTION

Clear Floor
… Doors shall not swing into the clear floor space required for any fixture.
(ca T24 1115B.3.1.2)

Clear Floor Space with Inward-Swinging doors
… Clear floor space of 60” min. width × 59” in length if floor-mounted w.c. when door swings in. Fig. 1
(ca T24 1115B.3.1.2)

FIGurE 4

…

60” min. width × 56” min. length at wall-mounted w.c. when door swings in. Fig. 1
(ca T24 1115B.3.1.2)

accessible Fixtures
… Provide a minimum of 1 accessible water closet in compliance with the following sections.
(ca T24 1115B.3.1.3)

…

At least 5% of lavatories, but not less than 1, shall be accessible in compliance with the following sections.
(ca T24 1115B.3.1.3)

Compartments and Compartment doors automatic-Closing device
… … Doors have an automatic closing device. Fig. 4
(ca T24 1133B.2.5.1)

FIGurE 5

Doors have an automatic closing device. Sweep period of the closer is adjusted so that from an open position of 70° the door takes at least 3 seconds to move to a point 3” from the latch, measured to the leading edge of the door. See Doors & Doorways, Section 29.
(ca T24 1133B.2.5.1) (aDa 4.13.10)

…

If door is located at end of the water closet compartment, the clear opening width is 32” with the door positioned at an angle of 90° from its closed position. Fig. 6
(ca T24 1115B.3.1.4.4.4) (aDa 4.13.5)

…

If door is located at side of the compartment, the clear opening width is 34” with the door positioned at an angle of 90° from its closed position. Fig. 7
(ca T24 1115B.3.1.4.4.4)

FIGurE 6

COMparTMENTS / COMparTMENT dOOrS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

313

49

SECTION

mulTiple-accommoDaTion ToileT
door Opening hardware
… The inside and the outside of the compartment door shall be equipped with a loop or U-shaped handle immediately below the latch.
(ca T24 1115B.3.1.4.4.5) (aDa 4.13.9)

…

The privacy latch shall be flip-over style, sliding or other hardware not requiring the user to grasp or twist. Fig. 5
(ca T24 1115B.3.1.4.4.5) (aDa 4.13.9)

…

Except for door opening widths and door swings, the clear unobstructed access to compartments is not less than 44”.
(ca T24 1115B.3.1.4.4.5) (aDa 4.17.3)

…
FIGurE 7

The hardware for compartment door handles and locks is centered between 30” and 44” above the floor. Figs. 8a and 8b
(ca T24 1133B.2.5.2)

…

Maneuvering space at the compartment door must comply with this section and Section 32, Clear Floor or Ground Space for Wheelchairs.
(ca T24 1115B.3.1.4.4.5) (aDa 4.13.9)

…

The space immediately outside of the water closet compartment door must be a min, of 48” as measured perpendicular to the compartment door in its closed position.
(ca T24 1115B.3.1.4.4.5) (aDa 4.13.9)

accessible Water-Closet Compartments
…
FIGurE 8

The compartment must be a min. of 60” wide. Fig. 1
(ca T24 1115B.3.1.4.4.1)

…

If the compartment has a side-opening door, a min. 60” wide and 60” deep clear floor space must be provided in front of the water closet. Fig. 1
(ca T24 1115B.3.1.4.4.2)

…

If the compartment has an end-opening door (facing the water closet), a min. 60” wide and 48”deep clear floor space must be provided in front of the water closet. The door shall be located in front of the clear floor space and diagonal to the water closet, with a max. stile width of 4” Fig. 1
(ca T24 1115B.3.1.4.4.3)

Front-Side, hinge-Side and latch-Side approach
… …
FIGurE 8a FIGurE 8b

Applies to Front-Side, Hinge-Side and Latch-Side Approach Strike edge maneuvering space: The width of the level area on the side to which the door swings shall extend is a min. of 24” past the strike edge of the door for exterior doors and a min. of 18” past the strike edge for interior doors.
(ca T24 1133B.2.4)

…

Note: 24” is preferred for strike-side clearance.

314

COMparTMENT dOOrS / ClEar SpaCE / dOOr hardWarE
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

mulTiple-accommoDaTion ToileT
Front-Side approach Swing-In Compartment door
… Push Side: Level floor or landing must extend opposite the direction of the door swing a min. of 48” Fig. 6
(ca T24 1133B.2.4.2; 1133B.2.4.3) (aDa 4.17.5, 4.13.6)

49

SECTION

…

Pull Side: Level floor or landing must extend in the direction of the door swing a min. of 60” Fig. 6
(ca T24 1133B.2.4.2; 1133B.2.4.3) (aDa 4.17.5, 4.13.6)

… …

Strike Side is a min of 18” wide (within stall) × 60” deep. Fig. 6
(ca T24 1133B.2.4.2; 1133B.2.4.3) (aDa 4.17.5, 4.13.6) (ca T24 1133B.2.4.2; 1133B.2.4.3) (aDa 4.17.5, 4.13.6)

Door Width is a min. of 34” Fig. 6

Front-Side approach Swing-Out Compartment door
… Push Side: Level floor or landing must extend opposite the direction of the door swing a min. of 48” Fig. 7
(ca T24 1133B.2.4.2; 1133B.2.4.3) (aDa 4.17.5, 4.13.6)

FIGurE 9

…

Pull Side: Level floor or landing must extend in the direction of the door swing a min. of 60” deep. Fig. 7
(ca T24 1133B.2.4.2; 1133B.2.4.3) (aDa 4.17.5, 4.13.6)

… …

Strike Side is a min of 18” wide × 60” deep. Fig. 7
(ca T24 1133B.2.4.2; 1133B.2.4.3) (aDa 4.17.5, 4.13.6)

Door Width is a min. of 34” Fig. 7
(ca T24 1133B.2.4.2; 1133B.2.4.3) (aDa 4.17.5, 4.13.6)

latch-Side approach Swing-In Compartment door
… Push-Side: level floor landing must extend a min. of 48” (measured perpendicular at door closed position form hinge sided door) to 24” width (past latch edge of door) Fig. 8
(ca T24 1133B.2.4.2; 1133B.2.4.3) (aDa 4.23.4)

FIGurE 10

… … …

Pull-Side: level floor or landing must extend a min. of 60” Fig. 8

(ca T24 1133B.2.4.2; 1133B.2.4.3) (aDa 4.23.4)

hinge-Side approach Swing-In Compartment door
… Push-Side: Level floor or landing not is a min. of 48” deep (measured perpendicular at door closed position) × 54” wide (measured form the strike edge of door past hinged side) Fig. 10
(ca T24 1133B.2.4.2; 1133B.2.4.3) (aDa 4.17.5, 4.13.6)

Strike Side: a min. of 18” wide (within stall) × 60” min. depth. Fig. 8
(ca T24 1133B.2.4.2; 1133B.2.4.3) (aDa 4.23.4) (ca T24 1133B.2.4.2; 1133B.2.4.3)

Door width min. of 34” Fig. 8 …

latch-Side approach Swing-Out Compartment door
… Push-Side: level floor landing must extend a min. of 48” deep Fig. 9
(ca T24 1133B.2.4.2; 1133B.2.4.3) (aDa 4.17.5, 4.13.6)

Pull-Side: Level floor or landing a min. 60” in depth (within stall). Fig. 10
(ca T24 1133B.2.4.2; 1133B.2.4.3) (aDa 4.17.5, 4.13.6)

…

Strike Side: is a min of 18” wide (within stall) × 60” deep (measured perpendicular at door closed position.. Fig. 10
(ca T24 1133B.2.4.2; 1133B.2.4.3) (aDa 4.17.5, 4.13.6)

…

Pull-Side: level floor or landing must extend a min. of 60” deep. Fig. 9
(ca T24 1133B.2.4.2; 1133B.2.4.3)) (aDa 4.17.5, 4.13.6)

…

Door Width must be a min of 34” Fig. 10
(ca T24 1133B.2.4.2; 1133B.2.4.3) (aDa 4.17.5, 4.13.6)

… …

Strike Side: a min. of 18” wide × 60” min. depth. Fig. 9
(ca T24 1133B.2.4.2; 1133B.2.4.3) (aDa 4.17.5, 4.13.6)

Door width min. of 32” Fig. 9

(ca T24 1133B.2.4.2; 1133B.2.4.3) (aDa 4.17.5, 4.13.6)

ClEar SpaCE
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

315

49

SECTION

mulTiple-accommoDaTion ToileT
hinge-Side approach Swing-Out Compartment door
… Push-Side: Level floor or landing not is a min. of 48” deep (within stall) Fig. 11
(ca T24 1133B.2.4.2; 1133B.2.4.3) (aDa 4.17.5, 4.13.6)

… …

Pull-Side: Level floor or landing a min. 60” in depth. Fig. 11
(ca T24 1133B.2.4.2; 1133B.2.4.3) (aDa 4.17.5, 4.13.6)

Strike Side: A clear and level area shall extend a min. of 36” wide × 60” deep. Fig. 11
(ca T24 1133B.2.4.2; 1133B.2.4.3) (aDa 4.17.5, 4.13.6)

…
FIGurE 11

Door Width must be a min of 32” Fig. 11
(ca T24 1133B.2.4.2; 1133B.2.4.3) (aDa 4.17.5, 4.13.6)

Water Closet
… Height of water closet is 17” min. to 19” max. measured from the floor to the top of a maximum 2” high toilet seat. Fig. 12 and 13
(ca T24 1115B.4.1)

…

A 3” high seat shall be permitted only in alterations where the existing fixture is less than 15” high.
(ca T24 1115B.4.1.4) (aDa 4.16.3)

… …

Automatic “Spring to lifted position” not allowed
(ca T24 1115B.4.1.7) (aDa 4.16.3)

Centerline of water closet fixture (toilet) must be 18” from the side wall or partition. Fig. 12 and 13
(ca T24 1115B.4.1)

…
FIGurE 12

On the other side of the water closet, provide a min. of 28” wide clear floor space if the water closet is adjacent to a fixture or a min. of 32” wide clear floor space if the water closet is adjacent to a wall or partition. This clear floor space shall extend from the rear wall to the front of the water closet.
(ca T24 1115B.4.1) (aDa 4.17.3)

…

A min. 60” wide and 48” deep clear floor space shall be provided in front of the water closet.
(ca T24 1115B.4.1) (aDa 4.17.3)

…

Controls are operable with one hand, and do not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist. Fig. 3
(ca T24 1115B.4.1.5) (aDa 4.27.4)

…

Controls for flush valves are mounted on the side of toilet areas at a height above the floor level no more than 44” Fig. 3 Fig. 12 and 13
(aDa 4.16.5)

…
FIGurE 13

Max. force to operate controls is 5 lbf. Fig. 3
(aDa 4.27.4)

316

ClEar SpaCE / WaTEr ClOSETS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

mulTiple-accommoDaTion ToileT
Grab bars – Mounting location Side Wall
… The side grab bar shall be a min. of 42” long, located at a max. of 12” from the rear wall and must extend a min. of 54” from the rear wall with the front end positioned at a min. of 24” in front of the water closet. Fig. 12 and 13
(ca T24 1115B.4.1.3(3.1))

49

SECTION

…

The side grab bar shall be securely attached and centered 33” above and parallel to the floor. Fig. 12 and 13
(ca T24 1115B.4.1.3(3.1))

FIGurE 14

…

Maximum projection of grab bars into these clear spaces is 3”.
(ca T24 1115B.4.1.3) (aDa 4.17.6)

rear Wall
… The rear grab bar shall be a min. of 36” long and extend from the centerline of the water closet a min. of 12” on one side and a min. of 24” on the other side. Fig. 12 and 13
(ca T24 1115B.4.1.3(3.2)) (aDa 4.17.6)

FIGurE 15

…

The rear grab bar shall be securely attached and centered 33” above and parallel to the floor, except that where a tank-type toilet is used which obstructs placement at 33” the grab bar may be as high as 36” and the space between the grab bar and the top of the tank shall be a min. of 1½”. Fig. 12 and 13
(ca T24 1115B.4.1.3(3.2)) (aDa 4.17.6)

Grab bar dimensions
… Grab bar cross-section (diameter or width) is 1¼” to 1½” or its shape provides equivalent gripping surface. Fig. 14
(ca T24 1115B.7.1) (aDa 4.26.2)

FIGurE 16

…

The space between the handrail or grab bar and the wall is 1½”. Fig. 14
(ca T24 1115B.7.1) (aDa 4.26.2)

… …

Grab bars do not rotate within their fittings. Fig. 14
(ca T24 1115B.7.2.5) (aDa 4.26.3(5))

Grab bars and their adjacent surfaces are free of sharp or abrasive elements. Min. radius of edges is 1/8” Fig. 14
(ca T24 1115B.7.3) (aDa 4.26.4)

…

Max. projection of the grab bars into required clear spaces is 3”.
(ca T24 1115B.4.1.3) (aDa 4.17.6)

Grab barS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

317

49

SECTION

mulTiple-accommoDaTion ToileT
Grab bars – Structural Strength
… Grab bar is strong enough to withstand a 250 lbf. max. bending moment. Fig. 15
(ca T24 1115B.7.2.1) (aDa 4.26.3(1))

…

Grab bar is strong enough to withstand a max. shear resulting from 250 lbf load at supports. Fig. 16
(ca T24 1115B.7.2.2) (aDa 4.26.3(2))

…

Maximum shear force in a fastener or mounting device resulting from a 250 lbf point load is less than allowable lateral load of either the fastener or mounting device or it’s supporting structure, whichever is smaller. Fig. 17
(ca T24 1115B.7.2.3) (aDa 4.26.3(3))

FIGurE 17

…

Maximum tensile force induced in a fastener by a direct tension force of 250 lbf point load, plus max. moment resulting from a 250 pound force is less than the allowable withdrawal load between the fastener and the supporting structure. Fig. 18
(ca T24 1115B.7.2.4) (aDa 4.26.3(4))

Towel, Sanitary Napkins, Waste receptacles
…
FIGurE 18

Where towel, sanitary napkins, waste receptacles, and other similar dispensing and disposal fixtures are provided, at least one of each type is located with all operable parts, including coin slots, at max. height of 40”.
(ca T24 1115B.3) (aDa 4.23.7)

Toilet Tissue dispensers
… Toilet tissue dispensers are provided on a side wall of each water closet compartment within 12” of the front edge of toilet seat. Fig. 19
(ca T24 1115B.8.4)

… …

Toilet paper dispenser min. height from floor is 19”. Fig. 19
(ca T24 1115B.8.4) (aDa 4.16.6)

FIGurE 19

Dispensers that control delivery or that do not permit continuous paper flow may be not used. Fig. 19
(ca T24 1115B.8.4) (aDa 4.16.6)

…

Toilet paper dispenser mounted below the grab bar, at a min. height of 19” and a max. distance of 36” to the far edge from the rear wall. Fig. 12 and 13
(ca T24 1115B.8.3)

Interior Surfaces
… Toilet room floors have a smooth, hard, non-absorbent surface such as Portland cement, concrete, ceramic tile or other approved material and extend on to wall a height of 5”. Fig. 20
(ca T24 1115B.3.1.6)

FIGurE 20

…

At walls within water closet compartments and walls within 24” of front and side of urinals, the floor extends on to wall a height of 48”. Fig. 20 Except for structural elements, interior surface materials will not be adversely affected by moisture.

(ca T24 1115B.3.1.6)

…

(ca T24 1115B.3.1.6)

318

Grab barS / dISpENSErS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

mulTiple-accommoDaTion ToileT
ambulatory accessible Stall General
… Where 6 or more compartments are provided, at least one additional ambulatory accessible compartment must be provided. Fig. 21
(ca T24 1115B.3.1.5) (aDa 4.23.4)

49

SECTION

rear Wall
… The rear grab bar shall be a min. of 36” long and extend from the centerline of  the water closet a min. of 12” on one side and a min. of 24” on the other side. Fig. 12 and 13
(ca T24 1115B.4.1.3(3.2)) (aDa 4.17.6)

…

… …

Compartment must be 36” wide. Fig. 21
(ca T24 1115B.3.1.5)

Must have an outward swinging, self-closing door and parallel grab bars complying with the following Grab Bars requirements of Mounting Location and Dimensions
(ca T24 1115B.3.1.5)

The rear grab bar shall be securely attached and centered 33” above and parallel to the floor, except that where a tank-type toilet is used which obstructs placement at 33” the grab bar may be as high as 36” and the space between the grab bar and the top of  the tank shall be a min. of 1½”. Fig. 12 and 13
(ca T24 1115B.4.1.3(3.2)) (aDa 4.17.6)

Grab bars – Mounting location Side Wall
… The side grab bar shall be a min. of 42” long, located at a max. of 12” from the rear wall and must extend a min. of 54” from the rear wall with the front end positioned at a min. of 24” in front of the water closet. Fig. 12 and 13
(ca T24 1115B.4.1.3(3.1))

Grab bar dimensions
… Grab bar cross-section (diameter or width) is 1¼” to 1½” or its shape provides equivalent gripping surface. Fig. 14
(ca T24 1115B.7.1) (aDa 4.26.2)

…

The space between the handrail or grab bar and the wall is 1½” Fig. 14
(ca T24 1115B.7.1) (aDa 4.26.2)

… …

…

The side grab bar shall be securely attached and centered 33” above and parallel to the floor. Fig. 12 and 13
(ca T24 1115B.4.1.3(3.1))

Grab bars do not rotate within their fittings. Fig. 14
(ca T24 1115B.7.2.5) (aDa 4.26.3(5))

…

Maximum projection of grab bars into these clear spaces is 3”.
(ca T24 1115B.4.1.3) (aDa 4.17.6)

Grab bars and their adjacent surfaces are free of sharp or abrasive elements. Min. radius of edges is 1/8” Fig. 14
(ca T24 1115B.7.3) (aDa 4.26.4)

…

Max. projection of the grab bars into required clear spaces is 3”.
(ca T24 1115B.4.1.3) (aDa 4.17.6)

FIGurE 21

aMbulaTOry aCCESSIblE STall
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

319

49

SECTION

mulTiple-accommoDaTion ToileT

mulTiple accommoDaTion ToileT rooms comparTmenT Door clear space reQuiremenTs CA T24 1115B.3.1.4.5; ADA 4.23.4 areas oF DirecTions Door sWings From sTall Door sWings ouT
CA T24 1133B.2.4.2

Door sWings in
CA T24 1115B.3.1.5

FronT approach Pull Side area Strike Side Push Side Width of door x 60” (min) deep 18” (min) wide x 60” (min) deep Width of door (within stall) x 48” (min) deep Width of door x 60” (min) deep 18” (min) wide (within stall) x 60” (min) deep Width of door x 48” (min) deep (Measured perpendicular at door closed position) Width of door (within stall) x 60” (min) deep 18” (min) wide (within stall) x 60” (min) deep 48” (min) deep (Measured perpendicular at door closed position. Extends from hinge sided door to 24” (min) Width past latch edge of door) Width of door x 60” (min) deep (within stall) 18” (min) wide x 60” (min) deep 48” (min) deep (Measured perpendicular at door closed position) x 54” wide (measured from strike edge of door past hinged side)

laTch siDe approach Pull Side area Strike Side Push Side Width of door x 60” (min) deep 18” (min) wide x 60” (min) deep Width of door x 48” (min) deep (within stall)

hinge siDe approach Pull Side area Strike Side Push Side Width of door x 60” (min) deep 36” (min) wide x 60” (min) deep Width of door x 48” (min) deep (within stall)

320

MulTIplE-aCCOMMOdaTION TOIlET
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

mulTiple-accommoDaTion ToileT

49

SECTION

mulTiple accommoDaTion ToileT rooms accessiBle WaTer closeT FiXTures anD harDWare CA T24 1115B.3.1; ADA 4.23.4 WaTer closeTs FiXTures anD accessories DescripTion clear space coDes
CA T24 1115B.3.2.3, 1115B.4.1.5; ADA 4.16.5,4.27.4 CA T24 1115B.3.1.3, 1115B.3.1.4.1; ADA 4.17.3 CA T24 1115B.3.1.4.1; ADA 4.17.3 CA T24 1115B.3.1.4.1.1; ADA 4.17.3 CA T24 1115B.3.2.3, 1115B.4.1.2 CA T24 1115B.4.1.4; ADA 4.16.3 CA T24 1115B.4.1.4; ADA 4.16.3 CA T24 1115B.4.1.4; ADA 4.16.3 CA T24 1115B.3.2.3, 1115B.4.1.7; ADA4.16.3 CA T24 1115B.3.2.3, 1115B.4.1.5; ADA 4.16.5,4.27.4 CA T24 1115B.3.2.3, 1115B.4.1.4, 1115B.4.1.5; ADA 4.16.5

Controls are operable with one hand and do not require tight grasping, pinching or twisting Installation position from the centerline to the side wall or partition. Clear space dimension between the accessible Water Closet or (tank) and any other fixture or to side wall or partition that is located on the wide side . Clear space dimension between the accessible Water Closet or (tank) and any other fixture or to side wall or partition that is located on the wide side . Front of the Water Closet Height of Water Closet Toilet Seat Toilet seat in alteration where the existing fixture is less than 15” high. Automatic “Spring to lifted position” seat not allowed. The Flush ValVe Operable force required Installed always on wide side of toilet area harDWare, FiXTures anD accessories Automatic-closing device Adjusted so that from an open position of 70 degrees, the door will take at least 3 seconds to move to a point. Door Opening Hardware - Centered above floor surface between Privacy latch (push button-lever release recommended) Shall be installed on accessible door. (Flip over style, sliding or other hardware not requiring the user to grasp or twist.) 3” (75 mm) from the latch, measured to the leading edge of the door. 30” - 44” height 5lbf Max. 44” high maximum 18” minimum 28” minimum wide

32” minimum wide 60” minimum wide x 48” minimum deep 17”- 19” high (max). 2” high Max. 3” high Max.

CA T24 1133B.2.5.1; ADA 4.13.10 CA T24 1133b.2.5.2; ADA 4.13.9 CA T24 1115B.3.2.7, 1115B.3.1(4.5); ADA 4.13.9

MulTIplE-aCCOMMOdaTION TOIlET
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

321

50

SECTION

FronT TransFer ToileT sTall

In existing buildings or facilities, when the responsible enforcing agency determines that compliance with standard stalls would create an unreasonable hardship, a front or lateral water closet compartment (“front” is described below) may be used. See Section 51 for Side or Lateral Transfer Toilets, which are the preferred method.

322

FrONT TraNSFEr TOIlET STall
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

FronT TransFer ToileT sTall
Clear Space
„ Water closet compartment size must be an absolute 36” wide. „ Minimum 48”-long clear space must be provided in front of the water closet. „ The compartment size must be an absolute 18” from one side wall to the center of the water closet fixture.

50
GRAB BARS
Minimum Maximum 1½ inches 1½ inches

SECTION

GeneRAl / DimenSionS / FiniSh Grab bar diameter Grab bar edge radius Grab bar clearance from wall 1¼ inches 1/8 inch 1½ inches

Water Closets / Toilet Seats
„ The water closet should be 17” to 19” high, measured from the floor to the top of toilet seat. z The toilet seat may be no higher than 2”. z A 3”-high seat may be permitted, but only in alterations where the existing water closet is less than 15” high. z Automatic “spring to lifted position” seats are not allowed.

Grab bars and adjacent surfaces must be free of sharp or abrasive elements, and should not rotate within their fittings. All required clear spaces assume 3" max. encroachment (grab bar max. diameter plus clearance from wall) of grab bars into specified clear spaces. SiDe GRAB BARS Height (from floor to center of bar, parallel to floor) Forward end of bar to front of toilet seat Forward end of bar to back wall Back end of bar to back wall Bar length ReAR GRAB BARS Height (from floor to center of bar, parallel to floor) Height if toilet tank obstructs 33"-high installation Side end of bar to side wall Out side of tank to outside end of bar Bar length Point Load Bending Moment Shear (load at supports) 36" GRAB BAR DynAmicS / StRenGth 250 lbs. 250 lbs. 250 lbs. 33 inches 33 inches 33 inches 36 inches 6 inches 12 inches 42 inches 33 inches 24 inches 54 inches 12 inches 33 inches

Flush Valves
Flush valve controls: „ Must operate with one hand. „ Must operate with a force not exceeding 5 lbf. „ Must not require tight grasping pinching or twisting of the wrist. „ Must be mounted on the wide side of toilet areas no higher than 44” above the finished floor.

Fastener or mounting device strength must be greater than the maximum shear force induced in a fastener or mounting device resulting from a 250-lb. load. Supporting structure (wall) strength must be greater than the maximum shear force induced in a fastener or mounting device resulting from a 250-lb. load. Allowable withdrawal load between the fastener and the supporting structure must be greater than (Maximum tensile force induced in the fastener(s) used) + (Maximum moment resulting from a 250-lb force).

ClEar SpaCE / WaTEr ClOSET / FluSh ValVES (CONTrOlS)
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

323

50
Compartment doors / Closer

SECTION

FronT TransFer ToileT sTall
hardware
„ The hardware for compartment door handles and locks should be centered between 30” and 44” above the floor. „ Both the inside and the outside of a compartment door should be equipped with a loop or U-shaped handle immediately below the latch. „ The door latch may be flip-over style, sliding, or other hardware not requiring grasping or twisting.

„ Doors must open (swing) outwards, and they must be equipped with an automatic closing device. „ Sweep period of the closer: z From an open position of 70°, door must take at least 3 seconds to move to a point 3” from the latch, measured to the leading edge of the door. See Doors & Doorways (Section 29).

door widths
„ For doors located on the end of the water closet compartment (opposite the water closet): z Clear opening width must be at least 32” when the door is positioned at an angle of 90° from its closed position. „ For doors located on the side of the water closet compartment: z Clear opening width must be at least 34” when the door is positioned at an angle of 90° from its closed position. „ If standard compartment doors are used (which provide a minimum 9” toe clearance and a self-closing device), a level area on the strike side of the door (at least 24” for exterior doors and 18” for interior doors) is not required. See Doors & Doorways (Section 29).

Toilet Tissue dispensers
„ Toilet tissue dispensers must be located on a wall of each water closet compartment: z Within 12” of the front edge of the toilet seat. z At least 19” above finished floor level. „ Toilet tissue dispensers that control delivery or that do not permit continuous paper flow may not used.

Interior Surfaces
„ Toilet room floors should have a smooth, hard, nonabsorbent surface (e.g., Portland cement, concrete, ceramic tile, or other approved material). z The floor material should extend up the wall at least 5”. z At walls within water closet compartments, and at walls within 24” of front and side of urinals, the floor or equivalent nonabsorbent material must extend onto the wall at least 48”. „ Except for structural elements, interior surface materials must not be adversely affected by moisture.

324

COMparTMENT dOOrS / dOOr hardWarE / aCCESSOrIES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

FronT TransFer ToileT sTall
GENEral rEQuIrEMENTS
… In existing buildings or facilities, when enforcing agency determines that compliance with standard water closet compartment requirements would create an unreasonable hardship, front or lateral toilet compartment (alternate) described below may be used.
(ca T24 1115B.3.2) (aDa 4.17.3)

50

SECTION

…

Water closet compartment size shall be an absolute 36” wide. Fig. 1
(ca T24 1115B.3.2) (aDa 4.22.4)

…

Minimum 48” long clear space shall be provided in front of water closet. Fig. 1
(ca T24 1115B.3.2) (aDa 4.17.3)

…

Compartment size shall be an absolute 18” from one side wall to the center of the water closet. Fig. 1
(ca T24 1115B.4.1.1) (aDa 4.17.3)

…

Height of water closet is 17” to 19” measured from the floor to the top of a max. 2” high toilet seat. Fig. 2
(ca T24 1115B.4.1.4) (aDa 4.16.3)

… …

Automatic “spring to lifted position” seats are not allowed.
(ca T24 1115B.4.1.7) (aDa 4.16.3)

FIGurE 1

Controls are operable with one hand, and do not require tight grasping, pinching or twisting of the wrist.
(ca T24 1115B.4.1.5) (aDa 4.27.4)

…

Controls for flush valves are mounted on the wide side of the water closet compartment at height of 44” max. above the floor. Fig. 2
(ca T24 1115B.4.1.5) (aDa 4.16.5)

…

Maximum force to operate controls is 5 lb. Fig. 2
(ca T24 1115B.4.1.5) (aDa 4.27.4)

Grab bars
… Minimum length of side grab bar at side wall is 42” with front end positioned 24” in front of the water closet. Fig. 3
(ca T24 1115B.4.1.3.1) (aDa 4.22.4)

FIGurE 2

…

Parallel grab bars shall be located on each side wall of a water closet compartment. Fig. 3
(ca T24 1115B.4.1.3.1) (aDa 4.22.4)

…

Front end of side grab bar shall be 54” min. and rear end 12” max. from back wall. Fig. 3
(ca T24 1115B.4.1.3.1) (aDa 4.17.6)

…

Height of grab bar is 33” above and parallel to floor. Grab bar is securely attached. Fig. 3
(ca T24 1115B.4.1.3.1) (aDa 4.17.6)

… …

Grab bars do not rotate within their fittings. Fig. 4
(ca T24 1115B.4.1.3) (aDa 4.26.3(5))

Grab bars and their adjacent surfaces are free of sharp or abrasive elements. Min. radius of all edges is 1/8”. Fig.4
(ca T24 1115B.4.1.3) (aDa 4.26.4)

FIGurE 3

ClEar SpaCE / hEIGhT / FluSh ValVES (CONTrOlS) / Grab barS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

325

50

SECTION

FronT TransFer ToileT sTall
Grab bar diameter or Width
… Cross section of rails is 1¼” to 1½” in diameter or the shape provides an equivalent gripping surface. Fig. 5
(ca T24 1115B.4.1.3) (aDa 4.26.2)

…

If handrails or grab bars are mounted to adjacent to a wall, the space between the wall and the grab bar is 1½”. Fig. 5
(ca T24 1115B.4.1.3) (aDa 4.26.2)

Structural Strength
FIGurE 4

…

Grab bar materials are strong enough to withstand a max. bending moment resulting from a 250 lb. point load. See also Grab Bars. Fig. 6A
(ca T24 1115B.4.1.3) (aDa 4.26.3(1))

…

Grab bar is strong enough to withstand a max. shear resulting from 250 lbf. load at supports. Fig. 6B
(ca T24 1115B.4.1.3) (aDa 4.26.3(2))

…
FIGurE 5

Max. shear force in a fastener or mounting device resulting from a 250 lbf is less than allowable lateral load of either the fastener or mounting device or supporting structure, whichever is the smaller allowable load. Fig. 6C
(ca T24 1115B.4.1.3) (aDa 4.26.3(3))

…

Max. tensile force induced in a fastener plus the max. moment resulting from a 250 lbf. is less than the allowable withdrawal load between the fastener and the supporting structure. Fig. 6D
(ca T24 1115B.4.1.3) (aDa 4.26.3(4))

FIGurE 6a

FIGurE 6b

FIGurE 6C

FIGurE 6d

326

Grab barS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

FronT TransFer ToileT sTall
Compartment doors
… Compartment doors are outward swinging and have an automatic closing device. Sweep period of the closer is adjusted so that from an open position of 70º, the door takes at least 3 seconds to move to a point 3” from the latch, measured to the leading edge of the door. See Doors & Doorways section 29, Clear Space at Doors. Fig. 7
(ca T24 1115B.3.2) (aDa 4.23.4)

50

SECTION

… …

The clear opening width is 32”. Fig. 7
(ca T24 1115B.4.1.3) (aDa 4.13.5)

Minimum clear space in front of compartment door is 48” in its closed position. Fig. 7
(ca T24 1115B.3.2) (aDa 4.17.3)

…

The hardware for compartment door handles and locks is centered between 30” and 44” above the finish floor. Fig. 7
(ca T24 1133B.2.5.2)

FIGurE 7

FIGurE 8

…

The inside and outside of the stall door is equipped with a loop or U-shaped handle immediately below the latch. Fig. 7
(ca T24 1115B.3.1.4.5) (aDa 4.13.9)

…

The latch is a flip-over, sliding, or other hardware style not requiring grasping or twisting. Fig. 8
(ca T24 1115B.3.1.4.5) (aDa 4.13.9)

Toilet Tissue dispensers
… Dispensers are located on a side wall of each compartment, within 12” of front edge of toilet seat and 19” min. height from the floor to center of the dispenser. Fig. 9
(ca T24 1115B.4.1) (aDa 4.16.6)

…

Dispensers that control delivery or that do not permit continuous paper flow shall not be used. Fig. 9
(ca T24 1115B.4.1) (aDa 4.16.6)

FIGurE 9

Interior Surfaces
… Walls within compartments are smooth, hard and nonabsorbent to 48” in height and shall not be adversely affected by moisture. Fig. 10
(ca T24 1115B.3.2.5)

…

Floors shall have a smooth, hard non-absorbent surface such as portland cement, concrete, ceramic tile or other approved material which extends upward onto the walls at least 5”. Fig. 10
(ca T24 1115B.3.2.5)

FIGurE 10

COMparTMENT dOOrS / dOOr hardWarE / aCCESSOrIES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

327

50
1. Minimum width, between walls 2. minimum Clear Space at the front of Water Closet

SECTION

FronT TransFer ToileT sTall

DescripTion

FronT TransFer ToileT Design 36” (1115B.3.2) (4.22.4) 48” (1115B.3.2) (4.17.3) 3. ToileT comparTmenT

3.1. interior Dimensions on a Tank-Type Toilet A. Wall-Mounted Water Closet - minimum B. Floor-Mounted Water Closet - minimum 3.2. compartment Doors A. Outward-swinging, front entry self-closing door B. Stall Door Opening C. Hardware for compartment door handles and locks is centered above the finish door. D. Inside and outside of the Stall Door is equipped with a loop or U-shaped handle immediately below the latch. E. Latch is a flip-over, sliding, or other hardware not requiring grasping or twisting. 3.3 Water closet A. Accessible Water Closet and toilet accessories B. In new construction and alterations, centerline of the Water Closet from the nearest side-wall C. Water Closet top of toilet seat from the floor surface with 2” high toilet seat. (Automatic “spring to lifted position“ seats are not allowed) (1115B.4.1.7) D. Water Closet controls are operable with one hand and do not require tight grasping, pinching or twisting. 3.3 Flush Valve A. Controls for flush valve maximum distance above the floor B. maximum force required to operate the flush valve. C. Flush Control hand-operated /automatic 4. graB Bars 4.1 Parallel grab bars provided on toilet compartment 4.2 Flush valve on the wide side of the toilet area. 4.3 Grab bars within the accessible compartment 4.4 side grab Bars A. minimum length B. Extend a maximum from the back wall C. Front ends positioned in front of the water closet. D. Front ends located from the back wall E. Securely attached and are mounted to the center of the bar above and parallel to floor 4.5 Back grab Bars A. minimum length B. Extend from the centerline of the water closet C. Securely attached and mounted to the center of the bar above and parallel to floor. (For tank type toilets, 36” may be allowed if tank obstructs placement of bar) D. minimum Space between the rear grab bar & top of the toilet tank. 4.6 Grab Bar Diameter or width of the gripping surface. 4.7 Space between the Grab bar and adjacent wall. 4.8 Grab Bar do not rotate within their fittings. 4.9 The Grab Bar and any wall or other surface adjacent to it is free of any sharp or abrasive elements. 4.10 minimum radius on any edge of Grab Bars. 4.11 minimum structural strength 5. ToileT Tissue Dispensers 5.1 Mounted a maximum Distance from the back wall to the front of the dispenser. 5.2 Dispenser located within front edge of water closet. 5.3 Centered at the minimum height from the floor to the centerline of the dispenser. 5.4 Allows for the continuous paper flow and does not control delivery. 6. inTerior surFaces 6.1 Walls within compartment are smooth, hard & non-absorbent, and are not adversely affected by moisture, (Portland cement, concrete, ceramic tile or other approved material) 6.2 Toilet room floor surfaces are smooth, hard & non-absorbent, and are not adversely affected by moisture, (Portland cement, concrete, ceramic tile or other approved material) 48” min. in height (1115B.3.2.5) 5” min. (1115B.3.2.5) 36” (1115B.4.1) (4.23.4) On the side wall below the grab bar within 12” of the front edge of the toilet seat (1115B.4.1) (4.16.6) 19” (1115B.4.1) (4.16.6)  (1115B.4.1) (4.16.6) None None None None 1¼” to 1½” or the shape provides an equivalent gripping surface (1115B.4.1.3) (4.26.2) 1½” (1115B.4.1.3) (4.26.2)  (1115B.4.1.3) (4.26.3 (5))  (1115B.4.1.3) (4.26.4) 1/8” (1115B.4.1.3) (4.26.4) 250 lb. Point load (1115B.4.1.3) (4.26.3) 42”min. (1115B.4.1.3.1) (4.22.4) 12” (1115B.4.1.3.1) (4.22.4) 24” min. (1115B.4.1.3.1) (4.17.6) 54” (1115B.4.1.3.1) (4.17.6) 33” (1115B.4.1.3.2) (4.17.6) Both sides (1115B.4.1.3) (4.22.4) No None 44” (1115B.4.1.5) (4.16.5) 5 lb. (1115B.4.1.5) (4.27.5)  (1115B.4.1.5) (4.27.5)  (4.22.4) Absolute 18” (1115B.4.1.1) (4.22.4) 17” to 19” (1115B.4.1.4) (4.22.4)  (1115B.4.1.5) (4.27.4) Outward 32” min. (1115B.3.2) (4.22.4) 32” clear (1115B.4.1.3) (4.13.5) between 30” and 44” (1133B.2.5.2)  (1115B.3.1.4.5) (4.13.9)  (1115B.3.1.4.5) (4.13.9) 48” wide by 66” deep (4.17.3) 48” wide by 69” deep (4.17.3)

328

FrONT TraNSFEr TOIlET STall
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

siDe (laTeral) TransFer ToileT sTall

51

SECTION

In existing buildings or facilities, when the responsible enforcing agency determines that compliance with standard water closet compartments would create an unreasonable hardship, a front or lateral compartment (“lateral” is described below) may be used. (See Section 50 for Front Transfer Toilets.) Otherwise, side (lateral) transfer compartments are the preferred method.

SIdE (laTEral) TraNSFEr TOIlET STall
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

329

51
Clear Spaces

SECTION

siDe (laTeral) TransFer ToileT sTall

„ A minimum 48” clear space approach to the compartment’s door must be provided „ Inside the compartment, a minimum 32”-long clear space must be provided in front of the water closet. „ A 32” clear space must be provided from one wall to the water closet (space alongside water closet). „ The compartment size must be an absolute 18” from one side wall to the center of the water closet fixture.

graB Bars Minimum general / Dimensions / Finish Grab bar diameter Grab bar edge radius Grab bar clearance from wall 1¼ inches 1/8 inch 1½ inches 1½ inches 1½ inches Maximum

Water Closets / Toilet Seats
„ The water closet should be 17” to 19” high, measured from the floor to the top of toilet seat. z The toilet seat may be no higher than 2”. z A 3”-high seat may be permitted, but only in alterations where the existing water closet is less than 15” high. z Automatic “spring to lifted position” seats are not allowed.

Grab bars and adjacent surfaces must be free of sharp or abrasive elements, and should not rotate within their fittings. All required clear spaces assume 3" max. encroachment (grab bar max. diameter plus clearance from wall) of grab bars into specified clear spaces. siDe graB Bars Height (from floor to center of bar, parallel to floor) Forward end of bar to front of toilet seat Forward end of bar to back wall Back end of bar to back wall Bar length Height (from floor to center of bar, parallel to floor) Height if toilet tank obstructs 33"high installation Side end of bar to side wall Out side of tank to outside end of bar Bar length Point Load Bending Moment Shear (load at supports) 36" graB Bar Dynamics / sTrengTh 250 lbs. 250 lbs. 250 lbs. 42 inches rear graB Bars 33 inches 33 inches 33 inches 36 inches 6 inches 12 inches 33 inches 24 inches 54 inches 12 inches 33 inches

Flush Valves
Flush valve controls: „ Must operate with one hand. „ Must operate with a force not exceeding 5 lbf. „ Must not require tight grasping pinching or twisting of the wrist. „ Must be mounted on the wide side of compartment no higher than 44” above the finished floor.

Fastener or mounting device strength must be greater than the maximum shear force induced in a fastener or mounting device resulting from a 250-lb. load. Supporting structure (wall) strength must be greater than the maximum shear force induced in a fastener or mounting device resulting from a 250-lb. load. Allowable withdrawal load between the fastener and the supporting structure must be greater than (Maximum tensile force induced in the fastener(s) used) + (Maximum moment resulting from a 250-lb force).

330

ClEar SpaCE / hEIGhT / FluSh ValVES (CONTrOlS) / Grab barS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

SECTION

siDe (laTeral) TransFer ToileT sTall
Compartment doors / Closer
„ Compartment doors must open (swing) outwards, and they must be equipped with an automatic closing device. „ Sweep period of the closer: z From an open position of 70°, door must take at least 3 seconds to move to a point 3” from the latch, measured to the leading edge of the door. See Doors & Doorways (Section 29).

51

„ Both the inside and the outside of a stall door should be equipped with a loop or U-shaped handle immediately below the latch. „ The door latch may be flip-over style, sliding, or other hardware not requiring grasping or twisting.

Toilet Tissue dispensers
„ Toilet tissue dispensers must be located on a side wall of each water closet compartment: z Within 12” of the front edge of the toilet seat. z At least 19” above finished floor level. „ Toilet tissue dispensers that control delivery or that do not permit continuous paper flow may not used.

door widths
„ For doors located on the end of the compartment (opposite the water closet): z Clear opening width must be at least 32” when the door is positioned at an angle of 90° from its closed position. „ For compartment doors located on the side of the water closet compartment: z Clear opening width must be at least 34” when the door is positioned at an angle of 90° from its closed position. „ If standard compartment doors are used (which provide a minimum 9” toe clearance and a self-closing device), a level area on the strike side of the door (at least 24” for exterior doors and 18” for interior doors) is not required. See Doors & Doorways (Section 29).

Interior Surfaces
„ Toilet room floors should have a smooth, hard, nonabsorbent surface (e.g., Portland cement, concrete, ceramic tile, or other approved material). z The floor material should extend up the wall at least 5”. z At walls within water closet compartments, and at walls within 24” of front and side of urinals, the floor or equivalent nonabsorbent material must extend onto the wall at least 48”. „ Except for structural elements, interior surface materials must not be adversely affected by moisture.

hardware
„ The hardware for compartment door handles and locks should be centered between 30” and 44” above the floor.

COMparTMENT dOOrS / dOOr hardWarE / SurFaCES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

331

51

SECTION

siDe (laTeral) TransFer ToileT sTall
GENEral rEQuIrEMENTS
… In existing buildings or facilities, when enforcing agency determines that compliance with standard water closet compartment requirements would create an unreasonable hardship, front or lateral compartments (alternate) described below may be used.
(ca 1115B.3.2) (aDa 4.17.3).

…

Minimum 48” long clear space shall be provided in front of water closet. Fig. 1
(ca T24 1115B.3.2) (aDa 4.17.3)

…

There shall be a 48” min. wide clear space from a wall at one side of the water closet. Fig. 1
(ca T24 1115B.3.2)

…

Compartment size shall be an absolute 18” from one side wall to center of water closet. Fig. 1
(ca T24 1115B.4.1.1) (aDa 4.22.4)

…

Height of water closet is 17” to 19” measured from the floor to the top of a max. 2” high toilet seat. Fig. 2
(ca T24 1115B.4.1.4) (aDa 4.16.3)

… …

Automatic “spring to lifted position” seats are not allowed.
(ca T24 1115B.4.1.7) (aDa 4.16.3)

Controls are operable with one hand, and do not require tight grasping, pinching or twisting of the wrist. Fig. 2
(ca T24 1115B.4.1.5) (aDa 4.27.4)

…

Controls for flush valves are mounted on the wide side of the compartment at height of 44” max. above the floor. Fig. 1
(ca T24 1115B.4.1.5) (aDa 4.16.5)

…

Max force to operate controls is 5 lbf. Fig. 2
(ca T24 1115B.4.1.5) (aDa 4.27.4)

FIGurE 1

FIGurE 2

332

ClEar SpaCE / hEIGhT aNd SEaTS / FluSh ValVES (CONTrOlS)
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

siDe (laTeral) TransFer ToileT sTall
Grab bars
… Minimum length of grab bar at side wall is 42” with front end positioned 24” in front of the water closet. Fig. 3
(ca T24 1115B.4.1.3.1) (aDa 4.17.6)

51

SECTION

…

Rear grab bar shall be at least 36” long, and shall begin a max. of 6” from the corner of the wall on the toilet side. Fig. 3
(ca T24 1115B.4.1.3.2) (aDa 4.17.6)

…

Front end of grab bar shall be 54” min. from the back wall and rear end 12” max from back wall. Fig. 3
(ca T24 1115B.4.1.3.1) (aDa 4.17.6)

…

Height of grab bar is 33” above and parallel to floor except that where a tank-type toilet used obstructs the 33” placement, the grab bar may be as high as 36”. Grab bar is securely attached. Fig. 3
(ca T24 1115B.4.1.3.2) (aDa 4.17.6)

… …

Grab bars do not rotate within their fittings. Fig. 4
(ca T24 1115B.4.1.3) (aDa 4.26.3(5))

Grab bars and their adjacent surfaces are free of sharp or abrasive elements. Min. radius of all edges is 1/8”. Fig. 4
(ca T24 1115B.4.1.3) (aDa 4.26.4)

FIGurE 3

Grab bar diameter or Width
… Cross section of rails is 1¼” to 1½” in diameter or the shape provides an equivalent gripping surface. Fig. 5
(ca T24 1115B.4.1.3) (aDa 4.26.2)

…

If handrails or grab bars are mounted adjacent to a wall, the space between the wall and the grab bar is 1½”. Fig. 5
(ca T24 1115B.4.1.3) (aDa 4.26.2)

FIGurE 4

Structural Strength
… Grab bar materials are strong enough to withstand a max. bending moment resulting from a 250 lb. point load. See also Grab Bars, Section 52.
(ca T24 1115B.4.1.3) (aDa 4.26.3(1))

FIGurE 5

FIGurE 6

Grab barS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

333

51

SECTION

siDe (laTeral) TransFer ToileT sTall
Compartment doors
… Compartment doors have an automatic closing device and shall be outward swinging. Sweep period of the closer is adjusted so that from an open position of 70 degrees, the door takes at least 3 seconds to move to a point 3” from the latch, measured to the leading edge of the door. See Doors & Doorways Section 29, Clear Space at Doors. Fig. 7
(ca T24 1115B.3.2) (aDa 4.13.10)

… …
FIGurE 7 FIGurE 8

The clear opening width is 32”. Fig. 7
(ca T24 1115B.7.1.4) (aDa 4.13.5)

Minimum clear space in front of the compartment door (in its closed position) is 48”. Fig. 7
(ca T24 1115B.3.2) (aDa 4.17.3)

…

When standard compartment doors are used with a min. 9” clearance for footrests underneath and a self-closing device, clearance at strike edge as in CA T24 1115B.3.2 is not required. Fig. 7
(ca T24 1133B.2.5.1)

…

The hardware for compartment door handles and locks is centered between 30” and 44” above the finish floor. Fig. 7
(ca T24 1133B.2.5.2)

…

The inside and outside of stall door is equipped with a loop or U-shaped handle immediately below the latch. Fig. 7
(ca T24 1115B.3.1.4.5) (aDa 4.13.9)

…

The latch is flip-over style, sliding, or other hardware not requiring grasping or twisting. Fig. 8
(ca T24 1115B.3.1.4.5) (aDa 4.13.9)

FIGurE 9

Toilet Tissue dispensers
… Dispensers are located on a compartment side wall within 12” of front edge of toilet seat and 19” min. height from the floor to center of the dispenser. Fig. 9
(ca T24 1115B.8.4) (aDa 4.16.6)

…

Dispensers that control delivery or that do not permit continuous paper flow are not used. Fig. 9
(ca T24 1115B.8.4) (aDa 4.16.6)

Interior Surfaces
… Walls within compartment are smooth, hard and nonabsorbent to 48” in height and such walls are not adversely affected by moisture. Fig. 10
(ca T24 1115B.3.2.5)

FIGurE 10

…

Floors shall have a smooth, hard nonabsorbent surface such as portland cement, concrete, ceramic tile or other approved material which extends upward onto the walls at least 5”. Fig. 10
(ca T24 1115B.3.2.5)

334

COMparTMENT dOOrS / dOOr hardWarE / SurFaCES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

siDe (laTeral) TransFer ToileT sTall

51

SECTION

DescripTion 1. Minimum width, between walls 2. minimum Clear Space at the front of Water Closet 3. ToileT comparTmenT 3.1. interior Dimensions on a Tank-Type Toilet A. Wall-Mounted Water Closet - minimum B. Floor-Mounted Water Closet - minimum 3.2. compartment Doors A. Outward-swinging, front entry self-closing door B. Stall Door Opening C. Hardware for compartment door handles and locks is centered above the finish door. D. Inside and outside of the Stall Door is equipped with a loop or U-shaped handle immediately below the latch. E. Latch is a flip-over, sliding, or other hardware not requiring grasping or twisting. 3.3 Water closet A. Accessible Water Closet & Toilet Accessories B. In New Construction & Alteration Centerline of the Water Closet from the nearest side-wall C. Water Closet Top of Toilet Seat from the floor Surface with 2” high toilet seat. (Automatic “spring to lifted position“ seats are not allowed) (1115B.4.1.7) D. Water Closet control are operable with one hand and do not require tight grasping, pinching or twisting. 3.3 Flush Valve A. Controls for Flush valve maximum distance above the floor B. maximum force required to operate the flush valve. C. Flush Control hand-operated /automatic 4. graB Bars 4.1 Parallel grab bars provided on toilet compartment 4.2 Flush valve on the wide side of the toilet area. 4.3 Grab bars within the accessible compartment 4.4 side grab Bars A. minimum length B. Extend a maximum from the back wall C. Front Ends positioned in front of the eater closet. D. Front Ends located from the back wall E. Securely attached and are mounted to the center of the bar above & parallel to floor 4.5 Back grab Bars A. minimum length B. Extend from the centerline of the water closet C. Securely attached and is mounted to the center of the bar above & parallel to floor. (For Tank type toilets, 36” may be allowed if tank obstructs placement of bar) D. minimum Space between the rear grab bar & top of the toilet tank. 4.6 Grab Bar Diameter or width of the gripping surface. 4.7 Space between the Grab bar & adjacent wall. 4.8 Grab Bar do not rotate within their fittings. 4.9 The Grab Bar & any wall or other surface adjacent to it is free of any sharp or abrasive elements. 4.10 minimum radius on any edge of Grab Bars. 4.11 minimum Structural Strength 5. ToileT Tissue Dispensers 5.1 Mounted a maximum Distance from the back wall to the front of the dispenser. 5.2 Dispenser located within front edge of water closet. 5.3 Centered at the minimum height from the floor to the centerline of the dispenser. 5.4 Allows for the continuous paper flow & does not control delivery. 6. inTerior surFaces 6.1 Walls within compartment are smooth, hard & non-absorbent, and are not adversely affected by moisture, (Portland cement, concrete, ceramic tile or other approved material) 6.2 Toilet room floor surfaces are smooth, hard & non-absorbent, and are not adversely affected by moisture, (Portland cement, concrete, ceramic tile or other approved material)

siDe (laTeral) TransFer Design 48” (1115B.3.2) (4.22.4) 48” (1115B.3.2) (4.17.3)

48” wide by 66” deep (4.17.3) 48” wide by 69” deep (4.17.3) Outward 32” min. (1115B.3.2) (4.22.4) 32” clear (1115B.4.1.3) (4.13.5) between 30” and 44” (1133B.2.5.2)  (1115B.3.1.4.5) (4.13.9)  (1115B.3.1.4.5) (4.13.9)  (4.22.2) Absolute 18” (1115B.4.1.4) (4.22.4) 17” to 19” (1115B.4.1.4) (4.22.4)  (1115B.4.1.5) (4.27.4) 44” (1115B.4.1.5) (4.16.5) 5 lb. (1115B.4.1.5) (4.27.5)  (1115B.4.1.5) (4.27.5) None  (1115B.3.2.3) (4.16.5) Side wall closest to the water closet & on the back wall (1115B.3.2.3) (4.17.6) 42” min. (1115B.4.1.3.1) (4.17.6) 12” (1115B.4.1.3.1) (4.17.6) 24” min. (1115B.4.1.3.1) (4.17.6) 54” (1115B.4.1.3.1) (4.17.6) 33” to 36” (1115B.4.1.3.2) (4.17.6) 36” long (1115B.4.1.3) (4.17.6) 12” min. on one side & 24” min. toward the open side (1115B.3.2.3) (4.17.6) 33” (1115B.3.2.3) (4.17.6) 1½” (1115B.3.2.3) 1¼” to 1½” or the shape provides an equivalent gripping surface (1115B.4.1.3) (4.26.2) 1½” (1115B.4.1.3) (4.26.2)  (1115B.4.1.3) (4.26.3 (5))  (1115B.4.1.3) (4.26.4) 1/8” (1115B.4.1.3) (4.26.4) 250 lb. Point load (1115B.4.1.3) (4.26.3) 36” (1115B.4.1) (4.23.4) On the side wall below the grab bar within 12” of the front edge of the toilet seat (1115B.4.1) (4.16.6) 19” (1115B.4.1) (4.16.6)  (1115B.4.1) (4.16.6) 48” min in height (1115B.3.2.5) 5” min. (1115B.3.2.5)

SIdE (laTEral) TraNSFEr TOIlET STall
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

335

52

SECTION

graB Bars

„ Grab bars are required in sanitary facilities (restrooms), around toilets, and in conjuntion with accessible bathtubs and showers. z See the specific other Section for details on their installation and use. The Table below is reproduced in those Sections (and sometimes modified), as needed.
graB Bars Minimum
general / Dimensions / Finish Grab bar diameter Grab bar edge radius Grab bar clearance from wall 1¼ inches 1/8 inch 1½ inches 1½ inches 1½ inches

Maximum

Grab bars and adjacent surfaces must be free of sharp or abrasive elements, and should not rotate within their fittings. All required clear spaces assume 3" max. encroachment (grab bar max. diameter plus clearance from wall) of grab bars into specified clear spaces. siDe graB Bars Height (from floor to center of bar, parallel to floor) Forward end of bar to front of toilet seat Forward end of bar to back wall Back end of bar to back wall Bar length Height (from floor to center of bar, parallel to floor) Height if toilet tank obstructs 33"-high installation Side end of bar to side wall Out side of tank to outside end of bar Bar length Point Load Bending Moment Shear (load at supports) 36" graB Bar Dynamics / sTrengTh 250 lbs. 250 lbs. 250 lbs. 42 inches rear graB Bars 33 inches 33 inches 33 inches 36 inches 6 inches 12 inches 33 inches 24 inches 54 inches 12 inches 33 inches

Fastener or mounting device strength must be greater than the maximum shear force induced in a fastener or mounting device resulting from a 250-lb. load. Supporting structure (wall) strength must be greater than the maximum shear force induced in a fastener or mounting device resulting from a 250-lb. load. Allowable withdrawal load between the fastener and the supporting structure must be greater than (Maximum tensile force induced in the fastener(s) used) + (Maximum moment resulting from a 250-lb force).

336

Grab barS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

graB Bars
basic dimensions
„ The diameter or width of grab bars must be between 1¼” to 1½”, or a shape that provides an equivalent gripping surface. „ Grab bars must be finished with a smooth surface. z The bar must be free from sharp and/or abrasive elements. z Grab bar edges must have a radius of at least 1/8”. „ The clearance from wall surface to grab bar surface must be at least 1½”. „ Grab bars must not rotate within their fittings.

52
graB Bars Minimum
general / Dimensions / Finish

SECTION

Maximum
1½ inches 1½ inches

Grab bar diameter Grab bar edge radius Grab bar clearance from wall

1¼ inches 1/8 inch 1½ inches

dynamics / Structural Strength
„ Grab bars, shower seats and their materials must be strong enough to withstand a maximum bending moment resulting from a 250-lb. point load. „ Grab bars, shower seats and their materials must be strong enough to withstand a maximum shear stress resulting from 250-lbf. load. „ Grab bar and shower seat supports must provide the same strength as required of grab bars, shower seats, and their materials: z The maximum shear force induced in a fastener or mounting device resulting from a 250-lbf must be less than the allowable lateral load of either: (a) the fastener or mounting device, or (b) supporting structure; whichever is the smaller. z The maximum tensile force induced in a fastener, when combined with the maximum moment resulting from a 250-lbf. must be less than the allowable withdrawal load between the fastener and the supporting structure.

Grab bars and adjacent surfaces must be free of sharp or abrasive elements, and should not rotate within their fittings. All required clear spaces assume 3" max. encroachment (grab bar max. diameter plus clearance from wall) of grab bars into specified clear spaces. siDe graB Bars Height (from floor to center of bar, parallel to floor) Forward end of bar to front of toilet seat Forward end of bar to back wall Back end of bar to back wall Bar length Height (from floor to center of bar, parallel to floor) Height if toilet tank obstructs 33"-high installation Side end of bar to side wall Out side of tank to outside end of bar Bar length Point Load Bending Moment Shear (load at supports) 36" graB Bar Dynamics / sTrengTh 250 lbs. 250 lbs. 250 lbs. 42 inches rear graB Bars 33 inches 33 inches 33 inches 36 inches 6 inches 12 inches 33 inches 24 inches 54 inches 12 inches 33 inches

Fastener or mounting device strength must be greater than the maximum shear force induced in a fastener or mounting device resulting from a 250-lb. load. Supporting structure (wall) strength must be greater than the maximum shear force induced in a fastener or mounting device resulting from a 250-lb. load. Allowable withdrawal load between the fastener and the supporting structure must be greater than (Maximum tensile force induced in the fastener(s) used) + (Maximum moment resulting from a 250-lb force).

baSIC dIMENSIONS / dyNaMICS / STrENGTh
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

337

52

SECTION

graB Bars
GENEral rEQuIrEMENTS
… All Grab Bars must comply with this section.
(ca T24 1115B.7) (aDa 4.26.1)

projection
… Grab bars shall not project more than 3” into the required clear floor space.
(ca T24 1115B.4.1.3) (aDa 4.26.2)

diameter
… The grab bar or handrail cross-section diameter or width is 1¼” to 1½”, or the shape provides an equivalent gripping surface. Fig. 1
(ca T24 1115B.7.1) (aDa 4.26.2)

…

If grab bars are mounted adjacent to the wall, the space between the wall and the grab bar is 1½”. Fig.1
(ca T24 1115B.7.1) (aDa 4.26.2)

Structural Strength
… The structural strength of grab bar or shower seat materials is strong enough to withstand a max. bending moment resulting from a 250 lb. load. Figs. 2 & 3
(ca T24 1115B.4.1.3; 1115B.7.2.1) (aDa 4.26.3(1))

FIGurE 1

…

The grab bar or shower seat material is strong enough to withstand a maximum shear resulting from a 250 lb. load at the supports. If the connection between the seat and its supports or brackets are fully restrained, then direct and torsional shear stresses should be totaled for the combined shear stress, which does not exceed the allowable shear stress. Figs. 4 & 5
(ca T24 1115B.4.1.3; 1115B.7.2) (aDa 4.26.3(2))

FIGurE 2

FIGurE 4 FIGurE 3

338

dIMENSIONS / STrENGTh
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

graB Bars
… Max. shear force in a fastener or mounting device resulting from a 250 lb. point load is less than allowable lateral load of either the fastener or mounting device or supporting structure, whichever is the smaller allowable load. Figs. 6 & 7
(ca T24 1115B.4.1.3; 1115B.7.2.3) (aDa 4.26.3(3))

52

SECTION

…

Max. tensile force in a fastener plus max. moment resulting from a 250 lb. force is be less than the allowable withdrawal load between the fastener and the supporting structure. Figs. 8 & 9
(ca T24 1115B.4.1.3; 1115B.7.2.4) (aDa 4.26.3(4))

…

Grab bars do not rotate within their fittings.
(ca T24 1115B.4.1.3; 1115B.7.2.5) (aDa 4.26.3(5))

Surface
… All grab bars and any wall or other adjacent surfaces are free of sharp or abrasive elements. All edges have a min. radius of 1/8”.
(ca T24 1115B.7.3) (aDa 4.26.4)

FIGurE 5

FIGurE 6

FIGurE 8

FIGurE 7

FIGurE 9

dyNaMICS / SurFaCE
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

339

53

SECTION

accessiBle sinks

Since lavatories in restrooms and sinks in kitchens are covered separately, this section is intended primarily to cover those other sinks that should be accessible (e.g., sinks installed in lunch or break rooms, etc.). At the end of the Checklist for this section, some kitchen sink requirements are provided; however, you are encouraged to also refer to Section 54. Kitchens, as well. „ Configuration and Clear Space z A 30” x 48” minimum clear floor space must be provided for a sink. This clear floor space must be on an accessible route, and it may may extend no more than 19” underneath the accessible sink. z When mounted, the counter or the sink’s rim may be no higher than 34” above the finished floor height. z The following minimum clearance for kneespace must be provided underneath the sink: at least 27” high x 30” wide x 19” deep. „ Any exposed hot water and drain pipes under the sink must be insulated or otherwise configured to protect against contact, and there should be no sharp or abrasive surfaces under a sink. „ Sink basins may not exceed 6½” in depth. „ Faucet Controls and Operating Mechanisms z All controls must be operable with one hand. They may not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist, and the force required to activate the controls must be 5 lbf or less. z Acceptable faucet designs incude lever-operated, push type and electronically operated. If self-closing valves are used, the faucet must remain open at least 10 seconds.

340

aCCESSIblE SINkS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

Accessible sinks
General
„ A 30” x 48” minimum clear floor space must be provided for a sink. z This clear floor space must be on an accessible route. z This clear floor space may extend no more than 19” underneath the accessible sink. „ The sink should be mounted with the counter or the sink’s rim no higher than 34” above the finished floor height. „ A minimum clearance for kneespace must be provided underneath the sink that is at least 27” high x 30” wide x 19” deep. „ Any exposed hot water and drain pipes under the sink must be insulated or otherwise configured to protect against contact. „ There may be no sharp or abrasive surfaces under a sink. „ Sink basins may not exceed 6½” in depth.

53

SECTION

Controls
„ Faucet controls and operating mechanisms must be operable with one hand. z They may not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist. z The force required to activate the controls must be 5 lbf or less. z Acceptable faucet designs: lever-operated, push type and electronically operated. z If self-closing valves are used, the faucet must remain open at least 10 seconds.

sinks
Clear space is provided in front of the sink that allows forward approach and accessible route. 30” x 48” min.
CA T24 1115B.4.7.1; 1118B.4.1 ADA 4.24.5

Regular clear space adjoins or overlaps an accessible route. From floor surface sink is mounted with counter or rim no higher Each accessible sink shall be at least Knee clearance under sink 34” Max. height

CA T24 1115B.4.7.1; 1115B.4.7.2 ADA 4.24.2 CA T24 1115B.4.7.1; 1115B.4.7.2 ADA 4.24.4 CA T24 1115B.4.7.1; 1115B.4.7.2 ADA 4.24.3 CA T24 1115B.4.7.1; 1115B.4.7.2 ADA 4.24.6 CA T24 1115B.4.7.1; 1115B.4.7.2 ADA 4.24.6

6 1/2” Max. Deep 27” High 30” Wide 19” Depth

Drain and hot water pipping insulated or configured to prevent contact. There are no sharp or abrasive elements under sink. Faucets are lever type, push type or electronically controlled mechanisms (or other similar designs). Self closing valves must maintain. Faucets are operable with one hand and do not require tight grasping, pinching or twisting of the wrist. Force required to activate controls.

10 sec. open flow

CA T24 1115B.4.7.1; 1115B.4.7.2 ADA 4.24.7

5 lb. max.

CA T24 1115B.4.7.1; 1115B.4.7.2 ADA 4.27.4

ClEar FlOOr SpaCE / HEIGHT / DImENSIONS / CONTrOlS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

341

53

SECTION

accessiBle sinks
GENEral rEQuIrEMENTS Clear Floor Space
… A clear floor space at least 30” by 48”must be provided in front of a sink to allow forward approach. Fig. 1
(ca T24 1115B.4.7.1) (aDa 4.24.5)

…
FIGurE 1

The clear floor space must be on an accessible route and shall extend a max. of 19” underneath the sink. Fig. 3
(ca T24 1115B.4.7.1) (aDa 4.24.3)

depth and height
… Each accessible sink shall be a max. of 6½” deep. Fig. 5 and 6
(ca T24 1115B.4.7.1) (aDa 4.24.4)

…

Sinks shall be mounted with the counter or rim no higher than 34” above the finish floor. Fig. 2, 3 and 5.
(ca T24 1115B.4.7.1) (aDa 4.24.2)

knee Clearance
…
FIGurE 2

Knee clearance that is at least 27” high, 30” wide and 19” deep. Fig. 6 and 7
(ca T24 1115B.4.7.1) (aDa 4.24.2)

…

It must be provided underneath sinks. Fig. 6 and 7
(ca T24 1115B.4.7.1) (aDa 4.24.2)

FIGurE 3 FIGurE 5

FIGurE 4

FIGurE 6

342

ClEar FlOOr SpaCE / hEIGhT / ClEaraNCE / dEpTh
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

accessiBle sinks
Exposed pipes and Surfaces
… Hot water and drain pipes exposed under sinks shall be insulated or otherwise configured so as to protect against contact. Fig. 3 and 7
(ca T24 1115B.4.7.1) (aDa 4.24.6)

53

SECTION

…

There shall be no sharp or abrasive surfaces under sinks. Fig. 3 and 7
(ca T24 1115B.4.7.1) (aDa 4.24.6)

Faucet Controls and Operating Mechanisms
… Faucet controls operating are operable with one hand and do not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist. The force required to activate controls is no greater than 5 pounds of force. Fig. 8
(ca T24 1115B.4.7.1) (aDa 4.27.4)

…

Lever-operated, push-type, and electronically controlled mechanisms are examples of acceptable designs.
(ca T24 1115B.4.7.1) (aDa 4.19.5, 4.24.7)

…

If self-closing valves are used, the faucet remains open for at least 10 seconds.
(ca T24 1115B.4.7.1) (aDa 4.19.5)

FIGurE 7

sinks
Clear space is provided in front of the sink that allows forward approach and accessible route. 30” x 48” min.
CA T24 1115B.4.7.1; 1118B.4.1 ADA 4.24.5

Regular clear space adjoins or overlaps an accessible route. From floor surface sink is mounted with counter or rim no higher Each accessible sink shall be at least Knee clearance under sink 34” Max. height

CA T24 1115B.4.7.1; 1115B.4.7.2 ADA 4.24.2 CA T24 1115B.4.7.1; 1115B.4.7.2 ADA 4.24.4 CA T24 1115B.4.7.1; 1115B.4.7.2 ADA 4.24.3 CA T24 1115B.4.7.1; 1115B.4.7.2 ADA 4.24.6 CA T24 1115B.4.7.1; 1115B.4.7.2 ADA 4.24.6

6 1/2” Max. Deep 27” High 30” Wide 19” Depth

FIGurE 8

Drain and hot water pipping insulated or configured to prevent contact. There are no sharp or abrasive elements under sink. Faucets are lever type, push type or electronically controlled mechanisms (or other similar designs). Self closing valves must maintain. Faucets are operable with one hand and do not require tight grasping, pinching or twisting of the wrist. Force required to activate controls.

10 sec. open flow

CA T24 1115B.4.7.1; 1115B.4.7.2 ADA 4.24.7

5 lb. max.

CA T24 1115B.4.7.1; 1115B.4.7.2 ADA 4.27.4

kITChEN SINkS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

343

54

SECTION

kiTchens

These requirements relate to adaptable dwelling units (in multifamily dwelling structures) primarily. For example, commercial kitchens need only provide a 32” clear entry and acccessible path of travel within. Kitchens in employee break rooms should provide accessiblity, and should not concern themselves with adaptability/repositioning of work surfaces and cabinetry. The kitchen layout in an adaptable dwelling unit should provide at least 30” x 48” clear floor space to allow for accessible forward or parallel approach to oven, dishwasher, refrigerator/freezer, and trash compactor. As a parallel approach is necessary for ranges or cooktops, the design must also provide at least 30” x 48” clear floor space for accessible parallel approach for any range or cooktop. The design must provide a minimum clear width measured between cabinet, countertop or the face of any appliance (ignoring handles and controls that project into the kitchen) and the opposing cabinet, countertop, appliance or wall. The dimension of that clear width varies, by type of design. z A U-Shaped kitchen with a range or cooktop at the base of the U, to provide the parallel approach at the range or cooktop means you must have a minimum clear width of 60”. z U-Shaped kitchens with a cooktop or sink at the base of the U which provides a 30” wide knee space to a height of 27” above the floor to allow for a forward approach must have a minimum clear width of 48”. z Any other kitchen designs must provide a minimum clear width of 48” z Any base cabinets that are installed directly under the kitchen sink counter area (including toeboards and shelving) must be removable without the use of special tools or knowledge, to provide clearance for a wheelchair. z Finished flooring must be installed on the floor beneath such cabinets. A minimum clear space of 48” must be provided for all other kitchen designs. Sink faucets and other controls must be operable with one hand. Operation of the faucet and other controls should not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist. The force required to activate controls must not be greater than 5 lbs. of force. Lever-operated, push-type and electronically controlled mechanisms are examples of acceptable designs. Self-closing valves are allowed if faucet remains open for a minimum of 10 seconds. Minimum linear dimensions of accessible countertops that must be provided: For kitchen sinks: 30”. For work surfaces: one area of min. 30” wide (typical) or two min. 15” wide “breadboards.” Accesible countertops may be no more than 34” above the finished floor surface. Accessible countertops and work surfaces must be able to be repositioned to a minimum height of 28”. (Stone, cultured stone and tile countertops are exempt from the repositioning requirements.) Accessible countertops and work surfaces may either be a single integral unit or separate components. Any base cabinets that are installed under accessible countertops must be removable without the use of specialized tools, to provide a forward approach and necessary clearance for a wheelchair. The sides and back of cabinets adjacent to countertops must be constructed of durable, non-absorbent materials. Finished flooring must be installed beneath these countertops and/or sinks, extending completely to the wall beneath the sink and/or work surface. At least 50% of shelf space in cabinets or refrigerator/freezers must be within space allowances and reach ranges. The space and placement of cabinets and appliances must allow for the operation of cabinet and/or appliance doors so that all cabinets and appliances are accessible and usable. Maximum height of kitchen lower shelving and/or drawer space: 48”. 344

kITChENS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

Kitchens
Requirements
These requirements relate to kitchens within adaptable dwelling units, typically multifamiliy dwelling units.

54

SECTION

Countertops
Minimum linear lengths of accessible countertops: „ For kitchen sinks: 30” „ For work surfaces: 30” Heights: „ Accessible countertops and sinks are those that are mounted no more than 34” above the finished floor surface. „ Accessible countertops and work surfaces must be able to be repositioned to a minimum height of 28”. Design and Finish: „ Accessible countertops and work surfaces may either be a single integral unit or separate components. „ Any base cabinets that are installed under accessible countertops must be removable without the use of specialized tools, to provide clearance for a wheelchair. „ The sides and back of cabinets adjacent to countertops must be constructed of durable, non-absorbent materials. „ Finished flooring must be installed beneath these countertops and/or sinks, extending completely to the wall beneath the sink and/or work surface that is repositionable.
Available Exceptions Only 5% of units within a multifamily apartment house (that is itself required to provide accessible units) must provide repositionable countertops. All other covered multifamily dwelling units are exempt. When stone, cultured stone and tiled countertops are used, they may be exempted from the repositioning requirements. Two 15” minimum width breadboards may be provided in lieu of the required 30” of countertop work surface.

Clear Floor Space / Clear Width
You must provide at least 30” x 48” clear floor space to allow for accessible approach to the following kitchen appliances: z For oven, dishwasher, refrigerator/freezer, and trash compactor, you can provide either a forward approach or a parallel approach. z For ranges or cooktops, you must provide a parallel approach. Kitchen design must provide a minimum clear width measured between cabinet, countertop or the face of any appliance (excluding handles and controls that project into the kitchen) and the opposing cabinet, countertop, appliance or wall. The dimension of that clear width varies, by type of design: „ U-Shaped kitchens with parallel approach at the range or cooktop located at the base of the U must have a minimum clear width of 60”. „ U-Shaped kitchens with a cooktop or sink at the base of the U which provides a 30” wide knee space to a height of 27” above the floor to allow for a forward approach must have a minimum clear width of 48”. „ Any other kitchen designs must provide a minimum clear width of 48”

Repositionable Cabinets
„ Any base cabinets that are installed directly under the kitchen sink counter area (including toeboards and shelving) must be removable without the use of special tools or knowledge, to provide clearance for a wheelchair. „ Finished flooring must be installed on the floor beneath such cabinets. A minimum clear space of 48” must be provided for all other kitchen designs.

Lower Shelving
Maximum height: „ Kitchen lower shelving and/or drawer space: 48”.

Design Considerations
„ At least 50% of shelf space in cabinets or refrigerator/freezers must be within space allowances and reach ranges. „ The space and placement of cabinets and appliances must allow for the operation of cabinet and/or appliance doors so that all cabinets and appliances are accessible and usable.

Sink Faucets/Controls
„ Sink faucets and other controls must be operable with one hand. „ Operation of the faucet and other controls should not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist. „ The force required to activate controls must not be greater than 5 lbs. of force. „ Lever-operated, push-type and electronically controlled mechanisms are examples of acceptable designs. „ Self-closing valves are allowed if faucet remains open for a minimum of 10 seconds.

FLOOR SpACE / U-ShApED KITChENS / SINKS / COUNTERS / ShELvES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

345

54

SECTION

kiTchens
GENEral rEQuIrEMENTS
… Kitchens w it hin adaptable d welling units shall be accessible.
(ca T24 1133a.1)

Clear Floor Space / Centerline / Clear Width
FIGurE 1

Clear Floor Space
… Kitchens in covered multifamily dwelling units that are required to provide access to persons with physical disabilities must comply with the following:
(ca T24 1133a.2.1) (aDa 4.24.5, 9.2.2(7))

…

A clear floor space at least 30” by 48” that allows a parallel approach by a person in a wheelchair must be provided at the range or cooktop. Fig. 1 & 2
(ca T24 1133a.2.2) (aDa 4.24.5, 9.2.2(7))

…
FIGurE 2

Clear floor space must allow either a parallel or forward approach at the kitchen sink and all other fixtures or appliances including the oven, dishwasher, refrigerator/ freezer and trash compactor. Figs. 1 & 2
(ca T24 1133a.2.2) (aDa 4.24.5, 9.2.2(7))

Centerline
… The centerline of the 30” x 48” clear floor space provided for a parallel or forward approach must be aligned with the centerline of the appliance or fixture.
(ca T24 1133a.2.4)

Clear Width
…
FIGurE 3

Kitchens must have a min. clear width measured between cabinet and countertop or the face of any appliance (excluding handles and controls that project into the kitchen) and the opposing cabinet, countertop, appliance or wall.
(ca T24 1133a.2.1.1) (aDa 4.24.5, 9.2.2(7))

z U-Shaped kitchens with parallel approach at the range or cooktop located at the base of the U must have a min. clear width of 60”. Fig. 3
(ca T24 1133a.2.1.1) (aDa 4.24.5, 9.2.2(7))

FIGurE 4

z U-Shaped kitchens with a cooktop or sink at the base of the U which provides a 30” wide knee space to a height of 27” above the floor to allow for a forward approach must have a min. clear width of 48”. Fig. 6
(ca T24 1133a.2.1.1) (aDa 4.24.5, 9.2.2(7))

z Any other kitchen designs must provide a min. clear width of 48”. Fig. 7
(ca T24 1133a.2.1.3)

kitchen Sink Faucet Controls
… Faucet controls and operating mechanisms shall be operable with one hand and shall not require tight grasping,

FIGurE 5

346

ClEar FlOOr SpaCE
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

kiTchens
pinching or twisting of the wrist. The force required to activate controls shall be no greater than 5 pound force. Fig. 8
(ca T24 1133a.6; 1115B.4.7.1) (aDa 4.27.4)

54

SECTION

…

Lever-operated, push-type and electronically controlled mechanisms are examples of acceptable designs. Fig. 8
(ca T24 1133a.6; 1115B.4.7.1) (aDa 4.27.4)

…

Self-closing valves are allowed if the faucet remains open for at least 10 seconds.
(ca T24 1133a.6; 1115B.4.7.1) (aDa 4.27.4)

FIGurE 6

Countertops
… Min. linear length of 30” of countertop shall be provided for the kitchen sink, and a min. linear length of 30” of countertop shall be provided for a work surface, both of which shall be designed to enable repositioning to a minimum height of 28”. Figs 9-12
(ca T24 1133a.4(1))

…

The sink and work surface may be a single integral unit of 60”, or they may be separate components of 30” each. Figs. 13 & 14
(ca T24 1133a.4(3))

FIGurE 7

…

Counter and sinks shall be mounted at a maximum height of 34”. Fig. 13
(aDa 9.2.2(7))

repositionable Countertops
… Must be provided in a minimum of 5% of the covered multi-family units.
(ca T24 1133a.4.1)

FIGurE 8

…

Kitchen sink and work surface must enable repositioning to a minimum height of 28”. Figs. 11 & 12
(ca T24 1133a.4.1)

…

Base cabinets directly under the kitchen sink and work surface shall be removable to provide clearance for a wheelchair.
(ca T24 1133a.4.1(2))

…

The sides and back of adjacent cabinets, which may become exposed to moisture of food handling when a countertop is lowered, shall be constructed of durable, nonabsorbent materials appropriate for such uses. Fig. 15
(ca T24 1133a.4.1)

FIGurE 9

…

Finished flooring shall be installed on the floor beneath such countertop and must extend to the wall beneath the sink and/or work surface. Fig. 15
(ca T24 1112a.4.1)

EXCEpTIONS 1. Stone, cultured stone and tiled countertops may be used without meeting the repositioning requirements. 2. In covered multifamily apartment house dwelling units, two 15” min. width breadboards may be provided in lieu of the required 30” of countertop work surface.
(ca T24 1133a.4.1(4))

FIGurE 10

SINk FauCETS / COuNTErTOpS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

347

54

SECTION

kiTchens
lower Shelving
… Lower shelving and/or drawer space shall be provided in the kitchen at a height of no more than 48”. Fig. 16
(ca T24 1133a.5) (aDa 9.2.2(7))

…
FIGurE 11

At least 50% of shelf space in cabinets or refrigerator/ freezers shall be within reach ranges and shall be designed to allow for the operation of cabinets and appliances. Fig. 16
(ca T24 1133a.5) (aDa 9.2.2(7))

removable base Cabinets
… In covered multifamily dwelling units required to be accessible, base cabinets directly under kitchen sink counter area, including toeboard and shelving, shall be removable without the use of specialized tools or specialized knowledge to provide clearance for a wheelchair. Fig. 17
(ca T24 1133a.3) (aDa 9.2.2(7))

FIGurE 12

…

Finished flooring shall be provided on the floor beneath the countertop and must extend to the wall beneath the sink and/or work surface. Fig. 18
(ca T24 1133a.3)

FIGurE 13

FIGurE 14 FIGurE 16

FIGurE 15

FIGurE 17

FIGurE 18

348

ShElVING & CabINETS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

BaThTuBs
„ To be accessible, a bathtub/bathing area must provide all of the following: z Single-lever faucet control z Hand-held sprayer with hose z Seat z Grab bars z Required clear floor space

55

SECTION

„ A built-in seat is required either at the head end of the tub, or in-tub. Commercially available in-tub seats typically fit into tracks or grooves in the tub rim, and meet the requirements for strength and materials. „ Clear floor space requirements vary, depending on whether a parallel approach (30” x 60”) or perpendicular approach (48” x 60”) is being provided. „ When installed according to the requirements stated here, grab bars will assist the tub’s user enter and exit the tub, and adjust the water supply, without interfering with the operation of the controls. Reinforcement behind the walls is required to provide the grab bars with necessary structural support. „ A removable shower spray unit (with a 60” flexible hose) is required, to allow fixed shower or hand-held shower. „ Controls must be accessible, both in their location and their operation. „ If bathtub enclosures and/or doors are used, they must not reduce the clear open space access to the tub, nor should they require or use tracks on the rim of the tub.

baThTubS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

349

55
requirements

SECTION

BaThTuBs
Grab bar locations with Seat in Tub
When the required seat is provided in the tub, the following grab bars are required: „ Along the control end of the tub (typically the foot end, against a wall), a grab bar at least 24” long must be mounted at a height of 33” to 36”. „ Along the long side of tub, two parallel grab bars of 24” long each should be mounted, starting 12” from the control side of the tub. The lower of the two is mounted 9” above the top of tub, while the higher of the two is mounted at 33” to 36” above the finished floor level. „ Along the head end of the tub (opposite the control end), a 12” horizontal grab bar must be mounted on the wall behind the head end, from the edge of the tub toward the long wall.

„ Where facilities for bathing (showers, bathtubs or lockers) are provided for the public, clients or employees, at least 1 facility, and no less than 1% of all facilities, must conform to the following standards unless exempted. z For bathtubs and showers within adaptable dwelling units, refer to Section 15 for the requirements as to number provided. „ Accessible Bathtubs must have all of the following: z Single-level faucet control z Hand-held sprayer with hose z Seat z Grab bars z Required clear floor space appropriate to the type of approach

Seat
„ A seat in the tub or at the head end of the tub must be provided. „ When an in-tub seat is installed at the head end of the tub, it must be at least 15” wide. „ Seats must be mounted securely and may not slip during use.

Grab bar locations with Seat at head of Tub
When the required seat is provided at the head end of the tub, the following grab bars are required: „ Along the control end of the tub (typically the foot end, against a wall), a grab bar at least 24” long must be mounted at a height of 33” to 36”. „ Along the long side of tub, two parallel grab bars of 24” long each should be mounted, starting 12” from the control side of the tub. The lower of the two is mounted 9” above the top of tub, while the higher of the two is mounted at 33” to 36” above the finished floor level.

Clear Floor Space
„ Seat in tub z Parallel approach, 30” by 60”. z Perpendicular approach, 48” by 60”. „ Seat at head of tub z Parallel approach, 30” by 75”, with a tub that has a seat.

Grab bar dynamics / Structural Strength
„ Grab bars, shower seats and their materials must be strong enough to withstand a maximum bending moment resulting from a 250-lb. point load. „ Grab bars, shower seats and their materials must be strong enough to withstand a maximum shear stress resulting from 250-lbf. load. „ Grab bar and shower seat supports must provide the same strength as required of grab bars, shower seats and their materials. This often requires the installation of adequate support structures behind the walls surrounding a bath tub: z The maximum shear force induced in a fastener or mounting device resulting from a 250-lbf must be less than the allowable lateral load of either: (a) the fastener or mounting device, or (b) supporting structure; whichever is the smaller. z The maximum tensile force induced in a fastener, when combined with the maximum moment resulting from a 250-lbf. must be less than the allowable withdrawal load between the fastener and the supporting structure.

Grab bars and Shower Seats: basic dimensions
„ The diameter or width of grab bars must be between 1¼” to 1½”. „ Grab bars must be finished with a smooth surface. z The bar must be free from sharp and/or abrasive elements. And the surrounding wall surfaces/elements should also be free from sharp and/or abrasive elements. z Grab bar edges must have a radius of at least 1/8”. „ The clearance from wall surface to grab bar surface must be at least 1½”. „ Grab bars must not rotate within their fittings.

350

SEaT / FlOOr SpaCE / Grab barS / CONTrOlS / ENClOSurES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

BathtuBs
Controls
„ Controls must be operable with one hand. z They must not require tight grasping, pinching or twisting of the wrist. z The maximum force required to operate controls is 5 lbf. „ Controls must be located on the foot wall below the grab bar or are offset to the front half of the tub.

55

SECTION

Door and Panels
„ The doors and panels of shower and bathtub enclosures must be constructed from approved, shatter-resistant materials. „ If hinged shower doors are used, they must open outward. „ Glazing z Glazing used in doors and panels of bathtub and shower enclosures must be fully tempered glass, laminated safety glass, or approved plastic. z When tempered glass is used, it must be at least 1/8” thick when fully tempered, and must pass the test requirements of IBC Standard. z When laminated safety glass is used, it must be at least ¼” thick when laminated, and must pass the test requirements of IBC Standard. z When plastics are used in doors and panels of showers and bathtub enclosures, they must be of a shatter-resistant type.

Shower Spray Unit
„ A shower spray unit with a 60” hose, usable as a fixed shower head and hand-held shower, must be provided.

Bathtub Enclosures
„ If provided, an enclosure may not obstruct controls, transfers, or require tracks mounted on the bathtub rims.

FIGUrE 1

FIGUrE 2

FIGUrE 3

ENClOSUrES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

351

55

SECTION

BathtuBs
GENErAl rEQUIrEMENTS Bathing Facilities
… Where facilities for bathing (showers, bathtubs or lockers) are provided for the public, clients or employees, at least 1 facility, and no less than 1% of all facilities, conform to the following standards unless exempted.
(Ca t24 1115B.2)

…

FIGUrE 1

Accessible Bathtubs shall have all of the following: z Single-level faucet control z Hand-held sprayer with hose z Seat z Grab bars
(Ca t24 1115B.4.5)

Clear Floor Space Seat in tub
… … Parallel approach, 30” by 60”. Fig. 1
(Ca t24 1115B.4.5.1) (aDa 4.20.2)

Perpendicular approach, 48” by 60”. Fig. 2
(Ca t24 1115B.4.5.1) (aDa 4.20.2)

Seat at head of tub
… Parallel approach, 30” by 75”, with a tub that has a seat. Fig. 3
(Ca t24 1115B.4.5.1) (aDa 4.20.3)

…
FIGUrE 2

In-tub seat at the head of tub is 15”. Fig. 3
(Ca t24 1115B.4.5) (aDa 4.20.3)

FIGUrE 3

352

FACIlITIES PrOvIDED / ClEAr FlOOr SPACE / SEAT
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

BathtuBs
Seat
… The in-tub seat at the head end of tub is 15” wide. Seats are mounted securely and do not slip during use. Fig. 3
(Ca t24 1115B.4.5) (aDa 4.20.3)

55

SECTION

Grab Bar and Shower Seat Structural Strength
… Grab bar or shower seat can withstand a max. bending moment resulting from a 250 lbf. load. Figs. 4, 5, & 6
(Ca t24 1115B.7.2.1; 1115B.4.5.2) (aDa 4.26.3)

…

Grab bar or seat material can withstand a max. shear from 250 lbf load at supports. When seat connection is fully restrained, the direct and torsional shear stresses are totaled for combined shear stress, which does not exceed the allowable shear stress. Figs. 7 & 8
(Ca t24 1115B.7.2.2; 1115B.4.5.2) (aDa 4.26.3)

FIGUrE 4

…

Max. shear force in fastener or mounting device from a 250 lbf is less than the allowable lateral load of fastener, mounting device or supporting structure whichever is the smaller. Fig. 9
(Ca t24 1115B.7.2.3; 1115B.4.5.2) (aDa 4.26.3)

…

Tensile force induced in a fastener by direct tension of a 250 lbf plus the max. moment of applicaton of a 250 lbf point load, must be less thant the allowable withdrawal load between the fastener and supporting structure. Fig. 9
(Ca t24 1115B.7.2.4) (aDa 4.26.3)

FIGUrE 5

Grab Bars / Basic Dimensions
… Diameter (the width) of grab bars must be between 1¼” to 1½”. Fig. 3
(Ca t24 1115B.7.1) (aDa 4.26.2)

…

Clearance from wall surface to grab bar surface must be a minimum of 1½”. Fig. 3
(Ca t24 1115B.7.1) (aDa 4.26.2)

… …

Grab bars must not rotate within their fittings. Fig. 10
(Ca t24 1115B.7.2) (aDa 4.26.2)

Grab bars and adjacent surfaces must be free of sharp or abrasive elements/materials.
(Ca t24 1115B.7.3) (aDa 4.26.2)

FIGUrE 6

… …

Min. radius of edges is 1/8”. Fig. 10
(Ca t24 1115B.7.3) (aDa 4.26.2)

Grab bars must not project more than 3” into the required clear floor space.
(Ca t24 1115B.4.1.3) (aDa 4.26.2)

FIGUrE 7

GrAB BArS & ShOwEr SEAT / STrUCTUrAl STrENGTh
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

353

SECTION

55

BathtuBs
Grab Bar location with Seat in Tub
… At control side of tub, the grab bar is 24” long, starting at edge of tub; the grab bar is installed at a height of 33” to 36”. Fig. 11
(Ca t24 1115B.4.4.8; 1115B.4.5.3) (aDa 4.20.4)

…

At long side of tub there are two grab bars 24” long starting 12” from the control side of the tub. One is 9” above top of tub, one at 33” to 36” above floor. Fig. 11
(Ca t24 1115B.4.5.3) (aDa 4.20.4)

FIGUrE 8

…

Head side of tub opposite the contol end has a 12” grab bar at edge of tub. Fig. 11
(Ca t24 1115B.4.5.3) (aDa 4.20.4)

Grab Bars location with Seat at head of Tub
… At control side of tub there is a 24” grab bar starting at edge or tub. The grab bar height is 33” to 36”. Fig. 12
(Ca t24 1115B.4.5.3) (aDa 4.20.4)

…

At long side of tub there are two grab bars 48” long starting 12” from the control side of tub. One is located 9” above top of tub, one at 33” to 36” above floor. Fig. 12
(Ca t24 1115B.4.5.3) (aDa 4.20.4)

FIGUrE 9

wall reinforcement for Grab Bars
… Reinforcement must be located on each end of the bathtub, 32” to 38” above the floor, extending a min. of 24” (from the front edge of bathtub toward the back wall of the bathtub) with a min. of 6” nominal height for the reinforced area.
(Ca t24 1134a.5.2)

…

Reinforcement must be installed on the back wall of the bathtub. A max. of 6” above the bathtub rim, extending upward to a min. of 38” above the floor.
(Ca t24 1134a.5.2)

FIGUrE 10

FIGUrE 11

FIGUrE 12

354

GrAB BAr lOCATION
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

BathtuBs
… Backing shall be installed horizontally to permit installation of a 48” min. grab bar, with each end a max. of 6” from the end walls of the bathtub. Fig. 12
(Ca t24 1134a.5.2)

55

SECTION

…

The grab bar reinforcement must be a min. of 6” nominal in height.
(Ca t24 1134a.5.2)

Controls
… Controls are operable with one hand and do not require tight grasping, pinching or twisting of the wrist. Max. force required to operate controls is 5 lbs. Fig. 13
(Ca t24 1115B.4.5.4) (aDa 4.27.4)

FIGUrE 13

…

Controls are located on the foot wall below the grab bar. And are offset to the front half of the tub. Fig. 13
(Ca t24 1115B.4.5.4) (aDa 4.20.5)

Shower Spray Unit
… A shower spray unit with 60” hose usable as a fixed shower head and hand-held shower mounted at a max. of 48” above shower floor is available. Fig. 14
(Ca t24 1115B.4.4.5; 1115B.4.5.5) (aDa 4.20.6)

Bathtub Enclosures
… If provided, they do not obstruct controls, transfers, or have tracks mounted on the bathtub rims. Fig. 15
(Ca t24 1115B.4.5.6) (aDa 4.20.7)

FIGUrE 14

Door and Panels
… The doors and panels of shower and bathtub enclosures are constructed from approved, shatter resistant materials. Fig. 15
(Ca t24 1115B.2.2; 1134a.5)

…

Hinged shower door opens outward.
(Ca t24 1115B.2.2; 1134a.5)

Glazing for Shower and Bathtub Enclosures
… Glazing used in doors and panels of bathtub and shower enclosures shall be fully tempered, laminated safety glass or approved plastic. Fig. 15
(Ca t24 1115B.2.3; 1134a.5)

…

When glass is used it has a min. thickness of not less than 1/8” when fully tempered, or ¼” when laminated, and shall pass the test requirements of Section 2406. Fig. 15
(Ca t24 1115B.2.3; 1134a.5)

FIGUrE 15

Plastics
… Plastics used in door and panels of showers and bathtub enclosures are of a shatter-resistant type. Fig. 15
(Ca t24 1115B.2.4; 1134a.5)

GrAB BArS & ShOwEr SEAT / STrUCTUrAl STrENGTh
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

355

55
Bath tuBs
DEsCRIPtION
Clear floor space for side entry (parallel approach) - with seat in tub. Clear floor space for parallel approach at bathtub with seat at heat of tub. Clear floor space for front entry (perpendicular approach). With seat in tub. Accessible bathtubs seats is provided (“head end” or “in-tub” type) Structural strength of seat will support a point load Structural strength of all grab bars will support a point load Single lever faucets and other controls are located at the foot of the tub, near the front end of the wall, and below the grab bar. Faucets and other controls is no more than Force required to operate controls is no more than Minimum shower spray unit with minimum hose that can be used both as a fixed bead or handheld unit is provided Doors and panels of bathtub enclosures are bathtubs constructed from approved, shatterresistant materials. Hinged doors shall open outwards. Glazing used in doors and panels of bathtubs enclosures is fully tempered, laminated safety glass or approved plastic. When glass is used , it has a minimum thickness of not when fully tempered, and shall pass the requirements of Section 2406. Plastic used in doors and panels of bathtub enclosures are shatter-resistant type

SECTION

BathtuBs

GRaB BaRs LOCatION
seat-in-tub Design
CA T24 1115B.4.5.1; ADA 4.20.2 At control side of the tub height from floor surface side Grab bar at head of tub at height from floor surface. At long side of the tub there are (two) grab bars. Top bar is mounted height from floor surface. Bottom bar is mounted height from rim of tub. Both bars are mounted maximum from head wall Both bars are mounted maximum from back wall CA T24 1115B.4.5.4; ADA 4.27.4 CA T24 1115B.4.5.5; ADA 4.20.6

30” x 60” minimum 60” x 75” minimum 48” x 60” minimum 250 lb. minimum

24” minimum long at 33”-36” Height 12” minimum at 33”-36” Height 24” minimum 33”-36” Height 9” Height 24” maximum 12” maximum

CA T24 1115B.4.5.3; ADA 4.20.4 CA T24 1115B.4.5.3; ADA 4.20.4 CA T24 1115B.4.5.3; ADA 4.20.4 CA T24 1115B.4.5.3; ADA 4.20.4 CA T24 1115B.4.5.3; ADA 4.20.4 CA T24 1115B.4.5.3; ADA 4.20.4 CA T24 1115B.4.5.3; ADA 4.20.4

CA T24 1115B.4.5.1; ADA 4.20.2

CA T24 1115B.4.5.2, 1115B.7.2 ADA 4.26.3

CA T24 1115B.4.5.4; ADA 4.27.4

5 lb. minimum 5 lb. minimum 60” minimum

seat at head-of-tub Design
At control side of the tub height from floor surface side At long side of the tub there are (two) grab bars.

24” minimum long at 33”-36” Height 48” minimum 33”-36” Height 9” Height 12” maximum 15” maximum

CA T24 1115B.4.5.3; ADA 4.20.4 CA T24 1115B.4.5.3; ADA 4.20.4 CA T24 1115B.4.5.3; ADA 4.20.4 CA T24 1115B.4.5.3; ADA 4.20.4 CA T24 1115B.4.5.3; ADA 4.20.4 CA T24 1115B.4.5.3; ADA 4.20.4

CA T24

1115B.2.2

Top bar is mounted height from floor surface. Bottom bar is mounted height from rim of tub.

Glass min. 1/8” or 1/4” when laminated

CA T24

1115B.2.3

Both bars are mounted maximum from back wall. Both bars are mounted maximum from head wall. Grab bars do not rotate within their fitting. Grab Bars and adjacent surface are free of sharp or abrasive elements minimum radius of edges.

CA T24

1115B.2.4

1/8” minimum

CA T24 1115B.7.3; ADA 4.26.4

356

GrAB BAr lOCATION
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

shOwERs

56

SECTION

„ For bathtubs and showers within adaptable dwelling units, refer to Section 15 for the requirements as to number provided. „ Accessible showers may be provided in one of three configurations. „ Shower sprayer units (with 60” flexible hoses) which allow either hand-held or fixed showers must be used. z In areas subject to vandalism, instead of the flexible-hose, hand-held unit, two fixed heads may be used. (This alternative is not available in lodging occupancies.) „ All controls must be accessible in both location and operation. „ Thresholds, soap dishes, grab bars and door panels are all subject to specific requirements provided in this section.

ShOwErS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

357

56
Sizes

SECTION

shOwERs
Structural Design / Strength
„ Allowable stress for grab bar or seat > bending stress caused by 250 lb. point load. z Allowable shear stress for grab bar, brackets and supports > shear stress induced by a 250 lb. point load. Direct and torsional shear stresses must not exceed the allowable shear stress. z Allowable lateral load of fastener, mounting device, or supporting structure (whichever is the smaller) > Max. induced shear force in fastener or mounting device from a 250 lb. point load. z Allowable withdrawal load between fastener and its support > Max. tensile force plus max. moment from 250 lb. point load induced in fastener.

„ One of three alternative sizes may be used to provide an accessible shower: z Roll-In Shower: 60” min. wide x 30” min. deep, with a full opening/entrance on the long side (60”). This is what is known as the “ADA Shower.” z Alternate Roll-In Shower: 60” min. width x 36” min. depth with a min. 36” opening on the short side (36”). (NOTE: This “replaces the old configuration of 42” min. wide x 48” min. deep, with opening/entrance of 36”, which was an accessible design that had been “legal” in California for more than 20 years. That old Calif. design is no longer allowed.) z Alternate Roll-In Shower: 60” min. wide x 36” min. deep, with opening/entrance on the short side (36”). This size can have an optional enclosure, as long as the opening is 36” min. „ While you can choose from among the three designs, most builders choose the ADA Shower, which is becoming the standard within California.

Faucets & Controls
„ The controls should be of the single-lever type, mounted on the wall adjacent to the seat. In the first and third configurations, this will be the back wall; in the second configuration, this will be the side wall. z Controls should operate with one hand and should not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist. z The force to activate controls may not exceed 5 lbf. z The horizontal centerline of controls should be situated 36” to 41” above the shower floor. z The vertical centerline of controls should be 19” to 27” from the seat wall (the seat’s rear edge).

Threshold / recessed Drop
„ When thresholds are permitted and used, a threshold/ recessed drop may be no higher than 2” and it must be beveled or sloped at a maximum angle of 45° (100% gradient; 1:2) from the horizontal. „ In roll-in type showers, the threshold may be no more than ½” in height. It must be beveled or sloped at a maximum angle of 45° (100% gradient; 1:2) from the horizontal. „ The soap dish must be located on the control wall at no higher than 40” above the shower floor and within reach from the seat.

Sprayer Units
„ A flexible hand-held sprayer unit with a hose at least 60” in length must be provided. z The sprayer unit must be within reach of the seat: no more than 27” (measured horizontally) from the rear seat edge. z The sprayer unit should be mounted at a height not to exceed 48”. „ Where accessible shower facilities are in areas subject to vandalism, in lieu of providing a the fixed flexible hose described above, two wall-mounted shower heads may be installed. z Each shower head must be installed so that it can be operated independently of the other, and each must have swivel angle adjustments, vertically and horizontally. One shower head must be located at a height of 48” (±1”) above the floor. z The 2-head alternative is not available within guest rooms and suites in hotels, motels and similar transient lodging establishments. In those facilities, in all cases flexible sprayer units must be provided.

Grab Bars
„ Grab bars should be securely mounted between 33” and 36” above the shower floor. „ An L-shaped grab bar should be mounted on the walls opposite to and adjacent to the front edge of the shower seat (but not over the seat). „ Grab bars and adjacent surfaces should be free of sharp or abrasive elements. z Edges must have a min. radius of 1/8”. z The diameter or width of the grab bar gripping surfaces = 1¼” to 1½” or equivalent. „ The space between the inside grab bar surface and the wall surface must be at least 1½”. „ Grab bars should not rotate within fittings.

358

DIMENSIONS / ACCESSOrIES / CONTrOlS / GrAB BArS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

shOwERs
Surfaces and Materials
„ Enclosures for shower stalls may not obstruct transfer from wheelchairs to shower seats. „ The maximum slope of the shower floor is 2% per foot in any direction. „ Where drain grates are present, grate openings should be ¼” minimum and flush with the floor. „ Floor and wall surfaces should be smooth, non-absorbent and made from approved materials not adversely affected by moisture. „ Floor materials should extend at least 70” up the walls (measured above the drain). „ Shower areas that contain only a shower head installed on a wall (e.g., adjacent to a swimming pool or beach) must meet these “open shower” requirements.

56

SECTION

30” x 60” Showers Shower size and clearance
„ Minimum 60” wide (between wall surfaces) „ Minimum 30” deep.

36” x 60” Shower Stall (as an alternative) Shower Size and Clearance
„ „ „ „ Minimum 60” wide (between wall surfaces) Minimum 36” deep. Minimum entrance opening is 36” wide, on the short side. Optional Enclosure, as long as the entrance/opening on the short side is at least 36” clear.

Shower Seat
„ A shower seat of the folding type must be provided, located on the wall adjacent to the shower controls. z This shower seat should be mounted 18” high (above the floor) when extended. z The seat must extend the full depth of the stall. z The space between the edge of the seat and any wall must be at least 1” but no more than 1½”. z Typically, this seat is L-shaped: 23” deep max. x 36” wide min., with a 7” cutout section on the inside portion of the seat. z The bottom of the L may extend no more than 16” from the adjacent wall and no more than 23” from the mounting back wall. z The shower seat materials must be strong enough to withstand a maximum bending moment from a 250-lb. load. z The seat may not extend more than 6” from the mounting wall when folded.

Floor Slope
„ The max. slope of the floor must be 1 vertical unit in 50 horizontal units (2% slope), in any direction. Where drains are provided, the drain grate must be installed flush with the floor surface and the openings in any drain grate must be ¼” or less. „ The max. slope of the shower floor must be ½” per foot (1 vertical unit in 24 horizontal units; 4% slope) and shall slope to a drain located 6” from the rear wall. The floor surfaces must be of a carborundum or grit-faced tile or of material providing equivalent slip resistance.

Door and Panels
„ The doors and panels in and around shower and bathtub enclosures must be constructed from approved, shatterresistant materials. „ If hinged shower doors are used, they must open outward. „ Glazing z Glazing used in doors and panels of bathtub and shower enclosures must be fully tempered glass, laminated safety glass, or approved plastic. z When tempered glass is used, it must be at least 1/8” thick when fully tempered, and must pass the test requirements of UBC Standard No. 24-2. z When laminated safety glass is used, it must be at least ¼” thick when laminated, and must pass the test requirements of UBC Standard No. 24-2. z When plastics are used in doors and panels of showers and bathtub enclosures, they must be of a shatter-resistant type.

lockers
„ At least 1% of lockers for public, employees, or members should be made accessible. „ Accessible lockers must be provided along a minimum 36”wide path of travel. „ Accessible lockers meet the requirements of Section 37 (Space Allowances) and Section 38 (Reach Ranges).

OPEN ShOwErS / STAllS & DOOrS / SEAT / lOCkErS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

359

56

SECTION

shOwERs
GENErAl rEQUIrEMENTS
… Where facilities for bathing are provided for the public, clients or employees, including showers or bathtubs, at least one shower or bathtub and support facilities such as lockers, and not less than 1% of all facilities, shall be accessible and conform to the following standards.
(Ca t24 1115B.2)

…

accessible showers. Showers required to be accessible must comply with this section.
(Ca t24 1115B.4.4)

…

Orientation. Where, within the same functional area, two or more accessible showers are provided, there shall be at least one shower constructed opposite hand from the other or others (that is, one left-hand controls versus right-hand controls). Fig. 7
(Ca t24 1115B.4.4.3)

…

Accessible Showers must comply with one of the following:
(Ca t24 1115B.4.4.1)

OPTION 1: roll-In Shower 60” min. width × 30” min. depth
FIGUrE 1

…

Option 1: Roll-in shower: 60” min. width × 30” min. depth with a full opening width on the long side between wall surface. Fig. 1
(Ca t24 1115B.4.4.1.1) (aDa 4.21.2)

Clear Floor Space
… Clear floor space of 30” deep × 60” wide. Fig. 1
(Ca t24 1115B.4.4.1) (aDa 4.21.2)

water Controls-location
… Controls must be located on the back wall of the compartment adjacent to the seat. Fig. 1
(Ca t24 1115B.4.4.4.1) (aDa 4.21.5)

…

The centerline of the controls must be within a range of no less than 19”and no more than 27” from the seat wall. Fig. 1
(Ca t24 1115B.4.4.4.1) (aDa 4.21.5)

hand-held Sprayer Unit-location
… Must be located on the back wall of the compartment adjacent to the seat. Fig. 1
(Ca t24 1115B.4.4.5.1) (aDa 4.21.2)

…

The centerline of the unit must be no more than 27” from the seat wall. Fig. 1
(Ca t24 1115B.4.4.5.1) (aDa 4.21.2)

Shower Seat-Mounting location
…
FIGUrE 2

Adjacent to control wall. Fig. 1
(Ca t24 1115B.4.4.8.1) (aDa 4.21.3)

…

Extending the full width of side/seat wall. Fig. 1
(Ca t24 1115B.4.4.8.1) (aDa 4.21.3)

360

DIMENSIONS / SOAP DISh / GrAB BArS
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

shOwERs
OPTION 2: Alternate roll-In Shower 60” min. width × 36” min. depth
… Option 2: Alternate roll-in shower 60” min. width ×36” min. depth with an entrance opening width of 36” min. Fig. 2
(Ca t24 1115B.4.4.1.2) (aDa 4.21.2)

56

SECTION

Clear Floor Space
… Clear floor space of 36” deep × 60” wide. Fig. 2
(Ca t24 1115B.4.4.1) (aDa 4.21.2)

water Controls-location
… Controls must be located on the side wall of the compartment adjacent to the seat. Fig. 2
(Ca t24 1115B.4.4.4.2) (aDa 4.21.5)

…

The centerline of the controls must be within a range of no less than 19” and no more than 27” from the seat wall. Fig. 2
(Ca t24 1115B.4.4.4.2) (aDa 4.21.5)

hand-held Sprayer Unit-location
… Must be located on the side wall of the compartment adjacent to the seat. Fig. 2
(Ca t24 1115B.4.4.5.2) (aDa 4.21.2)

…

The centerline of the unit must be 18” from the seat wall. Fig. 2
(Ca t24 1115B.4.4.5.2) (aDa 4.21.2)

FIGUrE 3

Shower Seat-Mounting location
… … Adjacent to the side/control wall
(Ca t24 1115B.4.4.8.1) (aDa 4.21.3)

Extending a min. of 24” on front/seat wall.
(Ca t24 1115B.4.4.8.1) (aDa 4.21.3)

Option 3: Alternate roll-In Shower 60” min. width × 36” min. depth
… Option 3: Alternate roll-in shower 60” min. width × 36” min. depth as long as the entrance opening width is a min. 36” with optional enclosure Fig. 3
(Ca t24 1115B.4.4.1.3) (aDa 4.21.2)

Clear Floor Space
… Clear floor space of 36” deep × 60” wide. Fig. 3
(Ca t24 1115B.4.4.1) (aDa 4.21.2)

FIGUrE 4

water Controls-location
… Controls must be located on the back wall of the compartment adjacent to the seat. Fig. 3
(Ca t24 1115B.4.4.4.3) (aDa 4.21.5)

…

The centerline of the controls shall be within a range of no less than 19” and no more than 27” from the seat wall. Fig. 3
(Ca t24 1115B.4.4.4.3) (aDa 4.21.5)

CONTrOlS / SPrAyEr UNIT / SEAT
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

361

56

SECTION

shOwERs
hand-held Sprayer Unit-location
… Must be located on the back wall of the compartment adjacent to the seat. Fig 3
(Ca t24 1115B.4.4.5.3) (aDa 4.21.2)

…

The centerline of the unit shall be no more than 27” from the seat wall. Fig. 3
(Ca t24 1115B.4.4.5.3) (aDa 4.21.2)

Shower Seat-Mounting location
… … Adjacent to control wall. Fig. 3
(Ca t24 1115B.4.4.8.1) (aDa 4.21.3)

Extending the full width of side/seat wall. Fig. 3
(Ca t24 1115B.4.4.8.1) (aDa 4.21.3)

rEQUIrEMENTS ThAT APPly TO All 3 ShOwEr OPTIONS Floor Slope
…
FIGUrE 5

The max surface slope must be 1 unit vertical in 50 units horizontal ( 2% slope) in any direction.
(Ca t24 1115B.4.4.7) (aDa 4.3.7)

…

Where drains are provided, grate openings must be a max. of ¼” and located flush with the floor surface.
(Ca t24 1115B.4.4.7) (aDa 4.3.7)

Thresholds
… Must be a max. of ½” high and shall comply with the following: Fig. 4
(Ca t24 1115B.4.4.2, 1124B.2)

…

Changes in level up to ¼” may be vertical and without edge treatment. Fig. 4
(Ca t24 1115B.4.4.2, 1124B.2)

…

Changes in level between ¼” and ½” shall be beveled with a slope no greater than 1unit vertical in 2 units horizontal (50% slope). Fig. 4
(Ca t24 1115B.4.4.2, 1124B.2)

water Controls
… … Water controls must be of a single-lever design Fig. 5
(Ca t24 1115B.4.4.4) (aDa 4.27.4)

Operable with one hand, and must not require tight grasping, pinching or twisting of the wrist. Fig. 5
(Ca t24 1115B.4.4.4) (aDa 4.27.4)

…
FIGUrE 6

The force required to activate controls must be no greater than 5 lbf. Fig. 5
(Ca t24 1115B.4.4.4) (aDa 4.27.4)

…

The centerline of the controls shall be located at 40” above the shower floor. Fig. 5
(Ca t24 1115B.4.4.4) (aDa 4.27.4)

362

SPrAyEr UNIT / SlOPE AND SUrFACES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

shOwERs
hand-held Sprayer Unit
… A flexible hand-held sprayer unit with a hose at least 60” long that can be used both as a fixed shower head and as a hand-held shower must be provided. Fig. 6
(Ca t24 1115B.4.4.5) (aDa 4.21.6)

56

SECTION

…

This unit shall be mounted such that the top of the mountingbracket is at a max. height of 48” above the shower floor. Fig. 1,2 and 3
(Ca t24 1115B.4.4.5) (aDa 4.21.6)

Sprayer Unit Alternative
… Except within guest rooms and suites in hotels, motels and similar transient lodging establishments, where accessible shower facilities are provided in areas subject to excessive vandalism, in lieu of providing the fixed flexible hose, two wall-mounted shower heads shall be installed. Each shower head shall be installed so that it can be operated independently of the other and shall have swivel angle adjustments, both vertically and horizontally. One shower head shall be located at a height of 48” above the floor.
(Ca t24 1115B.4.4.6) (aDa 4.21.6)

FIGUrE 7

Shower Seat
… … Must be mounted 18” above the floor. Fig. 1, 2 and 3.
(Ca t24 1115B.4.4.8.1) (aDa 4.21.3)

Must have a min 1” and max. of 1½” space allowed between the edge of the seat and any wall. Fig. 8
(Ca t24 1115B.4.4.8.1) (aDa 4.21.3)

…

When folded, the seat shall not extend more than 6” from the mounting wall.
(Ca t24 1115B.4.4.8.1) (aDa 4.21.3)

…

Shower seat materials must be strong enough to withstand a max. bending moment from a 250 lb. load.
(Ca t24 1115B.4.4.8.1) (aDa 4.21.3)

FIGUrE 8

Shower Seat Dimensions
… Narrow portion extends a max. of 16” from the mounting wall. Fig. 8
(Ca t24 1115B.4.4.8.1) (aDa 4.21.3)

… …

Side parallel to narrow portion extends a max. of 23”. Fig. 8
(Ca t24 1115B.4.4.8.1) (aDa 4.21.3)

The short side parallel to the side touching the wall extends a max. of 15” Fig. 8
(Ca t24 1115B.4.4.8.1) (aDa 4.21.3)

ShOwEr SEAT
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM

363

56

SECTION

shOwERs
Grab Bars
… … Located on walls adjacent to and opposite the seat.
(Ca t24 1115B.4.4.8) (aDa 4.21.4)

Grab bars must also comply with the diameter, loading and projection requirements of Grab Bars Section 52.
(Ca t24 1115B.4.4.8) (aDa 4.21.4)

…
FIGUrE 9

Must be mounted between a min. of 33” and a max. of 36” above the shower floor with an L-shaped grab bar mounted on walls opposite and adjacent to the front edge of the seat, but not extended to include that portion of wall over the seat.
(Ca t24 1115B.4.4.8) (aDa 4.21.4)

Grab Bars Dimensions
… Grab bar cross-section (diameter or width) is 1¼” to 1